THE SWEDISH INTELLIGENCER.  
The Third Part.  
WHEREIN, OUT OF THE TRVEST and choicest Informations, are the famous Actions of that Warlike Prince Historically led along; from the Norimberg Leaguer, unto the day of his death, at the Victory of Lutzen. With the Election of the young Queen of Sweden: and the Diet of Heilbrun.  
The times and places of every Action, being so sufficiently observed and described; that the Reader may find both Truth and Reason in it.  
Unto which is added The Fourth Part.  
WHEREIN, The chiefest of those Military Actions of other Swedish Generals, be related: wherein the King himself, was not personally with the Army.  
LONDON, Printed by I. L. for Nath: Butter and Nicholas Bourne. 1633.   

To the Favourable and judicious Readers.  
THat my Dedication inscribes itself to the Favourable Readers, before to the judicious; is not so much out of Compliment, as Conscience: he that is guilty to himself of being less judicious, hath the more need his Readers should be Favourable. And yet (thankes to your fair acceptance for it) I have hitherto received no such discouragement from the most judicious, that I need complain they were less Favourable. For your honest pleasures (Gentlemen) and in thankfulness to your courtesies; have I undertaken this my last labour.  
I have done all, with as much diligence, as a Scholar (morally) might do: yea with importunacy of diligence, have I solicited such Gentlemen; as I knew to have been in action, and that could teach me any thing. And something more than a common diligence, have I used in it. The Italian Painter hath 3. degrees of Comparison, in the preferring of his Pieces. If he says 'tis but done con diligenza, with diligence; 'tis no great commendation of his pains, for he means no more than an ordinary diligence. His second degree of praising it, is con study, with study: and by that would he tell you, that his brain and hand; have a little more laboured, both upon the designing and the colouring. But if he adds con amore, that he did it with a love and an affection; to the Piece or Party; oh! 'tis di Madonna, then: and the Italian himself is at the highest of his expression.  
I have (as little as might be, and especially in the King's Story) trusted to no written Relations; unless received from a known hand, or confirmed by personal eye, or eare-witnesses. No, I have not singly relied, so much as upon that diligent amasser of the Dutch Currantoes, the Gallobelgicus, and the Arma Suecica; le Soldat Suedois, I mean by it: upon whose single credit, I have no where written any thing; excepting in those slighter encounters about Norimberg. And yet even there, had I been in the same box, with him, and before him; the High Dutch Relations. I commend, (as much as any man) the queyntnesse of his language; and the neatness of his conceits, many times: which are the relishes of a French wittynesse in him. His best pieces, are the Abridgements of the lives of the two Kings. Divers of the conceits, therefore, of the first of these; have I made some use of, in my Character of the King of Sweden. The Second, have I wholly taken into my Character of the King of Bohemia: and I had diverse reasons for it. 'tis finely done; I was glad to see a Frenchman give that good King, his due; and 'twas safer for me to Translate that, then to invent a new one. Beyond this, would I by this Essay of Translating; try Masteries with the French Language: I confess myself to be but a bungling smatterer, at it; and yet thus fare dare I be deposed, That had a quaint pen the doing of it, the French itself should not be able to transcend our English, in the happiness of expressions.  
For the truth of those Relations, wherein I differ from that French Author; I report me to those that have read both, and have been personally present in the Actions. And thus much (because we differ) had I reason to say in mine own defence; and to prevent, withal, the abusing of my Countrymen, should he happen to be translated into English. Mine own ambition is not, that this Piece of mine should be exempt from censuring, or to be taken for above the true value of it: nor do I profess myself to be other than (like an Architect) the disposer of other men's Materials, at my best value. I am Author of nothing, here, but of the mistake; & even of those, though I strongly be suspicious: yet am I, (no way) conscious. Knowingly, I have committed nothing against Truth; nor traduced peevishly, the honour of any person. I could tell no more than I knew, nor would not: sure, I cannot have written all; but what I have, is near about the matter.  
In writing of this Story, those two objections of the Turks, against the likelihood of all Histories; may appear to be well satisfied. A Storywriter (say those Barbarians) In the time, dares not; and After the time, cannot, writ truly. For the first of these: the distance of the place secures me, against the fear of writing too truly of the present. Myself, (not since these wars) was never near enough to the persons or places of action; to be either bribed or skared by them. And as for the Authors, whom chief I have consulted; though they were sometimes Gentlemen of the Army; yet have they now put themselves beyond the fear or hope, of pleasing or displeasing: because out of the service and dependency. And as for the second objection, that's well taken away, too; for though my Story be written after the time of doing, yet not beyond the memory of it.  
And thus, in this Island, have I done with this foreign Story; as in some Houses of pleasure, I have seen done with the Landtskip of a Country: where the Hills and Woods, and Houses, have by Perspective and Art Optic, been so brought thorough a small hole; that they have in little been reflected upon a Paper, or polished Stone, in a Study or a Dyning-roome. And I have used the same Art Perspective: the Landtskip of these Swedish Wars, have been out of Germany brought home into my Study, which my Paper here reflects off again. In little, I mean, and as I could; and though not in their just magnitude; yet something towards their proportions.  
If I have made my Readers wait, a while, in expectance of my Relations: I hope they will please to allow of this answer, for a satisfaction. That I only said, till false rumours might be contradicted; true reports, brought home to me, by men present; and the passions of people a little over, which might either make them harder of belief, or over-credulous. My office (so hath God disposed of it) hath been, not that of an Historiographer alone, but of a Herald also: one, that having served a Prince, first in denouncing of his Wars, and then in celebrating of his Triumphs; performs his last duties to him, at his Funerals. So have my Three Books been. My First Part proclaimed, the King of Swedens' coming into the Field, and the Causes for it. My Second Part marshaled him along, all in Victories and in Glories: and my unlucky Third, here waits upon him, in his Obsequies. The end of the King of Sweden, hath silenced his Intelligencer: it cannot be expected, that a Logician should proceed in his Argument; after that the Adversary hath taken away the Subject of his Question. I have done with Novelties, now; and I henceforth desire my Readers to discharge me.   

Errata.  
PAg. 27. line 1. For always not, Read always work not. In the same leaf, line 16. for elinquent, read delinquent. Pag. 48. lines 26, and 27. for Craisham, read Crailsham: and for Master of the Army, read Master of the Household. Pag. 61. line last save one, for April, read October. Pag. 68 line 1. for 21. read 12. Pag. 71. for 12000. Horse and 6500. Foot: read, 12000. Foot and 6500. Horse. Pag. 101. line 28. for October 21. read October 12. Pag. 106. line 20. for October 21. read October 22. Pag. 127. line 33. (in some Copies) for Francis Charles, read Francis Albert. Pag. 191. line 17. for imaginaned read imagined. Pag. 193. line 28. for behold, read beholden. Pag. 195. for think scales, read think the scales.   

THE SWEDISH Intelligencer.  
The Third Part.  
From the time of the KING'S encamping before NORIMBERG, until the day of his death at the Battle of LUTZEN.  
HOw noble a Master of his word (even to the uttermost possibility of performance) the King of Sweden still was; 
The Story fetched a little higher, than the end of the last Part.  may (if we wanted the assurance of other examples) abundantly enough appear by his present carriage, alone, towards the fair City of Norimberg.  
His Highness the Duke of Bavaria having been shouldered out of his own Country, and taken his retreat into the Upper Palatinate; (as in the latter end of our Second Part we have told you) the King, out of a desire to fight with him, before he should be joined with Wallenstein; had even thither, also pursued him. And but little miss he, of lighting on him. For having advanced by Norimberg unto 
* Namely that Swabach, which in North-East of Norimberg, 20 English miles, near the head of the river Swabach. The King missing but little of surprising the Duke of Bavaria,  Swabach: he left the Army 3. leagues further, and above Sultzbach; going himself with his whole Horse, 4. pieces of Cannon; and Sir john Hepburne, (as himself pleased to tell me) with 2000 Musketeers, to seek out and to surprise Bavaria. A general guess he now had, whereabouts the Duke should be enquartered; though by reason of his being still in motion, he could have no exact certainty. Going, therefore, on the left hand of Amberg; he comes to a little Town thereby, lately forsaken by the Duke. That night, lay He within 4. English miles of the Bavarian: which had he surely known, he had without doubt, cut him all in pieces. But the Duke, that evening, having better intelligence where the King was; then the King had, where the Duke was: rose with all speed and hastened towards Egra, to conjoin with Wallenstein: both of them presently returning again upon the King. This caused His Majesty, to turn back from them: 
retires back again;  he being too weak, at that time, (by 3. parts) to meet them in Campagnia.  
And now remembers he his Royal word, passed heretofore unto the Norimbergers. Their town, being mighty in power and example; had, at first, committed itself unto his devotion: and he, again, in the word of a King, had assured it of the uttermost of his protection. To disengage himself, of this promise: he in November before, was once advancing from about Frankford, with his whole Army, to have levied Tillyes' siege from before it: and now again engages he himself, to be by Wallenstein besieged with it. Thus is he becomne, a full capital pledge for it; whilst he adventures to stand bound, 
and encampes about Norimberg.  body and goods for it. Round about this Town, we in our Second Part left him encamped: and there, he for 16. weeks after stayed: for that Town's sake alone, submitting himself unto such multitudes of inconveniences, and so many varieties of great dangers; as his victorious proceed had not hitherto been confronted withal: all which, a fare meaner experience than a King of Swedens' could not but foresee, now ready like a tempest to come flowing in upon him.  
His Highness the Duke of Bavaria, had taken sore regrett at this Norimberg; and, for its entertaining the King of Sweden; had his General Tilly offered to beleaguer it. And had this Duke been strong enough, he would, perchance, have been content, with an indifferent occasion to have quarrelled it: for besides the addition of so strong a Pass, and able jurisdiction, unto his already devoured Upper Palatinate; 
His reasons for it.  it had been an Inlett, withal, to his progress into the Marquisates of 
* They writ themselves Burgraves of Norimberg.  Onspach and Payreit, belonging unto 2. Princes of the House of Brandenburg; and by Onspach, into Franconia. The Imperial Generalissimo, beside, had now threatened to write it up in red letters in his Almanac; to make a Martyr of it; and to change Norimberg, into Magdenburg: he had vowed the City to the flames, and the riches of it, for a prey unto his soldiers. This danger, was the Town now in; the more need, therefore, for the King to keep his word with it.  
And yet was it a mixed action, too: there were other concurring causes, for the Kings sitting down about Norimberg, besides the bare keeping of his promise with it. These were some of the prevailing reasons, that drew the King thither.  
First, should he have left it unto the fury of the enemy, the whole world might justly have condemned him, as a man more regardful of his safety, then of his honour. Then, the Imperial Cities (whose Champion he had heretofore professed himself) perceiving him so careful to make his own game, would also have played the best of theirs: and Norimberg, among the rest, would quickly have fall'n off from him, and have saved its own stake with the Emperor.  
Secondly, This Town of Norimberg, was a Pass of mighty importance: not only, by the advantage of its situation, which was its neighbourhood unto a many smaller Principalities (all in League with it) but a very considerable State likewise of its self it is, for the largeness of its own jurisdiction. The soil, indeed, is but woody and sandy: but the Lordship of it, is (much what) sixteen English miles square, with about twenty good Towes, and six or seven score villages in it. Norimberg, therefore, was worth the looking after.  
Thirdly, the City itself had now given him an assurance, how excellent well it was provided; for the sustaining of his Army: which, notwithstanding that it maintained 30000 or 40000 people, for sixteen weeks together, yet at the Kings rising, was not bread much dearer, then ordinarily 'tis in London.  
And these three, together with the honour of keeping his word; were the chief of the reasons for the Kings encamping about Norimberg. Had he more intended the advancement of his other victories, than the safety of this Town; he might then have marched up into the Bishop of Bambergs Country; and have expected Wallenstein in these quarters: and so by laying the seat of the wars, in that Bishopric, have abundantly been revenged of that Prince; for the breach of his former promises. Again, the King's Army was now but small: for though it had the reputation of 20000 men, by the ensign; yet surely (so weak were the Companies, that the forces of the Town excepted) they could not muster above 15500 real marching men, to be reckoned by the Poll. Had, therefore, the chief of his care been, to have first reenforced his Legions; and then to have returned upon the enemy: he should (in all probability) have retired beyond Norimberg, towards the banks of the River Maine in Franconia. Thereabouts, was the whole Country at his devotion; and hither, might the several Armies which he had now sent for; with less danger, and more speed, have marched up to him. But either of these, had he now done; then, doubtless, would Walenstein so strongly have entrenched himself before Norimberg in the mean time, that there would have been no removing of him.  
Several Chieftains with their Armies, 
The King sends for his several Armies to come to him.  had the King now abroad, upon their employments. Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, was towards the River Weser about Westphalia. The Landtgrave of Hessen, about Paderborn, and the Bishopric of Cullen: The Rex-Chancellor Oxenstiern, about Mentz; and Duke Bernard with the General Banier, in Bavaria. All these Armies, he had at his first encamping, commanded with all speed to come and join with him: which whilst they are about to do; we shall entertain our Readers with the chiefest of those military discourses, descriptions, and rencounters: which passed betwixt the two Armies about Norimberg.  
Begin we with the King's Leaguer, and the description of it, as also of the strength he had to lay in it. He had, at his first sitting down, six Brigades of foot forces: three whereof were commanded by Grave Neeles; and the other three, by Sir john Hepburn; which came to betwixt seven and 8000, 
The King's strength,  and no more. About that strength, were his Horse: not full 8000 complete, and yet fast upon it. The Right wing of these horse, was commanded by Lieutenant General Strieff, and the left-wing, by Lieutenant General Goldstein. His Artillery, consisted of twenty Pieces of battery; and thirty Fielding Pieces, of three and six pound ball. The King, so soon as ever he had taken the resolution of retiring to Norimberg: had sent before hand to the Town, to have his Leaguer provided for him about the City. Himself with his Army, stayed two days in the Mountains, whilst his Quarters might be something towards a readiness: so that at his first coming, he found the Trenches half wrought by the Burghers. They were found too little, when the King came to lodge his Army in them: for which cause, his Majesty in person road round about the Town to lay out the ground for enlarging of the Quarters: 
with the description of his Leaguer.  which contained 35000 Rods of ground, within the uttermost line of Circumuallation. And for my understanding of this strength and Leaguer; are the thanks due unto the Noble and valiant Sir john Hepburne.  
The fashion of the City of Norimberg, inclines, mostly, to a circle; and yet something to an oval figure. The small river Pegnitz, runs in at the East, and out at the West of it. It hath many fair Suburbs; and in them, was the King's Leaguer: it embracing both Town and Suburbs, round about, within the compass of its protection. I begin to describe the Fortifications upon the East side, by the river, and the Suburb of Weert. Hence, all about the hill of the jews, unto St. john's; was it taken up with diverse Bastions, and Retrenchments: all these, being guarded by their Flankers, and other ordinary Defences. On the other side of the water, was the Penned encompassed about with another Fort or Bastion: which being well Flanckered with a Curtain: was also joined unto a Fort new builded in the Suburb called Gastenhoff: and that well defended likewise with diverse Halfmoons and Horn-works. The Suburb called Steinbuhel towards Scheinaw; was strongly entrenched likewise; guarded beside with two other Forts, joining one upon another. Towards the wood of Rotenbach, was there a fort-royal erected: and another towards Gleishammer, upon the way that leadeth towards Altorff. Divers Batteryes were erected here and there, between: which were plentifully furnished with the Kings own Ordnance; and others out of the Town Magazine. The Works were strongest, upon the South side; for that the King suspected the enemy likeliest to encamp there: and upon the East side, towards the Upper Palatinate; for fear the Imperialists should have had the courage to have fall'n on upon the nearest side to them, at their first coming. The Moat or Graff round about all, was, generally twelve foot wide, and eight deep: and about the Head-works, eighteen foot wide, and twelve deep. The King of Bohemia's Quarter in the Leaguer, was at Weiershaus, (a house of one Weier, a Burger) on the South side of the City, and in the way towards Newmarckt. Eight thousand soldiers laboured daily upon the Fortifications: the Works being not yet fully perfected, at Walensteins' first coming: so that the King looked presently to have been assaulted. But our Generalissimo, in the point of fight, deceived the expectations both of his friends, and of his enemies.  
And this is something towards the description of the King's Leaguer. And here was his Majesty now resolved to abide that shock and tempest of war; which from the whole power of the League and house of Austria; he had last spring expected should at Mentz have fall'n upon him. At Mentz, therefore, did he last year make those so large Fortifications and Bridges; which Page 51 of our Second Part you shall find described. There had he taken in the hills about the Town; not so much to make the City stronger (which plainly, he did not) but to have a Camping-place for the lodging of such an Army; as might bear the brunt of the whole power of the Empire.  
Do we now as much for their Highnesses the Dukes of Fridland and Bavaria. The Army was much about the same number that we have before set you down, Page 233 of our Second Part. For in the end of this july, that they encamped in; Walenstein himself sent a List of his whole Forces, unto his Imperial Majesty at Vienna. In it, were 191 Cornets of Horse besides Crabats and Dragooners: with 149 Foot Companies. The Horse, at 125 to a Cornett (which is the usual proportion) amount to about 20000: And so many Dutch Horse he had indeed. His Foot, at 300 complete, 
The Forces of Walenstein and Bavaria.  to a company for half of them (for so Walsteins' List, was) and the rest, as strong as the Captains could make them; amount to 40000: and so many marching men they had effective: ('tis the word of the forenamed Gentleman) who accounted themselves 80000. The Crabats were full 5000 men, who gave out themselves to be 8000. And this was their whole strength (and with the least too) 40000 Foot, and 25000 Horse: in all 65000. fight men: who either for their own credits, were apt to believe it, or for policy and terror helped to give it out, That they were 128000.  

And their great Officers.  These were Walensteins' great Officers. In his Camp was Gallas, (an Italian of Friuli, and a brave Gentleman) Lieftenant-Generall; and he gave out the orders. In the Duke of Bavariaes' Camp, had Altringer the same office: who yet was to be directed and controlled by Walenstein; the Duke of Bavaria himself (many times) knowing nothing, till the command was to be executed. major-general of the Horse unto Walenstein, was Colonel Holck; a Holsteyner, as I take it. His Generall-Major of the Foot, was the Colonel Sparre, a little black Gentleman, and a Pomerlander. The valiant Baron of Cronenberg (as I take it) was Generall-Major of the Horse unto Bavaria, but who was of his Foot, I know not: Cratz was not now in the Leaguer; for he was yet busy against Banier, in Bavaria: and he afterwerwards offered to hinder him, when he came towards Norimberg. But this I have but by hearsay. Other great Commanders, which had severally entrenched Quarters, in the Leaguer, were Count Maximilian Walstein, and Count Bernard Walenstein; Kinsmen, I suppose, unto the Generalissimo. The Baron of Schemberg, and Colonel Picolomini, an Italian Gentleman: with Mittscha and Gratzij, Colonels General of the Crabats and Hungarians, in their Quarter. Walenstein at his first coming, sat down a night or two about Schwabach, until his Quarters could be made ready for him: which done, then went he and sat down in his Leaguer.  
The whole Imperial Leaguer, was at first divided into 8. several Quarters: if the Figure cut in Copper be true, which I have seen printed, with a High Dutch description, to it. The distance of his Quarters from the Kings, 
The Imperial Leaguer, and the 8. several Quarters of it, described.  was about 4. miles English. Their first and Head-Quarter, (which was far the largest) was by Metzendorff, upon the North-West of the river Pegnitz, betwixt the Highways unto Wurtsburg and Bamberg. This was almost like an Oval: and the river Rednitz, ran close by it upon the Northern border. The second Quarter, was by Scheurglung, between the way to Wurtsburg (which parted it from Walensteins') and the river Pegnitz: close upon the Western bank of it. Here Piccolomini commanded .. The third Quarter, was by Mueggenhoff; at a good distance from the Southern bank of the river, & from Piccolominies Quarter: with 2. Royal Forts between, and their Batteries. Here was Count Maximilian Walenstein lodged. The fourth was on the South side of the King's Leaguer, by Hoffen: and there lay Baron Cronenberg. The fifth was on the same side towards the right hand, by Saint leonard's: which was called Baron Altringers. Betwixt these two went the Highway to Reychelsdorff. The sixth, was by Pultmull, on the East side of Norimberg and beyond the river, on the Northern bank, a great distance from Altringers, with a very great Fort, between the way to Schwabach and the Pegnitz. And here, Count Bernard Walenstein commanded. The seventh, was by Prentzengart; betwixt the Highways that lead to Amberg, and to Culmbach: on the North-East of Norimberg: This was the Hungarian and the Crabats Quarter: whose chiefs were Isolani, Mittscha and Gratzij. The 8. and last Quarter, was by Rehenberg; between the ways to Culmbach and Bamberg, upon the North of the City; and near unto the Head-Quarter. This was the Count of schomberg's. Betwixt each of these, was there Works and Forts, one or two; according to the distance.  
This mighty Leaguer, was , rather than accurate: Walenstein, surely, was defective in this point of military excellency, he is none of the best Spademen; nor had he any good Enginiers about him. Seven of these 8. Quarters, were but slight ones; a little earth cast up, and barricadoed with Wagons, trees and other encumberments. Nor were they close behind: as if out of a military bravery, they would have the King know, they trusted more to their strengths, then to their trenches. Nor did these 7. Quarters hold long; but only till they heard of Oxenstierns coming: against which time, the Head Quarter was enlarged and fortified: and all the forces of the rest, drawn into it. That we now describe. The Avenues or Passages of this great Leaguer, in and out, thorough the Retrenchments, had Barricadoes right before them, made with Trunks and mighty boughs of Trees, among: with broken Wagons, Turnepikes, Gabions, or Cannon-baskets, pieces of old Cask filled up with earth and stones; and many such other rude devises, to block up the way withal: especially against Horse, and sudden Camisadoes. The place for some of his Quarters, was a natural Fortification; hilly, woody, and bushy: and especially by the hill and old Castle of Altendorp; made famous on Saint Bartholomew's day following, by a most notable conflict for it. All the bridges over the 2. little rivers, had he caused to be broken down: at Katzwang, namely, Reychelsdorff, Stain, Waykerhoff, and Furt; that so, no body might, on the sudden come at him. Divers villages were within these Quarters, the Duke of Bavaria being lodged in one of them: yea and Walenstein himself, though he had his day Pavilion in the open field, for the most part, and when it was fair weather; yet was his lodging (when he pleased) within a house. And this was fittest both for his diseases and humours: he is shrewdly troubled with the Gout, 
Walensteins' diseases.  so that he goes softly, and is led sometimes. Some other crazynesses, is he likewise troubled with, for which the cold earth is not so kindly. He love's to keep a State, fit for the dignity of his place: and that affects privacy and retiredness.  
The Sovereignty (I must not express it in a lower style) over the Militia; was absolutely, at the Duke of Fridlands disposure: 
Walensteins'  for so much he took upon him, as Imperial Generalissimo. 
Authority,  He was Fellow in Arms, and no General, over the Duke of Bavaria: for that his Army, was independent; and he, as a Prince of the Empire by himself, had levied it at his own charges. Yet did Walenstein command all; and that with a Switches (as it were:) his Orders being given out with an Imperious Eloquence, which is briefness. His pleasure (so much is due to a General) must not only be uncontrolleable, but undisputable: and he is a most sudden and severe justicier, 
Severity,  (when he pleases) for his military discipline. Hang the beast, (that's his word) that obeys not with a servile celerity. 
and Bounty.  He is a bountifull-handed man, where he finds deserving: and these two things, Rewards and Punishments (and enough of both) are the Secrets of his Discipline; these are the chief laws that kept his Camp in exceeding good order, all the time of this Leaguer; and himself well beloved of his soldiers. There was no great good heartiness of affection, (some will say) betwixt the 2. Duke's: and if Bavaria, at any time, interposed his counsel; Walenstein would take no more of it, than should serve his turn: good advice, perchance, being now and then discountenanced, for the Giver.  
The Camp being fortified, the Generalissimo gave this general order unto his soldiers, that they should make more use of their trenches, then of their weapons: That they should not, but with special leave, go out upon commanded parties, and that very strongly: That they should not, but upon command, straggle abroad after forage or adventures: but continue to make good the Posts, they were commanded to, till they were relieved. That they should, for the most part, contain themselves upon the defensive within their Quarters: and when they were in commanded parties sent abroad, they should then hinder the Swedes from getting forage. He had taken a very excellent order, for the victualling of his Army; for sure, the Duke of Fridlands Masterpiece, is to be a good Provisioner: 
His provisions for his Army, what.  and he hath a singular good Catering-wit of his own. Above all, had he taken good care for his Provant-breade, which is half the standing diet of a soldier: and they will do well enough, where bread is good, and plentiful. That which most incommodated him, was, That navigable river, he had none, for the service of his Leaguer. The river Rednitz though it ran from his Camp, into the Bishopric of Bamberg (a friend's country) yet it being both narrow, and shallow, and against the stream too; 
whence, and how, fetched.  it was no way capable of any great carriages. His trust for the bringing of his victuals, therefore, must be by Convoys over land: which were fare more casual, and more chargeable. He had laid all the country for provisions. Divers troops of his Cavalry, were sent unto all the next greater towns and Passages, then at his devotion: which were there to hold their Quarters. As to Cronach, namely, and Forcheim, in the Bishopric of Bamberg: Willsburg Castle, and Weissenburg, an Imperial town by it, in the Bishopric of Aichstet. Some of his Forces had been left beyond Norimberg in the Upper Palatinate, to secure that, and Bohemia: and others were already advanced beyond it, to the towns upon the river Aisch, in Franconia. The Crabats roaved up and down, from Forcheim, almost, unto Wurtsburg: yea he had made sure work of it, even as fare as the town of Regenspurg in Bavaria: and had blocked up all the chief Posts and Passes, betwixt these towns and Norimberg. From all these (and from Regenspurg especially, whether it was sent him along the Danuby, from Vienna) was his Camp served with provisions, and the King's Leaguer thereby cut off, from all necessaries: Every day were strong commanded Horse-Partees sent abroad, to lie upon several Posts and Passages of advantage, to intercept the King's Foragers. This was commonly the Crabats business: who lay up and down, 4. 6. 8. or 10. miles from the King's Leaguer. With these had the Swedish Partees their most encounters; but for brevity's sake I must not insist upon every skirmish.  
All this, was done by Walenstein, with judgement, and like a General: and this was all the force he used to constrain the King, to dislodge from before Norimberg, and to abandon it up to his mercy. 
Walensteins' purpose, in encamping by the King.  Other force, he attempted none. He saw the King's Works and Retrenchments, to be made so strong, that it would prove a desperate piece of service, for whosoever should undertake to assault them. And Walenstein boldly gave it out, That it sorted not with the Service of His Imperial Majesty to have the new Army hazarded, upon a Battle or Invasion: That there had been too much attempted that way, before; and That he would show the King of Sweden another kind of Warrefaring. And thus much indeed, was by some prisoners of great note, confessed unto the King, afterwards: namely, that the Imperial Generalissimo had this plot upon him. To draw the War out into a length; and to await the favour of opportunity: hoping, at last, to serve himself so well, upon the King's necessities; that, either, they should so constrain him; or his friends so persuade with him; that he should, if not offer, yet not deny, to hearken; unto a good Treaty. This if it took well, then should the advantage, in the conclusion of the Peace, make him a fair saver for his patience; preserve Him a gallant Army, to be otherwhere employed for His Imperial Majesty: and gain, finally, a most ample reputation unto the name of Walenstein; as one that had only known, how to handle the King of Sweden.  
This was Walensteins' Rest up, and he was resolved to act no part but of Fabius: he had the King in a coop, or in a toil already, and there (for a while) he meant to keep him, and Norimberg. Something, indeed, his Army did, at their very first coming into those Quarters: 
Walensteins' first attempts,  but they were not any attempts upon the King's Trenches; but some outrydings and Cavalcadoes only, upon the jews of Furt, and Burghers of Farenbach, whom his men plundered. Some other foraging voyages they also made upon the Boor's barns and houses; in the smaller towns of the neighbour Marquisate of Onspach; (commonly called The Lower Marquisate) and into the jurisdiction of the Norimbergers. 
upon the country abroad.  The poor town of Swabach (8 or 9 English miles from Norimberg) now falling into the Lordly displeasure of the Generalissimo, (for that it had slain 50 of his men, in the taking of it) was by him destinated unto an universal destruction. The execution was stayed, by the Duke of Bavaria's intercession; (which was granted, as the first motion he had made to him) and the punishment commuted to a ransom: as a surety for which monies, the chief Magistrate was carried away prisoner.  
Divers able troops, were by our Generalissimo (at his very first setting down) dispatched further into the Marquisate of Onspach, and the Dukedom of Franconia. near Onspach, was the Town and Castle of Liechtenaw within the jurisdiction of the Norimbergers, pressed, but not taken yet, by the Walsteiners. Three of their Regiments attempted an Aenslaught upon the Imperial City of Winshaim upon the river Aisch, 30 English miles to the West of Norimberg: and 24 to the Northwest of Onspach. But this design of theirs being discovered and defeated by the Swedish garrison, and the Burghers; the Imperialists gate a shrewd brush here, left many of their fellows behind them, and carried off the best part of 1000 more, wounded with them into Swabach. They rambled up and down as fare as Vffenhaim also, eight miles more to the Westward. Kitzingen, and Swinfort both, were in some dread of them: but that the river Main was a good Barricadoe betwixt them and the present danger. All that country likewise, which you see bounded with that mighty compass of the river maine, to the Northward; even from Bamberg, unto this Kitzingen, was daily overrun and brought under contribution by their Horse-Partees. On the Northern side of the Main also, those Crabats that had their Quarters in and about Bamberg, did at pleasure roave up and down the country, even unto the very walls of Wurtsburg. Due South of Norimberg, moreover, even as fare as the Bishopric of Aichstet, for above 30 English miles together, was all at their devotion; and did daily furnish the Imperial Leaguer with provisions. The Crabats (who are the ranke-ryders, and common harryers' of the Imperial Army) had by this time plundered Hippolstein, a pretty Town betwixt Norimberg and Aichstet. Having lodged there awhile, they set it on fire at parting: barbarously enough laughing at the poor men's miseries, That they never used to pay their Hosts, in other money. The Towns of Carelsberg and Rostall on the West of Norimberg, were also so served: None faring so well, as those that worst used them; and that had the courage to let fly their Ordnance amongst them. And thus fare was our Generalissimo, absolute Master of the Field: excepting those good Towns only, which had Swedish garrisons in them. All this was done by the middle of july, 1632. and now turn we back again unto Norimberg.  
We told you before, of the good order taken by Walenstein, for the victualling of his Army: which for all his care, must be contented with the entertainment of the Wars, and with many an Italian dinner. The Generalissimo's ordinary diet, was six dishes a meal, and two bottles of wine to it, as long as it lasted. The King's table, perchance, was nothing better served; as relying wholly upon the Magazine of Norimberg. Hence (as I find it from several hands assured,) was his Camp furnished with 8000 pound of bread (80000 some name) daily. The Norimbergers wanted Milles, rather than come: which the enemy had burnt down. Both parties were fain to Steward their provisions, as thriftily as they could: Walenstein, that he might have enough to starve the King withal: and the King, to be able to hold out, till his sureties, those other Armies which he had now sent for should be comen up to bail him. That which most necessitated both the Armies, was want of straw and Horse-meat: for which, whiles both sides sent out a foraging, there fell out many a shrewd bickering between them: one side carrying away oftentimes, what the others had before mowed. Walenstein kept his Army all this while, under very good discipline; nor durst he leave them any more at large, unto the liberty of that former licentiousness which in other Wars, they had been let lose unto. He very well knew, how near he now was, unto a King of Sweden: who still, as any of the Imperialists durst venture abroad a Boothaling; had ever some Partee or other, upon the the poles of them. And in the same manner were the Swedes also served: both sides taking their turns, according to advantage. The first War that Walenstein now made with the King, was a contention of courtesy: for the man (certainly) is a gallant spirited personage, and full of nobleness. He first of all, and without ransom,) sent him home his well esteemed Colonel Dubatell: whom, (as in the latter end of our Second Part we told you) he had lately taken prisoner about Newmarckt. With him, sent he the King this compliment: That he had no other ambition, 
Walenstein courts the King of Sweden.  than once to see his Majesty, in good terms with the Emperor his Master; and himself to have the honour, to be the Instrument of it. About a three weeks after, the same courtesy did he again unto Ritmaister Reyschel; whom as he was seeking his adventure abroad, the Crabats had taken prisoner. His ransom did Walenstein first pay unto the takers; and then entertaining him in fair manner at his own Table: frank and free sent him home, after dinner, with this message, only, unto the King his Master. That he esteemed his Majesty for the best Captain of the World: and that he would abundantly rest himself contented, if he could not by force vanquish him; yet that he might be the means to bring him to a good Treaty with the Emperor. This being told the King as he after sat at table, He smiling said, That he was ready to do Walstein reason at all times; 
The King's answer.  and for that he showed himself so honest a man, He had no cause to wish his Person any ill: the thing that he above all desired, being, that they two might have a crash together, upon a fair campagnia.  

Walenstein sends secure into Bavaria;  The Imperial Generalissimo purposing to contract himself into his great Leaguer: sends out, first of all, some of his Forces into other Countries. Some Bavarians (and I have heard that there were 1●000 of them, though I believe not so many) were sent back into their own Dukedom.  

and Holck, into Misnia.  About the 20th of july, was Holck, Generall-Major of the Horse, sent with 6000 Horse, and 4000 Musketeers, towards the Duke of Saxonyes' country. His sending out of these Forces, was; first, to give the rest more room at home, who else should have laid more penned and pestered in their Quarters. Secondly, to ease himself of the charges of pay and victuals: they abroad, 
and why.  being to live (as they could) upon the Country. His sending out of the Bavarians, was to hinder Baniers joining with the King: Cratz, with them, first waylay him about Weissenburg, and then afterwards with the help of Leopolds forces, recovering Landsperg, Schonga, Fuessen and Munchen in Bavaria. As for Holck, he also was sent to hinder the joining of Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, with the King: and if he should come too late for that purpose, than was he to fall into the Duke of Saxons Voitland and Misnia: where, after Duke Williams coming away, he should find the less resistance.  
Said it is, 
Bavaria moves Walenstein, to beat the King's Quarter.  that the Duke of Bavaria should now be earnest with the Generalissimo, to give on upon the King in his trenches, and to venture the beating of him out, before his reliefs should be comen up to him. To this motion, the same Relation makes Walenstein return this answer, That his Army was new, as yet; and if they should be beaten, then were all Germany and Italy were endangered: 
Walensteins' answer.  but if Bavaria please to fall on first, he would second him with all his forces.  
About the end of july did the Duke of Bavaria send an Express unto the Count of Pappenheim, to invite him, rather to come with his forces from the Weser, and to make in diversion in Duringen, or upon the Duke of Saxony, 
Bavaria invites Pappenheim.  then to go to serve the Arch-Duthesse. These letters being written in Ciphers, the Packet was intercepted about Altemburg in Misnia upon the seventh of August, the Postilion was carried prisoner into Salfriet, and the letters sent unto the King of Sweden. This had the Court of Vienna likewise desired from the Count of Pappenheim: who being absolute of himself in Misnia, was loath to come too near a Generalissimo: and was now going to relieve Mastricht.  
The King, towards the 20. of july, hearing of a Convoye of Walensteins', that was to come out of the hither parts of Austria, towards his Leaguer: sends out Colonel Wippenhorst, with a Partee of 800. Horse, and as many Dragooners; to cut off that Convoye. With these 1600. did Wippenhorst light upon 800. wagons laden with ammunition, and with Guns especially: which he destroyed.  
About the 27. of july, a Partee of Swedish Horse, took one Captain Darmis prisoner, amongst other Freebooters. He being examined by the King upon his oath, confessed that Walensteins' great Magazine of victuals was at Freyenstat: which was the place appointed for whatsoever came from Ratisbone, 
The King learning out Walensteins' Magazine.  and the Upper Palatinate, until it were sent for to the Leaguer; which, within 3. or 4. days, a strong Convoye was about to go for. The advantage of this opportunity, the king thought worth the taking: resolving with the first to send either to bring away the provisions, or to destroy that which was to feed his enemies.  
This town, is in the Upper Palatinate; 5. Dutch miles, or 20. English, to the South of Norimberg, and 2. Dutch leagues from Newmarckt. The situation of it, is in a Morasse, upon the side of a small nameless river, and betwixt it and Schwartzach. 
Sends Dubatell towards it,  The Leader that the King made choice of to do the feat, was Colonel Dubatells: whom Walenstein had lately taken prisoner, and again released; as we before told you, The Colonel knew the Country thereabouts, perfectly well: for it was not fare from thence, that he was taken prisoner. The troops appointed to go with him, I find to be 14. Cornets of Horse, some troops of Dragooners, and 2. Wagons laden with Petards, Storming or Scaling ladders, etc. With these, comes he unto Karnbergh first; 2. Dutch miles from Freyenstat. His season and march he so proportioned, as that he might be before the town he went unto, before daylight, upon the Monday morning july 30. He did so: and found most of the soldiers and townsmen, very securely sleeping: for who would have suspected, that the King of Swedens' smaller Army; being besieged as it were, by two greater; durst have presumed to send twenty miles off, to surprise Freyenstat.  
Dubatel, at his first coming before the Town; surprises some drowsy Sentinels: and hangs 2. Petards upon the Sally-port. These not blowing open the gate, as he expected; 
who taking the Town,  he fearing the noise of their going off, would send in the Alarm into the Town; claps his scaling ladders to the naked and unmanned walls; which he mounts and enters. Other Petards being by this time put to work, had forced open the gate; and made an easy passage that way, for the residue of the Swedish. They thus gotten in, cut in pieces those few soldiers, which they found either sleeping or unprovided, upon the next Courts of Guard, and whosoever else, offered to make resistance. Having thus mastered all opposition, they make towards the Townehall; which was the Magazine or Storehouse they came thither for. There were in it, at this present, 2000000. pound weight of bread; great store of Meal, Corn, salt, and other provisions; sufficient for 2. months victuals for Walensteins' whole Army. For the bringing of all this unto the Imperial Leaguer, were there 1000 Wagons provided: many of them already pressed, and some laden, or, not yet unladen, upon the Market place. Many hundred head both of small and great Cattles, were likewise found about the town: which were to be driven alive unto the Imperial Army, Of those provisions, the Swedish first of all choosing out so much, as they thought themselves well able to carry away: set fire immediately unto the Magazine. The town they first plunder, 
Spoils and brings away all the provisions.  and then set fire to it in seven places at once. Divers Ladies, Gentlewomen, and Captains wives being at that time lodged within the town; these together with their apparel and such like feminine Baggage, as were not sitting for a soldiers wearing; did the Swedish, very honestly, 
Some Relations say, that Dubatell destroyed all; for that he was not able to bring it away with him:  set to shift for themselves without the town. Twelve hundred Sheep and Oxen, with 500 horses, they also driving away with them; put themselves the same day homewards upon their march again: safely recovering to the King's Quarters, before the now following conflict.  
Some of the Imperial soldiers (it seems) so soon as the Swedes were gotten into the town; went Post with the news of it unto Walenstein. Which he hearing of; immediately the same day dispatches the Sergeant-Major General of his Foot; towards Freyenstat: either to save the residue; or to cut off Dubatell in his coming home again. 
Sparre going out to cut off Dubatell in his retreat;  It was Colonel Sparre that was now sent: the same man whom the King had taken prisoner in April last, at Frankford upon the Oder: and who had been exchanged for Colonel Kniphowsen, whom Tilly had taken prisoner at New Brandenburg. Sparre was sent out with 8. Cornets of Horse, of Colcredo'es and Gonzagaes' Regiments, as I find specified. Twenty troops of Crabats had he also with him: and 500 commanded Musketeers. And he (as I have heard it told) was now going out towards Amberg, to find out a convenient Post or Quarter, where to lodge 8. or 10000 men; to curb in the Swedish foragers into that Country. He had a purpose, in his return, to have spoilt Altorff; where the Norimbergers have an University.  
With these Forces, Sparre the same Monday, advances towards Freyenstat. Some of his people (as I guess) passed the river Schwartzach, about Schwartzpruck town, over the bridge there: and some others of them (which I suppose to be drawn out of other Quarters) passed the said river beyond or about Burgtan; something more Easterly than their fellows.  
The King of Sweden to prevent such a matter, and the better to secure the retreat unto Dubatel; goes himself out the same day, before Dubatel was comen home) with a selected Partee of some 2000 commanded men, towards the said Freyenstat. The King passed the river Schwartzach at Wendlestain bridge, (as I take it) betwixt which town and Burgtan, was the future meeting and conflict. He being passed this bridge; 
Is encountered by the King,  sends (as the manner is) a Sergeant-Major with some Skowtes and Vantcurryers before him, to discover whither the coast were clear, or whereabouts parties of the enemies now where. 
And defeated. But yet the King had some musketeers that followed him, though perchance they had not all this while kept pace in the march with him.  The Swedish falling fowl of some of Sparrs troops, was charged and routed by them, and himself taken prisoner. He being brought unto Sparre, Where's the King, says he? At hand, answers the Major. What Forces brings he with him? certain troops of Horse, quoth the other. Hath he no Musketeers, says Sparre? No, answers the Swede. Then certainly it is the King, said Sparre, and he shall presently fall into my fingers.  
The King having heard the pieces go off, in the former conflict: had doubled his march upon it; and was comen so near by this time, that he met his own men flying, and the Walsteiners giving chase unto them. The King riding up 〈◊〉 his men, with his drawn sword in his hand; returns their lost courages into them, and them into the Battle. Not many charges passed betwixt the King and the enemy's Horse; but that the face of the skirmish began to be altered: insomuch that the Imperial Horse and Crabats; were (to be brief) quite routed and defeated. The Horse of Gonzagaes' Regiment, play the pultrons and ran away: whereupon Gonzaga himself, (notwithstanding he be Cousin unto the Empress) was at his coming to the Camp, cashiered by the Generalissimo: for all that he cleared himself to have been forsaken by his Regiment, and to have been the last man that stood to it. The 500 Musketeers making their retreat into a small wood or groave, there at hand: held the King and his men play, a great season. Very good use made they of the wood; which is fare more advantageous for shot, then either for Horse or Pikemen. But the King's Dragooners alighting with their Muskets, and his Horsemen round besetting the said wood: discouraged by and by, and overthrew the Walsteiners. Sparre himself was taken prisoner: 600. of his men, were slain upon the place: and diverse more drowned and buried alive, in the river and moorish places, thorough which they thought to have escaped.  
Sparre, had now quitted his Horse, and hid himself in a bush in the said thicket. 
Sparre taken prisoner.  Him, a Swedish common soldier thus light upon. The Swede perceiving a gallant empty horse standing tied up thereby, with a goodly embroidered saddle upon his back: judge's him to belong to some brave Cavalier of the enemies, and goes out to find him. He was told by a Horseboy (a Walsteiner then taken and threatened) that it was Sparres horse whom he presently directed the Swede unto. He had a rich and massy gold chain about his neck; of which the soldier first disrobing him, reached him a good rude brush over the shoulders with the stock of his Musket, and so brought him prisoner to the King. Ha' Monsieur Sparre (saith the King) I see you love me so well, that you cannot find in your heart to be long away from me. Sparre being brought prisoner into Norimberg, was fain to take Sperma C●ti, for the bruise that the rough soldier gave him. With him, was his Lieftenant-Colonel Tertaky likewise taken; together with 4. Captains, diverse Officers, and above 100 common soldiers. Three Corners were then obtained, and a Ensigns: as for the rest, the Ancients had slipped them off from their Flagge-stoves, 
The losses on both sides.  and then run away with thorn. The King rewarded each of those soldiers that presented him the Colours, with 100 Dollars. The losses on the King's side where not many: but among them, was Colonel Ries slain, who belonged unto one of the Dukes of Saxon-We●mar. ●oye, a Swedish Gentleman, lost there his life; and Y●●cker Cr●●●●enstein, that waited upon the King in his Chamber. This done, the King, the same night, returned towards his League: causing a most solemn Thanksgiving to be made unto the God of Battles, for this double victory.  
The Swedes after the taking of this Fr●ye●s●at, flow out as fare as H●●mburg: some 9 or 10. English miles to the East of Burg●an, where the last encounter happened. This town, and the Castle to it, they now take in; by which help was all the coast on that side indifferently well cleared: so that the Walstri●●●s being defeated of their intended Quartering place in those parts; the Swedes roave freely up and down, as fare as Amberg.  
Generall-Major Sparre, 
Sparres examination and confession.  being once again the King's prisoner, was strictly and upon oath examined, what he knew of his General's purposes. He confessed, that they had no other plot upon the King, then by famine to compel him to a treaty. After this victory; there (for a while) passed nothing of moment, between the two Armies. The pettier skirmishes between commanded parties abroad, or the continued night-alarmes upon one another's Camps or Guards at home; I list not to stand upon. 
The mortality in Town and Leaguers.  With the same silence would I have passed over, the diseases and fluxes both of the Town and Leaguers: (notwithstanding that by mid August there died 1000 and 1400. a week of it) had not his Majesty the King of Bohemia, been at this time troubled with it. The running away of men, on either side, I omit. 
None are so well provided against this noisomeness: as the Crabats; who will eat you whole handfuls of raw Onions & Garlic, as familiarly as an Italian wrings down salads, or we apples: as if they meant to out-stincke the carrion, and their own Quarters.  The many dead horses: which by this beginning of August, came to some thousands, in both Leaguers: and which, (to the horrible noisomeness of the Quarters, where they lay unburied) daily more and more increased, (or diminished rather) I would not have offended you with, but to show you how it was possible, for these two great Armies to be reduced to such small numbers; notwithstanding so few of them were in fight, killed.  
Leaving these particulars; I shall (for want of other action) here impart an Oration of the King of Swedens', on the first of August made unto the Officers of his Army: than which Speech, I desire no other Character of the King of Sweden, nor no other Interpreter of the Heroic justice, of his great intentions. The occasion was this, A complaint of the Norimbergers unto his Majesty, how that their lands and territories, had as ill been plundered and destroyed, by those of the Kings own Army, as by the enemies. Calling hereupon, the Officers, great and small, of his whole Army together, he with the vivacity and passion of an Orator, (wherein he was excellent) as well as with the authority of a King, uttered a most pathetic Oration before them; of which no more but this Extract, hath comen within my Intelligence.  
Ye Lords and Gentlemen:  

The King's Oration against plunderers.  You, partly, are some of those numbers, that have showed themselves unfaithful and disloyal to their own country; and who do help to ruin it. You, my Generals, Leiftenants-general, and all you my inferior Officers; I have ever, (as to your honours I here confess it) esteemed you for brave Cavaliers: and I bear you witness, that upon all occasion of service offered, you have in battle given me so sufficient a demonstration of your valours; as that I have therewithal rested satisfied. But, when having you all here before me, I am put in remembrance of your ravages, robberies, and plunderings; and that you yourselves are guilty of these insolences, and companions beside, with them that neither observe Discipline, nor do justice upon malefactors in these kinds: my hair standeth up on end, at the very horror of it. Let yourselves be judges. Is it not a doleful and a lamentable case, yea most odious in the sight of Almighty God; that one Christian, and of the same profession in Religion, should pillage one another? one friend, nay one brother, ransack, spoil, ruin and undo one another? The very devils in hell, are more loving and trusty one to another, than you Christians are, amongst those of your own Country.  
My heart almost faileth me; yea and my very bowels yearn within me, as oft as I here it complained of, That the Swedish soldiers are more insolent, than the enemies. But they are not the Swedes, they are the Germans, that commit all these insolences. Had I known, that you Germans had been a people of this temper; of a humour, that had borne no more natural affection to your own native Country, and that you would have done no better service for it, nor shown more fidelity towards it; I would never have saddled horse for your sakes: much less have hazarded mine own kingdom, my life and estate in your behalves; nor with mine own person, have adventured so many a brave and valiant Gentleman, as I have done, for your well-fares. No, but since I now perceive, that yourselves by these your carriages, seem to affect and desire it; I would rather have suffered you to remain in the case ye were in; even plunged in that more than most miserable condition, of an eternal servitude and slavery.  
Let your own consciences be my witnesses, that I do not usually, deny any of you, a reasonable motion: Yea my God knoweth beside, That I never intended any other thing, than (by his blessed assistance) to restore every man to his own, and his own to every man; and for the remainder, especially what I should obtain either in Franconia or Bavaria, to distribute and part it among the Nobility and Gentry of your nation, and to leave no man's good service unrewarded. But this most accursed, devilish robbing & stealing of yours, doth I must needs confess, much abate my good purposes, & keep back these my Christian intentions. Have you not so much judgement left, as to consider what kind of fame and praise that is like to prove; which posterity shall leave of you, in all future Histories? Remember withal, I beseech you, what a clog you hereby tie upon your own consciences: and what judgements and punishments you draw down upon your persons, and posterities, Country and Successors, by these acts of oppression and inhumanity. Oh, that you cannot consider with yourselves, what a fearful account you are to yield up to God, at that great and most dreadful Audite. And for mine own part; rather would I have still remained in mine own kingdom, then have comen hither to behold these insolences.  
You will say, perchance, That you want monies. But when I have the means to satisfy both you and the whole Army; and you by pillaging, robbing, and plundering, shall deprive me of these means: where, I beseech you, is the fault, that you are not satisfied? What share have I at any time received, out of all these your bootyes? Just nothing. I do protest before God, and it is most true that I say, that I have not by all this War so much enriched myself, as a pair of Boötes come to: and I profess withal, that I would rather ride without Boötes, than any ways, or in the least degree, make myself the richer, by the damage or undoing of these poor people. I will make it appear to you, whosoever is desirous therein to be satisfied; That since the coming out of mine own kingdom, at 32 several returns, I have had full 40 tons of gold, made over to me: all which, I have spent for your good, and for the re-establishment of such Princes, as are united with me, in the same truth of Religion. 
The eighth of this month, he gave his Army a months means, out of the monies then borrowed of the Norimbergers at six in the hundred.  I might, I confess, have herein been silent; but the remembrance of that great loss, which by the deaths of so many brave Worthies and Cavaliers, (whose virtues, indeed, were beyond all estimation) I account myself to have sustained, even constrained me to utter what I do: for, truly, I ever valued them, beyond all my riches. And you for your parts; what have you contributed towards all these Wars? This is all, that henceforth I shall desire at your hands, That you spoil not others of their goods, but leave every man unto his own possessions. The choler and manhood that you have, score it (a God's name) upon the fronts of your enemies; but distain not the honour of a soldier, by insulting upon unarmed innocents. Live upon your means, like soldiers, and not upon pilfering, and spoiling, like high-way-robbers. This if you do not, you shall ever be infamous, and I by such helpers, never become victorious.  
Piously spoken, and like a King of Sweden; like Gustavus Adolphus, who had the Religion of a Bishop, and the equity of a Lord Chief justice in him. And this Oration was said to be delivered with that sting and life, that it extracted tears of compunction from these Military hearers: even from men of that profession, who had rather bleed then weep, and do it oftener. But for that, though words may move compassion, yet they always work not reformation; this Speech was seconded with a Proclamation; and that made more severe by a Penalty: That his Majesty would from henceforth pardon no man, were he Earl, General, Colonel; or of what degree and condition soever, that should in this kind be again complained of. Adding withal, That if to avoid punishment any of them all, or all together should conspire upon a mutiny, that he with his Swedes and Finlanders would undertake so to rattle them, that the very shivers of their staves should fly about the ears of them. This prohibition was no sooner by sound of trumpet Proclaimed; but to show how severe he meant to be in his executions; he causes a Lieutenant to be hanged, for committing some of these aforesaid insolences. When also a Boor having complained of a soldier for stealing his Cow from him, there was means made to save the delinquent; My son, says the King to him, it is better that I should now punish thee, then that the wrath of God, for thy misdeeds, and his judgements, should fall down upon me, and thee, and upon all of us here present.  
The same day of this Oration, was a Quartermaster of Walensteins' taken prisoner: who had the List, about him, of all the Imperial Forces. By this time was the Court of Vienna, 
Caesar well pleased with Walenstein.  very well pleased with the deportment of their Generalissimo. And he very well deserved it: for he held the King straight cooped up hitherto; and had first found out the secret, That the way to beat the King of Sweden, was not to fight with them. Boldly hereupon did they give it out, That the King of Sweden was stark foundered, not able to lift up his leg from the place he stood on: and had therefore demanded a Peace of the Emperor; and leave to retire himself out of Germany: But his Imperial Majesty would now handle him in another fashion. As for the King himself, he never desired any peace of the Emperor: but (because I will not call it an invention) the rumour might arise, perchance, from the King of Denmark's Ambassador: who in his Master's name (about this time) made some overtures of a treaty unto his Imperial Majesty. 
Terms of peace talked of.  The Articles hereof, being by an Express, sent unto Walenstein; major-general Sparre a little after this, desired leave of the King that he might go into Walensteins' Leaguer, to propound something, in his own name, about a peace, and the exchange of certain prisoners. His motion came to nothing. Walensteins' self, certified nothing but honour of the King, unto Vienna; wishing indeed, that there might be some accommodation by a treaty. The better to draw the King on to a treaty, was his Queen's Cousin, Christian William Administrator of Magdenburg, used in the business, (together with the Danish Ambassador:) whom the Emperor in April before, had again set at liberty. The young Landtgrave of Darmstat still continued a strong solliciter for a Peace; and especial to his Father in Law the Elector of Saxony. But neither could they work it. Some other motions that way, were several times projected; but the cunning was, so to bring about the terms, to give both sides satisfaction.  

The Story of the several Armies, now coming towards the King.  Leaving these Treaties in the air, into which they presently vanished: we will turn our style towards action again. Omitting withal, those smaller skirmishes, which daily fell out about the Leaguers: we will prepare our Readers for greater matters. Those Armies which the King (as we told you) had at Walensteins' first coming, had sent for to come and be his Maine-prizers: were by this drawing together about the river maine in Franconia. Turn we, then, aside awhile, to fetch these Armies into action. The Generals of these Armies were Oxenstiern, the two Dukes of Weymar, the Landtgrave of Hessen, and Banier: of all whom severally.  

Of Oxenstiern,  The Rex-Chancellor Axel Oxenstiern, having by the Arms of Gustavus Horn, brought the action to a good pass in the Electorate of Triers, and with the Bishop of Cullen: had the better leisure now, to go wait upon the King his Master. About the 11. of july, set he out from Mentz: with about 8000. men (as 'twas given out) in his Army. To him does the Landtgrave William of Hessen with 3. Regiments, 
and Hessen:  first come, into Franconia. His way, was from the river of of Weser: Pappenheim (his great adversary) being now going to Maestricht-ward. Hessen and the Chancellor, 
who being joined,  both met at Wurtsburg: there expecting the coming of the other forces.  
There whilst they are, they were not idle: the Imperialists being masters of the smaller towns thereabouts, and going out upon daily parties; gave them occasion of exercise. About july 20. the Landtgrave of Hessen sending out a Partee of 500 Horse; with as many musketeers: lighting upon 3. companies of Walsteiners; kill 100 of them, took 2. Cornets, and 500 Prisoners, which well helped to increase the Army. This was about Schweinfurt, in the Landtgraves' way towards Wurtsburg. About this time, the Imperialists of Forcheim, made a Cavalcado out upon the Palace of the Counts of Cassel: which they surprised and plundered, 
do something upon the Imperialists  to the worth of 200000. florence. Good store of provisions being found therein, the Walsteiners went home for some wagons, minding the next day, to go fetch away this booty. By this, had the Chancellor heard of it: who sending out the Palatine Birckenfelt to waylay them: he with 3. troops of Dragooners charged them so home, that they were fain to leave their Carriages to the Swedish: and with the loss of 150. men and 30. prisoners, 
in several places.  to betake themselves into Forcheim. The Finish Colonel Stallhanshe (who also came up with the Chancellor) going along the Main with 4. Cornets to seek his adventure: he betwixt Vffenhaim and Kitzingen; met also with a weak Partee of Imperialists: that were convoying 100 Wagons lading of meal, towards Walenstein. These he first routing, and they flying towards Vffenhaim: the Fins so hard pursued them, that they entered the town pell mel with them. Thus was the town and the meale-carts, taken both together: for which exploit, who can deny but the Fins very well deserve to eat white-bread.  
About this 20. of july (Stilo veteri) was Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, Lieftenant-Generall to his Majesty; comen up into Franconia. 
Duke William Weymars' Story.  This was his march, and Forces. How he and his brother Bernard, had been left about Schwabland and Bavaria, at the Kings coming towards Norimberg: we leave to be read in our Second Part. He making towards the Bodensee (called the Lake of Constantz; so well settled the Swissers with the neighbourhood of his Army; that upon the King of Swedens' letter to them (which see page 173. 
The King of Sweden then had an Ambassador wtih the Swissers (Chevalier Rache they call him:) with whom the Duke of Rohan joined his Majesty's mind, to the Swissers: by which two, and Duke William; were these Cantons brought about, to the King of Sweden The English & Scottish of my Lord marquis of Hamiltons Army, being reduced to 2. Regiments.  of our Second Part) they (both Catholics and Protestants) agreed together to stop up their passages against the Spanish out of Italy; and to give no aids unto the Emperor: notwithstanding the vehement solicitations of Chancellor Wolmar; Ambassador with them for the Archduke Leopold. Duke William having done this by the middle of june; was sent unto by the King of Sweden, to go and take on the English and Scottish of my Lord marquis of Hamiltons Army, then about Halberstat. Something of whose Story, we demand leave here to impart unto you.  
Of their coming from Magdenburg unto Halberstat in Brunswickland, we shall anon tell you. Here, at Halberstat they lay, upon their own money, until about Low-Sunday, the 8. of our April: at which time, by order from the King of Sweden, they were reduced unto 2. Regiments. The first was of the English; over whom was Sir William Bellendine (a Scottish Gentleman) made Colonel, and Captain Terret Lieftenant-Colonell; They had order to enquarter at Blanckenburg in the little County of Regenstein, due South of Halberstat. Of the Scottish Regiment, was Sir Alexander Hamilton made Colonel: who was sent to lie at Warningeroda, in the same County, within 2. Dutch miles of the English. 
are taken on by Duke William Weymar.  Here lay they both Regiments, until they were drawn out by order from Duke William, to go with him to disengage the King from before Norimberg. To meet with Duke William, they first by a Southeasterly march, go thorough the County of Mansfeld unto Hall: where they pieced in with 2. Regiments of Foot more; the Blue Regiment, whereof Rosse is Colonel: and the Green Regiment, led by Colonel Wardure. With these, came 4. Foote-Companies of Colonel Mitzvall Governor of Rain in Bavaria: and a Regiment of Horse, commanded by Colonel Wedels'. 
The way of their march to him, first.  Thence go they to Lutzen in Misnia where the Battle was after fought) and so to Zeitz; where they first found Duke William; with some few troops of Horse and Foot, which were, indeed, but some odd Squadrons of his own guards. Thence go they to Altemburg, where they stayed two or three days, being well entertained by the Duke of Altemburg. Thence go they something back again to Great, on the River Elster, where they tarried two days more: and thence to Greventall, on the edge of the Duringer-waldt. Crossing the said great Forest, at first to the Southward, they then turn to Hilperhausen; a town of the Duke of Saxon-Coburgs on the other side of the wood, 
And with him to the Chancellor Oxenstiern, afterwards.  in Franconia. In the field hereabouts, the Army quartered some 8. or 10. days: the Duke of Saxon-Coburg sending them some barrels of powdered Venison. Hither came there another Regiment of Duke Williams: levied among the Boors, his own subjects. But these Boors were sent back, all but 400. which were joined in a Brigade with Colonel Hindersons' Dragooners, that were then a raising. Hither also came 5. Regiments from the Elector of Saxony. Two, of Horse, over both which the Baron of Hoffkirch was major-general: one of them being his own, and the other the Prince of Anhalts. The other three, were Foote-Regiments: 2. of their Colonels being Vitzdumb and Potlitz: whose Lieutenant Bosen had the Regiment after him. 
Duke Williams whole strength  These made up Duke Williams 6. Brigates of Foot; complete numbers. The first Brigade was made up of the 2. Regiments of our nation: 8. Dutch companies being put to them: that is, 4. of Mitzvalls, and 4. of Steinbocks. This Brigade was commanded, by one Colonel one day; and by tother, another day. The second and third Brigades, were the Blue and Green, before mentioned. The fourth was of the new levied Boors of Duke Williams: and the fifth and sixth were of the Elector of Saxonyes: 600 Musketeers being put to them. Besides all these, there was a Squadron of almost 600 men, which went for a weak Regiment. These altogether, might make up some 8000 strong. Of Horse forces, had he first his own Regiment; secondly, General Baniers Regiment, commanded by Isler, that was his Leiftenant-Colonel: which two Regiments made up some twenty Cornets; besides two companies of Dragooners; belonging to Grimes and Lather, two Scottish Captains. The Dragooners ride like Horsemen: but they fight on foot. From Hilperhausen, went the Army to Kunigshoven: and thence to Schweinfurt upon the Main; where the Duke entrenched. Hence was a Partee of 500 Musketeers, sent to plunder a little town, some half adays march from Schweinfurt: whence they returned with good Booty.  
Here stayed the Army some 10 or 14 days: and the Chancellor Oxenstiern and the Landgrave of Hessen, being now about Wurtsburg: 
All this Relation of Duke Williams, received I from Leiftenant-Colonell Terret, Captain Fielding, and Captain Legg, then present in the Action.  the two Armies about August 10th, moved one towards another, and met about Kitzing upon the Main, due East of Wurtsburg: altogether encamping on the Eastern side of the river, next unto Norimberg. Thence after four or five days, go they Southerly towards Winshaim on the river Aisch; midway betwixt which Kitzing and Winshaim, marching by General Baniers and Duke Bernard of Saxon Weymars' Quarters: whose forces joined with them at Winshaim. And their march out of Bavaria; turn we back again to bring up, until this their joining with the other Armies.  
The King at his last coming out of Bavaria, left the General Banier with an Army about Auspurg: whose business was, to observe the Bavarians, and to keep the new Conquest in as good order, as the enemies would let him. The two Brothers of Saxon-Weymar, (William and Bernard,) were left with an Army on the out side of Bavaria; about Memmingen in Schwabland: who with Sir Patrick Ruthven, were to look to Ossa, the Leopoldish, and the Imperialists in that Circle: those, namely, already in the country betwixt the Lech, the Danuby and the Bodensee: 
The Story of Duke Bernard, and Banier since the Kings coming out of Bavaria.  or which were in the Dukedom of Wirtemberg or Alsatia; who were still Masters of that corner of Germany. Their chief Leaders were Ossa (both General and Commissary, for those parts) Eggon Count of Furstenberg, and Hannibal Count of Hohen-Ems: which two, having no Army, nor Military Commission from the Emperor (that I hear of) did but labour by raising the Boors (their Tenants and neighbours) to keep their own Lands quiet: Hohen-Ems, his; at the South end of the Bodensee; and Furstenberg, his; 
The rest of the Actions of this corner, shall be spoken off in Gustavus Horns Story.  beyond the Bodensee and the Schwartzwaldt betwixt Wirtemberg-land and Alsatia, towards the Rhinestreame. In Alsatia, the Emperor's two Generals were William (called) marquis of Baden, and the Count of Monte Cuculi: of all which we shall speak in their order.  
That Duke Bernard after the taking of the Town of 
* The Maps writ Isne or Ine, and Isnau.  Isnau among the mountains towards the Bodensee; had also taken the Count of Hohen-Ems prisoner in his own Castle by Bregentz and the Bodensee: we have partly told you Page 172 of our Second Part. This done, while Sir Patrick Ruthven and Colonel Schavalitzi were employed on the Wirtemberger side of ulm and the Danuby; the Imperialists (as Page 179 we there told you) were busy about Ehingen. To that town (his brother William being now gone to take on the Scottish and English) turns Duke Bernard. 
Duke Bernard takes Ehingen.  Saturday, june 23, came he before the Ports: those breaks he open with a Petard; and by sound of trumpet after his entry, commanding the townsmen to avoid the slaughter by taking them to their Houses: he puts 150 soldiers to the sword: who had before surprised the Swedish Officers. Whilst Duke Bernard was thus in action about the Danuby; the Leopoldish forces, were as busy about the Lech; sixty English miles to the Southeast of this Ehingen. There, about the 20th of june, reprise they Fuessen first, and Schonga afterwards: the Townsmen befriending them. Thence advance they more Northernly towards Ansburg; infesting all places about Landsperg: where the Citizens also admit them. They by night surprise the Cloister of Munsgrett; and there put a troop of Swedish Horse to the sword, making the Captain prisoner.  
The Bavaria major-general 
* For Altringer was now Bavariaes' Feltmarshall.  Cratz, in the beginning of july, recovers Munchen again: and the fifth of the same month by the invitation of the Townsmen, are some troops of his admitted into Friedberg, within five English miles of Ausburg. General Banier had, till now, been employed towards Tirole, june 16, he went from Ausburg, with four Regiments, and twenty Pieces of Canon. Then besieged he Winegarten: which was taken on Sunday july 8th: before which, himself in person was upon occasion of Cratz his coming so near Ausburg; sent for back again. His Army upon the taking of Winegarten; made those of the Imperial Towns of Wangen and Ravensperg, flee into Bregentz. Lindaw on the Bodensee, was sorely now frighted. and the Army should have gone further to stop up the passages in the Alps of Tirole: to keep the Italian Aids out of Germany. The particulars of all which, I for brevity here omit. He being now returned to Ausburg, hearing of this perfidiousness of the Friedbergers, sends the very next day, (Friday july the sixth) to reprise the Town again. The gates are blown open; and the Bavarians cut in pieces: just as they had done to seventy Swedish in the Town, which were laid there, as the Safeguards of it. And to make the Townesmens' false-heartedness, an example to the rest: the Swedish putting the women and children out of the town, burned it quite down to ashes.  
By this time is Duke Bernard returned from Ehingen, against these people of the Archduke Leopolds. Coming near Landsperg, the Citizens, fearing to be served like those of Friedberg; meet and present their Keys unto the Duke; on their knees begging their lives of him. The same do they of Schonga: the Leopoldish still voiding the country before his coming. They still retiring up the Lechs' side, 
Duke Bernard's defeating of the Leopoldish Forces:  to Rosshaupten; there the Duke's men were too quick for them: for lighting  upon two troops of Dragooners, and one of Carabines; the Weymarish killed some thirty of them, and routed the rest into Fuessen. 
and recovering of towns from them, upon the Lech.  At the heels of them, the Duke now follows; and his summons to the Town being refused; he presently carries it by Petards and Scaladoes. Here were 1500 men of Altringers old Regiment, in garrison: 300 of which being in the heat of slaughter, cut off; the rest fling down their Arms, and gave up their names to serve under the Duke's Ensigns. Here was Altringers brother in law taken, with the Lord of Diederickstein, and other Officers. Here the Duke passing over the Lech; surprises three Forts betwixt the Towns of Ernberg in the mountains and Reutte upon the river Lech: into which, the Duke having put good garrisons; returns his Army over the Lech again, and advances towards Donawert.  
This was about the 24 of july: by which time there had a new command comen to Banier and him, to hasten towards Norimberg. 
The State they left Bavaria in.  And they were by this time at indifferent good leisure. Now had Banier recovered Munchen, and chased Cratz out of the Country: and now too, had Duke Bernard well cleared the Lech of the Leopoldish: So that leaving the country well garrisoned, and Sir Patrick Ruthven to guard the rest; they now begin to draw together towards Donawert; and so to march into the Bishopric of Aichstet; and by that into Franconia.  
In the beginning of our August, the two Generals put themselves upon their march: going first unto Weissenburg; 20. English miles North of Donawert. Cratz knew his old Quarter: and hereabouts, and at Wiltsburg Castle (hard by Weissenburg) offered he to make some opposition. But this came to so little, 
* Either for not doing enough here, or in Bavaria; did this Cratz (I hear) fall into Walensteins' displeasure: for which he was (as I have heard) imprisoned. This is sure, that after this time, I have read of nothing done by Cratz but by Fugger, Altringer, and Monte Cuculi.  that other writings make no mention of it. Now were Banier and Duke Bernard, within 30. English miles of Norimberg: had they gone (I mean) the nearest way to it. But this they durst not venture: for besides that they were not strong enough, to have marched thorough the country, every where infested with the Walsteiners; they had been fare to weak, too have passed by his great leaguer. Here, therefore, they begin to alter their course of marching; so that turning faces about to the left, they make towards the other Swedish Armies in Franconia. The way they took, was along the Forest in which Guntzenhausen standeth. Thence advancing to the Northward, they come to Rotenburg; and so by Kregling, to Rotingen: their Army August the 14. meeting with the Chancellors and the rest, besides Vffenhaim; as we have before told you.  
With Baniers Army, came there a noble young Gentleman of our Nation, Master William Harvey only son to the Lord Harvey; who now upon his return from a three years travel, in jerusalem, Constantinople, Italy, etc. meeting with the Armies: had a generous ambition to see the action at Norimberg: where he heard so famous a King to be engaged.  
Monday August the 13. did Oxenstierns Army pass Kitzing bridge, 
They join with Oxenstiern  and that night, peect it with Duke William. August 14. came Duke Bernard and Banier to them. August 15. they went but 2. English miles: whence the next day to Neustat on the Aisch. The Walsteiners that had before taken up all the Posts and Passages of this country, retired still before them, towards their Generalissimo. August 17. The Swedish encamped not far from Hertzog-Aurach: which the K. for their commodity, had t'other day made himself master of. 
There may be an error of a day or twoe time, in the journals of these Armies: which every Reader would not have observed. But I will deceive them, no further than I myself am deceived.  Aug. 18. they advance to Bruck, 10. mile's North of Norimberg: where the small river Aurach, falls into the Rednitz. On the Western side of which river, (the town standing on the East) the Armies entrench for 2. or 3. days: building up Batteries and Redoubts, in this nearness of the enemy. Hither, came the King himself, and overviewed the Army, as it was drawn up into Battaglias, which he found to be 26000. marching men, all fresh and lusty. They were 12. Brigades of Foot, beside commanded Musketeers: but of the Horse I have no certainty. The Imperialists having here broken down the bridge, the King causeth it to be repaired: over which, August the 20. in the evening, the Army marched: entrenching the same night before Bruck. Now were 3. Regiments sent over to take up the passage at Furt: which were the English, the Blue, and the Green Regiments: who there entrenching themselves; major-general Kniphausen came to command over them.  
A solemn day of prayer being had in the Swedish Leaguer, for the happy joining, and good success of the Armies: the King quitting his Trenches about Norimberg, came the 21. 
Altogether joining with the King, before Walensteins' Trenches.  of August, to meet the Chancellor's Army; they likewise advancing to meet him: joined both Armies together, about 12. or one a clock the self same Tuesday. All then being drawn up into Battaglias, before the enemy's Trenches; stood there all that day, to make a Brave upon him.  
And thus have I concluded this long digression, for bringing up of all the King's forces to him: which if the Readers censure, for too long an interruption from the King's Story; I must, in stead of answering, crave a fair pardon of them. And yet to say something towards a Reason. Besides that it had been pity to have lost all their Stories: I knew not on the sudden, how to drop all these Armies, out of the clouds into the King's Leaguer; nor how, bluntly, and all at once; to shoot them in an Engine, as fare as Norimberg: and therefore have I brought them, fair and softly, upon their feet all the way, out of their several Stations.  
Now was the King resolved, to bring the whole cause, to a day of hearing: and that as loud, as the Cannons could roar it. He was now full 36000. men in field; though not all then in Battaglias. The King of Bohemia, (by this time well recovered of his Leaguer-sicknesse) was in the field with him: 
The fight described August 21.  both the Kings being desirous to tempt the enemy out of his Camp, into fair Campagnia; fully purposed, if that offer were refused, to set upon him in his Trenches. And so might they if they pleased: Walenstein would not budge a foot, out of his Quarters. On the Norimberg side of his Trenches, therefore, the King casts up three great Batteries; and from thence played incessantly into Walensteins', Quarters: he thundering as furiously upon them again. The Swedish Musketeers going nearer the Trenches; were with small shot answered from them again: but neither small nor great shot, did much harm upon one another; saving only that General Banier, going too near to view a work; received a Musket bullet in the left arm above the elbow, where it was left sticking.  
The next day, the King caused some greater pieces of Ordnance to be mounted upon his Batteries: some of which, shot 21. 
August 22.  pound ball, and some 42. Walenstein answering with some, that shot 48. These roared upon one another for a great time together: but the Kings plainly, did little spoil upon the enemies. The Walsteiners wisely withdrew themselves, out the beat and raking of the Swedish Ordnance: which were (after the making of 700. shot) perceived, to do more execution on the earth and trees, then upon the enemies. Now was it with perspective glasses to be discerned, from off the King's Batteries; that there was scarce a Walsteiner to be seen stirring: For this reason: the King causeth his Ordnance to be dismounted: not willing to smoke away so much powder in squibs; nor to do no more then plough up the ground, with the grazing of so many bullets, of that weight and height; merely shot off at an empty random, Yet one shot let me not omit, because the King made it. The King (as 'tis written) spying in the morning, with his perspective from one of his Batteries, a gallant Cavalier mounted and prancing before his Companies: that surely (saith the King) should be either Walenstein or Altringer; and have at him. Causing therefore a piece to be traversed and bend full upon him; the King took his level, and bade give fire to it. Up into the air flew the Cavalier, horse and man: but it proved to be but a Colonel.  
The King having dismounted his own Cannon, and given order to have the Norimbergers drawn out into the Trenches about the Town; he that day and the next, passes the most part of his Army over the river Rednitz, a little above Furt, before named. His purpose in it was, to possess himself of a certain hill thereby: by advantage whereof he hoped assuredly either to batter out, or beat out, the enemy from his Quarters. This done, the 24. of our August (being Saint Bartholomewes' day) was resolved upon for the general onset. The same 23. of August, fell there out a skirmish on the further side of the Rednitz, betwixt the Crabats and the King's people: at which, whilst, amongst other Gentlemen Master William Harvey (before named) was desirous to be present; he was most unfortunately drowned, in passing over the river. A Gentleman he was, who might one day have merited a place in our own Chronicles; for few young Sparks were there among the Nobility of any Nation; either finelier made up, more gently bred, or more completely improved. Nor is this more than a moderate Laudative of him; for so say they, that could judge him: very great therefore is the loss of such a Son, to his honourable Parents; but greater will be the want of such as he, to his Native Country.  
Walenstein perceiving the King's intention, he the better to assure his Cannon and Ammunition; retired himself into the Forest called Altemberg: which belongeth unto the marquis of Onspach. Here could he make use, likewise, of a certain old Fortress; which had been a Lodge, (or some such like thing) in the younger days of it. Here, likewise, did he very strongly entrench himself; and barricadoed up all the ways, by cutting down the trees round about him. The hill was high, and very steep: craggy withal, and bushy; so that it was an impossible thing (almost) to be taken from an enemy, that had any courage to dispute it. The Duke of Bavariaes' Quarters (as it happened) were at that time nearest to the King and the danger: and among his men, the Canon bullets mostly lighted.  

The great fight August 24.  Bartholomew day being comen; the work was begun with Prayers; for the happy success of it. So the King of Sweden still used: nor thought he himself either armed or valiant; till he had prayed. That morning, about nine a clock; was there a certain Footman or Lackey of Altringers, brought prisoner to the King: who, (as by pregnant circumstances was afterwards collected) had been purposely exposed by the enemy, to be taken prisoner by us. This sly fellow very confidently informed the King; How that the most part of Walensteins' Horse, had already forsaken their Quarters, and were about to run quite away from the leaguer. The King indeed, from this higher ground, saw the Army in motion: but it was not to run away from their Colours, but with all speed to possess themselves of the little mountain and old Castle, and another Fort upon it: which it had been easy otherwise for the King to have taken, and from thence to have beaten Bavaria, first, and then Walenstein, out of their Leaguers.  
The King by and by perceiving their intention, and again observing the great advantage of the place: resolved, (which some think he had not, until this news of Altringers Footman) that notwithstanding the enemy had prevented him in it; and had now made the action more desperate: yet that it must immediately be set upon. Putting his Army, therefore, into Battaglias, (as well as the place would give leave) the King himself led on the Vanguard of the left Wing: Duke William of Saxon-Weymar had the honour of the Battle, to close up the King's right hand: and Duke Bernard, with the Landtgrave of Hessen, brought up the Rear. Some of these troops, were sent to fall on upon that ruinous old Castle of Altemberg, on the hill aforesaid. The other part, were still left at the bottom of the Hill, and upon the sides of it: to lie in ambush amongst the trees and bushes there, to keep off the Aides and Seconds of the enemy; and to shroud themselves withal, from the fury of the enemy's Canon. This place also served for a Retreat unto their fellows, should they chance to be overlayed: the men, beside, being there near at hand, to be sent for upon occasion. The place, indeed, was naturally fit for such a purpose: for it was a hollow over-hanging in the hills side; where they lay in Covert from any offence of the enemy. The order of the Assault was to this purpose: Every Colonel and Commander was assigned to his Post; 500 men were ordered to fall on: which were every two hours relieved, with fresh Seconds. These were commanded Musketeers all; drawn out of the several Brigades: and the Colours stayed with the rest, below the mountain.  
And now began the conflict, for the winning and defending of that old Castle; which proved a medley of 10. hours long, on both sides. Many a brave Gentleman, here lost his life; many a Cavalier was here wounded: and not a few taken prisoners. The King led on his men, with his sword drawn in his hand: and the Swedish, as if to show the enemy how little they dreaded any thing, that they could do unto them; and how much they despised danger: exposed themselves all naked unto the enemy's shot; having not so much as any one Trench or Earth cast up, to shelter them. In this equipage, run they close unto the enemy's Works and Batteries: stoutly and manfully, fall they on upon them: and with the courage of undaunted spirits, do they rush into the danger. But the Imperialists as full of resolution, made a most stout resistance unto the Swedish. For having the advantage, both of the higher ground, of their own Trenches and Batteries already before hand there cast up: and having the walls of the old Castle to retreat unto, and to shelter their fresh supplies in: they maintained it with extremity of confidence. The natural high standing of the place, gave them all the advantages, that the providence of an enemy could have forethought of. Thence directed they their pieces with more aim and certainty, thence fell the Partisans which they darted, with more weight upon the Swedish: and behind their own Parapets they stood more than half covered from those on the lower ground: so that more of the Swedish bullets, light upon the Imperialists Brestworks then into their Breasts.  
But notwithstanding all these inconveniences, the Swedish continued desperate, and the Imperialists as obstinate. The Cannons and Muskets went off all day long, incessantly: so that nothing was to be seen upon the Mountain, but flame and smoke: and for the roaring of the Ordnance, the skrikes and groan of wounded and dying men, could hardly be discerned. All this was performed with so much terror and fury, and on both sides maintained with so much obstinacy; that (considering the disadvantages on the Swedish side) the Battle of Prague or Leipsich, was not to be compared to it. Regiment attacked Regiment, one Ensign continued flying against another: until the greater part of the Foot on both sides, were thoroughly engaged in the medley. The Imperialists had 6000. men, then upon the Hill; for the guard of it, and of the old Castle: those, still supplied from the Camp: and all, so fenced with a Brest-worke behind which they stood to shoot down, that nothing but their heads could be seen over it. Thus at length, the Swedes seeing no good to be done upon it: were enforced to quit the danger; the most of them withdrawing themselves, unto the foot of the Mountain. The Cannon continued their volleys above, still; and some Musketeers were there left, to maintain the skirmish.  
In this attempt upon the hill, whereas the King and Duke Bernard had fallen on upon several places of it: it chanced that Duke Bernard's proved fare the more convenient: and that he had gotten the height of the enemy's Camp, and could see down into it. He sending the King word of it, the King dispatched back Sir john Hepburn to him, to take, and bring a view of it. Whilst Duke Bernard and Sir john Hepburn were at their view, there was a Rittmaster shot dead, hard by them: which showed, that the place was not altogether so safe, as was hoped. Sir john Hepburn having carried the King word, and that it was much the better place; his Majesty himself came to see it. Which done, you have reason (says he to Sir john) for what you say: but yet if I give on here, I must do it with my gross of Foot; whereby I shall leave my Horse and my Cannon naked: and the enemy, withal, may then choose where he will fight with me; either in this or that place, or in both together, as he pleases. This passage, I learned from the right valiant Knight, here mentioned: and that the presentness of the King's judgement, was approved in it. And this I add of myself; something to control the rumour of it that ran over Germany, that if the King would but have descended from his obstinacy, and thought it no dishonour to give over at the t'other Post, and to follow Duke Bernard's counsel; that the action had been ended, and the enemy dislodged.  
Most of the Swedes being comen down to the plain (as is aforesaid) there began another encounter. The enemy's Curiassiers then issuing out upon the Swedish Musketeers, did so much there overly them; that they forced them to give ground from them. Colonel Tortenson, and Colonel Erich-Hand; being to maintain this Post; were both here taken; and the latter wounded, by the Curiassiers; whilst they bravely endeavoured to make their Musketeers to give on again, upon the enemy. The valiant Baron of Cronenberg with his Regiment of 12. Cornets of Horse (esteemed the flower of the Army) at this time, falling out, was rencountred by Colonel 
* This Colonel Stolhanshe, (a Finlander by nation) was sometimes servant unto Sir Patrick Ruthven: and he speaks excellent good English.  Stolhanshe with 200. of his Finish Horsemen: who so well entertained the Cronbergers, that they put them to the rout: yea and so fare pursued them, till they came under the command of the Shot from the enemy's rampiers and that other troops of fresh Horse, sallied out upon them. It was believed among the Swedish, that Cronenberg was there mortally wounded: but beside, that I have since read of him in other actions: he was seen by some Gentlemen of our own Nation in the Imperial Leaguer, a day or two after.  
It hath by others been related to me, That whereas the Count of Erpach (a Colonel of the Kings) was that day mortally wounded upon the place, and carried off spoilt; the King meeting Sir john Hepburn in the Field; desired him to make good the Count of Erpachs' Post; which he performed.  
The night beginning now to approach, must of necessity put an end to that skirmish: and yet it appeared by the eagerness of the Swedish, that they had not yet enough of it. Still they continued to ply their small and great shot, and to offer to scale the mountain, and rampiers of the enemies. The same resoluteness, was also maintained by the Imperialists: the defendants budging not a foot from their Stations, and nothing behind hand with the Assailants. But that great Moderator and Stickler in all long encounters, (the Night) was fain at last to decide the controversy. And so began both sides, to fall off one from another, having lost their sights, rather than their courages. And thus was there a true drawn Battle made of it: for the darkness being but a blind Umpire, could not see to which party, to assign the Victory. The Swedes, indeed, lost their hopes; and the Imperialists kept their ground. The Swedish, for all their magnanimous undertake, could not drive the Imperialists to the retreat; or beat up their Quarters: nor could they, much less, compel the King's forces to give it over. The Horse, (except, some few troops) could not come to fight; the wood and hill not suffering them to encounter: which had they done, needs must the business have had a further progress.  
The whole night after, did those Musketeers that were left upon the hill, continue to give fire upon those that defended the old Castle. It proved a very wet night: and the King lay in his Coach, under heavens open Canopy. There was a fire made hard by him, upon the wet earth; (which the rain suffered not well to burn) about which the King's servants and officers took up soldier's lodgings: Sir john Hepburn being also laid amongst them. The King by break of day wakening, (and being very cold and wet) called unto his servants, to know if there were any of his Officers of the Field amongst them. They told him none but Sir john Hepburne; who was but a Volunteer at that present. Him, now, the King desired to go to those Musketeers on the hill, and to view their posture: and to see, withal, whither there might be any near place discovered, where there might be Ordnance planted to batter upon the old Castle. He going, found how these poor souls, lay all open to the enemies shot, from the waist upwards; and that the Imperialists had two places of Covert, one above another, for their shelter: that is to say, one above, upon the hill; and another Parapett or Brest-worke, lower; whence they let fly upon the Swedish. He there found, where by casting up a little earth, the King's people might approach within fifty paces of the Castle, and mount four pieces of Canon to batter upon it.  
Sir john Hepburn had order also at his going from the King, to go call Duke Bernard to him; and in the mean time to command his troops. He coming from his view, met Duke Bernard, and did his message to him: who told him, that he should not need to go to his troops, for that he had left them with the Count of Isenburg. The Duke also requested of Sir john, that whilst he went to the King; he would do him the favour to go and bring his brother Duke William, unto his Majesty. But Duke William was gone to the King before; so that when Sir john Hepburn returned to the Coach; he perceived, that they with some great personages, having been in counsel together, Wither it were best to retreat or not? the Retreat had been agreed upon. Thus when Sir john Hepburn reported to the King, how near to the Castle he might bring four Canons: I had rather (says the King) there could have been a place found within 500 paces, then within 50: which would be safer for my people. Hereupon was order given for the retreat, and to draw off the Musketeers; who came running off presently. And thus much of the passages of this morning, have I learned from the courtesy of this Noble Warrior. The most of the rest had I out of a long Latin Letter, written by the Baron 
* The Letter was written unto his Brother Sir Benedict Skute, then in London: who imparted it unto me. They are Sons unto the Lord Skute, Governor of Livonia for the Crown of Sweden: three times Ambassador into England.  of Dudroff, then present in the action: and from a High Dutch Relation, written by an understanding Officer of the Army. And indeed it was high time for the King to sound the retreat: and much better had it been, that a Charge had never been sounded. It was almost an impossible thing, to get up that mountain; and Sir john Hepburn (amongst others) freely advised the King the day before, That the action was not faisible. And by this time it was made much harder. The Imperialists against this morning, had brought on more great Pieces upon their Batteries: which must sorely have disordered the Swedish, in their advancing. The mountain, Castle, and Fort; were all by this time bettered manned then the day before: and the Imperialists being extremely encouraged, that the irresistible Swedish Armies, had not already overcomne them; were sufficiently now provided to entertain them. But the King having attempted thus much, chiefly to put a Brave upon Walenstein: began now to think of the men's lives, that were to be cast away upon it. So that having experience by this time, that the enemy being likely to dispute it, would certainly kill and spoil him more men, then possibly he could do of theirs; thought it no great wisdom, to consume too much time, where there was but small appearance of getting overmuch honour.  
Order is therefore given, to have the Ordnance taken off their Batteries, and that the Musketeers, yet in action, as also those that had been laid in ambush, below the hill: together with those Horse-troopes, which stood ready at all assays, to wait upon the motions of the enemy, should come away.  
And this was the order of the Retreat. The Rear marched off, first of all: and whilst they turn faces about to go homewards, the Van and Battle, stood their ground, as ready to receive the enemy. 
The order of the Retreat.  When the Rear was comen to their place of Stand; they there made Halt, facing about again to the enemy. Whilst they stood, the Battle marched: observing in all points, the order and discipline of the Rear. When they make a Stand, the Van advances: the Wing of Horse, afore spoken of, at the same time moving and flancking them. Three hundred Musketeers, with some Cornets of Horse; were left behind to man the Rear, and to make good the Retreat: in case the enemy (which he did not) should have fall'n out upon them. And in this goodly order and equipage, (which was a very beautiful sight to behold) was the Retreat made: all done in Battaglias, as if they had even then advanced into the Field, to have charged the enemy. Soon was the Army in their new Quarters; which were not fare from the foresaid mountain.  
For now was the King resolved, to entrench himself close unto the enemy; choosing the place for his new Leaguer, 
The King encampeth hard by the Imperialists.  near unto Furt, just without the Forest: yea so near unto Walensteins' trenches, that some one of his greater Pieces, would have ranged her bullet even to the very Quarter. Early the next morning August 26. was the new Camp begun to be fortified; that is, upon the open side of it: the backpart being sufficiently assured by the woods. And now might the Generalissimo (if he pleased) have done as much for the King, as he had attempted upon his trenches. These had been his advantages. His Leaguer was already fortified: but the Kings Works not perfected, for some days after. He, out his higher ground, might overlook the King's Quarters, and see every motion in it. The King's Camp was in a fair Campagnia, and therefore accessible: nor was there any thing in the way, to have hindered the Imperialists; from falling into the Swedish Leaguer.  
Two or three days after the end of the great rencontre; were the prisoners and dead, on both sides, ransomed and exchanged. Monsieur de la Grange the French Ambassador, was sent from the King, into the enemy's Leaguer: who returned with many prisoners: telling his Majesty of many things likewise, unto the hearing whereof but few were admitted. major-general Sparre was not only set at liberty by the King, but employed also by him unto Walenstein, with the prisoners. He made likewise some general overtures of a peace, in which he had desired of the King, that he might use his own liberty. In lieu of Major Sparre, was Colonel Leonard Tortenson, General of the King's Artillery, freely set at liberty by the Generalissimo: and that with a great compliment to the King; as we have before told you. As for Colonel Erich-Hand (a Swede) he was to stay in the Imperial Leaguer, till his wounds were cured. In the Bill of the prisoners, that was sent from the Imperialists unto the King: were there many names read, whose persons were no where to be found among the Captives: 
The Prisoners,  by which they were given for dead.  
In this former Action, were these men of account slain on the King's side. The Count of Erpach, who died of his wounds: 
dead,  Generall-Major Boetius, a brave man: and Lieutenant Colonel Sceptre. Of Duke William's men, slain; Lieftenant-Colonel Mackin. Under the Landtgrave of Hessen, slain, Ritmaster Maurice of Malsburg, with Ritmaster Craisham, brother to the Marshal of his Majesty's Army. Of the English and Scottish, diverse: whose names I have not.  

and wounded on the King's side.  Divers other Captains, Lieutenants, Ensigns, and other inferior Officers, there lost their lives; with 7. or 800. common soldiers: none of whose bodies, fell into the hands of the enemies. There was found sticking in the body of one of his Majesty's Guards, a bullet of three pound weight. Wounded on the King's side, the Counts of Eberstein, Cassel, and Thurne: with Erich-Hand, Rotstein and Bourt; all Colonels: together with diverse other Captains, Ritmasters, and other Officers. Of common soldiers, were there some 1500. which were brought into the Hospitals of Norimberg.  
On the Imperial side, lost, 3. Ensigns. Slain, the Lord james Fugger, Colonel of 1000 Curiassiers, or Men at Arms. This Lord being deadly wounded and brought prisoner into Norimberg; there expired. He being demanded what he knew of Walensteins' intentions; answered (as some report it) that he meant to keep himself in the guard he then lay at, and to wage battle no otherwise then in that posture. But some other report this way of his last words, That calling for drink, he should say, 'tis no time to dissemble now; Walenstein will assault you: Which said, he drank, and died. Said to be slain beside, Colonel Aldobrandino, Colonel Dom Maria de Caraffa: with 5. Colonels more: though some Gentlemen of our Nation, passing next day thorough the Camp; affirmed that they spoke with some of them. These things must be known from the prisoners, who being about 60. in number, perchance knew not all: the Imperialists having wit enough to conceal their own losses. Those of the Swedish side reported it from the prisoners, that there should have been slain about 1000 Walsteiners: which (upon such disadvantages in the fight) I think not to be likely. The Corpse of the dead Lord Fugger being sent into the Imperial Leaguer; the soldiers that carried him, had 25 Dollars given them.  
My Dutch Officer reports me a pretty story of a compliment (or an allegiance, rather) betwixt an humble bullet, and the K. namely, how that a piece of the sole of his Majesty's boot, near unto the great toe of his right foot, was carried away with a Shot. This bullet knew his duty: for a King should be touched no higher: all are to stoop thither. Both he and the Swedish Lords Letter agree, that the Imperial Generalissimo had his Horse that day shot dead under him: whereas others (then in the action) bid me be confident; That Walenstein all that day, stirred not so far out of his Pavilion. Sure it is, that Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar had a horse slain under him: and that his behaviour all that fight, was beyond all expectation, valiant. Walenstein ('tis written) having false notice brought him in the heat of the fight, that the old Castle was taken; answered with an oath, That he would not believe that there was a God in Heaven, if that Castle could possibly be taken from him. This the prisoners reported. And thus have I finished, this most memorable conflict. Turn we to other actions of less moment, done near the Leaguer.  
The King not able either to dislodge Walenstein, nor to bring him into Campagnia: 
The King labouring to cut off Walsteins' victuals,  cast about, in the next place, how to put another Brave upon him: the same too, that Walenstein first put upon him, to defeat him (namely) of his victuals. Having therefore learned by the prisoners, that the provisions for the Imperial Leaguers, (since the burning of their Magazine of Fryenstat) were either brought from Bavaria; 
sends out his parties to Weissenburg,  or from Newmarckt in the Upper Palatinate: resolves now to waylay their convoys, in both places. Towards Bavaria, is Colonel Sperruter sent: with 4000 or 5000. men, to lie in the wind about Weissenburg; and to have an eye towards Nordlingen; both to the South-West of Weissenburg. The King having now learned out, that there were a many Wagons of provision, 
and Newmarckt.  about Newmarckt in the Upper Palatinate, 20. miles from Norimberg: thitherward, with all speed, dispatches he a strong Partee of 3000. Horse, for the cutting off of this Convoy; which he had heard was presently to come into the Imperial Leaguer. But the Swedish failed of their desire: Walenstein having taken good order, to have his Convoy well assured. Himself ('tis reported) was gone out with some troops: which the Swedish Partee encountering withal, miss but little of taking the Generalissimo himself prisoner. 
Walenstein in danger to be taken.  His Page was taken, hard by him; who reported, how that his Lord himself, was glad to retire into the wood. This report went over Germany: but yet I hold Walenstein with the wisest, to adventure so great a part of the world, in his own person.  
Now were the wars, made altogether by commanded parties: whose sending out, was chiefly to get victuals and forage for themselves; and to defeat one another of it. The Crabats were the only men, for such a purpose; they acknowledge no 8th. Commandment: for stealing, is one of the great uses of them, in the Army. These Crabats being lodged in a Castle, some 7. or 8. miles from Norimberg: would familiarly latch you up, 2. or 300. Horses and Wagons in a day; and yet play half of it. These fellows, punished the King shrewdly: nor could his men be ever wary enough of them. They fly out as fare as Altorff, a town and University of the Norimbergers, 15. English miles East of the City. Here light they upon the poor Scholars; and as well they might have robbed the Spittle: Agricola, Nesler, 
Some Actions with the Crabats.  and Bruno, Professors there, they carried away: and put poor Genus and Species, to their ransom.  
A little after this, did the King employ Lieftenant-Colonell Cratzenstein with some troops of Cavalry, to lay out for these mad Crabats. Cratzenstein had advice brought him, that they were now out towards Newmarckt. Thitherward makes he. Being comen as fare as Pelling, within 3. English miles of Newmarckt; a knave-Boore of the Town, (one of their Receivers) spurs Cut, and rides and tells the Crabats of it: who having a gift (they need no Spell for the matter) when they are like to be overmatcht, to make themselves invisible; played now lest in sight, and ran away towards Altorff. After goes Cratzenstein; but thence were they gone also. Having in this town rested his people, a while; he advances towards Castle; a town upon an hill with a rich Monastery at it, upon the river Lauterach, 12. or 13. English miles East of Altorff. Here lights he upon 2. reverend jesuites, one of which, willing to save himself by getting out at a window, miss some footing or stayer of the ladder (it seems) broke his neck with the fall: and so, per saltum, took his Degrees backward: the other Father (but of how many is a quaere) being carried to Norimberg: became a ransom for the Professors of Altorff. Hard by Castle, but nearer to Pfaffenhoven: is there pretty Castle, where a Cornet of Crabats were enquartered. Cratzenstein now forcing the place, cuts most of the Crabats in pieces; carried away their Lieftenant-Colonell with the Housekeeper of the Castle, prisoners; setting diverse of the King's soldiers at liberty; which the Crabats there held in durance. This done, Cratzenstein returns to Norimberg, with his booty and his prisoners.  
All this succeeded well to him; the next encounter, he came not off with, so fairly. Fleshed with this success, he would needs out again towards Sultzbach, thirty English miles East of Norimberg. Encountering with no prize in that desolatred country; to Hambach he goes, hard by Amberg, three or four miles more to the Eastward. The foremost of his people, there fell into an ambush of the Walsteiners: who not discovering themselves all at once, put the Swedish in such hopes of being strong enough for them; that they engaged themselves to buckle with them. Nor could they see their error, till it was too late to recover it: for there lost they 80. of their fellows; and he was the bravest man, that would run away to tell his Lieftenant-Colonel.  
In other places at the same time, were the Foragers out on both sides. 
Divers skirmishes, among commanded parties.  A Swedish Partee, ranging towards Newmarckt, chanced upon 2. Cornets of Crabats of about 150. in the woody country betwixt Retenbacht and Feucht, 7. or 8. mile's South of Norimberg. Falling roundly to it; the Crabats lost the odd 50. upon the place; and some of the rest were in their flight so knocked down by the Boors of the Country (whom these arrant Poulterers, had made their good friends) that but a few of them recovered to their garrison of Newmarckt. The Crabats from out of the Leaguer about this time, stealing over the river of Rednitz; cut the throats of some Swedish Sentinels, about Furt; cut in pieces Captain Fuchs and his whole company, almost, which had the guard that night. At Eybach, one Dutch League South of Norimberg, there fell out another skirmish: where after the exchange of some bullets, and the death of 40. men on both sides; the Swedish were fain to give it over: for that the Imperialists retiring themselves, by degrees, towards their own Quarters, (than close at hand) did but train the Swedish into the danger.  
A day or two after, the King himself would needs abroad, to discover the posture of the enemy: and it was much about the place of the last encounter. The King had some choice Lads, along with him; some of which scouring the coast before him, discovered by and by, 
The King goes out upon a Partee.  a good Squadron of Imperial Hosemen. The King bade charge; and the Walsteiners made at them again: so that there fell out some rude brushing between them. At last, every man of the Swedish being as good as two, where the King was one: the Walsteiners went by the worst of it; 150. men they left upon the place, divers prisoners they left behind them: and the rest ran away as hastily towards their Leaguer, as if they did it to carry news, that they had seen the King of Sweden.  
A little after this, a strong Partee of Crabats, cut short some Swedish Foragers; even as they had almost recovered to their Leaguer by Furt. Two hundred horses and Wagons, they took from them, and made the Foragers glad to go home, without that, which they had laboured for. Thence go the Crabats to Lauff, 2. leagues East of Norimberg: putting themselves there into ambush to entrap some Swedish Convoys. It chanced, that a good company of Wagons and laden horses, passed by shortly after, from about Rotenberg; 4. miles to the North of Lauff. The Crabats falling out upon the Booty, cut in pieces both the Wagon-drivers, and their guards: and vouchsafing to turn Carters themselves, they drive the Wagons towards Engelthal. It happened, that there were diverse Bidets or Saddle-horses, of some of the Kings own Gentlemen, that went liar, by; now sent for from grass, for that the King was about removing. The Gentlemen hearing how likely they were to serve on foot; petitioned the King for a special Partee to make out after these Crabats, that had unhorsed them. The King himself would needs do his Gentlemen the service, to go out with the Partee: guessing at their haunt; the King advances towards the same Engelthall: 
The King defeats some Crabates.  whereabouts (as luck was) then finding them; He kills 100 upon the place, recovers all the Wagons with his men's Horses, and some other pillage beside, which the Crabats had there hoarded up, into the bargain.  
The King having an item, a little after this, of 20. Cornets Imperial Horse, that purposed to go from Forcheim, to spoil Grefenberg, a town of the Norimbergers, some 18. mile's North of the City: goes with the King of Bohemia, to have a course at these Imperialists. But they having notice of it, had no desire to stay and kiss the 2. King's hands; but recommended their safeties, to their spurs; and escaped by good Horsemanship.  
The King presently upon this, had a design, to have put Duke Bernard, with a good part of his, and Baniers Army into, and about the town of Liecthenaw, (not fare from Onspach) which belonged unto the Norimbergers. Walenstein, (as we told you in the beginning) had offered before at the taking of this town; but had been put besides it. It was kept by one Scheverlin, a Patricius or City-Gentleman of Norimberg. His fear now foredooming, that because the King had not been able to dislodge Walenstein, that therefore he was too weak for him: 
Walenstein gets Liechtenaw.  delivers over his trust unto the enemies of his Country; when as no apparent, but a suspected necessity, drew it from him. The loss of this town and Pass, shrewdly defeated the King's projects: helped to make him what Scheverlin had suspected him; the unabler to remove Walenstein. For now, besides the victuals found in the town; Walensteins' other provisions out of those parts, came the freelyer into his Leaguer: the most of which, the King might have cut off, could he but have form an Army thereabouts.  
Other smaller bicker between commanded parties of both Armies, I purposely omit: for that these petty particulars, do less concern a general History. And now the King perceiving that all these slighter encounters, would not do the great business; and that it now proved true, which had so often been confessed to him: namely, that Walenstein most firmly was with himself resolved, to tire him out with the expectation of a Battle; and that he would upon no other terms accept of the encounter, than such as with extremity of disadvantage, he should be enforced unto: judges it his best course, to leave the sullen or temporizing General, in the fastness of his Trenches; seeing he would not be trained out unto a Field-Battell. For point of action and honour, the King conceived himself to be beforehand with his adversary: seeing he had so often bidden him base at his own goal; and that the Lyon-couchant would not out of his Den, no further than he were roused. Careful, 
The King's reasons for his rising from about Norimberg.  besides this, of the State of the good City of Norimberg, his Majesty was: which his late increased Army had overcharged; his sick men, and dead horses, both pestered and infected. His own Army began apace likewise, to diminish: he had lost (at least) 10. or 12000. horses, (I have heard more) the rest, for want of forage being likely enough to follow. His men, withal, grew thinner every day and thinner: for what with those that had been slain with the sword, or dead of the flux and other diseases; and what with those that were wounded, taken prisoners, or had run away; he miss full 10000 of his old Army. His Quarters grew very nasty and noisome, with the multitudes of dead horses, which lay where they fell, unburied. The rest of his Army, wanted airing and refreshing: no enemy being so terrible to brave spirits, or so weakening to able bodies, as the long lying in one place, and the ordinary diseases, of a Winter-Leaguer. Resolved likewise he was, to do as much for the Imperialists, as they had done for him: to cut off, namely, their provisions from them: and that part of it, especially, with which their Leaguer had been served, out of the Bishopric of Aichstet. His parties he resolved should fly abroad, every where, for the same purpose: his Army he was minded to increase, with new levies: and with them, to fall into some of the Emperors or Catholicke-Leaguers lands; and so to force up Walenstein; by a diversion.  
Some have disputed it with themselves, Wither the King should not have done better for himself, to have risen long before this? so soon, namely, as he was made able to get away, by the coming of the Chancellor to him with the other Armies. Then surely, had he saved a great sort of men and horses; and sooner had He gone, sooner must the Generalissimo have dislodged.  
When the matter was put to be decided upon a Carpett, Wither it were best for the King to rise or no? The chief hindrance of the resolution was, the King's care for the safety of the Norimbergers: who were indeed very fearful of themselves, that so soon as He were gone, they should be besieged. But in that care, the King was eased by his Major Kniphausen: who offered it upon the forfeiture of his head, to keep the town with 4000 men, in despite of all the enemies. 
How the King contented the Norimbergers, concerning his rising.  The King taking him at his word; sent him into the town to propose the conditions unto the Magistrates, and to know what they would do in it. The conditions were, That they should give Quarter and stipends, unto the Soldiers, left for the guard of them: That they should take down the old great Leaguer, and contract it; so as with 4000 men, it might be made defensible. The Magistrates, though something fearful, at first; yet so well did Kniphausens' arguments content them, that they came out to treat with the King about it. He told them, that they might safely rely upon Kniphausen; he had, upon His knowledge, fought in a village: and he knew he would do much more, in so well a fortified City. His Majesty, beside, told them, That he would leave his Chancellor with them: whose person he would not adventure, but upon a place that he put confidence in. As for besieging of their town, that (he assured them) was not at all to be feared: the enemy, he knew, was too wise, at that time of year to set him down before such a town; and especially in the nearness of a royal Army, which had so often sought to fight with him. These arguments, and the seal of the King's royal word to them; passed for security with the Burghers. And so the rising was concluded upon; and 2 days before, order given for it: whereupon the sick and wounded men were sent into Norimberg: where a many sick could not be relieved, but starved in the streets.  
The next day to this, was the 7th. of September; 
The 7. of September kept Holiday.  the famous Anniversary of the great victory of Leipsich: which was ordered to be kept Festival by most solemn Thanksgiving, both within the City and in the King's Leaguer.  
The piety of the day being over-passed, and Generall-Major Kniphausen having 3000. men (in stead of 4000) left with him for the defence of the Trenches and Norimberg: Loebelfinger being the ancient Colonel of the City forces; and Colonel Slammersdorff put into him: the King resolveth upon dislodging. Before his rising, I read that he sent out Duke Bernard, to take in Schwabach, 8. mile's South of Norimberg: both to give the Norimbergers a little more air, and something withal, to trouble Walensteins' Convoys out of the Bishopric of Aichstet. Some talk of Rot and Carlspurg, and other towns, than likewise taken about Norimberg: but I cannot perceive, why the King should trouble himself in taking in these small Strengths; seeing He most certainly concluded, that Walenstein would not lie long after His going. This of Rotsie and Schwabach I have but out of Le Soldat Suedois; whom singly, I credit not.  
Saturday September 8th. the King's Army dislodgeth. 
The King rises.  The King marched by, and almost round about, the Imperial Leaguer, in fair order of Battle: with Colours flying, Drums beating, and every way as if they had been ready for the encounter. And Walenstein knew, as well as themselves, what the Royalists were now about: this was the day, that he had long looked for. So fare therefore, was he from disturbing of them, that he called in his own Guards and Sentinels; and still kept himself within his Trenches. 
and arrives at Neustat.  That night, lay all the King's Army at a small Dorp: and the next day September 9th. with safety arrived at Neustat upon the 
* So called for distinctions sake: for that there is another Neustat in this Franconia, upon the river Stray, hard by Konigshoven.  Aisch in the Marquisate of Onspach, 20. English miles to the North-West of Norimberg. Here lay the whole Army, September 13: on which, the King removes it from Neustat, unto Winshaim, upon the same river of Aisch, 14. mile's South of Neustat.  
About this time, came the Deputies of Frankford unto the King: of whom he now borrowed a great sum of money. In security hereof, his Majesty then empawned the Palace and Revenues, sometimes belonging unto the Master of the Dutch Order: which (as we told you Page 20. of our Second Part) lie in and about Mergentheim upon the river Tauber in Franconia. Hither also came the Ambassadors of the Muskovite and Tartarians: to offer the King their assistance to fall into Polonia: which he refused.  
Here at Winshaim, the King getting notice, of Walensteins' being gone towards Forcheim upon the river Main; and of the Duke of Bavariaes' keeping still with him: he lays the plot how either to divide the 2 Armies, or how to divert the seat of the wars, out of Franconia into Bavaria. For the King now judging by their keeping together, that their plot was to see what He would do: he resolved to begin first; and either to make a division, or a diversion. Two designs he might suspect that Walenstein now had: either to fall upon the towns of Franconia, which the King last year had conquered: or else to rush into the Duke of Saxonyes' country, which He well knew, that Walenstein had vowed the spoiling of.  

The King divides his Army.  For the prevention of both these, he resolves upon the deviding of his own Army: some whereof he would leave with Duke Bernard in Franconia, to observe Walenstein, and to guard the Mayn-streame from him: and with the other half, himself resolved to march up into Bavaria. These Regiments, I am told, the King took along with him. Horse Regiments. 1. Oem's Regiment: 2. Corviles. 3. Stolhanshe's. 4. Steinbocks; 5. Tysenhausens: with some others that are in the Figure of the Battle of Lutzen; and were not with Duke Bernard. These might make some 3000. Horse: besides which, he had 300. of Steinbocks Dragooners: 
and whilst part of them go towards Bavaria:  which Dragooners used now and then to ride with him, for the usual Guards of his Body. Of Foote-Regiments, these waited on him. First, Count Neeles with the Life-guards, 2. Carl Harts Regiment. 3. Winckles. All these, came also back with him: besides which, there likewise went up some others, whom the King left in the Country, under the Palatine Christian of Birckenfelt: whose names I have not. With Duke Bernard, he might leave about some 10. or 12000.  
Those that He purposed for Bavaria; September 15. were sent Southward towards Rotenburg: himself also purposing to have gone along with them. This thought of His, was by a message from Norimberg, thus diverted. His Chancellor Oxenstiern sending him news, of Gallas his besieging of Lauff with a Partee of 2000 men, and some 3. or 4. pieces of Ordnance: He resolves to relieve the Town and cope with Gallas, if he would stay for him. Taking therefore 2000 well mounted horse, and 1500. Musketeers along with him, (which were all commanded men, 
Himself goes towards Norimberg.  and chosen out of the whole Army) he goes with these towards Norimberg. Being comen near unto Furt, His Majesty was there met by Chancellor Oxenstiern, and major-general Kniphausen; who informed him, that Lauff was already taken, and Gallas gone towards Voitland and Bohemia. The King, upon this news, 
Presently turning back, to overtake his Army.  staying but one hour there, for the refreshing of his people; returned with all diligence, back towards Onspach; and so onwards to the rest of his Army, whom he overtook at Dunkelspiel, in the way towards Donawert, and Bavaria.  
At this Dunkelspiel, which is 6. leagues to the South of Rotenburg, did the main body of his Army arrive, Friday September 21. His next Stage was at Nordlingen, 4. leagues further: where Tilly, last year, made his Winter-Quarter. Hither came he upon Saturday September 22. The week before, 
Some Swissers come to aid the King.  had 4000 or 5000. Swissers (12000 some name) passed by this way towards Donawert, to be there conjoined to the King's Army. They were led by Colonel Wormbrunt: and their way was from Schaffhowsen and Dutling, and so along the Danuby.  
By this time had the Count de Monte Cuculi, with some of the Duke of Bavariaes' people, (whom he found in the country) and some few Florentines, (lately sent in from their Master the great Duke of Tuscany, to the aid of the Bavarian) laid siege to the town of Rain upon the Lech in Bavaria, near Donawert. Colonel Mitzval, whom the King had left Governor there; made not such good resistance, as was requisite. The town, though not excellently, yet was it sufficiently fortified: Victuals and Ammunition, he wanted not: of men, he had 13. good Companies, Horse and Foot: which were hands enough to have made good the place, for a longer time, against a fare greater opposition. I read of no breach yet made, but one threatened, and prepared for, is not unlikely. Some writ, that Mitzval was in the name of his Company, threatened by one of his Ancients, that if he would not yield the town, they would: but they that say so, 
Monte Cuculi takes Rain in Savaria.  cannot prove that Mitzval either punished Ancient or soldiers, for the mutiny. Others affirm, that he had the consent of a Counsel of War, of all the Officers of his garrison for it: which had it been true, then would not the King have executed him for it. However, September 25. did Mitzval conclude upon rendering, the next day marching out with Bag and Baggage, and all good conditions for a soldier, though not of one. The King took off his head for it: and so would he have done of all the 8. Captains of his Regiment, but that her Majesty the Queen of Sweden (who was comen all this expedition with her Lord) by the potency of a sweet and gracious intercession, prevailed with the King for a pardon for them.  
The King now comen to Donawert, made all the hast possible, to relieve his town and garrison in it, from Montecuculi: but was not able to do it on the sudden, for that the town was on the contrary side of the Lech to him. And it much concerned him: for that by the taking of this town, the parties of Horse that should be lodged in it, would mightily disturb the trading and other intercourse, betwixt Ausburg and Norimberg. Preparing, therefore, to recover it; he advances towards Oberendorff upon the Lech (hard by Rain) where there is a house or Castle of the Fuggers: near which, there was a bridge over the Lech, as Page 139 of our Second Part, we have told you.  
This Castle, was guarded with 150 men: and for the breaking of the bridge on that side next unto the King; were there some 250 Crabats now comen, These the King coming upon after they had burnt the bridge, but before they could get to Rain again (where they should have been taken over) he cuts the throats of all the 250 Crabats, 
The King overthrows 400 Crabats, etc.  together with the other 150, that were the guards of the Castle; and took seven Ensigns from them. Hereupon fell he to repairing the bridge. About the 27th of September, was this done, and the Bridge-worke begun upon: which (strange it is) that Montecuculi did little or nothing in the hindrance of. He was skared, perchance, 
and lays a Bridge, over the Lech.  by that wonderful passage over the same Lech, which the April before, the King had made; and how dear it had cost Tilly to oppose it. He was now also taken off, by the distrust to his own strength; and made, I believe, the more hast to look to Ingolstatt and Regensburg; and to stay thereabouts for the Duke of Bavariaes' coming, which was within 8 or 10 days after.  
The King being, the second time, passed over the Lech: in a misty morning (one of the first days of April) comes before Rain; ere perchance he was discovered. The fight of the town, 
and besieges Rain.  is low and plain: on one side, fenced with the river and morassy hollow ground; not fit to be entrenched on. The other part, had the King, at his last parting from Bavaria; given order unto Mitzvall to new fortify. This is the East side of the town; and upon that, was the King fain to make his Approaches. Four hundred men, had Montecuculi left within it: who, either for that Mitzvall had made the place heartless and unlucky; or for that the fame and fortune of the King, were so irresistible in Bavaria, as that it were but folly to stand out against him: they within two days, so soon as ever they had felt but a few pieces of Battery: 
Rain yielded to the King.  send out to demand composition. But the King being angered for his Mitzvals late disgrace; would afford no other terms unto the garrison, but for the Horsemen to go out without either Horse or harness, and the Foot, like footmen; without other Arms, than their swords only.  
And thus was the town as easily recovered, as it had been lost: saving that the defendants, this last time, had the honour to be overcome by the King of Sweden. October the fift, the King caused Mitzvall, by a Council of War to be condemned; and the same day, in sight of the whole Army to be executed: establishing another Governor within the town; who needed no other schooling to look better to his Lesson; then to see his Predecessor ride the scaffold before him. This was done at Neuburg, some ten or eleven miles Eastward upon the Danuby: 
The King going as fare as Newburg, to pur●ue Montecuculi.  whither the King had by this fifth of October, retired with his Army. Thus fare was the King comen, to have pursued Montecuculi; and (as 'twas believed) to have besieged Ingolstat. But Montecuculi finding himself too weak, was with his flying Army of 500 Horse, and 4000 Foot, retired along the Danuby unto Regenspurg. Some troops of Horse, had the King sent off after Montecuculi; and the country was full of noise, of the intended Siege of Ingolstat. Divers pieces of Ordnance, were for that purpose already sent for, out of Ausburg and Donawert; the King's Commissaries and Quarter-masters, were already gone before that wayward, to take up victuals and lodgings for the Army: Boats and other materials, were providing at Neuburg to be sent down the Danuby towards Ingolstat, to make Bridges. Provisions were also commanded to be ready at ulm, for the victualling of the Leaguer: and the garrison of Ingolstat, sorely of late, wasted with the pestilence; every day expected another plague of wars, to be coming towards them. Nor were these preparations, only whispered of: but Art, perchance, made the rumour ring so much the louder, that Walenstein might likewise hear of it. But he either did not, or would not listen to it: nor could any noise from Bavaria, frighten him out of Saxony.  
About these preparations, here at Neuburg, was the King, till the eighth of October: and was the next day provided for, to have gone personally into Ausburg. But this happiness of his Presence, the Ausburgers were defeated of: the King, the same day, being gone with all speed back to Nordlingen.  
The cause of this so sudden departure of his Majesty; was an express Packet that night received from his Chancellor; that Walenstein having quit Franconia, 
is diverted by the news of Walensteins' falling into Voitland.  was now falling into Voitland, to undo the Duke of Saxony. The King, therefore, knowing how earnestly the Elector had heretofore been pressed by Ambassages; feared, perchance, lest the power of a vowed enemy, might by adding violence unto persuasion, shrewdly prevail to draw him off from the party: and resolved to quit his former purposes for Bavaria; and to make haste with all speed, to deliver Saxony. And in this was the difference of tempers and good dispositions betwixt the King and our Generalissimo, to be discovered. The King was first in Bavaria, and yet would not the Duke of Fridland for his friend's sake, do more than lend him his Altringer; with his, and Coloredoes Regiments; for the defence of his Country: but himself would not a foot out of his pace and march, for him. But the King, for his friend, on the other side; was not difficult to leave his former conquests in Bavaria, to the hazard of the now returning Duke; and to adventure his life to save Saxony. And yet, (to deal with the ingenuity of an Historian) there was something else in it too; for that Walstein by falling into Misnia, put fair for it, to have cut off the King, both from his friends in Mecklenburg, Brandenburg, and Pomerania; and from his retreat out of Germany.  

whereupon, leaving 12000 men in Bavaria, with the Palatine Birckenfelt,  The King, therefore, now leaving as many of those Swissers that were newly comen to him; and of some new levied Forces, beside so many of those which himself had lately brought up with him, as would make up those already in Bavaria, 12000 men Horse and Foot, under the command of the Palatine Christian of Birckenfelt, for the guard of Bavaria: himself with the rest, goes back again towards Norimberg. Sir Patrick Ruthven Governor of ulm, was now made Sergeant-Major-Generall unto Birckenvelt; and Colonel Strieff, was constituted Lieutenant General of the Horse to him. Ausburg, Rain, and Donawert, were left well provided: and so took the King his last leave of Bavaria.  

he returns with the rest towards Norimberg;  His Majesty now leaving 17 Cornets of Horse, and all his three Regiments of Foot, to follow fairly after him: himself with a guard only of some German Horse, and Steinbocks 300 Dragooners; made all the hast he could, back again unto Norimberg.  
Whilst the King was upon his way to Norimberg, had the General Major Kniphausen, besieged Lauff: which the King (we told you) before his going to Bavaria; was on the way to have rescued. Kniphausen had 1600 Foot, and 200 Norimbergers Horse, with two pieces of Ordnance, before the town; and two days had he besieged it, before the Kings coming had been heard of. 
Kinphausen besieges Lauff.  The third day, by a breach made with his two pieces, he took the town: the garrison in it, retiring themselves into the Castle. Betwixt the town and the Castle, was there a Bridge; which for hast they could not stay to burn or break: but had only torn up some of the joists and timbers, and so left it. Kniphausens' men making shift to pass this bridge, came to a little gate of the Castle: which offering to force open; the garrison presently yielded up, without any other conditions, 
Lauff taken.  then at mercy. The Governor (a Bohemian by nation, and but Lieftenant-Captaine to a troop of Horse) remained prisoner; with some 80. or 100 more of his soldiers: all which were afterwards carried prisoners unto Norimberg.  
Kniphausen now in possession of the Castle; 7. Bavarian Horsemen (not knowing of it) came that night on the landside, to the back gate of the Castle, to give notice of Colonel Munichs coming with 12. troops or 1000 Horse, and 300. Dragooners, to the relief of it: desiring to speak with the Governor, and to advise him to hold out the Castle. The Swedish Sentinel that took their message, had the wit to conceal the Castles being taken; and to go and tell Kniphausen of it. Kniphausen presently sent the late Governor to these 7. Horsemen: by some trick, or other, to get them into the Castle. The Governor being afraid to be hanged, as his Predecessor the Norimbergers' Governor had been, when Gallas took the Castle: durst not but do his best to ingratiate himself with Kniphausen; and did indeed entice 3. of the 7. into the Castle. Kniphausen learning by these, of the Bavarian succours now coming to relieve the place; had a plot also how to have gotten Colonel Munich himself into the pitfall. This was his stratagem. 
A pretty Stratagem.  He causes some out of the Town, to give false fire, all the night, against the Castle: and others out of the Castle, against them again; as if they had been still in skirmish. 'twas 10. a clock next morning, ere Munich came; by which time having notice of the taking of the Castle, he did but show himself before it: after an hour retiring himself back again. He being gone, Kniphausen returned unto Norimberg.  
The day of the taking of the Castle, (which was Friday October 21.) did the King arrive at Norimberg: the very next day being desirous to go out upon a Partee. His men were these 700. 
The King being returned to Norimberg,  commanded Horse, and 300. Dragooners, led by Colonel Steinbock (a Swede) which had been his guards hitherto, out of Bavaria. The King now going out, meets Kniphausen coming home: and of him he learned, which way Colonel Munich was retired: which was first to Hersbruck, 
goes out upon a Partee:  and so towards Felden. The King thereupon commanded Kniphausen to turn back again with him after the Bavarians: for (says He) I'll not go home again without doing something. The King's march, lay by Herschbruck, a good walled town of the Norimbergers, which Gallas had also taken in. 
and leaving Kniphausen to take in Herschpruck:  There the King left Kniphausen, with his own men and 2. pieces, to reprise it; which he did, within an hour after the Kings going.  
The King pursuing Munich by the track: light upon some of his people, as they were resting themselves at Schlucten, and another village, hard by Felden. Many of these were Crabats; whom the King had the kill of 300. upon the place; with the taking of some 2. Cornets, and diverse prisoners. The King having caused the villages they were enquartered in, to be first surrownded, and then fired; had the knocking of them down, as they start out to have escaped. Some Relations tell me of 600. Bavarians, that should be enquartered in a village betwixt Altfelt and Eismansberg, a little East of Herschbruck, who should have comen out of Reichelswang Castle: 
himself surprises and defeats Munich, in his Quarters.  and were of those that should have relieved Lauff. And these ('tis said) the King at one a clock at night falling upon; cut off a great many, took 50. prisoners of them; the rest saving themselves in Rotenberg. But I suppose both these, to have been but one action; for that the taking of 2. Colours is mentioned in each of them: and then I am sure, the first first relation is the truer; for that it was told me by a very understanding Gentleman, at the same time with Kniphausen, (and very familiar with him) in the Actions both of Norimberg, Lauff and Herschbruck. This done, the King October 15. betwight 5. and 6. in the evening, returned again into Norimberg.  
And thus had the King once again cleared all the towns of the jurisdiction of the Norimbergers, 
So that having unblockt Norimberg;  and unblockt the City: immediately resolves upon returning to the rest of his Army in Franconia, and so thorough Duringen into Saxony. And for that himself was likely to have more use of his forces against Walenstein, than any employment the Norimbergers had for them: he takes with him those 3. Foote-Regiments of Kniphausen, Gerstorff and Rosse; which at his first going to Neustat he had sent unto the City for their safeguards. These Regiments, with those other 3. that were following out of Bavaria; might make up some 6000. complete: and about that number of Foot, had Duke Bernard in his Army. Both together, might make up some 6500. Horse. And this was the King's whole strength, (and after the largest reckoning too) in the day of the great Battle of Lutzen.  
The King October 17. taking his last leave of the Norimbergers, goes himself with Steinbocks old Convoy; to follow Duke Bernard's Army: his own men, 
He goes towards Duke Bernard's Army.  both those that came out of Bavaria, and those that were now drawn out of Norimberg; following as fast as they could, after. October 19, the King came to Kitzing upon the Main; 40. English miles, to the North-West of Norimberg. Here his Queen then was; who thence went towards Wurtsburg: whence after a few days, She came unto Erfurt; being gotten thither, before the Kings coming.  
And here having mentioned Duke Bernard and his Army: let us now go back a little (in the mean time that the Kings own Army is upon their march, this wayward) to tell how he passed away the time, ever since the Kings going from him into Bavaria.  
The King (as we told yond) parted from him about September 15: whose charge to Duke Bernard was, 
Duke Bernard's Story, in the King's absence.  To observe the motions of the Imperial Generalissimo; and well to guard the Imperial town of Schwinfurt, with all the rest upon the Mayn-streame, from him. For this purpose, had the King left him an Army of some 9000. or 10000 men: or at least, so many they were voiced for.  
This young Duke, some days after the Kings going; remooves from Winshaim first of all, unto Kitzing upon the Main: where he stayed 6. or 7. days. That is, towards the very end of September. Thence advances he to Wurtsburg; where the Army stayed 7. or 8. days, being enquartered in the Suburbs. Thence goes he to a Dorp within half an hours going of Schweinfurt: where he was 3. or 4. days more. About 9 or 10. a clock the last of these nights, the Army had sudden order to remove to Schweinfurt, and quartered there under the very walls of the town. The occasion of this remoovall was; for that the Imperialists having some Horse parties abroad, were likely enough to affront this their open Quarter. Here stayed Duke Bernard but one day: removing the next towards Konigshoven, and enquartering short of it. Some fortnight before this time, had Dubatell with his Dragooners, been sent into Coburg Castle: as in Walensteins' proceed we shall after tell you. 
Pag: 803.  The Soldat Suedois reports, that Duke Bernard before this time should have defeated 40. troops of Crabats, under the command of Isolani their Colonel General, and chiefest Commander of their Nation. But of this airy defeat; those Gentlemen of our Nation, all this time with Duke Bernard knew nothing: nor do I believe Duke Bernard to have then been strong enough in Horse, 
More of Duke Bernard see in Walensteins' Proceeding.  to have beaten Isolani, with 40. of his Cornets: which could not be less than 3000. But to return.  
From Konigshoven, went Duke Bernard unto Hilperhausen, and enquartered short of it. And now might he do what he pleased in the country: for that Walenstein was a week or 10. days since, gone quite out of Franconia into Vottland. From Hilpershausen, go they unto Schleusing: Quartering by it: and hither came the King to them. The King himself, I mean, attended on by Steinbock and his Guards only; his Army being still behind, 
The King comes to Duke Bernard.  upon their march towards him. This was about October 21: so that in 14 days he had marched from Bavaria into Duringen: and stayed three at Norimberg. The next day, the King cashiered the English, and Scottish Regiments; and that by reason of the extreme weakness of the Companies. These being thus made Reformadoes, were ordered by the King to wait upon his own person: he promising them good Quarters, and to prefer them. Thence went the King with Duke Bernard's Army, thorough the Duringer-Waldt the next day, unto Arnstat, 9 English miles further, and in the County of Duringen. And here stayed he 6. days, that is till his other Army was October 27. comen up to him. That day, went the Chancellor Oxenstiern back from the King towards Frankford; to order things thereabouts, and in the Palatinate.  
Simon and judes' day, October 28. whilst the conjoined Army advanced before, towards Erfurt, just 8. English miles North of Arnstat: the King staying behind a while, wrote his last letters unto the King of Bohemia: which letters are in the hands of many Gentleman. About an English mile without Erfurt, in a very fair Campagnia; 
The King musters.  was the whole Army drawn up into Battaglias: the King taking a view of every Brigade; and appointing their place and orders to each of them. Now were diverse Regiments reduced into one Brigade, being too weak each of them, to have stood by themselves against an enemy. 
His numbers.  The whole Army was found to be about 12000. Horse and 6500. Foot, indifferent completely.  
Hither the same afternoon, came 4. of the chief of Erfurt, to invite his Majesty into their City: for thither was his Queen the same day arrived. The King answered, that though he had much to say unto their Magistrates, yet knew he not how his leisure would serve him to come among them. He that writes this, was one of the 4. that now were the King's enviters: who affirms, that the King's words were so gracious; that he could not without shedding of tears, repeat them. Towards night the King came: a lighting from his Horse before Duke William of Saxon-Weymars lodging: who having a long time laid there sick, the King now went to give a visit unto. 
Lodges in Erfurt.  Returning thence, he went on horseback, to his own lodging: before which, upon the Market place; he was received by his Queen and her Ladies. His Majesty leading his Queen up the stairs into her own Chamber, returned quickly into his own: where a great many of intercepted letters were presented unto him. These having scarce perused, he was called out to Supper: Duke Ernest of Saxon-Weymar being entertained with the King and Queen, 
That Duke Bernard was not now there, we shall by and by tell you the reason.  at the same table. Scarcely half an hour, had the King been at the table; but that he rose, and went to his own lodging.  
Having spent a great part of the night in dispatches, giving order for letters, and sending away of Posts: he rose again in the morning very early. Having broken his fast and taken his last leave of his Queen; he than gave audience to the City Magistrates, who there waited for it. To their Speech, did the King himself return a long, and very pleasing answer: of which, these were the last words. You know, that in humane affairs, there is no constancy; and that for our sin's sake, the wars, of all things else, are most uncertain. Some mischance or other, may soon fall out, concerning my person: which if God Almighty pleases so to have, let me earnestly now desire you to continue faithful unto my dear Consort; 
The King's speech to those of Erfurt.  do, as becomes honest and upright men; and so I hearty pray to God, to bless and preserve you. Thus having said; leaving the hearers all in tears, he took horse, and followed after his Army. And these passages of the Kings, would I not omit; for that every word and action, so near his end; may well deserve to be Chronicled.  
The Count of Pappenheim some 2. days before this, had been hanckering thereabouts, in his march from about the Weser towards Misnia: and certainly, had not the King made this extremity of haste to Arnstat, Pappenheim would have taken Erfurt. Word having been now brought the King, of his late being at Butstet in this Duringen, 12. English miles to the North-East of Erfurt: 
Duke Bernard sent out after Pappenheim.  the King had sent away Duke Bernard with 1000 Horse; to fall upon Pappenheims' Reere-guard. But Duke Bernard came too late: Pappenheim had already hastened along thorough the County of Frieburg; there passed the river Sala; and conjoined with Walenstein about Mersburg.  
The King's Army following after, Quartered the first night in a little Fleck or Market town, 3. Dutch miles from Erfurt. The second day, it advanced much about the same proportion: and the 3. 
The King comes to Naumburg.  day it arrived at Naumburg on the East bank of the river Sala, which parteth Duringen from Misnia. This was November the first 1632. Stylo veteri.  
The King having had notice in the way, how that Feltmarshall Lieutenant Holck (for this new Title was devised for him, upon the coming of Feltmarshall Pappenheim, into the Generalissimo's Army) had demanded of the town of Naumburg, the rest of that money which they had last year promised, (and not fully paid) to the General Tilly, to be spared from being plundered: and that Holck withal, had sent in 36. Musketeers to lie there, in the name of a Safeguad for the Town. The King upon this intelligence, had dispatched Colonel Brandistein away before hand, 
Brandistein sent by the King, to take Naumburg.  with a Partee of Musketeers to recover the Town again; for that his Majesty now purposed, to make his Quarters at it. Brandistein the last of October, (very early in the morning) presenting himself before the Othmars' Port, demands in the King's name to have it opened to him. The Sentinels made him answer, that they would inform the Magistrates first of it. But Brandistein never purposing to stay their answer, claps a Petard to the Gate and breaks it all to pieces. He was scarce well settled in the Town, but about 9 in the forenoon, comes there a Squadron of 600. Imp. Horse, to have Quartered themselues within the City: but hearing of the Swedish Harbingers being there before them; they turned bridle again, and went to inform their Generalissimo. The next day about noon, came the King himself into the Town: his Army passing by the Bridge over the River Sala: which marching before the Gate called Saint James', their Quarters were laid out for them upon the highways, that lead to Zeitz and Leipsich. The weather was very cold now; so that the most of the Army, lay within the walls of the town: though every man could not get a Billet, for good Quarter in it.  
The Townsmen of Naumburg were not only glad, but secure; so soon as ever they had the King of Sweden amongst them: even as confident, as if they had seen their Tutelar Deity, or that their Angel-guardian had been comen to their protection. This carnal confidence of an overjoyed people, the good King having by reflection applied to himself: he became (clean contrary to Herod's humour) the more humbled by it. And desiring, withal, to make the same impression in the people, which he felt within himself; for that it had been too uncivil to have chidden the men for their good wills to him; he thought upon this handsome way of preaching it into them, in the presence of his own Preacher. The second of November, therefore, calling his Chaplain of Honour, Doctor Fabritius unto him; Mr. Doctor (says the King) Our affairs are in a very towardly condition at this present; 
A most religious speech of the King of Sweden.  every thing going on, as well as our hearts can desire. But I fear, I fear, that because every man doth so adore and honour me, even like a God, as it were, that God Almighty will thoroughly punish me for it, at one time or other. But my God knoweth, that I take no delight in it; nor am I desirous of it. Now let be as pleases God: This I know, that seeing the Action is for his own glory, that He in his own good time will bless it with a most prosperous issue.  
To see how holy men, can foredoom of their own ends! and that the words of dying men very oftentimes have becomne Prophetical! What could King David have said more? And now, whilst the King for some few days, gives rest unto his Army, and prepares for the great day of Battle: let us (according to our method, in our former Books) go back awhile, to fetch up his great Adversaries Story: and that from the time of their late parting about Norimberg; till we have brought them into the field together.  

The Proceed, Of the Imperial Generalissimo the Duke of Fridland. His discamping, deviding of his Army; own Achievements; and his joining with Holck, Gallas and Pappenheim. All Historically led along from his rising from before Norimberg, until the day of the Battle of LUTZEN.  
THose two great Antagonists of our times, his Majesty of Sweden, and his Excellency the Duke of Fridland; were now becomne the publickest persons, of our Christian World: scarcely was there any one man, of all the affectionates to the Protestant Party, (that dealt for but 50. pounds a year) but the King of Swedens' proceed, had some secret influence and activity, upon himself and fortunes. For the Duke of Fridland; we first see, how much straining among the Catholic Party there had been, to set him out; how many fears and hopes, did still depend upon his conduct; and what a weakness and emptiness, there was in the whole Empire beside; all the time that the strength of it was under him, employed against the King of Sweden. Whilst all men were in expectation, what the Norimberg Leaguers would come unto; that mighty and  body of the Empire, grew feebler still and feebler, in all the other parts of it: which, when Walenstein got at large, was by the succours sent out of his Army, jollily cherished and nursed up again.  
So feeble was the Empire at home, even in its own Austria; that it was neither able to kill; nor so much as to shake off, it's own vermin: (for no better were they at Vienna esteemed) those 
* These Boors rise not for Religion (they were not Protestants, all) but by reason of the new taxations. And therefore when they sent to the King of Sweden for Leaders, he refused them: nobly scorning to conquer his enemy, by his Rebels.  mutinous Boors, I mean, which became troublesome in the Over, Ens and upon the Danuby, in a popular Commotion. Every where abroad, had the Swedish Armies the better; and the Imperial the worst of it. Horn was victorious in Triers and Alsatia, and had thence frighted out Ossa and Monte Cuculi. Arnheim and Dubalt, had utterly, almost, beaten down all opposition in Silesia: and would have suddenly been at very good leisure, either to have converted their Arms upon Bohemia; or to have sent home forces enough, to have thrown Holck out of Misnia. There was little to do about Bavaria, till that Monte Cuculi had just now broken in again. Cratz (falling into Walensteins' displeasure, as I hear,) was sent away prisoner to Vienna: and in his absence, Fugger did but shufflle up and down, in those quarters. Duke julius Administrator of Wirtemberg, 
The State of the wars abroad, when the King and Walenstein parted.  and Sir Patrick Ruthven about ulm and Over-land; were still upon the getting hand in the Circle of Schwaben: there being no main Army in the field, constantly, to oppose them thereabouts; but some few forces of the Archduke Leopolds, and the Boors only. The Army under General Wrangle (with whom Sir George Fleetwood is, with his English Regiment) had a quiet Quarter of it, in Prussia: the Pole, (whom he was set but to observe) being busied now at home, about the election of their own King; and in fear of the Muskovite from abroad. The Swedish garrisons about Pomern and Mecklenburg; wanted work: and the Spaniards and the Lorrayners, were as good, at this time, as quite outted, all over Germany. Of all the Imperial Generals, was Pappenheim only able to wag: and he, indeed, made a scambling kind of war of it in the Lower Saxony: whom yet the Court of Vienna had desired, to join with his Generalissimo.  
And this was the constitution of the Swedish Armies, when the King and the Duke of Fridland, rose from about Norimberg: the King's men, had either no action at all, or every where (but in the lower Saxony) the better of it. The same power (now) that had given them these advantages; would every day also have increased them: and the Imperial Armies were brought to that pass; that they were every day in danger to be beaten: after which it was likely to be a long day, ere they would be reinforced. This was one of the reasons, by which the Duke of Fridland used to excuse himself, from fight it out with the King of Sweden: for (saith he) if my Army be overthrown, 
Walensteines reason for not fight.  the Emperor my Master can hardly (at least not this year) bring another Army into the Field: whereas the Swedish will quickly recreute their losses, by the emptying of their garrisons. Just the answer of a Turkish Captive, unto the Christians. The loss of an Army to the Grand Signior, my Master, is but like the shaving of his beard, the bush will grow again: but 'tis like the lopping off a limb, to the Christians, never to be recovered.  
All this could hardly have been avoided on the Imperial party, could but the King of Sweden have lain long enough by it, to have made Walenstein rise first: who might not then have divided his Army, to relieve other places (which thereupon must have suffered) but have kept all his power together, out of the expectation to be fought withal. But this, the King's necessities before spoken of, prevented.  
The Duke of Fridlands late coming unto Norimberg, was to coop up the King of Sweden: by which first act of his power, he seemed, at first hearing, 
What Walenstein had done all this time upon the King,  to have gained this reputation unto his cause; That he had, at least, put the King of Sweden to a Demurrer, if not utterly Nonsuited him. For this service, was the Generalissimo (as he deserved) much courted and thanked from Vienna: his discreet conduct in it, extraordinarily applauded by his Master: yea and his authority (upon demand) by anew Imperial Commission, strangely now augmented. The King's necessities having brought him to it, That he must needs rise first, or lie still and do nothing; Walenstein contented himself with this honour, That he had put him to these necessities.  
The King being first marched off; and Walenstein by his espials assured, that it was no plot in the King; no trick to wheel about, and to assail him in another quarter; 
He riseth:  but that he was already set down at Neustat, for the refreshing of his Army: he, having no more to do here, resolves also to be rising. This motion was much put forward by these and the like reasons.  
First, Should he lie long, other places must suffer: 
and his reasons for it.  so that there was a present and a pressing necessity for him to relieve other places, with some of his forces. The Generall-Adjutant Zinzindorff, is therefore sent with 2. Regiments into Austria; to repress the Commotion of the Boors, there. Gallas is with 4. Regiments, dispatched thorough the Upper Palatinate into Voitland, to enable Holck to do the more mischief there, and in Misnia: so to enforce the Duke of Saxony, to recall his Army out of Silesia.  
Secondly, He perceived his mighty  Army, to waste away apace. Some thousands had been slain; many dead, and run away; divers spoiled, and made unserviceable. The bloody Flux reigned mightily in his Leaguer: and the soldiers great complaint was, of an extraordinary want, both of Physic and of Surgery.  
Thirdly, His Horses, (the pride and strength of his Army, at his first coming) began now to die apace: of which he had at least 14. or 15000. starved, & yet I speak much within compass, of what I have heard. Their Carrion was very noisome unto the Quarters: and yet had his men taken better order, than the King's people had, to carry away and bury them.  
Fourthly, The King's labour, he knew, to be one of these two: either to cut off his victuals or provisions from him; or else to fall into some friend's country. If the King, now, should do the first, than could not he lie long: and if the second, than would the King have gotten the start of him. The greatness of his spirit being to be of the active, forehand; to make the King of Sweden follow him; and not he to follow the King of Sweden.  
Fifthly, The Town of Norimberg, though it had been part of his errand for coming thither; yet besides that he should be likely to lose his labour, in attacking a place so well-provided for resistance: he did not think it Soldierlike done of him, to sit taking of one town, whilst his enemy should be conquering of whole Countries. For Norimberg, therefore, he took order to have it still blocked up; by Gallas taking of Lauff, and other towns and Passes about it: and for the rest, he would try Masteries with the King of Sweden, who should divert one another.  
Sixthly and lastly, he might doubt, That when the King of Sweden should have well ayred, refreshed and recreuted his Army: and have provided himself of new Horses: that he were then likely enough to return afresh upon his Leaguer; and then either put him to fight, or starve by it.  
Which of the two Armies, could then have found the sharper swords, or the fuller Bandeliers; must now have been left unto the trial: but the Walsteiners, by having the stronger place of encamping, and the fuller knapsacks; prevented their being put unto that trial.  
Wednesday, September 12th, was the day appointed for discamping. Repairing the Bridge, therefore, over the river Rednitz a little North of Furt: he there wafts over his whole Army: not half so great now, as when he first came to Norimberg. Some writing tells me, that Walensteins' remoovall was by night: but in that (me thinks) his haughty spirit is much injuryed: he that upon a march, forbids to have the Ports shut where he Quarters: would never, I suppose, steal away by a dark lantern. And that it was not in the dark, was visible enough at present: for the Soldiers not only set fire upon their Huts and Quarters, at their rising; but upon the Country too. A hundred Dorps and houses, were now dressed up in flame, in the Marquisate of Onspach, and the jurisdiction of the Norimbergers: as if to sacrifice to Mars or Bellona, with this Hecatomb. Fowl wars, or no wars, is a Maxim among some soldiers, otherwise not cruelly minded: but Walenstein is not so well made up in this; for that his haughtiness wants an alloy or temperature of pity, in it. The Crabats, sure, had done nothing extraordinarily worthy of a triumph: and yet could they not find in their hearts to leave the Country, without kindling of 100 Bonfires in it. Nor is this the first time, that Walenstein hath done so: but as if he this way affected, to be called the Thunderbolt of War; he nor goes nor comes, scarcely, but in flames and flashing, and in this imitated lightning.  
All the time that the Imperial Army was marching by, the Swedish Forces in and before Norimberg; stood cautelously upon their guards: and the Army being a little past them, some troops of Horse (as usually in such cases they will do) fell out of the town and Trenches, and exchanged a few bullets with their Rear; though little or nothing to the purpose. I omit the Norimbergers rifling of the forsaken Leaguer: where for want of Horses, the Imperialists had left an incredible world of Military luggage behind them. This, as it showed how excellently well provided, Walenstein had comen into the Field: so it was a kind of justice, to leave the Norimbergers something of good value behind them: to pay themselves withal, for the courtesy and cost, they should bestow upon the many maimed and sick soldiers; which were there found a starving and a stinking. This is the guise and fortune of the wars: nor can these who have been bred full tenderly have their mothers with them in the Leaguer, to look to them. By these was the want discovered, which since the Kings going, was increasing every day more than other: and the reasons given (which we have before pointed at) for Walensteins' discamping.  

The deviding of the Imperial Army,  A little beyond the City; is the Imperial Army divided. Zinzindorff (as we told you) is sent to Austria: and Generall-Major Gallas with part of the Army, goes Eastward towards Lauff, 
of Gallas, we shall tell you altogether, by and by.  two leagues from Norimberg; which having taken, with some other towns, to keep the Norimbergers blocked up: he marches by the corner of Bohemia, into Misnia. The two Dukes of Fridland and Bavaria; turning faces about to the left; come the first night unto Bruck, ten English miles to the North of Norimberg, and six from Furt. 
Walensteins' way,  The river of Rednitz, he still kept upon his left hand: which was a sure barricado on that side against the King of Sweden. Walenstein in deviding his Army, had this good consideration: that having sent away his two great Officers, Holck before, and Gallas now: yet it was but to the place where he meant to follow them; or could, if he were put to it, presently recall them. His meaning was, to undo the Duke of Saxony: and thither had he sent these two. Himself advanced now towards Duringen: and thither was it agreed that Pappenheim, from the Weser, should come and join with him. This was Walensteins' happiness, that the place marked out for his revenge, lay so conveniently for him.  

Numbers,  The numbers of his Army, were not above twelve thousand (besides nine or ten thousand of the Duke of Bavariaes') Foot, or fifteen thousand complete marching men, (at the most) and nine or ten thousand Horse: and so much had the King intelligence of. The rest of his sixty thousand, had been killed, dead, run away, sent other where, with Holck, Gallas, Zinzindorff and into Bavaria: put into garrisons in the Upper Palatinate: or left behind, sick and maimed, in the Quarters: for certainly, both Walenstein and the King, lost more for either of their parts, at this lingering Leaguer; then the King and Tilly both, at the great Battle of Leipsich. Walenstein at his first rising, had given order for the sending before of some of his greater Ordnance, unto Forcheim: for guarding whereof, he supposed a small Convoy would be sufficient. 
and order of marching.  Some Swedish Horse-Partees (as it chanced) were at that time gone abroad into the Bishopric of Bamberg: who being by the Boors discovered unto Walenstein; caused him to countermand his own order, and to have his Ordnance, from thenceforth, to march with the gross of his Army. Where the breadth of the way would suffer him, there he advanced in Battaglias: the Dragooners with their Muskets, Shovels, and Mattocks, (with which they still ride) were ever sent before, to make good the Passes: and the Crabats, (being his nimblest Horse) were still left behind, to bring up the Rear of the Army. And in the soldierly wariness of this equipage, he marches unto Forcheim: for in the nearness of an active enemy, it much concerned him to be thus wary.  
The Army being come to Forcheim; was there in a friend's Country, and in good Quarter: and there I find Walenstein to have stayed about ten days or a Fortnight. Here had he notice first given him, of the King of Swedens' going with half his Army towards Bavaria: and of Duke Bernard's staying with the other half, about the Main-streame. According to this intelligence, he now disposes of his Forces. The Duke of Bavaria, being most startled at it; desires to take leave of the Generalissimo, with his part of the Army: requesting that Altringer with his Regiment and Coloredoes, might go along with him, for the direction of the Militia. The Duke of Fridland grants it; and himself waiting (as he called it) upon the Duke of Bavaria, as fare as Bamberg: 
Bavaria parts with Walenstein, to go homewards.  after a few days he takes leave of him, with much seeming courtesy and solemnity. Courtiers enough, they were both of them: and both of them though high-spirited Princes, yet so artfully commanding of their own carriages; that though each of then were conscious, how much cause they had given one another to dissemble: yet with studied words and faces, did they full masterly control all that stomach and disrespect, by which they had thoroughly, heretofore, enchafed one another. The Duke of Fridland seemed to have forgotten, that ever Bavaria had procured him to be cashiered from his Generallship, in the Diet of Ratisbone: and Bavaria gave the Generalissimo never a note in the Margin, how often (since this Leaguer) he had been fain to wait, to get to speak with him. They are fellows in Arms, from hence forward: they protested to serve one another, in all good offices; and to second one another, upon all occasions. One thing was noted between them, in this vieing of Compliments: That Walenstein was not so supple and active in his cringes, as old Bavaria. But this, (what ever his great Spirit meant by it) he excused by his Gout, and other his unweildynesses. Leaving therefore, Bavaria to his march, homewards: we will wholly apply ourselves to our Title, which is Walensteins' Proceed.  
Early, September 24. went the two Dukes with the greatest part of their Army, and 48. Pieces, from Forcheim towards Bamberg: which is 16. miles to the North of Forcheim; where the Main drinks up the Rednitz. September 27. He is still in and about Bamberg, and those Quarters: so that his lingering thereabouts gave a shrewd suspicion, of a meaning he might have to the Imperial City of Schweinfurt, 
Walenstein suspected to have a mind at Schweinfurt;  which is seated upon the Northern bank of the Main, some 25. English miles to the West of Bamberg. Of this Schweinfurt, was the Swedish Colonel Carl-Hart, Governor: who sending to Claus Hastfer, Governor of Konigshoven; 24. English miles to the North, and towards Duringen: did from him, about the 24. of September, receive some forces, for a strengthening. Much about the same time, had Colonel Dubadell (who still hath the command of a Regiment of Dragooners) also marched in thither, with 13. of his Companies. Duke Bernard, likewise, 
upon Duke Bernard's making that way,  being by the King entrusted with this Schweinfurt; did presently upon this, advance thitherward.  
All this appearance of resistance, caused the Imperial Generalissimo ('tis believed) to alter his determination for Schweinfurt: and now wholly to convert his Arms, 
altars his resolution:  against the Princes and Countries, of the 2. Electorate Families of Saxony and Brandenburg.  
Of this latter Family, was the neighbour marquis of Bayreit; uncle to young Onspach: whose Country for distinction from his Nephews, is called the Upper Marquisate. This Prince, is also marquis of Culmbach: and both these towns with their jurisdictions, Walenstein now purposes to have about with. From about Bamberg, therefore, in the end of the month; sends he some forces unto Bayreit, 
falling upon the Marquisates of Bayreit,  43. English miles Eastward. The town, they took without much opposition: the Burghers, for their peace's sake, consenting to give him 10000 dollars down upon the nail, and hostages for as many more. Kreutzetz, a pretty town of the Marquesses, some 6. English miles to the South of Bayreit (for what offence, I read not) is given for pillage unto the soldiers: who have leave given them, to make up what pay the Generalissimo was behind hand with them, upon an enemy's Country.  
Thence, goes the Army towards Culmbach town; 
and Culmbach.  the ordinary residence of the marquis; 12. English miles to the North-West: near which, the 2. original streams of the river maine (the Red and the White) do in one bed make an alliance betwixt their Issues. This town being fare stronger than Bayreit, had put itself into a Posture of resistance. When as September 21. it had by Walensteins' letters been summoned in the Emperor's name, to be yielded to him. In this if they obeyed not, he threatened fire and sword; to kill and burn all. 
Being put from Culmbach.  The City suspecting his friendship to be as pernicious to them, as his enmity; sends him the denial. Hereupon his men now breaking into the country; to the full, perform as much, as their Generalissimo had threatened. They sometimes also are bold to come near the town, and to give it summons: but these being answered by the Cannon, they finding themselves likely to get nothing here, but leaden and iron dollars; hot sent them out of the mint: content themselves to have burnt the Mills about the town, and to have plundered the villages, and then to draw off their Army.  
And now have at the House of Saxony: whose lands lie all the way from hence, to the very Elb. From Culmbach, therefore, go they unto Coburg: 22. English miles to the North-West of Culmbach: and so fare due North of Bamberg. The town and fair Castle here, belongeth unto the Duke of Saxon-Coburg, uncle unto the Dukes of Saxon-Weymar: and that was one of Walensteins' quarrels to it. A second was, for that the Duke of Saxon-Coburg, with the marquis of Culmbach, had the 7. of May before; conjoined their forces with the Swedish Colonel Claus Hastfer: to make an Aenslaught upon the town of Cronach, belonging unto the Bishop of Bamberg. This enterprise, though through the cowardice of the Boors employed upon it, it had miscarried; yet had it given a just occasion to an enemy, to be revenged of the affront-offerers. Walenstein, hereupon, presenting his gross before the Town; found not the same opposition here, which those of Culmbach had before made him. The town being thereupon entered: thoroughly enough paid down, for the ransom of its own cowardice: and afforded pay enough unto the soldiers; considering their small pains in taking of it. Here, were many a rich Pack and Bale of merchandise, made prize of: which having been sent towards Leipsich Mart, by the Merchants of Ausburg, 
He takes the towns of Coburg.  Norimberg, and other places; were just comen into this town, to be sent onwards, a night or 2. before that Walenstein came afore it. The Duke's Palace within the Town, fell also to the soldiers ransacking: which the Duke, in the fear of an old man, having with too much haste forsaken: had there also left his householdstuff, with a great part of his treasure. And this was done, in the very beginning of our October.  
The town being thus mastered, 
and laying siege to the Castle,  the Castle is next summoned: into which, a little before Walensteins' coming; Dubadell having gotten, from out of Schweinfurt: he now had the command of it. This strong Castle, stands upon a Rock, without the town; but yet so near, that it looks down into it. The noise of the Summons, is answered, by the thunder of the Cannon: which being louder than the sound of the Trumpet; would not let the offered conditions, to be harkened unto. Walensteins' Ordnance, therefore, are set to reply upon Dubatells' Cannon: the Generalissimo having a great desire, to take Dubatell the second time; and Dubatell being as desirous to let the Generalissimo understand, that it was a disadvantage which he had before taken him upon. Walenstein (with much ado) having shot a breach (two some say) in the lower part of the Castle wall; he about the 3. of October, prepares all things to give a general assault upon it. Five hundred soldiers, thereupon, being commanded into the dry Graff or Moat of the Castle; clap to their scaling ladders, to storm it. A great Ravelin there was, which defended the Sally-port of the Castle: and that, whilst they attacked; their fellows, from the town's side, with continued volleys of small and great shot, entertained the besieged. Dubatells perceiving the intended Scaladoe; issues with his Dragooners immediately out of the Castle; going down the hill towards the skalers. Having with good diligence also, brought down some new pieces of Ordnance unto a side-Worke which flanckered the Ravelin: he so skowers both it, and the Moat at the same time: that a many of the assailants, now already half way mounted; came fluttering down headlong into the Moat, and their scaling ladders after them. 
is repulsed by Dubatell.  The Imperial Colonel that had the point in the assault, and led them on; was there shot thorough the head; and died in a ditch among his fellows. A young Lord or Cavalier, of Walensteins' name and kin; I find to have been here slain also. Some make him to be knocked down by the Boors of Voitland, a little after this: but I rather consent to this writing, which gives him to be killed here; for that I read his body to be with much solemnity, carried from the Camp thorough Zroicka in Voitland, to be interred in his own Lordship in Bohemia; something before that Walenstein was gotten into Voitland. But this is no great controversy.  
Our Generalissimo perceiving the Castle to be strong, high situated, 
and raiseth his own siege.  well provided, and the besieged resolved for defence; he gave no more on upon it after this one repulse, had been given him. But this was not all the reason, for the raising of his siege: Duke Bernard Weymar was by this time come from Schweinfurt to Konigshoven, 17. miles due West of Coburg; and was thence marched to Hilperhausen, upon the edge of the Duringer-Waldt, within 13. English miles to the North-West of this Coburg. And he, (as Walenstein might suspect) though not strong enough to encounter him in the open field, yet was he able enough to disturb him at a siege. And this siege, above all the rest; for that Duke Bernard is to be heir unto this Town and Dukedom of Coburg, after the decease of 
* One of these, is dead since: he namely that was then in possession, when his town was besieged.  two of his old childless Uncles.  
Now had our Generalissimo a purpose, to have advanced further to the Northward, and to have pierced thorough, by the way of the Duringer-Waldt into Duringen: where Pappenheim was to have joined with him. But this design was now defeated, by Duke Bernard's putting himself just before him: 
By Duke Bernard's good service.  which was a very great piece of service. By this means, was the Castle of Coburg reskeved; and the whole little Country of Henneberg, in which it is seated. Had Walenstein gone forward with his project: then had Hilperhausen, Schleusing, Aischfelt, Ilmenaw, and Arnstat, been taken by him. Then had all the Passes thorough the Duringer-Waldt, been blocked up by his people, which the King of Sweden must by main force have again opened, before ever he could have comen up to Walenstein. Then, in the mean time, would he and Pappenheim, have recovered Erfurt: with the towns about it: made himself master, of the whole Landgraviate of Duringen; have overrun the lands of the Ducall, (and sometimes Electoral) Family of Saxon-Weymar. Then had he, thorough that rich Country, beaten out his way into the Elector of Saxonyes' Misnia: have wintered and enriched his Army in those Countries: and been ready with the first of the next Spring, 
is Walensteins' great project defeated.  to have fallen into Lusatia and Silesia. Then would he have made himself master, of the river Elb: and so have cut off the King of Swedens' retreat, home again. Then would Walenstein have cleared his (titulary) Dukedom of Mecklenburg: and hewn out himself a free passage, to his old Quarters in Brandenburg and Pomerania; and again possessed himself, of the banks of the Baltic Ocean. And thus handsomely had our Generalissimo contrived it: the effecting of which project was worth the abandoning all the lower Saxony, by the calling away of Pappenheim out of it: and in the highest degree concerned the King of Sweden, to make such haste out of Bavaria, to prevent it.  
All the former part of this project, was now defeated by Duke Bernard: the taking, namely, of the Landtgraviate of Duringen, with the Dukedom of Weymar: as likewise the conjoining of Pappenheim, with his Generalissimo: which he durst not after attempt to do, till he knew that Walenstein was fall'n by another way, into Misnia.  
And thus was the Imperial General enforced, not to raise his siege only from before the Castle of Coburg: but to quit likewise his intended march thorough the rich, and (of late) un-plundered Country of Thuringia. Turning faces about therefore, to the right; (his soldiers burning down Helberck, Neustat, and other Dorps about Coburg) he marches directly by the town of Cronach, into Voitland; 
He falls into Voitland.  which his own Holck and Gallas with their Armies, had of late so foully harryed. It was a deep prepensed resolution in the Generalissimo, to pay the Elector of Saxony, to the purpose: he was once in a quandary, when as he had newly taken Prague; whether he should first fall into Saxony, or come against the King Sweden. And had not the King been so near him, at that very time; in such danger to have overthrown the Duke of Bavaria, first; and then, in his absence, to have fall'n into Bohemia: he would, (no doubt) have first gone against the Elector of Saxony.  
And now, at him he goes. The Elector of Saxonyes' subjects, (the poor Boors of Voitland) perceiving this second tempest now coming upon them; resolve with themselves, that the best hood to bear off such foul weather, would be an head-piece. In great and confused numbers, therefore, gathering themselves together to be revenged: they with the best weapons, that a rustical fury, could put into their hands; first turn fear into despair, and that into desperateness: which in stead of skill, order, and true valour; they made to serve their turns against the invaders. Besetting the woods, therefore, and the bye-ways; which the seeking for their lost Cows, now and then, had heretofore made them perfect at: they with as good a will as ever Boor's gate children; knocked down such rambling and plundering boot-halers, of the Imperial Army; as they could singly light upon, and master. This is he that rid away with my horse, cries one; down with him: that fellow stole my 2. kine, says a second; cut the throat of him: and he, carried away all my wife's ducks other day, cries a third Boor; knock him down too. All the Quarter they would give the soldiers, was to quarter those whom they had killed; and to mangle those bodies, whom they had mawled: as if every blow they gave a dying soldier, had killed them another enemy; because it (in part) satisfied their revenge, by the acting of another cruelty. And here (says some Relations) was the young Walenstein killed: of whom we before spoke, in the action of Coburg. But the Walsteiners were even with the poor Boors for it; if burnings, and rapes, and ravages, could cry quittance: for, 
Making foul work there:  sure, the wars seemed not here to be made by enemies, but by furies.  
The place of this Country of Voitland, is betwixt Duringen, Franconia, Misnia and Bohemia: and the reason that Walenstein did now enter into it, was partly, to bear all the country along before him; and partly, to lay the seat of the wars in an enemy's Country. And who can deny this, to have been soldierly done of him? But that he had first commanded in Holck and Gallas into it; and did now follow himself with fire and sword, in it: was not so much upon the barbarism, or tyrannical delight in blood and cruelty; but out of the terror of a military policy: that with the fear and horror to see his subjects so used, 
and his reasons for it.  he might constrain the Duke of Saxony unto a sudden and disadvantageous composition; with whom the courtships of repeated Ambassages from the Emperor, had not heretofore prevailed. And who need suspect the constancy of the Duke of Saxony, that chose rather to endure all this; then to break his League with the Protestant Princes, and the King of Sweden?  
Our Generalissimoes first Rendezvous in this Voitland, was at Plaun upon the river Elster: down whose stream, at the distance of 60. English miles to the Northward, Leipsich standeth. To this Plaun did the Imperial Vanguard arrive, upon Wednesday the 10th. of October: the rest of the Army going towards Weida, on the same side of the Elster, 12. miles nearer unto Leipsich. To this Weida, (after the Avantguard at Plaun had the second time plundered the poor people thereabouts, as far as Zwicka) did the whole Army draw together; where he also form a new Leaguer: 
He forms a standing camp.  that so these several parties and divisions, which were sent abroad to spoil the country, and to bring in contributions; might have a standing Camp to retreat unto.  
Leaving, after this, the Duke of Fridland still encamped about Weida; let us survey the other destroyed parts of the Duke of Saxonies' Dominions: and see what work Holck and Gallas had there, (singly and jointly,) since their several sendings out from before Norimberg. And their Stories let us now fetch up; that we may the more methodically bring them to their Generalissimo, and to the siege of Leipsich.  

The Story of Holcks actions, in the Duke of Saxonyes' country.  And begin we with Holck, first; who (as we have in the beginning told you) was about the 20th. of july, sent out with 6000. Horse and 4000 Musketeers, into Misnia: the reasons whereof, we have there likewise given you. He advancing to the edge of Voitland, within some few leagues of Egra and Bohemia; seizes the smaller handsome towns first of all: as Dobruberg, Hirsberg, Lichtenberg, Sparnberg, and Hoff: all in this hilly and woody frontier. Next makes he towards these upon the Elster; which rises hereabouts, a little to the Southward. Olsnitz a fair town, a little more Easterly; is forced: and burned down to ashes for resisting. Plaun, a good town, about a league more Northerly up the same river, is blocked up at the same instant with some Horse troops: and diverse of the villages that belonged to it put on fire, because it surrendered not at the first summons. The rest, I omit: not so much for brevity's sake, as for horror: not listing to relate the Barbarismes committed by his Crabats: as if they had fall'n in, not to make wars, but desolations; or, as if they had believed, that a country was never thoroughly conquered, till it were utterly destroyed.  
Holck, being fare, as yet, from the Electors Court at Dresden; 
He besieges Zwicka:  and for that reason, finding the less opposition to control him: advances boldly, and attacks Zwicka, the strongest piece in all that country, standing about 14. or 16. miles to the North-East of Plaun aforesaid. About August 13th. he first presents himself before the town: and demands it to be rendered. The summons being denied, the place is surrounded by his Army. It being situated in a hilly woody country; Holck found a natural Battery, or rising hill hard by the Castle, upon which he caused 8. pieces of Cannon to be mounted. With these, plays he hard upon the Castle, and the Castle as hard upon him again. His carriage had been so good towards other places, since he came into the land; that the men of Zwicka, as they despaired of his mercy; so were they by that despair armed with a resolution, to surmount his cruelty.  
The place was defended by Colonel Kalkstein; who had been sent in hither with 6. troops of Horse, and some Foote-Companies: so soon as ever Holck was heard of in Voitland. Holck seeing it likely to prove a long siege, sends in his Trumpet to offer them a fair parley. This being by Kalckstein refused: he fearing to lie here so long, till the Elector should have raised the country upon him: sends in his Trumpet the second time, with enlarged conditions. These (I read) they were.  

1. To alter nothing in their Religion.  
2. To leave them in the allegiance of their Elector, 
which is rendered upon conditions.  not tendering them an oath, to any other Prince.  
3. To infringe none of the privileges of their City: but to leave the keys and Government, still with the Magistrates.  
4. Not to spoil the lesser neighbour towns in their jurisdiction.  
5. To give their garrison, soldierly and honourable conditions.  
6. And not charge them with above 200. of his men, for a garrison.   
Holck made most solemn protestations, faithfully to keep these Articles; sending them in, good hostages for it: nor do I find, but that he afterwards kept his promise, well enough with them.  
The Elector of Saxony being startled with these tidings; sets out his Ban and Arrierban, to call all his Tenants, and and those that held upon him in any Service: to arm for the defence of the Country. The Feltmarshall Arnheim, likewise, is with all diligence sent unto, to dispeede down such troops as he could well spare, out of Silesia: Hereupon, is the Colonel Vitzdum sent down with his Regiment, unto Dresden. This was about the 20th. of our August.  

He plunders Aw,  Zwicka now at Holcks' devotion; he next assaults Aw (or Augusta) where the Elector had a house of pleasure. Here the soldiers found very rich Hang, and other furnitures of Court; which were never meant for the entertainment, of such course people. Schopa, a town upon a river of that name, which runs into the Mulda, is next fall'n upon: 6. leagues to the East of Zwicka. Some oppositions being here made, did something colour over that stain of blood; liberally here shed by the Conquerors.  

and besieges Chemnitz:  Chemnitz, some 7. miles to the North of Schopa, held them more tack: the hilly and the woody situation, making the place something the stronger; and the Townsmen the more confident. Desperate, I should have said: seeing to that degree had Holcks' usage driven all those towns, that had but any hopes of resistance. Some tolerable conditions, Holck, offered unto them: which they durst not so well trust unto, as unto their own strengths and resolutions. They are besieged: and Holcks men took the pains (which here only, and at Zwicka they had been put unto) to make use of the Spade, and to bring forward their Approaches. Some country Boors being gotten in hither, for their safeties, (enough to make up 10. Companies) armed with desire of revenge, (especially for their Barns, which the Imperialists had set fire upon) now sallye out upon the Approaches. Shovels they had with them, which weapon, none could use better: and with these, they laboured to fling the earth again into the lines and rolling Trenches, which the Imperial Pioneers were now a running. But this being but the Boor's Schollers-prize, and they having to do with Masters of Defence, they were quickly beaten in again, under the favour of their own Ordnance. 
which he is forced to give over.  The Townsmen kept their own, for all this: and would not (like Zwicka) harken unto terms of Treaty: so that the Imperialists were fain to levy their own siege, and leave them to their liberty.  
I can report nothing worthy of a History, in these actions. Plainly, there was not extraordinary much good service done, worthy of a soldier: unless this be of honourable report to him; that he made very foul wars of it. For next, burns he Curbitz, Pesteritz, and Wilsdorp: this last, being within 4. English miles of Dresden. Early in the morning (which proved misty) August 28. did the Crabats make a Cavalcado to affront Dresden: where the Elector was then resident. The City taking the Alarm at it, let fly some pieces of Ordnance amongst them, whereupon they retired. At broad day light the Ports being opened, some troops of jagers and Stalburgs, were sent out after them. The Horsemen of Colonel Stienau, having within a league of Dresden taken some of the Crabats: they confessed the intention they had for firing of the Suburbs. The night after, some of them burnt Oderen, upon the river Floe, 8. mile's South-West of Freiberg. Others at the same time did as much at Doblen, 16. mile's West of Dresden. By this it appears that their forces were divided, for the doing of the more mischief: yea their prisoners avowed freely, that they had order from their General to set fire upon Dresden, and the whole Country.  
By this beginning of September is Colonel Vitzdumb arrived at Dresden from out of Silesia: to whom diverse hundreds of the Country Gentlemen, 
By the Saxon forces,  and some thousands of the Electors Tenants, and the undone Boors resorted: to make up an Army. These being so soon as might be sent out to repress these Boutefeu's: Holck was thereupon enforced to retire his people towards Zwicka again; there to expect a re-enforcement by the coming down of Gallas to him. In this expedition, did the Saxons light upon one of Holcks Quarter-masters; with whom they found some writings, 
is Holck enforced to retire, towards the Frontiers.  which made the Imperialists to be more hated in those parts: and more and more averted the Elector, from listening to any Treaty. These Papers discovered no good intententions in the Imperialists towards him: whatsoever name of peace were pretended. He had also a list of Holcks and Gallasses whole forces, about him: which I wish the Saxons had sent hither.  
Vitzdumb and his men, having for the time, indifferently well cleared the Country of these Scarre-fire Crabats and Imperialists, (now retired towards Leutmaritz and Bohemia) the Elector, for easing of his purse licenced diverse of these new forces. Divers Swedes also, that came out of the garrisons of Pomeren, Brandenburg, and Mecklenburg, were refused entertainment: the Elector supposing the Fox had been dead, because he lay and stirred not. But Holck, did but stay for Gallas his coming in the end of September: whom (in this quietness) go we a little back, to fetch from Norimberg into Misnia.  

Gallas his Story  This Gallas was by his Generalissimo sent into the Upper Palatinate, September 13. the design being, first to do a service to the Duke of Bavaria, by recovering and taking towns in that Country for him. Secondly, to keep Norimberg still blocked up, by taking of the nearest of their towns: Thirdly, when all was done, to conjoin with Holck in Misnia. Gallas first of all, sets him down before Lauff: a town of the Norimbergers upon the Pegnitz, 8. mile's East of them. Here had he not many above 2000 men and some 4. pieces of Cannon. He took the town September 14th. in the night; after a day's opposition, or else had the King of Sweden the next day relieved it. Here notwithstanding that he took it by agreement, yet caused he the Lieutenant that was Governor, to be hanged. Hence goes Gallas still Eastward unto Herspruck, 4. miles further: and took that also. Some of his, are about this time sent 9 or 10. English miles more Northerly: where they take Felden, upon the same Pegnitz. From Hershbruck, his Army advances due East, unto Sultzbach; 15. miles further. The chief of the Citizens here, did he send prisoners into Amberg, 5. miles to the S. E. for that they had not paid in those 20000. dollars, which at Walsteins' coming that way, had been imposed upon them.  
The good town of Grefenberg, 11 mile's North of Lauff, 
Having taken diverse towns, in the Upper Palatinate.  making him some opposition; was taken, plundered, and burnt to ashes. Having served other towns so; his whole Army crosses over to the North-East, and comes to Weiden upon the river Nab; 10 or 12 miles from Sultzbach: going the same way out of the Upper Palatinate, that Holck had done before him: saving only that he goes nearer to Bohemia. His march now lies up the Nab to Dirschenreyt; and so towards Wonsledel, Ruckenitz and Egra. Upon Friday Septemb. 21. he burns down Wonsledel: and the Sunday after, he did as much for Ruckenitz: both being the Elector of Saxonyes' towns, in the edge of Voitland. The good town of Egra, on the edge of Bohemia; having by the Saxons been recovered, 
He falls into Voitland.  since Walensteins' sitting down at Norimberg: was also destinated to the same destruction. But this, was by the Saxon Colonel Haxtel prevented: both by sending in provisions, for the defence of the town; and by presenting Gallas with some monies, in the name of a contribution, for the diverting of his fury.  
Thence advances Gallas, unto Hoff upon the river Sala, some 24 English miles to the North-West of Egra. His way, he directed thorough the hills and woods, upon those Frontiers: where the soldiers hoped, to light upon some of the Country Gentlemen and Yeomen; who with their wives and families, were for fear fled in thither.  
To this Hoff, comes he, Monday September 24: and he had an Army of some 7 or 8000 fight men; though he demanded bread and provisions of the Country, for 14000. Eight pieces of Ordnance with their furniture, drew he along: and now takes he his way to Plaun, 
He goes to Plaun.  15 miles to the North-East of him. He had sent his Sutler's before him unto Zwicka, 12 miles from Plaun, that they should by Wednesday night, provide and send him in, Provant bread enough for 14000 people: and indeed the Drabblers and hangs-by of the Army, with the soldier's women and children that followed it; might make up 14000. Those of Zwicka sending out some to treat with him; pacify him with a Copy of the Articles, upon which his Forerunner Holck, had compounded with them. Gallas answered honourably, That he would by no means violate that agreement: but gave them to understand withal, that they had done very well in so compounding, and that it were best for other towns to imitate them: otherwise, there was nothing but fire and sword, to be expected from him. However, he must have victuals for his soldiers.  
Hereupon September 26th. He goes from Plaun, towards this Zwicka, as if he had meant to have seen their Storehouses: but changing his mind (it seems) he sent some 2 or 3000, Northward towards Altemburg: himself, with the greatest part of the Army, going to the Northeastward, 32 or 33 English miles from Plaun aforesaid, unto Chemnitz.  
Those that marched towards Altemburg, took the little County of Werden along with them in their way, a little North of Zwicka: which, together with the other little Flecks' or Market Towns, by the bank of the river Pleiss: they use their pleasure with. Thence go they to Altemburg: the City and Residence of the Duke of Saxon-Altemburg: with whom, they compound for 5000 Dollars. But this would not prove a sufficient discharge against the Townesmens' being plundered: seeing that two days after, when Gallas sent away for them: they pillaged diverse houses both in the Town and Suburbs, at their parting. For now had Gallas need of them, he had engaged himself to finish what Holck before had given over in the plain field: 
He takes in Chemnitz;  and that was to take in Chemnitz. The Townsmen here, having enough of the sufferings that Holck had before put them to: and fearing that if he came to join with Gallas, they should never be able to withstand their own ruins: they so soon as Gallas his men were comen up to him, upon the first of October yield up their Town: and upon the same conditions, 
joins with Holck.  that Holck had before given to Zwicka. Thence goes Gallas towards Fridberg: and there Holck pieces in with him.  
Holck since his retiring to the Frontiers from the Saxons, having by this time well recreuted his Army: upon confidence of that, and of Gallas coming; returned into Misnia again, 
Holck falls again into Misnia.  still burning the country before him, wheresoever he found any discontent or resistance. In the end of September, Holck having some 8000. men in his Army, 
Holck & Gallas.  goes to give a second affront unto Dresden.  
It was a very misty morning: under favour of which the Crabats and others were gotten into the Suburbs. Being discovered more by the noise then sight; the Ordnance are from the walls turned upon them: some withal sallying out amongst them. Holck knowing of that, comes in withal diligence, hoping in the mist, to beat the sallyers, and to enter the Ports pell mel together with them. But Vitzdumbs Regiment, sallying out upon the 2d. Alarm; maintains the fight in the pother, till the mist about noon cleared. Then could the Canoniers better discern, where to direct their volleys: 
Conjoining with Gallas,  so that Holck perceiving the Action not faiseable, draws off his men, and gives it over. This being too tough a piece for him; his next project is, to conjoin with Gallas: for which purpose, he now goes immediately towards Frieberg.  
This conjunction being affected, 
They take Frawenstein:  they October 3d. fall upon Frawenstein; a pretty town upon a hill, some 16. English miles to the South of Dresden. Here finding some opposition, they carry the town by Scaladoe; and put all (both soldiers and inhabitants) to the sword for it. Here they now purposed to reside, with their Army: for that the town was pretty and strongly situated. October 4th. they assault Friberg; a handsome town upon the river Mulda, some 10. English miles to the West of Frawenstein. Here is a beautiful Church and a Cloister: and in that, the Tombs of diverse of the Elector of Saxonyes ●ncestors. The town was hard laid at by the Imperialists; 
and Friberg.  and the Saxons showed them some little sport for it. But it was but for their exercise; they being no way able to hold out a general assault, which was next day threatened them: and a general destruction withal, if they yielded not. Hereupon, October 5 th'. is the town given up: the defendants being able to obtain no other conditions, than the saving of their lives; marching out with no other weapons, but their swords only. Some writing tells me, that they had soldiers conditions. Divers of the richer Country people, having fled in hither (as to a place of some indifferent security) the soldiers exacted from them, and from the Townsmen, 40000. dollars contribution. The Elector of saxony was fain, likewise, to come off with 80000. dollars more, to save the Monuments of his Predecessors, from being ransacked and defaced. 
See what we have written of Tillyes' soldier rifling of the marquis of Onspachs Toombs, pag. 115. of our Second Part.  'tis the fashion of diverse German Princes, to be buried in their Robes, and with their Ensigns of Honour, and perchance, jewels, all which would have been booty, good enough, to these Rake-shames, that make no conscience of this horrider kind of Sacrilege.  
near this Friberg, Holcks men taking, I know not what, high displeasure at a certain Minister of the country, (a man of rare learning, as Gallobelgicus calls him:) miserably, first of all, hewed him in pieces with their swords; and then fling him to their dogs to be eaten. But they, out of a certain horror, which overawed their currishness and Canine appetite; 
The inhuman Barbarismes of the Crabats.  would not so much as touch, or lick a drop of the blood of him: whereupon his Friends, the next day, gathered up his pieces, and interred them. And lest this should seem incredible, to the Readers; the Author of Le Soldat Suedois avows, That the Crabats showed themselves ingenious to invent new torments, for the poor Inhabitants: and that it was frequent with them, for want of Dogs-meate, to feed their curs with humane carneage. This if it may be true; though the dogs were the Man-eaters, yet the Crabats, surely, were the Cannibals.  
Having done with Friberg, the 2. Imperial Majors, (after the taking of some smaller towns) advance towards Meisen: which is the town that gives name to the whole Country. The place of it, is upon the western bank of the river Elb, some 18. English miles to the North of Friberg, and within 10. of Dresden. 
They take Meisen.  Hither came they October 10th. where finding small resistance, they the same day took possession of it.  
Whilst this was a doing, the Saxon forces which were upon the Eastern side of the Elb; make towards the new bridge, that the Imperialists had over the river: which falling a-board with, they took in sunder, and carried with them, or let the pieces drive down the stream from them. 
The Saxons cut off their bridge from them.  The Imperialists flew in to the rescue of their bridge, but all with the latest: for that the Saxons having begun with that end, which was next unto the Imperialists; took away all means of their getting over to disturb them. They let fly Cannons and Musket shot, freely enough among them: but for all that, the Saxons went thorough with their business. By this exploit, were the Imperialists staved off, from returning over the Elb any more, to the Eastward.  
This caused them to turn all along upon the Western bank of it: deviding their forces thereupon, 
Whereupon Holck turns towards Leipsich.  to do the more mischief. Some of Holcks' men, upon Thursday October 11th. (as if to be revenged for their bridge) plunder and burn Lumnitsch: 6. English miles to the North-West of Meisen. Others of them, the same day, were flown out as fare as Oschitz; as much further to the Northward: which, with other villages in the way, they did but pillage.  
October 21, they came to Wurtzen, upon the East side of the river Mulda: 10. miles to the West of Oschitz, and half way betwixt it and Leipsich. Here they encountered not with much trouble. The town pretended poverty, and that they could not pay so many dollars, as the soldiers demanded for contribution. But soldiers not using to be paid with excuses: carry away their richest Burghers to their Army: as if the Captiving of their richest men, would have made the rest the abler, or, that they could have coined the Burghers, into Dutch dollars.  
October 13. do 1800. Crabats fly out as far as Nieustat, and spoil that country. Five hundred other Horse, offer as much at Salfeld: but the garrison there, persuaded them to go home again: which yet they did not, till they set fire upon the Suburbs. As much is by others done, to the lesser towns upon the Elb: so that the Elector of Saxony was by this time made sensible what it was to have angered Walenstein.  
By this time had the Elector of Saxonyes' forces, under Vitzdumb and Kalkstein; pressed upon the Imperial Leaguer at Frawenburg, and made them to forsake it: for Gallas was by order from his Generalissimo, now a going towards Bohemia; upon the entreaty of Don Balthasar di Marradas, who commanded all in Bohemia: Arnheim and Dubalt, had sorely, by this time, over-laid the Imperialists in the lower Silesia; 
Gallas sent towards Silesia:  gotten Breslaw: and made their way open, either into Moravia, or Bohemia. But of this, in its own division.  

Again of Walenstein.  By this time was our great Duke of Fridland, comen into Voitland; whom we left encamped at his Weida Leaguer. He (the more to anger the Elector of Saxony, whom he hated) sent again some parties towards Friberg: commanding either the rifling, or the redeeming of the Electoral Monuments. Holcks' agreement and Safeguards, being pleaded; Walensteins' answer was, That he did not hold himself concluded, by any bargain with his Lieutenants: so that the Elector was compelled to satisfy him.  

He goes towards Leipsich.  Holck being comen thus near Leipsich; now began the Duke of Fridland to move from his Weida Leaguer, towards Leipsich also. His march was to Altemberg, on the river Pleiss, about 24. English miles to the North of Weida where he sat down; and cast up a royal Leaguer. Thence sends he some forces to Born, along the same river: midway betwixt Altemburg and Leipsich; and about 12. or 13. English miles from either. 
Holck moves towards him.  Thence go they unto Schonfeld; Holck at the same time, moved also towards Leipsich.  
The Leipsichers (to their terror) perceiving, which way these Cast of Falcons, (the 2. Imperial Armies) made a Point: they, with all speed, Monday October 15. convey away the richest and lightest of their Merchandise, unto Wittenberg; and so down the Elb, unto Magdenburg and Hamborow.  
The next day, a Partee of Imperial Horse (some 60. in number) pillage the very nearest villages unto Leipsich: as Gonnewitz, Heida, Steteritz, with others. The chief of their expedition, was but a bootehaling voyage: for that they rob even the market-women. Wednesday the 17th. betwixt 7. and 8. in the morning, were there diverse troops of Imperial Horse, discovered at Vblessen, near unto Damberg: which continued there in Battaglias, most part of the day following. The City discharged some Ordnance at them: but they never offered to come nearer.  
The 18th. about noon; 
Walenstein summons Leipsich.  came there an Imperial Trumpet into Leipsich, with 2. letters in his hand: one whereof was directed from the Duke of Fridland, to the Burgomaster: and the other, unto the Governor, and the military Commanders. That to the Magistrates, was to this purpose; That the Duke of Fridland his Excellency, did in fair terms desire, and in the name of his Imperial Majesty advise them, to commit themselves unto his mercy, as other Cities had done. That, moreover, they would receive 200. of Colonel Hatzfelds' Horsemen, into their Castle; and resign up themselves wholly, unto the service and devotion of his Imperial Majesty. This if they refused, then had his Excellency just cause, with his whole power to come from Altemburg upon them; and to make their ruin an example, unto all the Cities of the Empire.  
The letter to the Military men, was, an invitation to them, to yield upon fair terms: an offer of good Quarter, to as many as would march out quietly: and of honourable conditions, both to Officers and Soldiers, (either on horseback or on foot) as many as would take entertainment. The Military men answered plainly, 
Their answer.  That they would not yield; and the Magistrates, shuffled off the business to the soldiery: answering by the same Trumpet, that the Castle was a Fort, which they had no command of: nor could they tell, how to get the soldiers out of the City: and that having tendered his Excellency's letters to the Governor of the Castle, he would not open them, because not by name directed to him. And with these answers, the Trumpet returned towards the Leaguer.  
That which made the Leipsichers so valorous, in their answers; was a hope they had upon their Duke, partly: who was now going from Dresden unto Torgau upon the Elb: there (as they hoped) to stay for Arnheims' coming out of Silesia with the Army. They had a confidence also, upon Duke Bernard's coming to relieve them, by the way of Duringen. But that hope, was quickly dashed by Pappenheims' falling into the said Duringen: who got before hand with Duke Bernard: which Duke had neither strength nor command to relieve them.  
Friday October 19th. about noon; some Imperial horsemen, together with 80. Musketeers; drew near unto the walls of the City; and about the burying place (commonly called Gods-Aker) they made an orderly Court of guard: which they held unto the evening. About 2. a clock, the former Trumpet came again into the City. Being presently brought before the Magistrates: and delivering his summons by word of mouth; he by word of mouth had his denial given him. His message was. That his Excellency the Duke of Fridland, had not been used to be put off with words; nor to send twice to one purpose: and therefore did now advise them to give him a speedy satisfaction, by putting themselves under his obedience: otherwise, they must not hereafter expect any mercy, but to be made an example to all that continued in their obstinacy. The City's answer was, That they had no power to dispose of their Prince's City, without their Princes leave for it: and therefore desired his Excellency to rest satisfied with it. By this time, a greater strength of Imperial Horse, presented themselves before the City, to answer whom, did some Musketeers make a sally: the Ordnance from the walls likewise playing very hard upon them. About 4. a clock, diverse Imperial Cornets more, charging hard upon the Leipsich Musketeers, beat them into the City.  
Sunday October 21. by break of day, did the Imperial Armies begin to draw round about the town: and to bring on their Ammunition, and all other preparations for a siege. Then began the Walsteiners to break the ground, and to bring forward their Approaches. Some Musketeers, were immediately also lodged in one of the Suburbs. The Ordnance went off roundly from all parts of the wall: whose peals continued until the evening. This day, were two other Trumpets sent from the Leaguer into the surrownded City; who were brought into the Statehouse before the Magistrates: to whom they in the afternoon delivered their message. About this time, was there a short pause or cessation from shooting. These Trumpets being returned into the Leaguer; another was presently dispatched towards the City: so willing was our Generalissimo to win a town by parlyes, rather than by fight. This Trumpet was not dispatched till within evening. The report went, of his message, That the Duke of Fridland vowed he would have the City, either by fair means, or by foul: and if they would yield it willingly, they should have good Quarter: but in case they stood it out; he protested deeply, that neither man, woman nor child, no nor so much as a dog; should ever go alive out of the City. Walenstein was as likely to be a man of his word, as any man (that I know) in the world, in Turkey or in Christendom.  
The Imperial Foot that were lodged in the Suburbs, let fly their volleys into the City: with which, though diverse were hurt, yet was there but one boy slain outright, near unto the great College. About night, they began on both sides to draw towards an agreement: and yet (as those of Leipsich writ of themselves) very doubtful it was whither or no they should ever come to an accord; for that the townsmen were very resolute, and averse from yielding. It being once dark, the Imperialists out of the Suburbs; heaved hand-Granadoes, and other Wildfires, into the City: which not only gave light, but fire also in 2. places unto it. This was with much diligence, and little loss, quenched: nor did Fire-balls do much more hurt, then take off one soldiers right leg, whereof next morning he died. The fight on both sides continuing, another Imperial Trumpet presented himself before the Ports of the City: but the small and great shot going off so incessantly, both from the walls and Castle; it was hot staying for him there: that he again returned, without delivering of his message. Presently was he sent back again: and this was the sum of his errand. That his Excellency the Duke of Fridland, was contented to allow them 6. hours more, to consider upon it: in which time if they resolved to entertain parley, they should send him out their Deputies unto Schonfeld, where they should be treated with.  
By 6. a clock the next Monday morning October 21. Some of the University, joined with others of the City Counsel and Magistrates; repair unto Schonfeld: where after an hour's deliberation, they on both sides came to agreement for the rendering of the City. About noon, the Imperial forces, with sound of Drum, and all gallantry, entered the City, presently possessing themselves of the Petriner College. About 4. a clock the same day, did the Feltmarshall Holck, and many other Imperial Officers; ride also into the same College: taking a diligent view all about it; how they might most conveniently plant some pieces of Ordnance in it, to play thence upon the Castle. Hereupon were 4. half Cannons brought into the City; and 3. Batteries were with Horse-dung and boards upon them made up immediately, against the Castle. One, was near the Peter's Tower, and the other 2. in the Petriner College aforesaid. Upon each of these Batteries, they mounted one piece of Ordnance: and with every one of them, they played all that whole night, upon the Castle. Divers Ensigns of Foot, kept their guards upon the Market place, in the mean time: amongst whom, was there a goodly troop of Curiassiers (Horsemen in complete harness) consisting of some 180.  
The Commander of the Castle the same man (as I hear) that before delivered it up to the General Tilly, the day before the last Battle of Leipsich, and called johannes Vopelius, hung out the defensive Banner from the top of the Castle; and (as if he scorned to be twice taxed, with the shame of giving over one Castle) he played very hard with his great Ordnance upon the Imperialists: even from their first entering into the College; until broad day light upon Tuesday morning. That day, being the 23d. the Imperialists having discharged their Ordnance but 17. times in all; the bloody Flag was taken down from the Castle; and a white Flag of truce put up in the room of it: to signify their desire of a composition. Shooting is then given over: and hostages and Deputies are sent one to another, to conclude upon the conditions: That evening were they accorded: and to this purpose.  
First, 
Leipsich Castle rendered.  That all those Citizens that were fled into the Castle, together with the soldiers, should march out with bag and baggage; the Citizens taking passes of the Generalissimo, to go whither they pleased: or otherwise to abide in the City.  
Secondly, That the garrison should march out with colours flying, matches lighted, full arms, etc.  
These marching forth of the Castle; 2. Companies of Imperialists, immediately take possession of it. That very evening were the Burghers called together, and commanded to bring their Arms to be laid up into the Statehouse. That night, was the neighbour village of Eiteritch, by the Imperialists burned down to the ground: diverse houses also within Leipsich; those especially next unto the Castle and river, were plundered. The next morning, were such like insolences by sound of Drum, and upon pain of death forbidden: so that the soldiers the next night committed no more such pillages.  
The 24th. day, nothing of moment passed more within the City: excepting only that the Magistrates and Burghers were called together to pay down 50000. Rixe-dollars, for a present contribution, and were charged to discover what goods they had of the Ausburgers or Norimbergers. The 3. or 4. next days, were all the buildings and watch-houses about the Castle, pulled down or slighted.  

Other things done by Walenstein, in the time of the siege of Leipsich.  In the mean time that the most of the Army, are at the siege of Leipsich: some other parties are sent out from the Imperial Leaguer at Altemburg, to reduce or plunder the country. Some advance out, as fare as Torgau upon the Elb, to intercept that Pass, if they had been strong enough. But into that, had the Elector of Saxony, put 6. Companies of Colonel Loesers Foot, 11. troops of Colonel Taubens' Horse, being also enquartered in the neighbour villages.  
October 19th. other Imperial parties made themselves Masters of Weissenfels upon the river Sala, 
He takes Weissenfels,  due West of Leipsich: and of Mersburg, a little more to the Northward down the same river, and upon the other side of it. This is an Appropriate Bishopric, held by the Elector of Saxony: and here is a bridge over the Sala. Now also did Holck make his demands for Tillyes' arrier of money, due from Naumburg; 
Mersburg and Naumburg.  and sent 36. Musketeers into the Town to be the safeguards of it. From Mersburg, go they with a strong Partee, unto Hall: still more Northerly down the Sala. To this good town, the Imperialists made this proposition; That it should furnish them with bread for 2000 men, but for 2. days only: and for so long a time, admit their Generalissimo with his Retinue into their City, and accommodate him. The Burghers obtaining respite till 6. a clock the next morning; returned this answer: That whereas they had received letters from Holck, that some of their Magistrates should appear before his Generalissimo at the Leaguer of Altemburg: they could not, till they knew his pleasure, furnish the demaundants with the bread desired of them.  
Some few days after, is the Colonel Hatsfeld, (brother to the expulsed Bishop of Wurtsburg) sent with 6. troops of Horse unto this Hall, to propose these, (not propositions, now, but) commands, unto the Burghers.  
First, That they should be well advised of the oath, which they had sometimes taken unto the Emperor.  
Secondly, That presently they should send, the bread before demanded.  
Thirdly, That they should take in, and for 2. days maintain, the Generalissimo, with those that he should bring with him.  
Fourthly, That they should precisely send him word, how strong the garrison in their Castle was, and how well provided.  
The Burghers perceiving Walenstein to be in good earnest; 
Is admitted into Hall town.  open their ports, immediately, unto the Imperialists: who presently fall to besieging of the Castle. But the Swedes (whom the King had left in it, presently after the Battle of Leipsich,) so well put them off; that they were forced to retire from it. 
but is repulsed from the Castle   
By this time, are the Town and Castle of Leipsich taken; and the Army drawn together to Altemburg. Then had the Generalissimo a design upon Torgau: from whence the Partee he had lately sent thither, had been turned back again. 
His design upon Torgau diverted.  By the taking of this Torgau; should he be master of a bridge over the Elb-streame: his way would be opened into the lower Lusatia, and the Marck, of Brandenburg: yea and the whole conquest of Saxony, made more faiseable to him. For this purpose, did the Imperial Army about the 26. or 27th. of October, remove itself unto Eilenburg; a town upon the river Mulda, half way betwixt Leipsich and Torgau. To this place, came there an Express from the Count of Pappenheim, of his being hard at hand with his forces: whereupon the Imperial Army returned back again to the Westward, (besides and beyond Leipsich:) and went and joined with the Pappenheimers about Mersburg. 
by the coming of Pappenheim:  Pappenheim being comen, persuaded his Generalissimo, by and by; to pass over the Sala into Duringen, with the main of his Army; and to go and take in Erfurt, Weymar, and all the chief Passes and Posts, of that country. He wrought so upon him, chief with the faiseablenesse of the Action; that there was no likelihood of opposition in those parts: Duke William of Saxon-Weymar having but 4. 
And his design upon Erfurt defeated;  or 5000. men for the guard of all these towns; and himself lying now sick at Erfurt. A shrewd counsel! seeing by the taking of this country, (and of the Passes thorough the Duringer-Waldt, after this) the back door had both been barred and bolted; by which the King of Sweden should have broken in to disturb them. This was once Walensteins' own plot, to have comen, namely, this way into Misnia.  
Whilst he therefore prepares to put this design in execution, he hath word brought him, not only of the King of Swedens' being comen to Erfurt; 
by the coming of the King of Sweden.  but of the advancing of the Van of his Army, towards the Sala. This was Duke Bernard, indeed, who was comen a day or 2. before, to pursue the Rear of Pappenheim: as in the end of the King's Story we have told you. Hereupon, is the case altered: so that Tuesday the 30th. of October, went there out a Proclamation from the Generalissimo, 
Walenstein calling his Army together:  That all Imperial Officers and soldiers, should upon pain of death, repair unto their Regiments and Colours in the Army: all Officers, the same evening, being by an Express commanded out of Leipsich. Wednesday October 31. did the whole Imperial Army advance from Mersburg unto Ranstadt, and Lutzen; betwixt Mersburg and Leipsich: whereabouts they quartered.  
November the first, being Thursday; were there 3. Cornets of Horse sent back into Leipsich, to be enquartered within the City: more Horsemen with their Baggage, the next day coming in after them. The Soldat Suedois affirms, that Walenstein and Pappenheim both, came into Leipsich to take a view of it, and to have it fortified for the place of their Retreat: but the journal or Diarye of these Actions, printed in the self same Leipsich Novemb. 13. mentions no such matter. The same first of November, went there two Posts thorough Leipsich, unto Gallas; to cause him to hasten back with his Forces: which I hear to be about nine or ten thousand: though fifteen thousand say some Relations. And now were the Leipsichers enforced to pay in their fifty thousand Dollars: which October 24 they had agreed upon.  
Upon this first of November, likewise; did the Imperial Army remove towards Weissenfels upon the river Sala; 
encamps at Weissenfels.  eight English miles West of Lutzen. He sent also the Colonel Suvis, with his Regiment of Foot; and the Colonel Bredaro (so my Spanish Relation writes both their names) to take in Naumburg. The Horsemen leading the way, found the King of Swedens' Vanguard there before them: so that Bredaro's Horse having some slight skirmish in the Suburbs, with the Swedish; returned again to Weissenfels. These were those, which we called the 600 Imperial Horse; who (as in the end of the King's Story we told you,) were coming to take in Naumburg.  
And now for that we can by no better means come by the motions on the Imperial side, then by the discovery made by one of their own: I will here, therefore, make use of my Spanish Relation written by a Walsteiner, and twice printed in Lisbon.  
The King (says my Author) being passed the river, and lodged with his Army before Naumburg: the Imperial Army marched up likewise in Battle array, before Weissenfels. The King's men about this time, putting out some few troops of Horse, there fell out some encounters betwixt them and the Crabats, but nothing to the purpose. The King's men retiring suddenly, the Imperial Army disposed of itself, in the small villages about Weissenfels: news being brought after a while, that the King did fortify his Camp about Naumburg. Walenstein was once in the mind, to have marched presently, and to have encountered with the King of Sweden: but by reason that the ordinary way betwixt Weissenfels and 
* twelve English miles distant.  Naumburg, was but narrow and troublesome to march; because of the continued mountains: he only sent out julio Deodati quarter-master-general, to go with a good guard of Crabats about by the way of Zeitz; to take a view of a more commodious passage; and of the place and posture that the King was lodged at.  

* Zeitz, is up the Elster, the river of Leipsich: 14 mile's Southeast of Naumburg: and 12 from Weissenfels.  But his excellency the Generalissimo in an action of that importance, was first desirous to hear the advice of all his Colonels: for the getting whereof he employed the Count of Pappenheim. The Colonels dissuaded the encounter, upon these considerations.  
First, of the Kings being already lodged and fortified, in a Post of so advantageous a situation.  
Secondly, for that the time of year was so fare spent, and winter so near coming on, that keeping the Field would be most incommodious for the Army.  

The Reasons why Walenstein assaulted not the King.  Thirdly, and above all, for that tidings were now comen apace, of Count Henry Vanden Berghs going towards Cullen: which would put a necessity upon the Generalissimo, to hasten towards 
* But this of Henry Vanden Berg, was but a false Alarm.  the diversion of the danger of that place; the loss whereof would be of so perilous a consequence. Upon these reasons, (in which the Colonels with one Consent agreed) it was concluded to be unfit; and at that time unuseful, that the King should be assaulted.  
All these reasons served for the foundation of that resolution, 
and why he sent away Pappenheim.  which his Excellency took presently; for the sending away of the Count of Pappenheim towards the river of Weser, with two Regiments of Crabats only: to the end, that with those, being joined to those Forces which he had before left with the Count of Groensfeld, he might secure Cullen: and take order, withal, for the levying of some new troops, in Westphalia and Paderborn.  
In the mean time, was his Excellency resolved, to put his own Army into Winter Quarters, about the river of Sala; 
He resolves to put his men into their winter Quarters.  as also in Leipsich and other places near unto Dresden. All these divisions was he minded, so proportionably to have parted into Bodies of Horse and Foot; that each of them might be able to make resistance, till the next Quarters could well come in to their succours; should the King, perchance, attempt upon any one of them.  
For the putting this design in execution; his Excellency removed his Army from about Weissenfels: sending the Count of Pappenheim with two Regiments of Foot, and some of Horse, from Mersburg, for to go and take in Hall Castle: which was very strong, and guarded by 200. Swedish. Pappenheim had order likewise, for the lodging of some troops thereabouts; according as he should find things disposed.  
His Excellency, after his dispatch intending to march towards Wesler, came to lodge with the rest of his forces about Lutzen. But apprehending, no improbable suspicion, that the King would never suffer him, to take in that place; under the nose, as it were of his whole Army: and that by turning back and passing over the river Sala, 
Walenstein opens a gap, for the King to have march● away.  he might easily secure the Castle of Hall: he resolved upon another purpose. Sending Colonel Contreras to take up Altemburg: his Excellency himself was resolved with the rest of his Army, to have gone (Northward) and lodge at Mersburg. By this disposing of himself, should he (at Mersburg) be near to back Pappenheim: and by sending the other Colonels to Luca and Altemburg, should there have been a space left in the middle, for the King to have marched away, even from Naumburg unto Dresden. By this cautelous forecast, might his Excellency have after followed the King with his main strength, and either utterly have overthrown him, or at least cut off his passage, and have shut him and all his forces, utterly out of the Empire.  
But the King's conveniences, were measured by other designs, fare different from our suppositions. F●r He having understood of the sending away of Pappenheim, and the other 2. Regiments; resolved presently to come and set upon us. Insomuch, that the Count Ridolfo Coloredo, being marched with the Crabats towards Weissenfels, to fetch off a Captain, who was left in the Castle with 100 soldiers: he found the King 
* This was the 5th. of Novemb.  with his Army, already advanced fare upon his march, in sight of the City, towards Lutzen. Yet Coloredo came so fit, and in so good a time; that he had leisure enough (notwithstanding the King had already sent some Musketeers, 
But the King comes upon him.  to take in the Castle) to bring off the men with him. This having performed, Coloredo still valiantly skirmishing, with his few Foot and Crabats; made his retreat unto Ripach, in sight of the King's Army.  
At this very time, had his Excellency, thorough the reiterated messages of Coloredo, given the Alarm unto his Army, by the accustomed sign of shooting off 3. pieces of Ordnance: notwithstanding all which, it was even now night, ere the Regiments could have recovered to their place of Rendezvous, about Lutzen. The King by this time, was comen from Ripach; and had taken up his lodging, about a league from thence. 
Walenstein puts his men into array, and sends back for Pappenheim.  But Colonel Holck for all the darkness of the night, went about to put his forces into battaglias: and endeavoured by perpetual skowtes, to discover the proceed of the enemy. Neither wanted his Excellency any diligence, to dispatch messengers to the Count of Pappenheim: giving him notice of the King's resolution; and a command therewithal, to return back with all his forces: and to advance, in the mean time, his Cavalry and Dragooners, with all speed possible. This message overtook him, just at that instant when he had entered Hall, and had clapped a Petard to the Castle gate: in which there was a Swedish Commander, with a garrison of 200. soldiers. And thus fare are the very words of my Spanish Relation: wherein, though the defeat given by the King the night before the Battle, be united: yet, certainly, there be many other particulars on the Imperial side; which but from one of their own, we could not have comen at. And so fare, in my Readers names, I thank my Spanish Relater: whom I have done no wrong unto, in Translating. And now have we brought Walenstein to the stake; for the morrow morning gins the Battle. This I add, that Gallas, though he were sent for, yet could he not come time enough to the encounter. What may seem defective here, of Walensteins' Proceed just before the Battle: shall be supplied by and by, in the description of the Battle.   

The famous Battle of Lutzen; fought the sixth of November 1632. Old Style. Wherein you have the manner of the King of Swedens' death, WITH The overthrow and flight of the Imperial Army and their Generalissimo; the Lord ALBERT Walenstein Duke of Fridland, etc.  
HOw we have heretofore waited upon that incomparable Prince the King of Sweden, from Erfurt unto Naumburg; you may remember to have read, pag. 73. of this Book. In which 3. days march of his; there was no such thing as the defeat of the Count of Merode with 2. Regiments; which the confident 
* Pag. 823. The true name of Merode, I am told to be Werningeroda: of a town by Halberstat, which he is Earl of.  Le Soldat Suedois avoucheth. Nor was Merode at all in the Battle: whom he maketh to be slain there. The only suspicion of any opposition, to be made by an enemy in all this march, was; a news brought his Majesty by the Boors, of some 22. Cornets of Crabats under the command of Isolani and his Lieftenant-Colonel Vorgage (commonly to the Germans known by the name of Vorgast:) who had been seen a day or two before, about the country. But these Crabats were only heard of, not encountered with. Pappenheim was also marched thorough: without ever so much as offering to take in Erfurt, much less of fetching any composition or contribution of 2000 dollars, as the same Soldat Suedois also affirmeth. 
pag. 812.  Duke William Weymar was in the town with 3000. men (voiced to be 5000) with Pappenheims' small Army of 5000. Foot and 2500. Horse; was much to weak to have meddled withal: though, by the counsel he gave to Walenstein it appeareth; how good a mind he had towards it.  
The King (as we told you) being arrived at Naumburg upon Thursday November the first, (old Style) which is not Saint Martin's day, as the former 
Pag: 824. Saint Martin's day is November 11th. Old Style: in all Martyrologies and Roman Calendars.  French Author mistaketh: took order to have his Army lodged in the field, town, and Suburbs; even as we before told you. The same day the King went out upon a Partee, for discovering of the enemy. After him, that afternoon, went these 3. Gentlemen of our Nation: 
Three English Gentlemen taken prisoners by the Crabats.  Lieftenant-Colonel Francis Terret, Sergeant-Major john Pawlet, and Captain Edward Fielding, These 3. going alone by themselves, to a forsaken village where there were 2. ways thorough it: (the King having gone the left hand way, and they now taking the right) fell into an ambush of the Crabats: the first and the last named of these three, were taken prisoners by 2. Ritmasters of the Crabats: one of them named Potnick, a Greek Captain. This adventure would I not overpasse: for that these two Gentlemen being carried prisoners into the Imperial Leaguer; kept under a guard in the Rear of the Army, all the day of the great Battle; and after haled unto Prague among the fleeing Imperialists: have had the means to inform me, of what otherwise I could not have comen by. And thus much they having with much courtesy afforded me; I could not but quote them, for my better authority. They were that night carried unto Weissenfels, where Walenstein, then lay in the Castle of it. He sent the Count of Pappenheim to them, the same evening; to inquire of the King of Swedens' strength, lodging and intentions. The most of the Imperial Foot, lay now in, and near about this Weissenfels: 700. or 800. of them keeping guard upon the marketplace. The Imperialists then gave out themselves to be 50000. but it appeared to be spoken by a Figure, and to terrify the King: for that they were not any thing near that number.  
To return to the King: His Majesty the next day (being Friday) in person visited all the Avenues and Passes about the town: and went out again with great parties of Horse, to take some prisoners, by whom to learn something of the enemies. Finding that the Imperialists lay still; and that the Passes by which he should have gotten to them, were both dangerous and difficult: he returned at night again, and gave order to entrench the Army before Naumburg towards Weissenfels. Till the Trenches could be made, 
The King entrenches before Naumburg.  the Army lay in the field: after which, the Foot were enquartered in the Town and Suburbs, and the Horse in the next villages: some 2. or 3000. being only left abroad all night, to watch the Trenches.  
Upon Sunday September 4th. came there a Saxon Boor to Naumburg unto the King; with a letter in his hand, to show him. The letter was written by the Count Coloredo Sergeant-Major General of the Imperial Army; unto an Officer of his, that lay with his Regiment at Querfurdt; on the Western side of the river Sala right against Hall, and 10. 
A letter of Coloredoes brought unto the King.  English miles from it. Coloredo had enforced this Boor, to carry this letter: and the Contents of it were to this purpose. That the Generalissimo had sent the Count of Pappenheim to take in Hall Castle: That his men of Querfurdt, should march up to join with Pappenheim: and that the next morning, the Imperial Army was to part from Weissenfels. This letter seems to have been written upon the Saturday night: according to which date, it agrees rightly with Walensteins' discamping from about Weissenfels; which was, indeed, done upon the Sunday; after that Pappenheim was dispatched towards Hall Castle.  

A debate being had, whither it were best to fight, or not?  Upon this Intelligence, His Majesty the same day calls Duke Bernard and Sergeant-Major Kniphausen, to a counsel: propounding the great question unto them two; whither, that in Pappenheims' absence, the Duke of Fridland alone were to be set upon? Duke Bernard (I am informed) was for the valiant Affirmative: That the advantage was good; and that seeing they knew not how long they should enjoy the opportunity of this Division; Walenstein was presently to be attacked. But Major Kniphausen, was for the sober Negative, and that the enemy was not to be fought withal. His Reasons were two.  
First, No man is to fight, but when he is apparently stronger than his enemy: which the King at this time was not.  

Kinphausen dissuades it.  Secondly, No man is to attacke a stronger enemy, unless compelled by a pressing and unavoydeable necessity. That is, either to force his passage when he is hemmed in; or when hunger and want of victuals constrain him to it. Neither of which being the King's case, there was no reason for present fight.  
Good reasons: which so fare prevailed with the King, that giving over all thoughts of present fight, 
Whereupon, the King resolving to go join with Saxony.  he was resolved to have left a garrison in Naumburg, and to have marched with his whole Army to conjoin with the Dukes of Saxony and of Lunenburg.  
And these reasons are different (I must confess) from those flourishes of 
* From Page 815. to Page 820.  Le Soldat Suedois; which take up five whole Pages in him. I dare pawn my moral and historical Faith upon it, that his muster of reasons there, are but his own mistake or Inventions, and never by the King nor Walenstein, so much as dreamed of. You here for the King's part, have Kniphausens two arguments: and for Walensteins', you may please to take notice of Coloredoes Letter, and of the Generalissimoes' intentions, agreeable to this Letter; which we have before given you out of our 
* In Walensteins' Proceed,  Spanish Relator. I will but confute my Soldat once more; and that for his confounding a noble Story, which very next follows in him: and may seem to cross my Relation. His mistake, (I mean) of Walensteins' taking of Leipsich: which having been done ten days before (full three weeks before St. Martin's day) he now affirms to be but first attempted upon our second of November. These few Fails have I fairly noted in him; to dis-abuse my Countrymen: to whom I hear him recommended, for the French Tacitus.  
Pardon my digression. The King being thus resolved; sends Post unto the Elector of Saxony, to inform him of his purposes, and to lay the plot for their uniting. The King desired him, to come to Eilenburg, upon the West of the river Mulda, 14 mile's West of Torgau, where the Duke then lay: the King himself resolving that he would advance to meet him unto Pegau first; 
goes from Naumburg towards Pegau:  which is upon the Elster 14 miles to the South of Leipsich: and to Grim, afterwards; upon the river Mulda; 18 miles East of Pegau, and 14 to the South of Eilenburg. True it is, that the Elector of Saxony lay at Torgau at the same time, with an Army of 4000 Foot, 
to join with the Duke of Saxony.  and as many Horse: whereof 2000 Foot, and 1500 Horse, were the Duke of Lunenburgs'.  
Walenstein the same Sunday, drew out from Weissenfels: leaving a Captain only with his hundred men, for the keeping of the Castle. Thence marched Walenstein unto Lutzen, 
Walenstein goes to Lutzen.  two Dutch Leagues to the East of it: where, and in the Dorps round about it; his whole Army enquartered.  
The next day being Monday, November 5th: the King according to his former resolution, parted out of Naumburg, to go towards the Duke of Saxony: leaving the town & garrison, under the Command of the Saxon Colonel Vitzdum. For the more lightness and expedition in his march; he commanded his Baggage to stay with the garrison still in Naumburg; for a day or two; being, he thought but only to have gone and joined with the Elector of Saxony, and then to have returned again to Naumburg. He supposing, withal, that Pappenheim being now absent, and Walensteins' men not together, that he should not be disturbed in his march: about four before daylight (the Drums having beaten ever since one a clock,) on the Monday morning, he advances towards Pegau. The King having notice, of Walensteins' forsaking Weissenfels: sends by the way, to take in that Castle. The hundred men that Walenstein had left in it, did Coloredo come so timely to fetch off; that he had done it, a very little, before the Swedes coming.  
In the middle of his march, about ten a clock, the same forenoon, came there some Gentlemen riding, and some Boors running to the King; with advice that the Imperialists were lying still in several Dorps and Villages hard by, 
The King having notice by the way, of Walensteins' scattered lodging.  about Lutzen; without any intelligence at all, of the Kings being in motion. This the King being informed of: convokes presently his high Officers to a Council of War; to advise what were best to be determined. His Majesty, even then, (and then first) put on the resolution for fight: openly speaking it out, That He now verily supposed, that God had given his enemies into his hand. Hô! brave occasion, says the Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg. Now God bless us (say diverse great Officers) 'tis a happy opportunity. And truly so it was: for diverse prisoners (even then brought in, by the King's parties, and by the Boors) being by the King examined whither they had any Alarm in their Quarters, of his marching: freely confessed that they had none, And so much was evident enough, for that they were now surprised in their Quarters. Thus thought all the Officers: all being resolved to fall on presently. And, indeed, there was great reason for it: 
resolves to fall upon his Quarters.  for could the King's Army have fall'n in amongst those villages; he had given a Camisado to several of their Quarters at once; have cut them off singly: for that they could never have comen together, to unite their Forces, or have succoured one another. This was evident.  
And thus near were 100000 good men's hopes and wishes, of having arrived to the very highest of their expectations: nothing in the whole world being betwixt the King of Swedens' desires and his absolute victory; but the length of the way only. The Gentlemen and Boors that brought him the Intelligence, told him Lutzen was but hard by: which the King was in good hope of, for that He was even then in sight of it. The Army advanced stoutly, and doubled their march upon it: but their legs found it a longer way than their eyes; it being a sad Campagnia; full eight English miles of ground to Lutzen. Besides all this, was there a filthy Pass in the way, at a Bridge over a River; (where but one or two men could go over abreast) which hindered the Army full two hours going. By this hindrance, was it even night, before the Army could get within two English miles of Lutzen: so that had the King (as he said) but two hours more of daylight; 
of which victory; the length of the way, and shortness of the day; defeated him.  Walenstein (doubtless) had been taken Sleeper: had been ex-imperatored, and un-generalissimoed. But God that is both Ancient of Days, and Lord of Hosts, had otherwise disposed of it: He had made the way so long, and the time so short; (no doubt) for a better purpose.  
This ill-favoured Pass, was within two English miles of Lutzen: and in the Village that belonged to it, were there two Imperial Regiments of Horse (one of them Crabats) enquartered. These having a little notice of the Kings coming had gotten upon their Horses, and taken up a high hill on the other side of the Pass, next to Lutzen. They made as though they would have disturbed the King's Passage; but they did not; the King's Foot marching fairly over, with some Horse amongst them. Some of the King's Foot, were still marching over, till it was dark night, or within it. Those that got over first, entertained a slight skirmish with the Imperial Horsemen: without any loss to the King, 
He rowtes two Regiments of the enemies.  killing some 50. or 100 of them, and taking one Crabats Ensign. And now the King taking another hill, (right against that, which the Imperialists possessed) he from thence let fly some pieces of Ordnance amongst them: which caused them to take the benefit of the night, with some confusion to march off in.  
This is that Ensign, so much spoken of: which had Fortune and the Imperial Eagle, depainted upon it. But it is no such rarity; for that most (or all) of the Crabats Ensigns, have the displayed Eagle for their bearing. This was presented to the King for a fair Omen; as if He had already now conquered, both Fortune and the Eagle. But the King ('tis reported) took no great content at it: being sorry (I believe) for that the night had prevented him, for taking more of them.  

and is fain to sit down till the morning.  And here the King being surprised with the darkness; was forced to sit down in the open fields, with his Army: himself lying in his Coach, as other Officers did that had them. Here lay he all night in Battaglias: every Regiment lying down, in the same order that they had marched, with their Arms by them. The Pikemen, they stuck up their Pikes anend by them: and every Rot, (that is every six) of Musketeers bringing their Muskets to their Rottmaster: he set them right up with their mouths upward, and bound them together with a piece of Match: where they stood ready at hand, for all occasions.  
The Imperial Army was in a terrible Hubub, at the Kings coming over the Pass: for now was the Alarm sent in hot, to all the several Dorps and Quarters, even from Lutzen unto Hall and Leipsich. Order upon pain of death was given, for every man with all speed possible; to repair towards Lutzen, to their Generalissimo. Presently upon this, began all the Regiments to draw together; some of which, were all night upon their marches: and some Horse that were Quartered very fare off, being not able to reach up, till ten a clock next morning. And thus (even then) dist the mist so long keep off the King next morning, till his enemies could be made strong enough for him.  
As every Regiment came in, so were they put into order: which continued all night long; as the two English Gentlemen (than prisoners there) observed. About ten at night, did Walenstein begin to think of the places most advantageous, for the planting of his Ordnance: some of which, having mounted upon the Windmill hills; he than began to cast up a trench of earth about them. All night and next morning, his Dragooners and pioneers, wrought with their Spades about the Highway; and to make the Ditches, or Draine by it, serve them for a Brest-worke, to lodge their Musketeers in. And this was their work too, all the next misty morning; which fatal weather gave them also the more respite, to recover their fears and wearinesses; and to fortify themselves against their unconquered enemy. And thus was the night (the last night to some thousands) overpassed.  
The King now over the Pass, had put himself into a necessity of fight: and being thus engaged, the sooner he fought, the better: for that his enemy should be the less provided for him. The Bride, therefore; more longed not for her wedding morning, nor slept less, than the King that night did. Tuesday, (that fatal 6th. of November) at last began to draw near: and alas! it came all to early. A gentle mist, as if foredooming how black a day it would be; did his good will to have kept it night still: and the Sun, as if his great eye had beforehand overread the fatality of the following day, seemed very loath to have begun it. So sweet a correspondency (though secret) and so sensible a compassion, betwixt Gods more noble instruments, there is; that the day had rather have been no day, then become Gustavus his last day: and the Sun had rather have concealed his own glory, than his fellow Gustavus beams, should be extinguished. But the martial King, even forcing himself to awaken Time, and hasten on mortality; would needs make those clocks and alarms of the wars, his fatal Drums, to beat two hours before daylight. Arm, Arm, Repair to your Colours, keep your Orders, stand to your Arms: these were the morning summons, to awaken the hearty soldiers; from a cold, a hard, and an earthly lodging. The Army was easy to be put in order, for that the most part of it, had lain, and slept in Battaglias. One while, was the King purposed to have advanced, and fall'n on presently: but the war being God's cause; he would, like David and Himself, first ask counsel of the God of Battles: and at least recommend His own cause unto Him. The Drums having beaten the first March, He caused prayers to be read to himself, by his own Chaplain Doctor Fabritius: and where there were Ministers at hand, the same was done thorough every Regiment of the Army.  
The morning proved so misty, that it was not possible to see which way to march; nor where to find an enemy to strike at. And this (unluckily) stayed the King's thoughts, from advancing presently. This was a fog of advantage, unto Walenstein: who purposing but to stand his ground; (which by working all night about the ditch and highway, his pioneers had made more troublesome to be assaulted) was now resolved; that if he must fight, he would there abide the first shock: and no way to seek the Battle, or to move towards his Adversary.  
About 8. a clock, the mist broke up: and (but for one mischance in it) promised as fair a day, as ever was 6th. of November. As it began to clear, the King took occasion to encourage up his soldiers: and going to his own Subjects first, 
The King's Orations,  he to this purpose bespoke them. My dear brethren; carry yourselves bravely this day: fight valiantly, a God's name, 
to the Swedes;  for your Religion, and for your King. This if you do, God's blessing, and the people's praises, shall be your guerdon: and you for ever shall even be laden, with an honourable and a glorious memorial: nor will I forget to reward you nobly. If you play the Pultrons, I here call God to witness, that not a bone of you shall ever return again into Sweden.  
To the German Troops, this was the Oration, 
To the Germans.  o you my Brethren, Officers and fellow-soldiers of the German nation! I here most earnestly entreat and beseech you, to make full trial of your valours this one day, against your enemies. Fight manfully against them this day, both with me, and for me. Be not faint-hearted in the Battle, nor for any thing discouraged. Set me before your eyes, and let me be your great example: even me, who dreadlessely for your cause, am here ready to adventure my life and blood, to the uttermost of any danger. This if you do, there is no doubt but that God himself, will from Heaven reward you with a most glorious victory: of which both yourselves and long posterity, shall plentifully enjoy the benefits. This if you do not, farewell for ever to your Religion: and your liberties must for ever remain enslaved.  
These Orations of the Kings, being from both nations, with a horrid clashing of their Armour, and with cheerful vows and acclamations, answered; the King as cheerfully then replied. And now, my hearts, let us on bravely against our enemies: and God prosper our endeavours. Sprightfully withal casting up his eyes to Heaven, he with a loud voice thither sent up this forcible ejaculation. jesus, jesus, jesus, 
The King's Prayers.  vouchsafe thou this day, to be my strong helper; and give me courage this day to fight for thy glory, and the honour of thy great Names sake. This Prayer (according to other Relations) I find that he sometimes thus varied (for he led on, praying:) o my Lord jesus, Son of God bless these our Arms, and this day's Battle, for thine own glory, and holy names sake. This said, he drew out his sword, which waving over his head, he advanced forward, the foremost of all his Army.  
His royal person was that day waited upon, 
His attendance.  by Duke Francis Charles of Saxon-Lawenburg; and by some of his Majesty's own nearest servants. The Lord Crailsham also, Great Master or Marshal of his Majesty's Household; had the leading of a body of Reformadoes; which were especially commanded, to wait upon the Kings own person. And amongst these, were our English and Scottish Gentlemen and Officers; whom (as I have before told you) the King had at Schleusing heretofore Reform. Of this Body, (which consisted of several nations) were there still 3. or 4. close about the King, ready to be sent with orders, up and down the Army: who were still supplied by Crailsham. The King was that day attired, as usually he was accustomed, in a plain Buffcoate, and un-armed. Some report, that a tenderness he had in his shoulder, where a Musket bullet had a long time stuck: would not suffer him to endure armour. And therefore when he was this morning desired to put on his Corslet, he said The Lord God was his Armour; and refused it.  
The King's Watchword, was the same which had been of so good an Omen, 
His Watchword.  before at Leipsich, GOTT MIT VNS: God with Vs. The General Walensteins' being now the same, which Tillyes than was; JESUS MARIA. This was the King's order of Embattailing. His whole Army, (which now, after he had left some at Naumburg, and at Weissenfels, was between 17 and 18000 men) he divided into two Fronts; and each of these, into the Wings and Battle; with their Reserves. Each of the Wings, were composed of six several Regiments or Squadrons of Horse; lined with five several Bodies, 
His Order.  of Commanded Musketeers: every one of which Bodies, had two small Drakes or Fielding Pieces, which advanced playing still before them. The Battle in each Front, consisted of four Brigades of Foot: a Reserve of Foot, being betwixt the two middle Brigades of the first Front; and a Reserve of Horse hindmost of all, betwixt the two middle Brigades of the Rear or Second Front. Before each Brigade, marched six Pieces of greater Ordnance: and thus much the first sight of the Figure shows you.  
The Right Wing, marked with the Letter I, was led by the King himself: whose place is to be seen just over the said letter, and number 6. near to the first Brigade. The five Bodies of Commanded Musketeers, all marked with the number 7. were commanded by the Count of Eberstein. The Horse Squadrons of the left Wing, were committed unto the glory of the Day, Duke Bernard of Saxon Weymar: whose place is at the letter K, over the number 12. by the fourth Brigade of Footmen. The five Bodies of Foot in this left Wing, marked with 13: were the charge of the Colonel Gersdorff: The Battle made up of the four Brigades of Foot, was commended to the Swedish Count of Neeles, Colonel of the King's Life-guards. The four Foot Brigades of the Second Front or Rear, were Commanded by Dodo Kniphausen, Sergeant-Major General of the whole Army: to whose fair Conduct, the Victory is also much beholden. The Horse of the Right Wing were entrusted to Colonel Claus Conrade Zorn, of Bulach: by which name of Bulach he is commonly known. The Horse of the Left Wing, were committed to Prince Ernest of Anhalt. The Reserve of Foot marked with 37, was commanded by Colonel john Hinderson, a Scottish Gentleman: and the Reserve of Horse, marked with 38, by Colonel Oeme, of the Palatinate.  
The Imperial Army, had his Excellency the Generalissimo, 
Walensteins' order.  thus ordered. He first drew it all up into one mighty Front: which he then divided into three Bodies. His Right wing of Horse, marked with the letter A, (whose end was near the Town of Lutzen,) was committed to the Count Ridolfo Coloredo, that day Sergeant-Major General of the Army. This Wing, had also its commanded Musketeers: besides some others that were lodged in the gardens, by the town aforesaid. This Wing having also the advantage of the Windmills and their hills, by the towne-side: made use of those natural Batteries, for the planting of 9 pieces of Ordnance: the Mills and Miller's house, serving them also for a good shelter. The Battle or Middle-Ward, marked with the letter B, was commanded by the Duke of Fridland himself, whose place was said to be in the head of that great Regiment of Piccolomini'es Horse, which is in the very middle of the Foote-Regiments, marked with 49. The Left Wing, opposite to the Right Wing, and marked with the letter C: was led by Colonel Hendrick Holck; newly made Lieftenant-Felt-Marshall unto Pappenheim: who but commanded till Feltmarshall Pappenheim should be comen into the Field.  
All this Imperial Order of embatteling, I have presented in one mighty Front: so, namely, as it appeared to the King's people, and to him that took the Figure of it: since (very largely) cut and imprinted in Copper, 
The Figure described.  by john jaacob Gabler of Leipsich: who also by the Kings own directions, and the description of Oluff Hans his Majesty's Enginiers; last year set forth the Figures of the Battle of Leipsich. And the manner of the same Figures of the Battle of Leipsich; we have in this also followed. We know, that betwixt every Brigade of Foot, there should be so much room left, as that another Brigade might advance up between: the distance between them, being the breadth of one of them. But our Cutter (plainly) to make his Figures fairer, hath straightened the distances. And this (I hope) is mended, by telling of. The 2. Reserves also, were to be drawn up between the 2. Brigades that stand next before them: but these we have left behind, as Oluff Hans in the Battle of Leipsich also did: which, I suppose, was there done; for distinctions sake to the vulgar beholder; every soldier knowing the true place of them. The explication of the several letters and numbers, shall follow by itself, immediately after the Figure of the Battle.  
Having thus described the Order; the Field of the Battle would next be considered of. The King had a North-Easterly march of it, from Naumburg towards Lutzen: so that the rising Sun was something within a while, favourable. The wind, also, (that little that was) blew fairly for him: so that the King very joyfully spoke it, I thank God I have both wind and Sun to favour me.  
The Country was a goodly vast level and Campagnia, as Corne-lands could be; even, 
The field described.  as fare almost as the eye could roave over. And yet was the place of Battle subject to as many accidents (and Walenstein was Master of them all) as a plain country almost could be. The King, right in his way of advancing, had a wet ditch (made by hand) called the Flossgraben, cut traverse to him: so that he was fain to edge about to the Right, with his whole Army; to pass by it: and then to edge as much to the left again, to put himself right before the enemy. The Imperial Army was embatteled all along beyond a broad highway, which led from Lutzen unto Leipsich. On this side of this, was there a kind of broad drain or ditch, which served for bounding and saving the ploughed lands, and to keep withal, the Highway the dryer. 
Advantageous for Walenstein.  This had Walensteins' pioneers bestowed some cost upon: so that putting some commanded Musketeers down into it, it served them as well as a Trench or Brest-worke. This was so troublesome for the King's Horsemen, that many of them were overturned and left behind, in the getting over to charge Walenstein: for indeed there were diverse gaps thorough it, which the Horse justling for, overturned one another. The ground also, behind the ditch, had 2. little rise: and those did Walenstein make choice of, for the planting of those Pieces, marked with the letter F, in the Figure. That Part of the Highway also towards Lutzen; had an old Trench or dry ditch, drawn to it; which being nothing of itself, but a Boundary for lands; that also did Walenstein put Musketeers into: which served them like the Highway ditch, for a Parapet or Brest-worke. This is marked with the 
Gallobelgicus Figure of the Battle, hath omitted this Trench. He hath also turned the Highway wrong  letter H. A pretty distance beyond the Highway, near unto the Town of Lutzen, (marked with D,) were there 3. or 4 Windmills: amongst which, the letter E standeth. Behind these, had Walenstein lodged some Musketeers: and the Millhills served as natural Batteries for him to plant 9 pieces of Ordnance upon. Between the Mills and the town, were there diverse gardens with mudd-walls round about them: and in these also, (in one of them 300. being after found dead) had he caused Musketeers to be placed. Leipsich Highway, as it went sloping along: so had he caused his men to bend and hang towards it.  
And now to the Action. The Sun having by 9 a clockc clearly dispeld the Fog; it proved as promising a morning, as ever was 6th. of November: and that commendation should our Almanacs have hereafter given it, but for one mischance in it. And now the King shot his losing or warning-piece; and so advanced.  

The King advances.  Being passed the Flossgraben: He left also the Dorp of Chursitz behind him: betwixt which and his Army, he left his Coach and Ammunition-wagons: of which there were not above 100 at most: the King having left the rest at Naumburg, with no purpose of fight. The King advanced, till he came with the end of his Right Wing, within Musket shot of a little wood: having all the way a full view of the Imperial Army.  
That Walenstein much over-powred the King in numbers; may appear by the mighty long Front that he put out; full 2. English miles, from one Wings end to another. This is also to be considered: 
Walensteins' numbers much more than the Kings.  that Walensteins' (and all the old) Discipline; is to march 10. deep in File: whereas the King, was no more but 6. deep: of Foot (I mean:) and of Horse, but 3. or 4. deep: according as the Brigades were either stronger or weaker. Besides this, that Walensteins' Files were all the way almost as deep again; his Ranks also were in Front so much longer: 
The King enforced to lengthen out his Right Wing  that the King was fain to send for Bulach, and all the Squadrons of Horse, from the Right Wing of the Rear or second Front to imp out his Feathers at the end of his Right Wing: for fear that Walenstein should surround him. These Squadrons when Generall-Major Kniphausen miss out of their places; he sent a Gentleman to his Majesty: to know whither he had otherwise employed them? The King was at the same time, likewise; sending the the Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg unto Kniphausen; to tell him, that he would but use them in that first charge; and then return them back again to their Order. The Duke meeting with the Gentleman, and telling him thus much: both then returned to their places.  
The King wondered not a little at it, when he saw how fair a Clew Walenstein spread: affirming to these about him; That if he had any Seconds behind his first Front; he could not judge him to be less than 30000. True it is indeed, that Walenstein had given out Proviant Comissions for 40000. and sometimes for 50000. people: but yet had he not so many fight men: for that there were at least 10000 women, servants, children, and such Hangs-by, belonging to the Army; which are to be discounted. Besides this, it is to be considered, that Walenstein had but one Front, and the King 2. so that we may well allow Walenstein to be 20000. in the First Front: at the very first ordering of the Battle. After which, accounting those that were still coming in, even till 10. a clock; and Pappenheims' Horse and Dragooners, which came in about one or two a clock: and his Foot, thought to make the second fierce charge towards night: and then (doubtless) these could not be fewer than 10. on 12000. which made up in all, full 30000. fight men.  
The Armies being comen within Cannon shot, the great Ordnance, began to play one upon another, terribly. The Air roared, and the earth trembled: and those manly hearts that feared not dying, were yet very loath to have no more play for their lives, then to be beaten to pieces, with the bullet of a Cannon. And here had Walenstein, surely, a great advantage over the King's Army: 
The Battle begun with great Ordnance.  for his Ordnance being all ready planted upon steaddy and fixed Batteries: the Canoniers traversed their Pieces, and delivered their bullets with more aim, than the King's men could possibly: who gave fire in motion still, and advancing. His Majesty's Cannon, ever as a piece was discharged, was there left to be brought after: the Army still advancing, and marching away from it. Plainly, the King liked not this sport: for that the Imperial Cannon did his men fare more spoil and execution; then he possibly could again return them. Seeing therefore no good to be done this way, he causes his Army to advance upon the very mouth of the Cannon, and to charge towards the Highway, and to beat out those Musketeers, that were lodged in it.  
The Imperial Army stood their ground all this time; expecting that the fierceness of their enemy's charge, would indifferently well be abated, by that time they had beaten out those Musketeers, and had put themselves out of order and breath, with scambling over the ditches. And indeed the place being almost man's height, a many of the King's Horsemen, were there left tumbling up and down; but of the rest that got over, this was the order of their Charge. The commanded Musketeers, and the Foot of the Swedes Brigade having cleared the Highway: the whole Front advanced to charge together.  

The order of the first charge.  This whilst they were doing; the little Drakes or Field-pieces, (2. of which marched before every Body of Musketeers, that lined the Horse of the Wings) were first fired: and the Musketeers at the same time giving their first Saluee: the Horse then charged home upon the Imperial Horse: by the Drakes and Musketeers, something before disordered. This order was held in the first charge, by the whole Front of the Army: but I must now leave the Battle and Left Wing engaged, to speak of the Right Wing first; where the King in person commanded.  
The King at his first advancing, having observed whereabouts in the Imperial Left Wing; (now opposite to him) the Crabats were marshaled; and where the Curiassiers; (who were completely armed in black harness Cap á v) he calls the Finish Colonel Stolhanshe to him, (as 'tis likely he did other Colonels, as he road along:) and pointing to the enemy. As for those fellows (meaning the Crabats) I care not for them; 
The King's speech of the Imperial Curiassiers.  says the King: but charge me those black fellows sound: for they are the men that will undo us. Thus much did Stolhanshe himself oftentimes, (and at table) relate unto diverse Gentlemen of our Nation: Some of which tell the King's words from Stolhanshes mouth, this way. Charge me those black fellows sound: for 'tis prophesied that they shall be the ruin of me. But this word prophesy, others confess that they heard not.  
The King fought at the head of the Smolanders Squadron. 
The courageousness of the King.  Himself was still the foremost: with his pistol in one hand, and his sword in the other; and when his pistols were discharged, laying on, and slashing with his sword: and the enemy giving fire in his face, and laying at him again, freely. Some have complained, that only with the Smolanders Squadron, which you shall find at the number 6. and the Ostro Goths, at the number 5. or at most the Vplanders, at the number 4. did now only advance and charge the enemy. Perchance these 3. now got the start, and were something forward, than the 3. Squadrons of the Ingermanlanders, the Westgoths, and the Finlanders: whom you see in their orders and numbers; 3. 2. 1. towards the end of the Wing. These 3. Squadrons, indeed, fell not on at the same place with the King; but advanced directly upon the faces of those 3. Imperial Regiments of Curiassiers, which you see right before them, at the numbers 56. 57 58. Nor were they blamed after the Battle, for any slackness or not charging: for that the King (as we told you) had ordered Stolhanshe to charge these Curiassiers sound. And as for Bulach and those Squadrons of his, now placed to the right hand of Stolhanshe and his Fins, beyond number 1; they were in the very beginning of the encounter so diverted; that they could not charge right forward as the King expected. And for that, this is the true reason. That Regiment of Crabats in the very end of the Imperial Left Wing, which you see in the Map, at the number 59 did in the very beginning of the charge, wheel about betwixt the Wood, and the end of the King's Right Wing; 
The Crabats wheeling about upon the King's Wagons:  and there endeavour to fall upon the Swedish Ammunition-Wagons, in the Rear of the Army. These Crabats would have made a foul pother among the ammunition, and have blown up most of the powder, doubtless; had not Bulach had an eye to them. He giving a home charge upon them; beat them off from the wagons, for the present: but the Swedish Colonel facing it about, 
are beaten off by Bulach.  to return to his own place again; was by the Crabats charged upon the croopes, and put to some disorder. And this disarray is easy enough to be believed: for that the manner of the Crabats fight, being but for a spirit, and in no good order: whosoever will answer their charge, must necessarily do it in disorder too: or else they cannot follow the Crabats; to do any good upon them. And just now, fell the mist again: which did this good in that part of the Battle, that this disorder among the Swedish Horse, was not discerned; and so no advantage taken of it.  
In this Interim, yea just at this instant; was the King slain: You see so loath I have been to come to it; that I have wheeled about in my Relation, after the Crabats: rather than too suddenly to strike the Readers hearts dead; with the same bullets and wounds, that the King now died withal. But I must come to it.  
The King (as was said) out of the greatness and heat of his courage; having made a home charge upon those iron-men, the Curiassiers, according as himself had spoken to Stolhanshes; he was there overlaid with numbers: for his men being in danger to be hemmed in, both by them and Piccolomini, whose Regiment now also charged: were fain to give ground, and to retire towards their own Bodies again. There did the King receive a shot in the left Arm: which he not feeling enough at first, thought it had been nothing; and would needs have led on still. 
The King being wounded in the fight:  But perceiving by and by his royal blood to gush out abundantly; and that part of the bone was withal broken: he thus calls to Duke Francis Albert of Saxon-Lawenburg: Cousin (says the King) I am sorely wounded, help me to make my retreat. This whilst the Duke, and those that were with the King and him, were about to do, and were already turned, (the Squadrons that the King charged withal, being now also put unto the retreat) there came up to them an Officer or Cavalier of the Curiassiers; who too well knew the King and observed him, when his face had been towards him. This Curiassier, coming behind the King, as he was now retreating; 
in his retreat shot thorough the Body.  This is the right Bird, (says he) with his pistol at the same time, shooting him thorough the Body. But the Curiassier (though this were no sufficient satisfaction for such a King's life) did not carry it away so: for that Luchau who was Stall-master, (Master of the Horse) unto the Duke of Lawenburg; shot him dead presently: 
He slain, that shot the King.  that no man might ever live to glory, how he had slain the King of Sweden.  
The King was held up in his saddle a very little while: but the Curiassiers charged so fiercely in upon the Swedish; that they were not able to bring off the dying King, who fell presently. And plied he was with bullets, even in that interim: his Horse being also shot in the shoulder about the neck; 
The King falls.  who ran homewards to the Swedish Bodies, without his royal Master: even very lately, the soul of all those Swedish Bodies.  
And just now, fell the mist: the Sun, who before shined so brightly, (even almost from the height of his Meridian, it being now past a 11. a clock) on the sudden muffling up his face in a mourning Cloud: as if not able to look upon, the falling King of Sweden. The Duke of Saxon-Lawenburg seeing the King fall, and his men beaten back, gave all for lost presently: shifting himself withal out of the Battle, unto Weissenfells. This made him to be so ill spoken of, 
Saxon Lawenburg gets him out of the Battle.  thorough the whole Army; and to be censured for worse than cowardice: the soldiers not sparing to charge treachery upon him. But this scandal, those that better knew him have thus excused. The troth is, that he had been at Vienna till the end of june before: had since that time served the Imperialists; and was but a fortnight or three weeks since, comen into the King's Army. So that he fearing all lost, gatt him out of the Battle unto Weissenfels; that he might have this to answer to the Imperialists, should they become victorious; that he was not at all in the Battle. But hearing, that night, how the Swedish had the victory; he was by 4. a clock next morning in the field, as forward as the foremost. However, he was the man that first gave abroad the rumour, that the King was killed: and by him was it sooner known in Weissenfels, then in the Kings own Army. This Duke finding no employment, after the Battle, nor great good will among the Army towards him: went after 2. or 3. days, to his Cousin the Elector of Saxony; who sent him to the Army in Silesia, and there he is now Feltmarshall, unto Lieftenant-Generall Arnheim.  
All this while, are the Imperialists masters of the King's body; and of the ground they had beaten the Swedish from. They had the King, I say, in their possession; and there they stripped him first of all: 
The King stripped  every man being greedy to get some part of his spoils, that they might hereafter glory to have taken it, from the King of Sweden. Some got his Spurs: one of which, had the buckle broken of it: a common soldier got his Sword, another his Ring, which was presented to Holck: his Buffcoate, his Hat, and other parts of his ; all were now pillaged from him.  

Why not carried off, by the Imperialists.  And this greediness of the soldiers, (every man to get something) was one of the causes that his body was not carried off, and kept for ransom. Another reason for which might be, that every man believed him not to be the King of Sweden; for notwithstanding that himself told them he was the King: yet diverse (for all that) suspected him rather to be some great man, that said so to save his own life: as desirous rather to be taken prisoner.  
Several reports there went abroad the Army, of the circumstances of his manner of dying. Some relate it thus, that one Truckses who waited upon the King in his chamber, being himself fall'n down wounded besides the King (and after brought off alive) was demanded by an Officer of the enemies, Who the King was? and that ask the same question of the King, he should answer That he was the King of Sweden; whereupon he thrust him thorough the body with a broad sword, and then ran away: for that the Swedes now charged. Not much varying from this, is the Letter of Nicephorus Kesel, Preacher unto Duke Bernard: who names one Loebelfinger (a young Gentleman) in stead of Truckses. 
This Loebelfinger, is son to Colonel Loebelfinger of Norimberg: who was now servant, indeed, unto the Lord Martial Crailsham: and so very likely to be near the King's Person.  Adding that some Horsemen of the enemies a-lighting to strip the dead bodies, asked the King who he was; who answered, I am the King of Sweden; who do seal the Religion and Liberty of the German Nation, with my blood. After which subjoinging, Alas my poor Queen! and commending his soul to God; they than killed this dying Conqueror. For one of the Imperialists at this time shot him thorough the head, into the right temple, the bullet passing again out at the left: another, thrust his sword into his body and right side: and he, or a third; gave him a chop withal in the leg; and so left him naked, with five wounds upon him: 
The dying King wounded and mangled.  the Swedes by that time coming on to charge again. This was reported by the young Gentleman (saith the Preacher) who having there received three wounds, was laid among the dead as one of them, but being afterwards brought off alive, he then reported thus of it. But were it Truckses, or were it Loebelfinger: he is said to have died of his wounds, so soon as ever he was fetched off: so that he had no time nor strength, to tell more of it. That there is a difference in the names, is an easy mistake: especially so suddenly after that huddle. Truckses might report it from Loebelfinger; 
Different reports, reconciled.  or Loebelfinger from Truckses: However, I have diverse Writings that run upon the same thing: and therefore, surely, there was at that time such a belief amongst a many in the Army. This probability is very much strengthened, by the Imperial soldiers own report of it, made at Prague to those Gentlemen of our nation, than prisoners there. How, namely, that the King being first wounded and in his retreat pursued by them, would as they offered to shoot and strike at him, call out and say, That he was the King of Sweden. My Spanish Relation adds this to it. In the beginning of the encounter, one Innocentius Bucela, Comrade to Colonel Piccolomini, knew the King, as he lay wounded and dying upon the ground: whereof giving Piccolomini notice, 
The Imperialists go to see the dying King.  he with ten more went to see the Body, which was yet quivering: and whilst they were about to bring it away; a troop of the enemies charging, forced them to retire and leave it. The noise of his death, was presently dispersed abroad: but yet belief was not fully given to it, for that some prisoners affirmed that he was but hurt, and carried in a close Coach, following his white Ensign. Thus fare my Spaniard. All this might be true. The Swedish prisoners that reported him to be but wounded: were those that were taken so soon as ever he offered to retreat: and before he was shot the second time. But that they said he was carried off in his Coach, etc. was their judgement: that being wounded, it was likely he would go off in his Coach, which at first stood behind the White Regiment.  
What, now, if putting all these together, we should suppose Piccolomini himself and his Company, 
A conjecture:  to be the men, that thus questioned and wounded, the dying King of Sweden? Was it for merely charging with his Regiment, when the King of Sweden was first shot, that Walenstein afterwards bestowed as much Lands in Bohemia upon him, as he was offered 400000 Dollars for, which amounts to 100000 pound Sterling? But this I make but a suspicion, no accusation: nor have I heard it from Prague, that Piccolomini should thus use him.  
Past conjecture it is, that he who could not be conquered, was there slain, and for the principal manner, in this very fashion: in the possibility and circumstances whereof, I for mine own part do rest satisfied. His death was known but to some few, of the great ones, (no not to those of his own Army or Wing, 
The King's death concealed from his own Army. ) for 24 hours after: all believing, what was either by Art or Error, given out; how that he was but carried off wounded. Hence it is, that the Letters written the very same night, speak so doubtfully of his death; or so hopefully of his life: and that those few words, which He is reported to have spoken, when he lay on the ground a dying; were after mistaken to be uttered at Weissenfels, in that 6 hours, or 36 hours, which he was said to have lived. The Royal Corpse; was after a quarter of an hour, recovered by Colonel Stolhanshe: and in an Ammunition waggon (out of which the powder was purposely shifted) was it privately carried out of the Field unto Weissenfels: for that his Coach was run away among others, 
The Body recovered.  in the fright which the Crabats lately put the wagons to. And this long insertion concerning the manner of the King's death, I confess to be rather seasonable, then methodical: 
The Author's excuse.  an Historian (I know) would rather have referred all this, unto the latter end of the Combat. But for that I have still observed, how curiously inquisitive men have been, after the manner of the King's death: I supposed that an endeavour to give content, in that kind, would be no unseasonable didistraction; (though the very heat and fiercest of the encounter in other parts, be a while deferred) to those that so much longed for it: yea more, then for any other part of the Story.  
Return we now into the Battle, and to the Right Wing again. The mist that we before told you of; was not (by their own side) judged to be any way prejudicial, but advantageous rather unto the Swedish: seeing that the Imperialists who had now the better of it, were by the falling of this Mist so arrested, as that they pursued not the Retreat, which they had put the Swedish unto. The rumour likewise of the King's death, made them so to clutter about the Body; that that also stayed them.  
All this while were the four Foot Brigades of the Swedish Battle, pell mel at it: 
The Second charge.  and they (even by my Spaniards confession) got ground apace of those Imperialists whom they had attacked. And now also did Stolhanshe (who certainly had an Item given him of the King's death, or great danger, by Crailsham, Saxon-Lawenburg, or some other) charge so fiercely toward that very place, 
The King's body recovered  that he beat off the Imperialists, recovered the King's Body: which he brought off naked; after it had been a full quarter of an hour in the enemy's possession. And now was Piccolominies Regiment sound peppered: the Swedish both Foot and Horse after an hour's fight, beating all the Imperialists along before them; till they had driven them to the very gallows, which you see behind them. And now did the Swedish get possession of these 7. 
and the Imperialists beaten to the gallows  pieces of Ordnance which you see together at the letter F, under the number 50. which was Piccolominies Horse Regiment. These Ordnance were the easier to be taken, for that they played not, Walensteins' Powder-Wagons were by mischance blown up so that his Cannon were scarce heard of, all the day after.  
And thus ended the second Charge: for by this time was the mist becomne so extraordinary, and by the smoke so thickened, as the Swedes could not see how to pursue their advantage. And here was the mist, becomne as beneficial to the Imp. as it had been favourable before, unto the Swedish. In this time fell there so terrible an affrightment in the Imperial Army; that 1000 or 1500. Dutch Horse, ran all away together. One of them was by a Gentleman of our nation (than prisoner in their Rear) overheard to say: Oh, I know the King of Sweden well enough, I have served him; he's best at the latter end of a day. But the chiefest fright was among the Ladies, the Captain's wives, and other women, then behind the Army. Many Gentlewomen got out of their Coaches, cut asunder the harness, and mounted straddlings upon the bare horse backs, and away they spudded among the soldiers. Now went the Wagon-horses and the Ordnance-horses to it; all were ridden away with. Divers women and children, were there trodden to death: nor would the Horsemen turn head, notwithstanding they heard the charge presently again renewed, and those about the Mills, all this time at it: till they were gotten over a Pass, 4. or 5. English from the place of Battle. The fright so pursued them, though no body else did: that coming to this Pass, the Officers drew out their swords, and slashed and beat off the soldiers, to give them way to get over it. There were at least 4. or 5000. people of them, and they quartered themselves confusedly up and down in the villages which the Boors had forsaken: nor durst they ever return into the Battle. Amongst these was my Author carried away: from whom I learned it. 
Pappenheim renewing the charge;   
After a little pause, the Count of Pappenheim with his Horse and Dragooners, arrived; whom some will needs have, to have been in person at the beginning of the battle. By his coming, was the charge thereabouts renewed. He put himself into the Imperial Left Wing, (which was most distressed, and which had been reserved for him:) to be opposite to the Swedish Right Wing; where he supposed the King in person had commanded. 
is slain.  Just as he was ordering his Horse, he was struck with a bullet of a Falconet, or small Sling-peece about the shoulder; of which he died presently: even so soon as he was taken down from his horse, to have been carried unto Leipsich. This was a brave fight Gentleman: whose body was by Walenstein carried unto Prague; where it was to be seen publicly. The Emperor (as a little French Relation that I have, affirmeth) had newly sent the Collar of the Golden Fleece unto him and Walenstein: which honour, before ever he received; he was in the place where he should have worn his Order, thus dubbed with a Sling-peece. He had make his Will, a little before: had shryven himself and communicated at a dry-Masse: and made this short Testament upon it. His Soul, he commended to God; his Body (if he were slain) to the Emperor: and his wife and children, unto Walenstein.  
He being shot, his Officers flocking about him, 
His men running quite away upon it.  were heard to cry, o our General is slain, our General is slain: immediately whereupon his Horse turned head, and ran out of the Battle without stroke-striking; back again towards the Weser and the Lower Saxony.  
But the Walsteiners, whom Pappenheims' coming had set on; fell to it closely: Piccolomini advanced, and Tersica, with their Cavalry; 
The 3d. charge.  and the Foote-Regiments seconded them with extremity of resolution. And now began the sorest, the longest, and the obstinatest conflict; that had been, since the King was killed. The charge was sustained by the Swedish, with much gallantry: and never was Battle better fought: nor seldom have Battalions ever stood, amongst whom so much spoil hath been committed. Full 2. hours, were they in hot Battle. 
A terrible onset  On this Imperial side was Piccolomini, twice or thrice, shot; Sergeant Major Bruner, slain; and so was a young Count of Walenstein; and if the old one were there, I wonder how he 'scaped pelting. The Abbot of Fulda, was at this charge also slain: and think, then, how many Officers and common soldiers, was it likely that these great Commanders did take along, to wait upon them into the next world.  
On the Swedes side, the chief of the spoil light upon the 2. middlemost Brigades of Foot belonging unto Grave Neeles and Colonel Winckle: which you see at the numbers 9 and 10. The Imperialists charged with so much fury, and with Battalions of 2. or 3000. in a Regiment: that they by fine force drove the Swedish to the retreat, in the plain field; and (as the most say) even then recovered their 7. pieces of Ordnance. Grave Neeles, Colonel of the Life-guards (which is the yellow Regiment) was there shot a little above the knee: of which being carried off spoilt, he after died. Out of this Brigade, did the Imperialists carry away 7. Colours: and to tell the troth, the Kings own company which served here among the Guards, lost their own Ensign or Standard Royal too. He that had carried the Colours, was after seen with his sword in his hand: but his clout was missing.  
Colonel Winckles Blew Regiment, likewise; found as hard treatment. Himself (brave man) was shot in the arm a little above the elbow, and in the hand; and carried out of the Battle. His Lieutenant Caspar Wolff, was slain upon the place, and most of his Colours taken. These 2. Brigades, were of the flower of the Army: old soldiers of 7. or 8. years service, (the most of them) and whom the King had there placed, for that he most relied on them. These old Blades, stood to their Arms, stoutly; and the adverse writers confess, That their dead bodies now covered the same ground, which living they had defended. These were old beaten soldiers, indeed, but it was so long since they had been last beaten; that they had by this time forgotten how to run away. This is the reason that they were so shattered: that when towards night, they were to have fall'n on again: both these Brigades put together, could not make one Squadron strong: which is but the 3d. part of one of them. By this you see, that 5. of 6. were there killed.  
The Swedes Brigade, marked with the number 8. fared something better; because near unto the Horse: and yet there came not above 400. off, alive or unwounded. Duke Bernard's Brigade, marked with 11; was something more out of Gun-shot: for that next the Horse of the Left Wing. Yet here was Colonel Wildestein shot in the breast, of which he after died: Duke Bernard's Lieftenant-Colonel Winckler, being slain upon the place. In this sore bickering, the spoil on the Imperial side, fell mostly upon old Bruners and young Walensteins' Regiments, both which were here killed; with full half, if not 2 thirds of the soldiers. These Regiments performed their duties so valiantly, and Walenstein himself took such special notice of them; that he along time after (if not still) maintained them in his own house at Prague for it. Hindersons' Reserve of Foot, in the mean time, which you see at number 37. had also their share in the knocking: one of the Offices and uses of the Reserve being, still to supply and second where most need is; with fresh men to derne up the holes, and stop up the gaps of the slaughtered. And whereas those 4. Brigades of the Van had so terribly been shattered; Generall-Major Kniphausen, had out of his care sent up these 2. Brigades of the Count of Thurn, and the Colonel Mitzlaff, which you see at numbers 28. and 29. to relieve them. After a while, he sent them up those 4. Squadrons of Horse, which you see at the numbers 33, 34, 35, 
The Imperialists beaten off: and 11. pieces taken.  36. who so well (altogether) restored the encounter; that the Imperialists began to give ground: which the Swedes so fare pursued, till they had recovered the 7. pieces again, and those 4. others which you see at the letters F F, to the left hand of them.  
Look we now aside, to see what was done in the Rear and Left Wing, by Kniphausen and Duke Bernard. Generall-Major Kniphausen having sent 2. Brigades of his 4. and 4. Squadrons of Horse, 
What Kniphausen did,  to the relief of the Vanguard: sent also his other 2. Horse Squadrons, at the numbers 30, 3●. commanded by the Prince of Anhalt, and the Lieutenant of Baron Hoffkirch, unto Duke Bernard. As for the other 2. Brigades of Foot, (his own and Bosens) which you see at 27. and 28 together with Oems his Reserve of Horse, to be found at number 38. these did Kniphausen still keep by him, in the Rear of the Battle.  
Duke Bernard had as hard a Chapter of it, as any man, against the Imperialists Right Wing, 
and what Duke Bernard.  at the Windmills, and (surely) had the most renowned Don Quixote been there, there had been exercise enough for his valour, at these Windmills. Soberly, this was the hardest Post, for advantage of situation, all the field over: and Count Coloredo, as well maintained it against him. Never man did more gallantly behave himself, than Duke Bernard did that day: sure it is, (and himself avoucht it) that first and last, in this and other places, he charged 12. several times, one after another: any of which was a more desperate piece of service, than all Hercules 12. labours; ba●e me but his going to hell to fetch out Cerberus. And Coloredo gave Duke Bernard leave to charge, all: he had so good an advantage, of the 2. ditches and the Windmills; that he would not scarce offer upon Duke Bernard.  

His great valour.  The brave young Duke, pressing on in the beginning of the fight, had set the town of Lutzen on fire: his reason being, that seeing if he would get the Windmills, he must with the end of his Wing, even touch (as it were) the very walls of the town. Should Coloredo, then, have first filled those walls with Musketeers; they must needs have so sorely galled his Horsemen, that there had been no coming near: nor could Horse and Pistols, have done any service against walls and Musketeers. In one of these Charges, did Coloredo so thunder upon Duke Bernard, that the valiant Prince thought it not unsouldierlike done, to shelter himself behind the Miller's House, which you see at the letter N.  
All this time (as we told you) did Major Kniphausen keep his 2 Brigades and Oems his Reserve, together un-engaged: doing no more with them, then fair and softly advance them towards the enemy; at such time as he saw the Brigades of the Van, to get any ground of them. The distance of his Rear from the Front, was about 600. paces: and at that scantling he still kept himself, behind the other. This was no small occasion of the winning of the Battle: seeing that so often as any of the Van were disordered and put to the retreat; they with him, still, found a whole great Body together, unbroken, by the sight, of which they resumed new courage, and were set in order again.  
And very glad was Duke Bernard when in the next breaking up of the Mist, he came and found Kniphausen in so good order; whom (as he openly professed) he feared to have found all to pieces. For now, betwixt 3. and 4. a clock, (which was a little before Sunset) did the Mist break up; and there was a fair half-hour after it. At which time Duke Bernard going abroad, to overview the posture and countenance of the Army: (which since his hearing of the King's death, the mist and smoke had not suffered him to discover any thing of:) he came now along by the Battle unto the Right Wing; speaking to the Officers and soldiers, and encouraging them to a new onset. Plainly he found the whole Army (except Kniphausens' part) in no very good order: which he and Kniphausen (who took much good pains likewise about it) did their best to reduce them to. When the Word was given for a new Charge: alas Comrade (said the poor soldiers one to another) must we fall on again! Come says the t'other (embracing him,) Courage; if we must, let's do it bravely, and make a day out. As Duke Bernard was leading on: the Imperial Generalissimo sent his 2. Colonels Tersica and Piccolomini, to discover in that clear weather, what the Swedes were a doing: who brought his Excellency word again, that they were r'allied together about the Wood, and in very good order advancing towards him.  

The 4th. charge.  This (no doubt) made the Imperialists hearts quake; to think upon the terror of a fourth Charge. And now could the Swedes discover the Imperial Horse, retreating in indifferent good order towards the Windmills: whereupon they bringing forward 10. pieces of Cannon, and turning those 11. likewise upon them, which were before taken: they gave the Imperial Horse such a rousing Salvee of great Ordnance, and charged so upon it, that they put them into disorder. 
The Imperialists beaten to the Windmills.  And here (as my Spanish Relator says) did the Generalissimo light upon a slight fillipp: by a favourable Musket bullet, namely, which made no wound; but left a blue remembrance only upon him. That he was indeed shot thorough the Coat, was at Prague reported: though some would even there say privately, that he was in no such danger.  
And now were the Imperialists beaten round about, even to the very Windmills: the Swedes being Masters of the ground, that they shouldered the others out of. But just now a little before Sunset, fell the fatal mist again: which so hastened on the night, that the Swedes could not well see, which way to pursue their enemies. Duke Bernard in his coming back was thus heard to say, Merciful God but for this mist, we had even now gotten the victory. Hence went he back again over all the Battalians, his own Post again: towards which, he now perceived the Imperialists to be making.  
And now by Sunne-setting, was all the Field clear of the Imperialists, excepting only about the Windmills: and there, plainly, were both Coloredoes and Duke Bernard's men, fall'n off one from another: like 2. Duellers leaning on their swords, to take breath again. Certainly, they had so bangd one another, that neither of both were in order: but either party shot at adventure right forward, and let the bullet find his own way, as it could, thorough that night of smoke and mistiness. Those Musketeers which (we told you) were lodged in the mudd-waled gardens, were seen to give fire, give fire, continually: but no men to be discerned. And the Swedes at adventure shot at them again: and as at night they got ground, they stormed into the gardens; as if they had been so many Castles, Here the next day, were a many found dead: 300. in one of them.  
And just in the edge of the evening, when the Swedish well hoped all had been finished: had Duke Bernard fresh word brought him, that Pappenheims' Foot were even now arrived, from Hall; and were beginning a fresh Charge, 
The 5th. charge.  about the Windmills. Thus ran the Word over the Army, Pappenheims' Foot are comen, Pappenheims' Foot are comen. This the Swedish believed: though Captain Fielding assures me, that the Imperialists at Prague, would never acknowledge it, that the Pappenheimers came at all into the Battle.  
Now was all the service, (after half an hour's silence on both sides;) turned unto the Windmills. The Imperialists courages, like the throws of a dying body; struggled hard, at the last cast, for life; and made, for the time, as fierce a Charge of it, as any had the day before passed. To withstand this, now does Kniphausen bring on his 2. fresh Brigades: with whom are the other 2. of Thurns and Mitzlaffs conjoined, that he had before sent to the relief of the Vanguard: which, indeed, had not so cruelly been shattered. Now also Duke Bernard r'allying all the Horse together, advanced to the Charge. The Imperialists had, anew, put down some more Musketeers into the cross ditch or Boundary of Lands, marked with H: which not a little troubled the Swedish. Once or twice, did they offer to force that Trench, and to Storm over it: but it was so troublesome and dangerous in the dark, that they did but overtumble one another, and were fain to keep on the other side of it, to bring on some Musketeers, and from thence to give their volleys. The best of it was, that it was not above 100 paces distant from the Highway; close behind which, the Imperialists were ranged. That which most galled the Imperialists, was the Swedish Ordnance: which on the Right hand Flancke of them, and on the nearer side of the Highway; were now turned upon them. This most cruel and hot fight, continued till about 5. a clock in the evening: 
The Imperialists give it over  much about which time, the Walsteiners or Pappenheimers or both together; fell off in the dark, and gave it quite over.  
And thus ended this long, cruel, bloody, and bravely fought Battle: which in continual exercise, in one place or other, 
and so the battle ended.  (or at least with small intermissions) had lasted from 9 in the morning until this time. Eight or 9 long hours, was every man in danger of a sudden death: when at other times, he would have thought himself ill handled; by so long a Fit of an Ague. I have cast the whole Battle, into 5. greater and more remarkable Charges: not because there were no more, but for that these were most eminent. And yet, perchance, were not these so distinct Acts of this Tragedy, that they might be said to have begun just now (because the whole Battle was but one continual Charge, some where or other) but for that the greater Heats and Executions; were much about these times, and in those manners, that I have specified. These Charges mostly concern the Battle and Right Wing: for of the Left, I have not such particular Intelligence. If the valour of particular and deserving Gentlemen, cannot here be described: it is for that the malignity of that envious Mist, would not suffer it to be discerned. Assuredly, there hath been no such cruel Fight, that hath yielded so few observations. The Imperialists being marched off; the Swedish (gladder of victory, then of enemies) had neither eyes nor wills good enough, to pursue the Retreat upon them: especially over such troublesome passages, as the Ditch, the Highway, and its Ditch: the Windmills, and their Ordnance: and the Gardens with their Musketeers in them. Nor had the Imperialists, after such an afternoons drinking; any hearty good stomaches to such a supper, as were likely to cost them such a Reckoning. Beating their Drums, therefore, after a while; they sent away their Baggage and Ammunition, and made their retreat towards Leipsich.  
The Swedish at first hearing of the Imperial Drums, knew not what to make of it: but doubted that their enemies meant to retire into the next Dorps; and what they would do to morrow, they knew not. Now were Duke Bernard, Kniphausen and some others, in consultation what to do? Wither to lie all night in the Field, to expect another Charge in the morning; or to carry off their sick and wounded men, and to retire the Army towards Weissenfels. Colonel Hinderson had order in the mean time, to burn the carriages of those 11. pieces of Ordnance, which were taken from the Imperialists: because in the night time, the Swedes despaired of drawing them along with them.  
But Walensteins' self had already yielded up the Field (and the Victory consequently) unto the Swedish: and by this accident, put an end to their doubtful consultation. The Generalissimo, already upon his retreat to Leipsich,) had given order for all the Regiments to follow after him. Hereupon, a Ruiter or Horseman of the Baron of 
* Brother to that Hoffkirch, that served on the King's side.  Hoffkirchs' Regiment, was sent to find his Colonel; and to give him order to go after the Generalissimo. This Horseman (it so chanced) had in the dark stumbled upon the Swedish Colonel Oems Reserve of Horse: which having not been brought to fight all the day, was now ordered to make the Retreat, and to keep the Watch for the whole Army. Qui va là, who goes there? Whom seek you? says Oems' Sentinel: Hoffkirches Regiment, says the Ruiter: Here 'tis, says the Sentinel; and with that brings him to his Colonel. To him he told, that his Generalissimo was gone to Leipsich, and had commanded all to follow him. This being discovered to Duke Bernard and Kniphausen; they concluded the Victory to be their own, resolved to keep the Field; and sent to countermand Colonel Hinderson; who had already burnt one or two of the Enemy's Carriages.  
The Victory was then published thorough out the Army: and Word given, to stay all night upon the Field of Battle. All this night was there a pitiful crying heard, of the dying and wounded on both sides: none being able to find, know, or relieve his friend or Comrade in the darkness. 'twas a frosty cold night: in which many a brave man died of the anguish of his wounds miserably; who might otherwise have been cured: they being frozen to death, by the morrow morning. The anguish and dolour of a wound, is the complaint that Nature makes, for a remedy: but here alas! the confused complain of the wounded, hindered many a man from his friends hearing of him; who might else have given him remedy.  

The enemy's Cannon taken.  The next morning did the Swedish find the rest of the enemy's Cannon, upon their Batteries by the Windmills; which together with those already taken, made up some 20 or 21 Pieces: whereof 9 were Demi-cannon, and the rest Feild-peeces. By which fewness you may collect, that even Walenstein was half surprised: who (doubtless) otherwise, would more sufficiently have been provided. No Wagons, either of Baggage or Ammunition; were left behind: seeing Walenstein had time enough all night, to carry off them with him. Nor were there any prisoners of either side taken, (either for numbers, or persons of quality) worth speaking of. The numbers of the slain upon the place of Battle; is best collected by the burials. The Swedish for their parts, 
Numbers of the slain.  affirm to have buried next day, betwixt 2 and 3000 men: of which the common soldiers were buried in the bed of honour, the Field they died in; being put together by heaps into the ditches by the High-wayes-side, and earth cast over them. The Officers, were buried in Lutzen Church-yard, with some more military solemnity. The Imperial carcases were buried by the Boors of Saxony: which kept tale of 3530. bodies by them interred: besides which, there were some to be seen unburied a month after.  
But besides these of the Imperialists slain upon the place, the Boors had knocked down God knows how many hundred soldiers (2. or 3000. say some) as they fled away straggling about the Country. And the soldiers were even with the Boors for it: for that in their flight towards Bohemia; some would go out purposely upon Partees, to kill Boors: one Captain being heard to profess, That he had that day killed fifty. And thus, both of Boors and soldiers; there might perchance be 2. or 3000. slain after the Battle. The Wounded, were as many more as the slain: but how many of them died after of their hurts, comes not within our numbers. The High Dutch Relation annexed to the Figure of the Battle (which Gallobelgicus hath translated into his Book) mentions 9000. but Fame (I believe) kills more than the Sword, ever. Half of the Swedish slaughter, light upon the Lifeguards and Winckles Regiments: of which more were carried off spoilt, then were slain upon the place.  
True it is, that when 2. days the Swedes overviewed their Army, they wanted about 4000 of their former numbers: but into those are the wounded to be reckoned, which were not then able to muster. The reason now, the slaughter was no greater, in such a long and hard fought battle: was for that there was no chase after the Victory: for there uses to be the terriblest of the execution.  
Of great Commanders slain on both sides; these only do I find mention of. On the King's side. First, the King's Majesty himself: whose death is never enough to be lamented: and to whom the more ingenuous Imperialists at Prague were heard to give this honourable Testimony, That he was the bravest Enemy, and the best Captain, that ever was in Christendom. 
Men of quality slain on both sides.  Next to the King, was Grave Neeles, Nicholas Count of Wesenburg, Sergeant-Major-Generall Isler, and Colonel Gersdorff: with diverse Lieftenant-Colonells, Majors, Ritmasters and Captains; whom I have not heard named. On the Imperial side slain, The Abbot of Fulda by his place a Prince of the Empire. 2. the Count of Pappenheim, 3. Count Berthold Walenstein, 4. Sergeant-Major-Generall Breuner. 5. Lo, Westrumb, Lan, Comarga, Witzleb, and Foves: all (as I hear) Colonels. Together with Borda, Taxheim, Lampert, and Cammerhoff. Lieftenane-Colonels: besides Sergeant-Majors Captains of Horse and Foot, and other Officers. Whereas therefore you have heard of Merode and Gallas, to be wounded to death; I'll assure you they were not in the Battle, nor was Holck wounded to death; nor at all: nor Pappenheim cut off by the middle; nor Isolani slain: which man is still Colonel General of the Crabats; of which nation himself is. Our 2. Countrymen, were his prisoners; and they saw him at Prague: and describe him to be, an old beardless man, full of the palsy; a Gentleman of much valour, courtesy, and extraordinary hardiness of body. As this is true, so believe the rest of that Writer, that told you of the death of those great Imperialists.  
The Imperial Ordnance, whose carriages had been burned; were at the Swedes going towards Weissenfels Novem. 7th. slipped under the Castle walls of Lutzen: into which they put a garrison of 200. Musketeers. For the drawing away of the rest; every Regiment was charged to take care of one: and to lend horses for the doing of it. That night went the King's body to Weissenfels: where they found themselves to have gotten but a doleful and a woeful victory: losing that incomparable Conqueror, who was alone worth 2. Armies. The Royal Body, was carried to Naumburg to be embalmed: 
The King's Body being embalmed:  after which when the Armies went again into the field, the dead King was carried along in his Chariot, marching betwixt the Horse and the Foot, in the middle of the Army. This so long continued, until upon the coming of the Chancellor Oxenstiern, the Corpse was sent with a mourning Convoye towards Spandaw, 
is convoyed into Spandaw.  in his Brother of Brandenburgs' country. And thus died this great Deliverer: which is a higher and a more holy Title, then that of Caesar, or of Conqueror. Thus died he with a victory: which, had he expected but 3. days longer, he had obtained without a Battle. So confident was the enemy that he never durst have attempted them; that the Generalissimo had even already given out Orders, for the dispersing of his Army to their winter Quarters. This is sure: for besides that it is intimated in my Spanish Relation; the Imperialists themselves freely at Prague confessed it. Then had he fall'n in among them, as he thought to have done, the 5th. of November. But he is dead: and that as hearty bemoaned of the Germans, (to say of no more) as of his own Subjects: who yet profess their loss to be unspeakable. And in both their Chronicles shall his sacred memory be made immortal: and his Name shall ever live in their mouths, glorified.  
Speak we now a little, of the distemper in the Imperial Army. When Walenstein first beat his Drums, to retreat to Leipsich: he had purposed to have made no more than a fair retreat indeed of it. But no sooner did his men hear that signal: but they fell to running presently, without expecting further order for their Rendez-vous. 
The flight, and wonderful confusion among the Imperialists.  This fright was so great, that the most of them never came in order again, till they recovered into Bohemia: yea even there, full three weeks after the Battle; were there diverse multitudes of soldiers, and some almost whole Ensigns seen; then first enquiring after their fled Colonels: who had not yet seen their own Regiments. And this was not only so, with a great many stragglers; but even amongst those that were nearest about the Generalissimo: there was not a Regiment (scarcely, if at all) that marched or Quartered in any order; but stragglingly up and down in Dorps, as every man shifted. Once did our Countrymen (that were carried away among them) see 25. Colours of them together: but this was in Bohemia; and the greatest show that they had till that time seen of them.  
Divers Officers confessed, that they had lost 6000. men: which others made more nice of, and professed to have lost but 4000 
Their own confessions of the Battle.  And as freely withal did they confess, that had the Swedes but sent off 1000 fresh Horse after them, they might have cut all the whole Army to pieces. When in their Flight, (Retreat is now too fair a word for them) they came at night to any Quarter; their custom was to stay still there, till some Swedish Horse were heard of, or discovered to pursue them: of which though there appeared but a troop of 40. they had order to hasten away after the Generalissimo. This was the Crabats work commonly: who being of the nimblest Horse; were still left last in the Quarters, and to bring word of the coming of the Enemy.  
And yet durst these, afterwards at Prague, contend for it; That they had as good of the Day, as the Swedish: for which their Arguments were, that they killed the King; much about as many men; and brought away almost 60 Ensigns. Had they only mentioned the King, their argument had been better, than their other reasons can make it. 'tis true indeed that when our 2. Countrymen told Duke Bernard afterwards, that they boasted to have taken so many Ensigns: 
They took more Colours, than the Swedish.  nay (says he) thats too loud: but they have indeed taken 45. and we have 17. or 18. of their Colours. But, now, the loss of their Cannon, their leaving the field unto their enemies; and their right down running away, when none pursued after them: the Court of Vienna itself can never speak with honour of it. 
How the news of the Battle, was resented at Vienna.  And therefore, there was but a faint Thanksgiving made for it: a few pieces shot off, but not a Bonfire that I hear of: and that expression rather for the death of the King, and to make the people; then for the Victory. The Victory, (absolutely,) must all foreign and Neutral Historians, give unto the Swedish: which was such a one, as would have made Austria quaked, had the King surviued it.  
The Generalissimo having taken Sanctuary in Leipsich; there came the next day, some 1000 or 1500. Footmen to him: whereof some had Colours, and other some had lost them. These were the remainders of 40. Ensigns. A little after, 
The way of Walensteins' flight.  came the Lieftenant-Felt-Marshall Holck, with the Sergeant-Major-Generall, Count Ridolfo Coloredo, the marquis of Grande, and some others of great quality. And now also came their Baggage-Wagons: waited upon with a Horse-Convoye. In the night about 6. a clock, were all these commanded to Born, 14. miles onwards of the way, towards Bohemia: the General himself within three hours and a half (the same night) following them. Holck stayed still in Leipsich: who going away next day, delivered up the Keys unto the Magistrates again; with such a like Compliment. That he was now as good as his word, as it became every honest man to be. He hoped therefore, they would speak nothing but honour of him: and show themselves merciful (as became good Christians) unto such sick and wounded, as he left in their town behind him. That day, some 16. or 17. troops of Horse passed by, in sight of the City, with abundance of the Boor's Cattle, going towards their Generalissimo.  
His Excellency, went not into Born, but Quartered that night hard by it. Thence went he to Altemburg; thence to Camitz: thence to Frawenstein: thence thorough the Pass of the Behemer-Waldt unto Diewitz in Bohemia: 30. miles short of Prague City. And now were the shattered troops, dispersed into their winter Quarters: Walenstein himself with the remnants of the 2. Favourite-Regiments, of young Walenstein, and old Brenner, going directly towards Prague City. These 2. Regiments, for their good service at the Battle, & their diligent attendance upon him in the flight: he ordered to wait upon him in his own Palace; and by Squadrons to keep guard about him. They were as his menial servants; they had their allowance for a standing table in his Court; his own people served them: and he himself sometimes would see they had their allowance. These were relieved, (that is changed) every 8. days: and then had every man 6. or 8. Bohemian dollars given him (each worth 3s. English) and their Wives or Wenches half as much.  

Examples of his vast bounty,  Those Officers that did well in the Battle; he at New-yeeres-tide rewarded with Gold chains; with his own Medal or Picture at them: some of them (to the great Lords) being set with Diamonds; and worth 1000 ducats. Thus were all the Goldsmiths in Prague set a work, upon his New-yeeres-gifts. And whereas there was a dispute betwixt Holck and Piccolomini, whose Regiment was that which charged, when the King was slain; he adjudged it to Piccolomini; rewarding him with as much confiscated lands for it, as was better than 100000. pound Sterling. Holck he made Feltmarshall, in place of Pappenheim; who is now the man that can do all in all with him. And hereas the King of Denmark (whose subject Holck is) sent to command him home, under penalty of confiscating his goods: let him (says Walenstein) I'll bestow ten times so much upon him: giving him his choice thereupon, of any of these 4. Cities, Teplitz, Brix, Saiss, and Diewitz: the meanest of which had 16 or 18 pretty villages, belonging to the Lordship of it. And thus much, of the doings of the Imperialists, both in their flight and in Bohemia have I learned from Captain Edward Fielding.  
Those that had done cowardly in the Battle, he said nothing of: but as they came to Prague, he seizes and imprisons them. Of these by Christmas time, there were already 18. apprehended. Of whom, some were Counts and Barons: notwithstanding, which, he February 4th. following, struck off eleven of their heads upon a public Scaffold. 
and severity.  Some inferior people, he hanged and headed in a base fashion: others of their names, he caused to be hanged upon the Gallows, and to be posted up for cowards. One piece of mirth fell now out, as it were to vary this scene of Martial severity. A young Colonel being brought upon the Scaffold, (which was just before Walensteins' window) began aloud; I come here to dye, for running away after my Generalissimo: but the Drums struck up, and the Trumpets sounded upon it; so that the short breathed Orator could be no further listened to.  
And thus leave I our great Imperial Generalissimo: 
The State he keeps.  who keeps a State in Prague: no Majesty in Christendom, comparable to him. About Christmas, was there a fear of Duke Bernard's falling into Bohemia: whereupon such a puzzle there was amongst them, that Potents or Commands were presently given out, for the drawing of 6000. men towards the Frontiers. So easy was it to have conquered Walenstein and Bohemia.  
And now for that the contrarily affected may not say, that my Intelligence is particular, or all from one side: I will here afford them the Relation made by the Spanish Gentleman before quoted; fairly, barely, without additions or alterations translated: the original whereof I am ready to communicate unto any ingenuous Gentleman. Two or 3. other Relations (I confess) I have in French, printed at Brussels: which are so ignorantly and insolently done; that even that side may be ashamed to give credit to them. I have taken nothing out of le Soldat Suedois; for that there's little but words in him. Two or three High-Dutch pieces, and some Latin also I have by me, as foolish as the former: but this only of the Spaniard, I have thought worthy your perusal.  
THE morning began to peep, when news came that the King now altogether in Battell-ray did march up towards us: whereupon His Excellency presently cast his Army into that form, which appeareth in the Figure, leaving a little way on the right hand some Windmills, according to the disposition and necessity of the situation. The King had in the mean while, put his Army right opposite to ours, not full distant the reach of a Cannon: approaching with his left Wing near upon Lutzen; and with the right, touching upon a little Wood: which also was very near united with his Front. In this order did his Excellency stay, till the King should begin to move: we having a small ditch along the Front of our Army. The King moved soon after, with all his forces, making a show that he was resolved to invest us, somewhile upon one side, somewhile upon the other. At length, he set upon us in the Front, and sent his Cavalry of the right Wing, to overturn ours. By reason hereof, we were forced to retire our Baggage which was upon our left Wing, quite behind all our Army, to the end it should not be cut off from us. Thus began the Encounter with equal order, and continual shot of Cannon: which did on each side mutual hurt: every one striving to get forward, thorough the midst of mortality and slaughter of men, for to drive the enemy out of his place. The Earl of Pappenheim came in at the very beginning of the fight, with some Regiments of Horse and Dragooners: whom he instantly carried into the left Wing where it appeared the King did charge with most obstinacy. And here the Earl giving the onsett with his accustomed valour, was in the very beginning mortally wounded by a Fauconett: so that being taken off his Horse to be brought to Leipsich, He ended his life before his journey: This valorous Cavalier having sacrificed himself to God's service and the Emperors, in the most important occasion which ever hath offered itself to benefit the Catholic Religion, and the whole House of Austria.  
In the mean time the Front of the enemy's Army, got ground apace, 〈…〉 Resolution: our Artillery being never able to disorder it though many a shot was made upon it: and being now comen near the ditch which was made on our side, a great number of Musketeers was let down into it, from whence they gave us many good Saluees. But especially did they pour lead, into the Regiment of the Colonel Piccolomini: Who after he had been exposed awhile to the discretion of those Musketeers, determined to set upon them, and to drive them out of the Ditch. And this he did accordingly, with so fortunate a success, that if he had been seconded by other Regiments, no doubt but that part of the Enemy's Army would have been utterly routed. But there being none to backe him, and he fearing to be cut off from the Army, (if he went too fare forwards) resolved to set with might and main upon a Regiment 
* Winckles.  of the Enemies, which He also utterly defeated, leaving it stretched out upon the ground, in the same manner as it had stood before ordered in Squadrons. After Pappenheim was wounded, the Cavalry which he had led, never so much as turned their faces against the Enemy: whereby advantage was given him to get the better of our Foot also on the left side. For all this, on the right side was the fight maintained, with equal and all possible obstinacy: at which time, a news being spread of the King's death, it seemed that the Enemy's Army began to give back by little and little under the favour of a very thick mist which was risen: insomuch that at first, it was not possible to find where it stood: Hereupon, for the present, the victory was held to be ours. We being desirous to go forward to seek out the Enemy, intelligence was had, that he went to rejoin his Squadrons about the Wood side: for which reason his Excellence sent his Colonels Tercica and Picolomini to take more exact notice of what was rumoured. They being passed on a little forward towards the Wood, saw the Enemy in full Battell-ray, marching up towards us: in as good an order as at the first. It was now very near night; and our Army not well joined together: necessity constrained us to make a stay in our own place, near the Windmills, which the Earl Coloredo defended valerously. He being charged by forces, incomparably much greater, should have been forced to quit the Mills, had not his Excellency sent to his succour the Colonels Tercica and Picolomini with their Cavalry, to sustain the shock of those Foot; as in effect they did. It was now upon shutting in of the Evening, when the Enemy beginning afresh a round Salvee of his Cannon, did notably annoy our troops and was like to have done more harm, had not the Night come on. His Excellency, when he least feared such an accident, 
Then was he not in his Litter, as Le Soldat Suedois gears him.  (being now in the Front of the Regiment of Picolomini, speaking with him) was hurt in the left arm with a Muskett Bullet: but (as we may say) almost miraculously: since it did him no other harm, then to leave a black and blue mark behind it. His Excellency showed that day no ordinary valour, riding up and down in the Front of all the Regiments: where from time to time necessity called him: encouraging with his presence, every body to the accomplishment of their duty, being accompanied by the two Princes, brothers of the great Duke of Tuscany, of whom the one called Don Francisco lost his Horse he sat on by a Cannon Bullett. The Colonels Lò and Camargo died on the place Picolomini came off with ten Muskettadoes, five whereof, wounded him in diverse parts of the body; th'other five went no further than his armour. He lost four Horses under him, 
In these four numbers, lies the chiefest of my Author's mis-intelligence, or partiality.  and three hundred of his best soldiers: His Sergeant-Major, two Captains, and most of his officers were hurt. It is thought, that of our side, there died near upon three thousand; but a great many more wounded. Of the enemy's side, were lost near six thousand, and as many more wounded: it having been the most bloody and obstinate Battle, which ever hath been fought in Germany; especially in so small a number of the Imperialists which came not to twelve thousand, where on the other side, the Enemy's Forces amounted to above twenty thousand.  
At length, the fight being ended by reason of the night; his Excellency, was not resolved whether he should keep his army in that place, or else to retire to Leipsich. But having heard the opinion of all his greatest Officers, he determined, with their good liking, to retire to Leipsich, notwithstanding the arrival of five Regiments 
* This sets the report right for both sides. The Swedish say that the Pappenheimers came up in the night: and the Imperialists affirm that they came not to the Battle.  of Pappenheims' now newly comen from Hall. Because it was probable feared that thorough the weariness of the soldiers, the number of the wounded, the excessive cold: and which was most material, lest thorough want of provisions in that place, the soldiers might scatter about the neighbour towns to provide themselves against their wants; and in the morning if need should be, none would be found ready for service. Hereupon our Army after three hours in the night, began to march towards Leipsich: who not being able for want of Horses and Boys (who in the beginning of the Battle, were either killed or hurt) to carry off their Ordnance, left it there in the field; As the Enemy did likewise his own, 
* In these 2. relations of the Swedes leaving their Cannon, and Gallas his joining, he had false Intelligence. But this shows that Gallas was not in the Battle.  marching on towards Naumburg.  
His Highness sent immediately for the Baron Gallas, who joined with him in Bennis with the forces he had: He sent likewise to fetch monsieur Altringer to come to him with his men, with an intent to make another gross, wherewith to go and defeat the troops of the Enemy, which were left afoot. His Excellency now being in Frawenstein, upon the Confines of Saxony and Bohemia, intends from thence to go to Prague.  
In the beginning of the Encounter of both Armies, Innocentius Bucela Comrade of Piccolomini, knew the King; who lay hurt and dying upon the ground. Whereof having given notice to the Colonel; he w●nt with him and ten more, to see the body which was yet quivering: and while they were about fetching of it away, a troop of the Enemies charging, forced them to retire. The noise of his death, was presently scattered abroad; yet belief was not fully given to it by reason of the relation which some prisoners made, as that the King was hurt, but carrried off in a close Coach, following his white Standard. But an ginger entertained by his Excellency, being taken prisoner accidentally in the Battle, and ransomed eight days after; brought undoubted news, that the King was wounded with a Musket in his arm and two Pistol bullets, and fall'n down dead in the field.  
The death of the King half verified the Prognostication of an ginger named David Herlicius of Stargard in Pomerania; who said some months before, that the King should never pass over the Kiver of Elve again: which he interpreting to his benefit; believed he should become Master of the Empire, (as among his Collegiates he was already reputed, 
You have no word here, of the Imperialists arrogating of the Victory to their party. ) and cease to return into Swedland, where is nothing else but craggy mountains. But God who disposeth all things, hath made vain the issue of that hope, and given us to understand, that to him alone is reserved the disposing of Empires.  
Printed with all necessary privilege. In Lisbon. By Antonio Aluarez. 1633. Febr. 16.   

THE EXPLICATION OF THE SEVERAL LETTERS and Numbers, in the Figure of the Battle of LUTZEN.  

The Imperial Army.  
A Walensteins' Right Wing of Horse.  
B His Battle or Body of the Foot: in the middle whereof is one Horse Regiment.  
C His Right Wing of Horse.  
D The Town of Lutzen.  
E The Windmills: upon the higher ground and hills whereof, he had planted some Ordnance.  
F Three other places, where he had planted Ordnance.  
G The Gallows.  
H A dry Ditch or Boundary for lands, which Walenstein made to serve him for a Brest-worke, to lodge Musketeers in.   

The King's Army.  
I The Right Wing of the King's Vanguard; consisting of six Horse Squadrons, lined with five Bodies of Musketeers. This was led by the King himself: whose place is over the letter I  
K The Left Wing of the Swedish Vanguard, composed of Horse and Musketeers, like the Right Wing. Of this, Duke Bernard had the leading: whose place is right over the letter K.  
L The Fluss-graben.  
M The King's Battle or Body of his Army; consisting of 8 Brigades of Foot: whereof 4 were in the Van, and 4 in the Rear. Each Brigade, hath 6 Pieces of Cannon before it.  
N The Miller's house.  
O The town of Chursitz.   
The Numbers of the Van, or first Front.  

The Right Wing.  
1 The Finland Horse, commanded by Colonel Stolhanshe.  
2 The Westgoths Horse Regiment.  
3 The Ingermanlanders Horse. All these six Regiments of Horse of the Right Wing, were the Kings own Subjects.  
4 The Vplanders. All these six Regiments of Horse of the Right Wing, were the Kings own Subjects.  
5 The Ostrogoths. All these six Regiments of Horse of the Right Wing, were the Kings own Subjects.  
6 The Smolanders, Soap All these six Regiments of Horse of the Right Wing, were the Kings own Subjects.  
7 All the 5 Bodies under the number 7, are the Commanded Musketeers: which lined the Horse Squadrons: and were led by the Count of Eberstein.   

The Battle.  
8 The first Brigade of Foot being all Swedish: belonging to Carl Hart, and led by his Lieftenant-Colonel.  
9 The second Brigade of Foot, which was the Praetorian Regiment or the Life Guards, Dutch and Swedish: and led by Grave Neeles, a Swede. This was also called the Yellow Regiment.  
10 The third Brigade of Foot, called the Blue Regiment, led by Colonel Winckle.  
11 The fourth Brigade of Foot, commonly called the White Regiment, the Green says Gallobelgicus. Made up of Duke Bernard's, and Colonel Wildensteins' Regiments: which Colonel, now led the Brigade. Here were 200 Scots in this Brigade.   

The Left Wing.  
12 A Squadron of Horse of Duke Bernard's.  
14 Another of his.  
15 Colonel Karbergs Regiment.  
16 The Curlanders, led by Colonel Wrangle.  
17 The Lieflanders, led by Colonel Tiesenhausen.  
18 A Germane Regiment; led by Colonel Corvile.  
13 All the 5 Bodies under this number 13, are the Commanded Musketeers that lined this Left Wing of Horse: They were led by Col: Gersdorff.   
The Numbers of the Rear, or second Front.  

The Right Wing.  
The Horse of the Right Wing of this Rear, were Commanded by Colonel Bulach, Sergeant-Major-Generall of the Horse.  
19 Duke William of Saxon-Weymars Regiment of Horse, led by his Brother Duke Ernestus.  
21 Lieftenant-Generall Goldsteins' Squadron: led by his Lieftenant-Colonel Rhelinger.  
22 Generall-Major Bulaches own Squadron.  
23 Colonel Beckermans Regiment.  
24 The Landtgrave of Hessens Regiment: made up of two weak Regiments: Colonel Rosteins', namely, and Colonel Dalwicks: this last Colonel, leading the Regiment.  
25 Colonel Islers Squadron: who was a Sergeant-Major-Generall: though now he Commanded his own men only.  
20 Under this number 20, are the 5 Bodies of Commanded Musketeers, that lined the 6 Horse Squadrons.   

The Battle.  
26 The first Brigade of Foot of the Battle, in the Rear or second Front; This was made up of two weak Regiments of the Elector of Saxonyes, and Duke Williams of Saxon-Weymar. This Brigade was led by Bosen, the Elector of Saxons Colonel.  
27 The second Brigade of Foot, belonged to Colonel Kniphausen; Sergeant-Major-Generall of the whole Army: who Commanded all these four Brigades in the Rear of the Battle.  
28 The third Brigade of Foot, led by the Count of Thurn; In this was the Count of Ebersteins' weak Regiment, and some Hassians: which helped to make up the Brigade.  
29 The fourth Brigade of Foot, led by Colonel Mitzlaff: made up of his own, Gerstorffs, and Rosses Regiments.   

The Left Wing.  
30 The first Squadron of Horse of the Rear of this Left Wing: led by Baron Hoffkirck. These were the Elector of Saxonyes' men; which he sent unto the King, then at Norimberg.  
32 A Squadron of the Prince of Anhalts.  
33 The Count of Loewensteins' Regiment. These had no Cornets, for that they were newly levied; and their Ensigns not yet made. They were led by their own Sergeant-Major.  
34 Colonel Brandensteins' Squadron.  
35 Colonel Steinbocks. These being the King's ordinary Guards, were sent for up into the Front, and joined to the Smolanders: the King himself fight at the head of Steinbocks Squadron.  
36 Colonel Sticknits Squadron. Here were some French Horse.  
31 Under this number 31. are the 5 Bodies of the Commanded Musketeers, that lined the Horse Squadrons.  
37 A Reserve of Foot, for the Van of the Battle: led by Colonel john Hinderson, a Scottishman.  
38 A Reserve of Horse for the Rear of the Battle: led by Colonel Oeme, of the Lower Palatinate.   

Walensteins' Army.  
39 3 Squadrons of Crabats, Light Horsemen.  
40 3 Squadrons of Crabats, Light Horsemen.  
41 3 Squadrons of Crabats, Light Horsemen.  
42 3 Regiments of Curiassiers, or men at Arms, being heavy armed Horsemen.  
43 3 Regiments of Curiassiers, or men at Arms, being heavy armed Horsemen.  
44 3 Regiments of Curiassiers, or men at Arms, being heavy armed Horsemen.  
45 4 Regiments of Foot.  
46 4 Regiments of Foot.  
47 4 Regiments of Foot.  
48 4 Regiments of Foot.  
49 A strong Regiment of Horse of Piccolomini's in the head of the Battle. Here ('tis said) Walenstein himself was.  
50 4 Regiments of Foot: with some linings of Horse amongst them.  
51 4 Regiments of Foot: with some linings of Horse amongst them.  
52 4 Regiments of Foot: with some linings of Horse amongst them.  
53 4 Regiments of Foot: with some linings of Horse amongst them.  
54 2 Regiments of Horse with Foot among.  
55 2 Regiments of Horse with Foot among.  
56 3 Squadrons of Curiassiers.  
57 3 Squadrons of Curiassiers.  
58 3 Squadrons of Curiassiers.  
59 Crabats.    

The Swedish Intelligencer.  
THe Swedish Army having stayed 2. days at Weissenfels, after their fatal and mourning Victory; and having in that time, over-viewed and ordered their Army: they not as yet knowing, the fright the enemy was still in; or whither he might call Gallas and his Army to him: resolve to pursue, what the dead King had before the Battle purposed; which was to conjoin with the Dukes of Saxony and of Lunenburg. These 2. Dukes, indeed, had been united with their 8000. men about Torgau; some fortnight or 3. weeks before the Battle: Lunenburg being marched up so fare, so soon as ever Pappenheim had forsaken the Lower Saxony.  
And they now hearing of the Battle, and of the Imperialists forsaking of Leipsich: begin to stir for the recovery of it. Friday November 9th. a little after noon; some 10. or 12. Saxon Horsemen come to the Grimmisch port of Leipsich: where professing themselves to be Imperialists; they are admitted. Being gotten in, some one or 2. of them clog up, and make good the gate; till another troop of their fellows (than hard at hand) were comen into them. 
The Saxons recover Leipsich town;  The Court of guard at the Port, is cut in pieces: and much execution done upon the wearied and unprovided Imperialists. Towards night, the 2. Dukes of Altemburg and Lunenburg, with the 3. Colonels Hoffkirck Tauben & Pfort; attended on by 40. troops of Horsemen and Dragooners: enter also into the City. These taking the absolute possession and Mastery of the Town, give present summons to the Castle of Pleissenburg; where there yet was an Imperial garrison. Saturday being the 10. they order the City, and prepare to besiege the Castle. 
and besiege the Castle.  The 11th. they get up 3. Batteries, where Holck, had before done: and made like his, of Horse-dung and Woollsacks; with boards over them. That day, the Horse marched out of the town: and in the night, 500 Musketeers came in place of them. Some also, were sent from the Swedish Army: that all might join together in the clearing of the country. All this day the ordnance thundered so upon the castle, that a piece of the Bulwark was beaten flat down with it. Monday, being the 12th, the castle, about noon, was again summoned: but the Governor Mozer, not only sent his denial to those Summons; but to all that should be made afterwards: which was, a vow to live and die in his own defence: and as for mercy or conditions he expected none from them: nor would he accept of any terms, but what himself should offer them. Now therefore are the ordnance set to argue the case forboth parties: at which mooting: we, for a while, leave them; to tell what was in the mean time done in other parts of the Country.  
The Swedish Army being parted from Weissenfels, and Naumburg; 
The Swedish and the Saxons join.  Saturday November 10th. arrived at Pegau. The next day, they move to Born: and (thence as we told you) are some forces sent to Leipsich. Generall-Major Dodo Kniphausen having intelligence with the Burghers of Frieberg: reprises that by an Aenslaught; and cuts of some 3. or 400. Imperialists in it. Duke Bernard does as much, to 2. or 300. Crabats, in another little town thereabouts. Monday November 12th. the Army marched to Grim; where they found themselves to be some 12000. and hither came the Saxon and Lunenburgers Army to join with them. And now it is amongst them resolved; either to pursue the enemy, if he any where durst in the field abide them: or else to reconquer those towns of the Duke of Saxonyes: wherein the Generalissimo had left any garrisons.  

Chemnitz recovered.  Chemnitz is now first set upon, 30. miles up the same river, due South from Grim, towards Bohemia. Here were the remnants of the 3. Regiments of the dead Comarga, Palant, and Contreras. Some service was on both sides done, before the town would render: but my purpose being but to relate things brieflyer, now since the King's death: I shall only afford you the general Acts and Articles. Upon these conditions, was the place rendered.  

and the conditions.  1. That the Imperial Governor should give over the town; and leave all his Guns, Ammunition, Victuals, and Ensigns unto the Swedes and Saxons.  
2. That no Protestant, were he Ecclesiastical or Laye-person; should be forcibly carried away by the Imperialists: nor should any harm or damage be done to them.  
3. That the Imperialists should not, (either now or hereafter) make demands to the Elector of Saxonyes' subjects, of any thing due for Contribution or upon any other colour: nor should be troublesome to them for that matter.  
4. The Governor, so soon as ever the Articles were signed; should deliver up the town keys: and should draw up all his soldiers together into the place of Parado, in the market-stead: and that without matches lighted, or any corn of powder, or bullet of lead, about them.  
5. Both Governor and soldiers, ecclesiastics, sick and wounded people, should so soon as ever they requested it; have leave to go out of the town: but yet without sound of Drums and Trumpets, and with no other weapons, but their swords only.  
6. The Governor should have leave to carry away his own baggage, upon his own Horses and Wagons: of which, none of the other Officers, should have more than one apiece. As for the common soldiers, they should carry away no more, than they could bear upon their backs.  
7. If any of the garrison were disposed, to turn to the Protestant Party: the Governor should attempt nothing against them, in prejudice either of their lives or honours.  
8. The Governor and his soldiers should be convoyed as fare as Frieberg: who should be bound from plundering or burning any thing by the way, in the Duke of Saxonyes' Dominions. And in lieu of the soldiers that should convoye them, they were to leave pledges for their safe return: after which; the pledges should have their Passes.  
9 In these Articles, should not those common harryers' and plunderers, the Crabats; by no means be comprehended.  
10. If in any tittle, these Articles should be proved to be infringed; the Governor was to be laid hold of: and the conditions to be of no force, against the besiegers.  
Shall I call these 10. Articles, or 10. Commandments? for as yet have I seldom read, that any enemy did not scorn to yield up his town, upon such unsouldierly and dishonourable conditions: who was not forced by Storm, to yield at Mercy. Look all History over; and you shall hardly find me 10. such Articles: scarcely worse; and upon that, I dare give you the book you find them in. By this you see, what estate the Imperial Army was in. Let all that side hereafter, forbear to say, that theirs had the victory at Lutzen; seeing that so suddenly after it, and within 25. English miles of Bohemia; 3. Imperial Regiments did yield up such a town, upon such pitiful conditions.  
Chemnitz being taken; the Swedish Army is divided: Generall-Major Kniphansen, 
Kniphansen goes to Leipsich Castle.  being with some forces sent to Leipsich, to hasten on the taking of the Castle: whilst Duke Bernard sent out Partees every way, to scour the coast of the Imperialists. Kniphansen being comen to Leipsich; and some greater pieces of Battery brought thither from Dresden; the siege is gone on more sadly withal. I find (I confess) writing for 2. or 3. sallies made by the Imperialists: and of an offer made by the besiegers, to break the ground and to begin their Approaches, (one Moonlight night) right against the Thomas Gate. But I writ no more particulars. Let it suffice to know, that on Sunday December 2d. the Governor Mozer (for all his stoutness) as fain to condescend to these 9 
Pleissenburg Castle taken,  Articles: which had they been of his making (which he before protested to stand upon) I suppose they would have been more favourable to his party.  
1. That the Governor with his Officers and soldiers, that defended the Castle; as also the ecclesiastics, 
the Conditions  sick and wounded people, shall departed out of it the day following.  
2. The Governor shall be bound, either this night, or to morrow morning; to deliver up his prisoners, whither Churchmen, or of the Laity.  
3. That neither Governor nor soldiers, shall now or hereafter, pretend any thing upon the subjects of the Elector of Saxony.  
4. The Governor and his Officers shall have leave to carry away their own baggage: provided there were nothing amongst it, belonging unto any of the Electors subjects. As for the common soldiers, they shall march out with no more, than they could carry upon their shoulders.  
5. The Governor shall leave all his Ordnance, Artillery, Ammunition, Provisions, Armour, and whatsoever else was necessary for defence; behind him in the Castle.  
6. And so shall he do with his Ensigns, if he hath any.  
7. The Governor shall not only be bound, but give sureties for it; that he should have no powder-mines in the Castle: nor should his soldiers do any other wrong to it, at their departure.  
8. The Governor shall pretend nothing, either against their lives or honours; that were disposed to turn to the Protestant party.  
9 Lastly, That by virtue of this agreement, the Governor with his Officers and soldiers, might freely come out of the Castle; and should have a Saxon Convoye, even to the Frontiers of Bohemia: provided that he left hostages for the return of the Convoye.  
Articles, within a very little, as lowly as the former: and yet upon these was Pleissenburg Castle rendered, December 3d. being Monday. The Saxons having delivered the Imperialists upon the Frontiers of Bohemia; the Boors there, not suffering them to enter: beat them back as fare as Annaberg in Misnia: where they were forced to become Swedish. This I find writing for: but I wonder how Walenstein would use these Boors for it?  
I pass by smaller rencounters; because I hasten (like the Swedish) to clear the greater towns, of the Imperialists. And they, it appears, made such haste to do it, that they gave fare better conditions to the next town, (for a packing penny) than they had done to both the former. 'twas now in the depth of Winter; when as the soldiers would fain be in their Quarters; and their two Commanders (Duke Bernard and Kniphansen) at Dresden. Thither the Protestant Princes, began to come and send, to the holding of a Diet: and to consult together, how the Wars were to be prosecuted, now after the death of the great Director of the War; the incomparable King of Sweden.  
Pleissenburg Castle being taken, and restored (like Chemnitz) to the Elector of Saxony: Generall-Major Kniphausen goes with the Army unto Zuicka; which by this time Duke Bernard had given a girdle to. And now are the Saxon Forces, returned again towards Silesia: for that thereabouts, the Imperialists began anew to bustle.  
The Baron de Suvis, was now Governor of Zuicka: and he preparing for defence, burns down the Suburbs; fortifies and man's the great Church, the Town-house, and Castle. Duke Bernard and Kniphausen (to be brief) making up Batteries of Timberwork; upon the fifteenth of December, 
Zuicka rendered,  began to talk in the tone of thunder to them: By this, in ten days space, the besieged were brought down to lower and milder language: and contented upon Christmas Day, to take this cold Pie to their dinners. Then were these Articles concluded upon.  
1. That by 5. a clock on Saint john's day in the morning, the Governor and soldiers, 
and the conditions.  belonging either unto his Imperial Majesty, or unto the Catholic Leaguers; should with flying Ensigns, Drums beating, matches lighted, bullet in the mouth, and full Arms; depart out of the City: carrying along with them, some field pieces; of powder, bullet, lead, and match, of each 2000 weight.  
2. That the Foot forces, shall take all their Horses, Wagons, Baggage, Movables, and their Leaguer-servants; along with them, without molestation.  
3. That the Horsemen, servitors either to the Emperor or the Leaguers, of what nation or quality soever they are; shall have leave to march out completely. That is to say, with Horses, Saddles, Pistols, Carabines, and Cornets: and with their Baggage in like manner, as was granted to the Foote-forces.  
4. That the Imperial Commissary Conradus à Schleisburg; shall also be comprehended in the Treaty.  
5. That the sick and wounded men, shall go out upon the same terms with the other: who if they want wagons to carry them away; the Duke will please to allow them some: or else to suffer them so long to stay in the City, and be carefully looked unto, till they be thoroughly cured. After which, they shall be suffered to departed, without molestation. To this end, shall order be given to the Swedish and Saxon soldiers; that the Baron De Suvie and his soldiers (Horse and Foot) be suffered to departed, without wrong or molestation.  
6. The Swedish assure also, that they shall not go about, either by money or other ways; to debauch or inveigle away any of the Imperial soldiers, into their service.  
7. The departing Imperialists, shall have a sufficient Convoye, (of 2. or 300. Horse at least) under some Commander; to guard them as fare as Preswitz in the way to Commotha: who shall not enforce them to march above 2 Dutch leagues a day.  
Upon these honourable conditions, went the Baron De Suvis out of Zuicka: attended with a garrison of 1150. Foot, under 5. flying Ensigns: and 600. Crabats, with some other Horsemen. Two hundred and fifty Waggons-loade of Baggage and Ammunition, he had along: and was, in state and leisure, conveyed into the very borders of Bohemia. The Swedish, towards the end of the Market, were contented to afford good pennyworths: for this being the last town of the Elector of Saxonyes, possessed by the Imperialists; the countries of Saxony, Voitland, and Misnia, were now quite cleared of them. 
The Army put into Quarters.  And then was the over harassed, tired, and victorious Army, put into their winter-Quarters.  
And by this time was that wise Statesman, the Rex-Chancellor Axel Oxenstiern, 
Oxenstiern coming,  comen into the Country. He first convoking the Military Commanders, unto Altemburg, (as I take it) some part of the glorious Conquerors Will and Testament, was made known unto them. And whereas the King in his life time, 
the Army is, divided.  had appointed Dodo Kniphausen to go with an Army into the Lower-Saxony; and to have the Title of a Feltmarshall: the Swedish Army is thereupon divided; part remaining to that valiant young Prince Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, and another smaller part, going along with the new Feltmarshall.  

Kniphausen made Feltmarshall: and sent into the Lower-Saxony.  Both these Armies, (as also all those other of the several Swedish Commanders about Germany) were to take their orders and directions, from the Lord Chancellor: who was to command all in chief; by virtue of the Commission which the King had given him: of being Ambassador to the Armies. This is that ancient and honourable Title among the Romans, called Legatus ad exercitus: For the pleasure therefore, and better understanding of the Readers; give me leave to rubbe up my old notes, and to deduce this Office from Antiquity.  
The Roman Senate, still used to send some of the prime Nobility, and skilled in the wars, unto the General: whose counsels and directions he was to have regard unto, in all but in the manner of fight the Army. 'twas the honourablest military employment of all, and the most reverend. The Ambassador to the Armies, hath in him both the power of a General, and the sacredness of a Priest: says Dionysius lib. XIo. speaking of Lucius Siccius. Hence the Greeks' styled them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; Elders and Counsellors. When there was a Roman Dictator (an absolute sovereign and Military Emperor, or more) than he appointed this Ambassador. Then also he commanded him: and so did the Consul too, when he was abroad as General of the Army. Dolabella me sibi Legavit; says Cicero, Consul, General Dolabella, hath appointed me his Ambassador. Their place was above the Tribunes. They were chosen out of the Senators: and when there was no Dictator upon the Army; then had they a solemn election by the whole Senate. Legati ex Senatorum ordine: and, ex Senatoria authoritate legarentur, says Cicero. Chosen out of the Senate, and by it. Legati, publicè lecti; quorum operâ consilioque uterentur, peregrè Magistratus. They were chosen publicly: and the Magistrates sent abroad into the Provinces, were to use their counsel and assistance. Cicero in Vatin: calls them Nuncios pacis & belli: Curatores, Interpretes: bellici consilij Auctores; Ministros muneris Provincialis. Heralds and Denouncers of peace and war: Curators and Interpreters, Authors of military directions; Administrators of the affairs in the Provinces.  
In this they differed from the Imperator or Great General. Aliae sunt Legati parts, aliae Imperatoris. Altar, omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter liberè ad summam rerum consulere deb●t, says Caesar: The General is to execute according to the words of his Commission: but the Ambassador, may extraordinarily give his advice, upon the highest point of the business. In the General's absence from the Army, the Ambassador kept the state: he had his Lictors and his Secures; his Sergeants with the Axe and Rods to go before him. Verres in Achaiam, sumptu publico & legationis nomine; eum imperio & securibus missus est: says Cicero. Verres was sent into Achaia upon the charges of the Commonwealth; and the title of an Ambassador: with command and state.  
There were 2. degrees of these Ambassadors, among the Romans: Consulares, and Praetorij. The first sort, was for the whole Army: the other were but Deuces, Colonels to their Brigades, Regiments, or Divisions. Augustus Caesar, did all abroad in the Provinces, by the first: whom Tacitus calls Consulares. And of this dignity (as near as ancient orders may be compared to new imitations) is the Lord Axel Oxenstiern, Baron of Kimith, Lord of Fiholmen and Tydoens, President of Lapland and of the North Marches, Knight, etc. Councillor and Chancellor of the Kingdom of Sweden; and Ambassador General unto the Armies in Germany.  
And here must I conclude my Story (my unpolisht and unworthy Story) of the most incomparable valiant and good Prince; that ever (yet) honoured any age or Story. The Protestant and well affected party (me thinks) may well be compared unto the 2. Books of the Prophet jeremy. Experience, is a kind of Prophet. People, therefore, certain in experience of what he had done; were so strong in hopes, of what he would do: that they even seemed to prophesy. But now, alas! when their hopes are failed, they conclude with jeremies' Lamentations: josiah is dead, and well they may lament him. How likely, (had God spared him life) he was to have fulfilled all men's hopes;) and how deservedly, he is now to be lamented: See here (good Readers) by this following, course Character of him.   

The Character Of the High and Mighty Prince, and most victorious Conqueror Gustavus Adolphus, King of Sweden, etc. Wherein the best of those conceits, in Le Soldat Suedois, are not neglected.  
THat this Prince was a Descendant by the Male-line, not from a Kingly Stem, only, but from a Family of Deliverers: and that his Nobility by the 
* By his great Grandmother; descended of the ancient Gottori and Fu●cones, Dukes & Kings of Sweden. His Father's line being from Trolle and the Trollioes, Knights and Councillors of Sweden, of 400. years standing. A Knight, of a Knight's family there; is equal in esteem with them, as amongst us those are, of the Garter.  Females, is of a more ancient extraction, than the vulgar Heraldry hath yet taught us: are the advantages of his Birth, the additions to his Inheritance, and the commendations of his Fortune. Nor could less be expected to the propagating of such a Prince; then a Crowned Merit and Nobility; in his Ancestors. And that, not of the first head only: lest it should have been mistaken for a chance of Natures, and not an Industry: but to produce the Conqueror of Germany, there was the preparation of many Ages, required. Like as in the delicatest Fruit-trees: 'tis not enough, that the Cyon be of a noble Stock; but that it be bettered by many Engrafting and Remove. Ancient, descending, and continued Merit and Nobility, derived from the loins of many Ancestors: nothing less could have begotten such a King of Sweden. Sweden glories in his Birth; 
He was borne in December 1594.  that's Her honour: but his Pedigree and Alliances, are from Germany. The more kindly and natural, therefore, was his ambition to deliver it; and the less exception lay there, to his being a Stranger. To be a sign, of whence he was descended; were his 2. names given him. Gustavus, hath been the ancient Christian name of diverse of the Kings of Sweden: though none of them till his carrying it, put the world into the conceit, that it was the Anagramme of Augustus. Adolphus hath been the bearing of the Houses of Holstein and of Mecklenburg; from both which, he lineally was extracted. So was He borne, and thus Christened.  
His youth was bred up, with royal exercises: such as might season him with Virtue and Religion, and prepare him for grand businesses. His body, though brought up, Princely; yet not Cocknied up, tenderly: nor with too much soft, and warm, and gay, and sweet; effeminated. The Poets fain, that Mars was borne in this Country: who had never proved the God of War, had not his body been enured to the Frost, and Ice, and Rocks, and hardship of this Northern Climate. His spirit, was by the tutorage of the best learning and examples, elevated; to esteem no good design too high for him: fortified with a courage, that knew not how to stoop beneath a King; and (like his sword, afterwards) tempered with so irresisteable, and steely an edge, as should cut thorough all dangers and necessities. At home, he learned Latin; in Italy, Mathematics; other where abroad, the French, Italian, and German languages: all which as he learned very readily, so he spoke as promptly and elegantly. Travail refined and furnished him: yea he privately travailed Germany, under the concealed name of Mr. 
* This assumed appellation, was made up of the 4. first letters of his Title Gustavus Adolphus Rex Suecia.  GARS, even after he was King of Sweden.  
At 16. years old, he was not only a soldier, but a Colonel; and though the youngest, yet (perchance) not the unskilfullest, of his Father's Army. Next year, which was Anno 1611. King Charles his Father died: when himself, then but a Minor of 17. years of age, was called to the Kingdom. The entry into his reign, was the trial of his education: his Father left him embroiled with the Dane and Muskovite; and shortly after, began the Polander to confront him. The pretences of these Princes, were indeed much different: but in the ruin of a young King, they all had the same intentions. Poland claimed the Crown; Denmark and the Muskovite; put in to recover what bordering lands they had before claimed; and which, had either been conquered from them, by his Ancestors, or freely for merit granted them, by the others. I will not write a Story, where I intent but a Character. Let this suffice to know; that he gate the better of all 3. Nations, both upon the green grass, and upon the green Carpet: in the field, I mean, and upon the Treaty.  
Two of his young scholar's prizes, 'ttwere pity to pass over. In his war with the Muskovite, he would needs lay siege to Notteburg Castle: 
Anno 1617.  which among other lands, the Muskovite had granted his Father, for his service. The place of this, is upon an Island; in the middle of the mouth, of the most raging swift river of Nerva, and at least Culverin shot, from either shore of it. His Colonels, not willing their young King should receive a check in his rising fortunes, by attacking an impossibility: dissuade the Action; himself only remaining constant to pursue it. See how God Almighty made our young josua, to be honoured among his people. The Muskovites proved to have such thrushes, 
See the book called Descriptio Regni Sueciae.  and warts, and blisters, growing in the insides of their throats and mouths; that they could neither feed nor swallow: so that having abundance of Ammunition, and a whole years victuals by them; yet came they out and yielded up the Castle to him. An impregnable piece! which could neither be battered, starved, nor have a bridge laid over to it. That year, took he another Castle, almost as strong: whereupon the Muskovite was glad to make King james his good friend, to procure his peace with the young Sweden.  
Some while after this, had he a difference with the Dantzickers: who maned out 20. or 30. good Ships of War; with the first opening of the Spring, to have burnt up his Navy in the Harbour. 'twas about the end of winter then, when his long and narrow Swedish Sea, was a yard or two deep frozen. This Ice, our young King causing his Boors (for 10 or 12. English miles together) to cut open; came with his Fleet in the night, upon the Dantzickers; and burnt, sunk, spoilt, or took the most of them.  
In his Wars with his Uncle Sigismond King of Poland, he conquered so many towns from him, both in Prussia and Livonia: that the Pole was enforced to request the mediation of King Charles and the French King, to make up a peace for 6. 
Sir Thomas Ro● was our King's Ambassador.  years betwixt them: which he afterwards desired to be perpetuated. This was concluded September 29. 1629. King Sigismond acknowledging Gustavus Adolphus to be King of Sweden; and in his Treaty, so styling him.  
And thus, wheresoever this young Mars entered; the dread of his Arms and Name, were as full of terror to the enemy-Country, 
Annibal ad port●●.  as Annibal sometimes unto the Romans: nor ever returned he out of them, but with the Olive and the Palm branches; the Emblems of Peace and Victory.  
But these Northern Trophies upon his next neighbours, though they had much of glory; yet have they much of Credit and possibility, also in them: but Chronicle and Belief must strain hard, to make his German Conquests any thing probable, with posterity: and were they not written in the times of the doing, and acknowledged by his enemies: scarcely would the Legend be more Apocryphal. For what credulity, (not facile to be abused) could persuade itself, that 2. third parts of Germany, could (and by him that entered but with 11000. men) in 2. years and 4. months space, be wrested from so puissant an Emperor? A mighty Empire and a Potent; formidable for its greatness, confident upon the power of its Colleagues and Upholders: vast in its extent, terrible for its Arms and Captains; renowned for its Conquests, beyond expectation, successful in all its enterprises: and that knew no bounds, but the Alps and the Ocean. And yet this Empire, which either with its Armies, or garrisons: if not by a cheaper way, the mere reputation of what it had, or might do; held so many Princes at a Bay: was itself constrained to take on the yoke, which Swedens' Gantlett put upon it. In less than 2. years and a half, he did all this: what might He more have achieved, had he gone on another year and two months: and filled up the time of that malicious and false prediction, which the jesuites had cast abroad of him? They comforted their credulous Novices, with his being Antichrist; and that he should reign 3. years and a half, and no longer.  
The belief of his conquering so much, will be the more facilitated: if we could but conceive (once) his familiar way of doing it: he made but a Comedy of the wars: which others are so solemn upon; and make so full of Tragedy. I will give but two examples. Coming before Elbing with an Army, scarce so strong as their garrison; he after Summons and Hostages; worms out by fair words, the Burgomaster and some great ones, to his Tent unto a Parley. Himself, in the mean time, with some few of his Gentlemen, goes to the Ports and desires to come in as a travailer, to please his sight with the rarities of their City. Such pleasancy of words and conceit he used, that the Citizens were as desirous to see the King of Sweden, as he to take their City. Being in, he walks gazing up and down, the people flocking still after him. Now in truth good people (says he) if I had thought you had desired to see the King of Sweden, I would have put on my best  to day. What need you fear me? my Swedes and Fins shall be your drudges, cleave wood, fetch water, and do you any servility: and with that he calls a stubbed Finn to him, and commands him to remove some lumber, or piece of rubbish. This said, he goes into a Stationer's shop, and there calls for Buchanans' Poems: just as in such a case Alexander sometimes did, for Homer's Iliads. And thus the Burgomaster knowing, that the King was in the town; and He being sure, that the Burgomaster was in His Tent: the composition became the easier. At that very strong town of Konigshoven in Franconia, after this; showed he another example of this facetious facility. Having summoned the town, he rides up along towards the Ports: where when he saw the guards blowing their matches, and making ready to shoot him: Sacrament (says he) if you make but one shot, the King shall know of it; and he hath vowed that not a man of you shall have Quarter. But if you will treat fairly, you shall have your own conditions. This was his order (mostly) in taking of a town: he would not stand entrenching and building Redoubts, at a miles distance: but clap down with his Army presently, about Cannon shot from it. There would he begin his Approaches, get to their walls, Batter and Storm, presently: and if he saw the place were not by a running pull to be taken: he would not lose above 4. or 6. days before it; but rise and to another. And thus did he at Ingolstat.  
'tis a hard task to give you the just portraiture of this Prince: he was so perpetually in action, that he seldom gave himself time to sit, to have it taken. But these (in general) are the rough drawings of his personal excellencies. He bore a Port and Presence, full of a gracious Majesty; full flesh, and faced: a rich and a gallant stature, 2. yards and above: a hawks eye; the world thought an Eagles. His more than flaxen-coloured hair, inclined to the colour of Apollo's: a sign he had much of the Sun in him. His tone of speech, was of a manly and a masterly pronunciation: and his answers were quick, full, smart, but not gibing: clean limbed he was, strong, active, and hardy: made up as fitly for a King, as for a General. But for the guest that reign in this Palace, & actuated it; his mind, and his spirit: that's to be best guessed at by his Conquests. An undaunted courage, a strong judgement, an admirable quickness of conceit, a natural vigilancy and indefatigableness, a marvelous forecast, with the best advantage to apprehend and dispose of his occasions: these were his personal forces, that conquered so much of Germany. Look else into his Leaguer. See there his encamping, his fortifying, his new ways of fight, and embatteling; his orders, his provisions, his directions, and the soul and spirit of all these, his own diligences: and then tell me, how he were easy to be resisted. An excellent dexterity beside, was he endowed withal, to extricate and untangle the Gordian knottiness of a business; the master-spirit he had, over all that came before him; a gift, withal to take the advantage of men's humours; and a native attraction in him, to win hearts, as well as Provinces. A great Student he was, upon any business of importance: and when his Chancellor was with him, a diligent disputer and Canvasser of the Answer, which he was to give to Ambassadors.  
He would have the projecting of the design, still to pass from his own invention; seldom calling a formal Council of War; and yet not despising to ask upon the Buy, the advises of his Commanders. He contented not himself to be the General of an Army, but he would be a Captain, yea a Sergeant of a band; an Engineer, a common soldier, a Cannonier: all, or any thing. The surprise and suddenness of a danger, seldom astonished his judgement: but the more desperate the peril were, the nimbler, commonly, was he in his deliveries; still showing most vigour, where there was most need of it. There was not an enterprise to be gone upon, not beneath the honour of a Colonel; but let the danger be what it would, he would lead on the Partee. And 'twas an astonishment to behold, that he was not only not worn out with the affiduity of his labours and his hardships; but that he battned and grew fat upon action: coming fresh off from one, and still pressed and ready for another enterprise. He grew fat, I say, not with eating and drinking; no Prince was more temperate than he, those ways. His feeding was upon strong and soldierly dishes: not such delicacies, as were dainty of taste, and easy of digestion; but such lusty, bearing meats, as would increase strength, and make resistance in the stomach. Drinking, he was not taxed for: and notwithstanding it be the Northern way of sinning; yet came not he to outdrink the Germans: they were not that way to be conquered. Briefly, that Northern corner of the world, hath not brought forth a Prince of his temper, and temperance; or a man so generally well put together, in all imaginable abilities and perfections; to make a General of. And so much, have the contriving and conduct of his designs, manifested; which he had even almost given their period unto.  
I have left out the best part yet; and that was his Religion: his devotion in his Religion, (public and private) and his frequent Prayers and Thanksgivings, (especially upon all eminenter occasion) were the things that rendered him admirable. He would pray a shipboard, and a shore; in the Field, and in the midst of a Battle: as if Prayer alone, were the surest piece of all his whole Armour. And in his open Prayers, this one thing is of all the rest, most considerable; That as other times he had sworn, publicly sworn; that his purposes were not to Conquer, but to Deliver: so in his Prayers for divine assistance, would he boldly appeal to God the searcher of the hearts, that He knew his intentions to be no other. That a Prince, now, should thus dare it in the face of Heaven; and call down just vengeance from thence, if he meant not God's glory in sincerity: they must be his enemies, that will not believe it.  
The greatest imperfection of his body, was that his eyes, were dim sighted: that though he could foresee, no eye better, yet could he not discern fare from him. The greatest infirmity of his mind, was his Cholericknesse: a passion, indeed which he could not so well control; and which would easily, now and then, burst forth, upon a slight, or imaginaned provocation. But this was an inbred humour, not a humorousnesse in him: and the usual uncorrected vigourousnesse of those Spirits it is, that have a richer allowance of Spirit and Fire in them. This though it must be confessed, to be a peccancy, and a distemper; yet is it to be observed withal, that of the predominancies of the 4. Humours, this principally renders a man fit for action. And truly, it might in him the better be excused, for that he was still enchaft with businesses; and had so many dispositions of men, and successes of affairs, to encounter withal: especially sometimes, when he found but awckwardnesse. This fault indeed, was he noted for: and 'tis for him that writes his Apology, not his Character; to deny or defend it. And yet this help there was for it: that upon a very little consideration, he would take himself with the manner, and take up, presently: and with a gracious debonnairenesse and sweetness, which was natural to him, give check to the overlashing of some less advised and indigested speeches, that had in choler slipped from him. Ready, beside, of himself, he was, to give satisfaction: not unto the Grandees and Chiefs only of his Armies, whose merits and services might take the more exceptions to such usage: but even to the common soldiers also, who ought not to stand upon such punctilios with a King their General. This would he do easily; especially where he found himself used like a King, and sued unto.  
Himself would say, when he took notice now and then, of this touchiness of his own nature, so apt with a little spark to take fire: That he must endure, ever and anon, the diversities of their humours; the phlegm of some, and the drink of others: and that in equity, therefore, they ought something the better to bear with his cholericknesse. And an indifferent temper in men, would have passed by this infirmity in him; could they have but consideted the multitudes and varieties of those greater thoughts, which were still agitated in that ever working brain and spirit of his; wound up, and labouring upon the stretch, without intermission. A man, me thinks, should do with a bad humour in a Prince, as with a bad Angel: give him his full Grains, and Allowances; and then weigh him. But if you please to put into the either scale, those extraordinary many virtues in him: his sweetness of disposition, his easiness of access, the familiarness of his carriage, his care that every common soldier should have his due, and his moderation in the greatness of his successes, not thinking his shadow one span the more spreading; then surely, the beam would so cast it on the better s●ide, that his choler would seem but as the dust of the balance, to them.  
But yet another fault was there in this most excellent Prince, which (now) hath spoiled all the rest. That, namely, his courage suffered his judgement no better to distinguish, betwixt the duties of a common Carabin, and a General of an Army; but would adventure the King, as fare as the Leader of a Partee: and that, by consequence, he took no better care for the saving and sparing of the best blood of the Army; but was too too prodigal an unthrift of it. The marvel is not, that he was so hazardous of it, in a Cause so glorious; but that in all those encounters, he lost no more of it: his own life, perpetually, being as fare and forwardly engaged, and still running the same hazards; with the meanest of his Army. But yet for taking off this blame from him; this, in his discharge, is to be said: That that natural constitution of his, not of fire only, but of flame, made all the valour and courageousness of his Army, behold unto his example; and that the well speeding of his so many victories, was principally to be ascribed to his presence in the encounters: the very sight of such a Leader, like some puissant Aspect in the heavenly Constellations, infusing a secret influence and irrradiation of courage into his own; and of fright and terror, into his enemies.  
And by these excellencies, arrived he to this height of glory: even of a military glory. And see what a true-raised Fame can do! it hath something in it, not only beyond the nature of an Eagle, but of a Star, too; for the higher air this Prince wrought himself up into, the fuller, still, and the liker Statue, his virtues have appeared; and he bigned upon the eye of envy, in his Mountie. Bodies merely up of craft or fortune, do out of cunningness affect to conceal their own greatnesses. Like Mercury among the Plantets: who though of a fiery and a flushing lustre: yet so politic a Courtier and close a waiter he is, (and that upon industry:) as by ever crowding near the Sun, he hath gained to walk so fare obscured under his Master's glories; that his devoutest servants (the Astronomers) can seldom or never procure the sight of him. Whereas Bodies made up of true worth and substance; are like the Sun itself, then arrived to the brightest of their Beauties, when in the highest degree of their Exaltations.  
And this is something, towards the Character of the King of Sweden, whilst he was. And alas that I must say, Whilst he was! Now would I give all my part in Grammar, to alter but one Tense, and to say He is. But because He is no more amongst us, this Character and Story of his, may serve in stead of his Picture; to conserve his memory. I confess I am not Limner cunning enough, to give every part of him, his true stelling and proportion: nor have I the Art, either with sweet touches or bold and masterly strokes, so to heighten up my Piece, or make it to stand off, as every way to be like him. In this only do I please myself, that those who have had the honour to be about his person; may here refigure a touch or two, that come something near the Life of him. This also I assure myself of, that those nobler foes, who have sometimes been made feel his Arms: will be amongst the liberallest to contribute towards his praises; if it be but only to take off something from their own losses, to justify their own disgraces; and to show that no man inferior to this Character, could have been thus active and successful upon them.  
That which is admirable beyond all the rest, is, That this Prince hath left the affairs behind him, in an estate seeming advantageous to both parties. The one side, think scales turned, by his kill. His own Allies, he left in possession of more than two third parts of Germany: of the better towns, and the greater rivers; even from the Vistula in Muskovia, unto the Rhine and Danuby: the Oder, the Elb, the Danuby, the Main and the Rhine; all these are witnesses of his personal Trophies: and so are the Weser and the Mosel, of others of his Captains. To continue these Conquests, he left seven fair Armies behind him, with their Generals. In the Upper Saxony, his own, to Duke Bernard; in the Lower Saxony a 2d. under Baron Kniphausen: In Silesia a third, under Dubalt. In Bavaria a fourth, under the Palatine Birckenfelt. About Cullen a fifth, under Baudissin: in Alsatia a sixth, under Gustavus Horn: and in Schwabland a seventh, under The Duke of Wirtemberg, and Sir Patrick Ruthven. I reckon not the Saxons: the Lunenburgers, the Bremers, nor the Hessens; because under their own Princes: though all, whilst he lived, by him, as the General Director of the Wars, to be commanded. Add to this, the strength of his Confederacies: all Princes, (excepting those of the House of Austria, some few Italians, and the Catholic Leaguers) being his Allies.  
What now remaineth, but that the Protestant Princes of the Empire, do go on still, to pursue the advantages, which he left unto them; to banish all personal jealousies, and mis-intelligences; to solder up all old ruptures and divisions; to lay aside the standing upon their puntoes, and the Heraldry of their genealogies; and to suffer the Wars to be conducted, not by Princes of the best Houses, but the greatest abilities; to husband their time and opportunities; to press action, and not to be too tedious in their consultations; to take advantage of what is both passed and present; to study how to conserve their own estates, under that of the Empire; to communicate their counsels, and unite their Forces, for the reducing of Freedom and Religion. This if they be negligent in; then, all the travels of the deceased King; together with all their own pains and charges: yea all their Forces, Armies, and advantages; shall not long serve their turns, but they must become the prey of their Enemies, an Amphitheatre of Tragedies, and an example to posterity of confiscated estates, and of bodies incurably diseased.  
And to say the troth, these Princes have even until this present, gone so well on, that their unity hath quite dashed all the exultations of the contrary party; and they have trumped upon the best of the others hopes; and happily gone beyond the fears of their friends, that still doubted them. They have given the world to see, that the Schooling and lessoning of the King, hath made good impression in them: and that the loss of so great a Patron, though it extremely pulled down the side; yet hath it caused their motions to be concentrical, to go all one way; and by union, to redouble their vigours.  
And yet all this notwithstanding, and that the King of Sweden hath left these Princes of his party, in so good estate, that they have the less cause to lament the loss of him: they being well set up on their feet again, and in case to maintain their own freedoms. Admit the truth of all this: yet hath the adverse party, which he gave check unto, recovered the better of the game, since this King is taken. Great are their advantages, by the death of this Prince: these few pellets of lead which killed him, being worth more to them, than a million of Ducats possibly could have advantaged them. And this loss of him, who was the Sole Director of all; gave not only hopes, but probabilities; that now, when the business was to fall to be managed by a many; the diversities of Chiefs, would be so apt to foment jealousies and mis-intelligences: as that it would give more facility to the contrary party, to conserve what was not yet conquered; to satisfy some privately discontented; to unite their counsels: to recall exiled tranquillity; and firmly, once again, to re-establish a good peace over all the Empire.  
If now, the Imperial party please to make profit, by their former losses: then shall we see them turn a deaf ear to all bloody and violent counsels; avoid the enforcing both of Princes and people, to turn desperate: remove all suspicions and bad correspondencies; regain exasperated spirits, by sweetness; and seek how to reign by love, rather than by terror: no more attempting the breach of the peace and public faith, under pretence of conscience: it being to be dealt withal by persuasion, and not by enforcing; as having to answer before another Tribunal, than man's judgement. And hereunto, it appeareth, that this party ought so much the rather to aspire; because it may have hope even forthwith and henceforward, to continue in their own rights and advantages: the death of this King, having cured them of a bodily fear they were deeply already in; lest he should have taken a higher flight, pretended towards new Diadems: and fully have verified his Anagramme, by changing the name Gustavus, into Augustus.  
 in this dull Character of mine, may seem defective; is abundantly supplied in this most learned and concise Epitaph. Written by an Honourable Son of the Muses; and worthy the Tombstone of the great Gustavus.  

Epigraphe.  
SISTE VIATOR,  
NEC DESPONDE ANIMUM;  
VT NEQVICQVAM SPERES,  
NI MORI SPERES;  
VIX EST QVOD METVAS,  
NI VIVERE METVAS.  
FATO CESSIT VITAE MORTISQVE ARBITER SUMMUS:  
PROXIMUM COELITIBUS NOMEN.  
QVIN ILLVD EXIGIS?  
DABO.  
SED VT LITES LACHRYMIS,  
REGI POTENTISS. PIENTISS.  
GUSTAVO  
QVO SEXTO NOVEMBRIS  
NECI DATO  
TOTA EUROPAE FACIES MUTATA EST,  
IN PLANCTUM SOLUTIS HUMANISS. QVIBUSCUNQVE;  
QVIN MAIORA POSTULAS?  
ACCIPE.  
ILLE QVI DISSIDIA PUBLICA, PACE TERMINARE;  
PACEM, BONIS ARTIBUS EXCOLERE,  
ILLE QVI OPPRESSOS IN SWM IUS ASSERERE;  
ASSERTOS, LIBERTATE DONARE;  
LIBERTATEM, SECURAM REDDERE  
AGGRESSUS EST:  
PROH DOLOR! INTERIIT:  
SED VT SUMMUM ARDVAE VIRTUTIS EXEMPLUM AUDIAT:  
NULLUS, QVIPPE, POST HOMINES NATOS,  
BONO PUBLICO  
POTIORA INTENTAVIT,  
GRAVIORA PASSUS EST.  
ABI JAM, SI LICET, IN REM TVAM.    

The Copy of the Swedish Conclusion. By the Princes and Peers of the Kingdom of Sweden: Which was unanimously consented unto by them, at their Diet and Assembly holden at Stockholm on the 14th. of March 1633. The Original was printed at Stockholm, by Ignatius Murer.  
WE under-written, the Council, Peers, Earls, Lords, Bishops of Sweden. Gentry, Clergy, Officers of War, Citizens, and the whole Commonalty who have been convoked to this honourable Assembly; as well in our own names and behalves, as also in the name and behalf of all the Countries: do hereby make known and certify. That whereas it hath pleased Almighty God of his providence and good pleasure, so heavily to visit us and this Kingdom, and in so great a measure to afflict us, by taking unto himself, (by bodily death) the renowned high and mighty Prince and Lord, Gustavus Adolphus King of the Swedens' Goths and Vandals, Great Prince of Finland. Duke of Estland and Carellen. Lord of Ingormanland, etc. and to translate his blessed Majesty (of ever happy and famous memory) out of this vale of misery, into his eternal happiness and heavenly joy: and to exchange his temporal Crown into an everlasting Diadem of glory: and so to have put a period, not only to his Majesty's careful and laborious life and days, but also to his sufficiently noted and renowned Counsels, worthy acts, courageous and undaunted spirit; almost incredible, at leastwise wonderful Victories, against part of the mightiest and most powerful Princes and Potentates of Europe. And which we chiefly must condole: in him it hath pleased God to take from us our head, our King, our father and Pater patriae: Under whose worthy, famous, and most excellent reign, we above all other Nations, in these doleful and calamitous times; have found ourselves without any opposition, in all security, safety and tranquillity. And which aggravates our misery, it hath not pleased God to suffer any Heyer-Male to proceed from the loins of his said blessed Majesty, to remain upon, and to possess his Father's seat. So that, not without reason, ours and the Kingdom's care and danger is the greater; and we cannot but so much the more take to heart this inestimable loss. Wherefore, upon the Injunction of the Peers and Council of the Realm, at their conventing: we have thought good, unanimously and obediently to come together, in the fear of God; and to take into consideration the present State of our King's Majesties: Heyer, as also the State of our dear Kingdom. And how the same may be happily up held and maintained: and (next under the aid and help of God) be defended against all danger and opposition. To this end, we are all of us jointly and willingly assembled here, and we have pondered and consulted together, which might best conduce to the good of the Realm. And at last, by the help of the Almighty, and in the name of the Blessed Trinity; we have closely united, and strongly bound and tied ourselves; and after this conjunction, promise, and obligement, among ourselves; we have confirmed and established, That which is here underwritten, and as followeth.  

1. 
1. Article.   
Inprimis. Whereas the death of our blessed and renowned King, hath caused a Kingly reign to cease among us: and the Cause so being, that their is no Heyer-Male left behind his Majesty: nor any Children of any Hereditary Prince; which might by undoubted right, succeed according to the Laws and constitutions of the Realm. We have not disapprooved of that, which was concluded at Workoping, Anno 1604. concerning the Renewing of the Hereditary conjunction: and concerning the Daughters of our Kings and Heyer-Princes: which in that assembly was confirmed and enacted. As also that, which unanimously and jointly was concluded by us here present, at Stockholm, anno 1627. on the 4th. of December, as followeth. That in case his blessed and famous Majesty should happen to decease: We did conclude, that his daughter the Princess, the High borne, Christina, should be chosen for our Queen and Inheritrix of our Kingdom. And therefore at this time do we again establish unanimously, (and that in consideration of the famous and magnanimous acts and deeds, of the two worthy Kings; King Gustavus the first, and especially of King Gustavus the last, lately deceased: (whom justly we may term Gustavus the Great) by which two, and more especially by the latter, we have received admirable benefit and fame; and consequently, are bound to render all honour and respect, to this well-born Princess) according to our former promise and obligation: and do now renew, what we heretofore have maturely confirmed. That is to say; We do declare, pronounce, and confirm; advisedly, unanimously, freely, and without constraint; The high and mighty Princess Christina, Daughter of his renowned Majesty Gustavus Adolphus the Second and Great King; Queen of the Swedes, Goths and Vandals; lawfully chosen: as also Haereditary Princess, Great Duchess of Finland, Duchess of Estland, and Carellen, our most dear and gracious Queen. And by these presents we do oblige ourselves and our associates, confederates and Princes and Peers of our Kingdom, inhabitants and subjects of this Realm; to afford her gracious Majesty: all true and due service and obedience: and do inaugurate her said Majesty: and establish her, in whatsoever in righteousness maybe answerable before God and Man. Insomuch, that her Majesty shall have full power and Authority, to command us in all particulars. And to this end, as true faithful and loyal subjects, we do confirm and ratify the Laws of the Realm, for her Majesty. And moreover, we do here promise and oblige ourselves to stand for her Majesty's safety good and welfare, as of the Kingdom, even upon the danger of our lives, and loss of our goods. Provided, that her Majesty when she shall come to years, and full possession of the Government and rule of the Kingdom; shall make assurance to us, and the whole State, of whatsoever may concern the maintaining of all our liberties, laws, and privileges, etc. as the like hath formerly been done by our late Kings, (in the best form that may be) especially by her Majesty's Father: his Majesty of blessed Memory, King Gustavus the 2d. and hath by the State of the Kingdom been approved.   


2d. Article.  2.  
Secondly, we conclude, that in case any one, (high or low, of whatsoever place, dignity or quality; whether of the State of Sweden, or other parts subject to the Crown of Sweden) do refuse either with means, presence, obedience, and all requisite subjection, to subscribe and submit to this our resolution and establishment: and shall dare to oppose this Act of ours; or to bend his heart, eye, or hand, to any other whosoever it may be, Inhabitant within our Dominions or foreigner: We do hold, esteem, and declare the same party to be a distracted and separated member from our Body; and an enemy, yea Traitor of the Kingdom: and the same person who ever it be, being once convinced of a crime of this nature, shall be punished without mercy.   

3. 
3d. Article.   
Thirdly, although it seem not absolutely necessary, now to relate the former Constitutions and Statutes, made and concluded upon against King Sigismundus of Polonia, and his Children: which were grounded upon good reasons, and necessary proofs: yet notwithstanding, to remove all obstacles and objections from the simply honest meaning people, We do confirm and establish, by these presents; That this may be lawfully done, which we do now; notwithstanding whatsoever hath formerly been concluded against King Sigismond his Children, and Descendants. And therefore do declare them to have no right or interest to the Crown of Sweden; or to any part of the Dominions or jurisdictions, there under comprehended: but all their right, and pretences, to be lost, void, forfeited, and in the lapse; from this time forth for ever. And if it should so fall out (which God forbidden,) that any Swedes, or  they may be; under the Crown of Sweden, in high place and dignity: should unadvisedly go about (either secretly or openly) to stand up in the behalf of any of the Children of Sigismundus or his Descendants, to be received into the Kingdom of Sweden: or to yield them any footing within the jurisdictions, or upon the Frontiers of the same Kingdom: We do hold the same person (how soever he be) for a pernicious and heinous Traitor, both to us and the whole State. And if any such, shall dare to stand out and persevere in so vile an insolency; he shall be sure to meet with the merciless punishment, due to such a Traitor. And moreover, whosoever he be, that shall give ear, and leave to any such; and not in time make it manifest and known, with his intent that way; shall be subject and liable to the same punished. In like sort shall all those be punishment, that shall dare to harbour or lodge any such persons, without giving notice and intelligence to authority. Now whereas at Orebroo in the year 1617. the 27th. of February: an express and absolute order and decree was established, against all such, by the Peers and whole State of the Realm: we will and ordain by these presents, that the same decree henceforward remain as inviolable, as if the same were herein expressed word by word. Wherefore, It is now by us concluded and decreed, that the same decree of Orebroo, shall be fully executed; and that to the same end, all Lords, and judges, Officers, etc. each according to his place and office; shall be bound to have an especial care for the execution and performance of the same; as he will otherwise answer it, at his peril.   


4th. Article.  4.  
Fourthly, With unaminous consent and deliberation, we here confirm, renew, conclude and establish what formerly at other times Assemblies, and Diets, hath concerning the Service of God and his Church been concluded and settled: and do generally, all of us, oblige ourselves to remain in the same form, discipline, and truth of Religion; according to the revealed truth of God's holy and heavenly Word; and the Articles of our Christian belief, contained in the 3. Creeds: that is to say, the Apostles Creed, the Nicene, and of Athanasius: together with the true and invariable and ulalterable Confession of Augspurg. In a word, as it hath formerly been solidely concluded, in the Council of Vpsal.   


5th. Article.  5.  
Fifthly: Whereas our Queen as yet is not come to her complete years, and full age; so that she can be sufficient of her own self and ability, to defend and Govern the Kingdom and the Realm: we could wish (and happy were we, if it had been so) that there had been a full decree and order made by his Majesty of blessed Memory, and the Princes and States of the Realm; so that in the same there had been comprehended, whatsoever in this respect we ought to have cleaved unto. But since it is otherwise, and must needs be so; and that we do understand, that his renowned Majesty of blessed memory, did commit his intent and resolution concerning this matter, to the Council and Lords of this State; and had often commanded and desired them, to conceive a right order concerning the same: which they having performed, and therein declared their opinion, and shown the same to his Majesty, with his full approbation: yet notwithstanding, by reason of his sudden death, and other occasions thereupon ensuing, hath it not had its full effect: although we may well wish it had. Therefore in this case, we have read and manifested the said order (made by his Majesty in his time) to some of the chief amongst us, and of our State: who, as they have found the same most sound and wholesome; so could we wish that the same were published to the common view and eyes of all men: and might be confirmed and ratified unanimously by us all, and so be published. But whereas we do also perceive and understand, that diverse instructions and necessary appurtenances belonging thereunto, by reason of the shortness of time, could not conveniently be in readiness: we, notwithstanding, being desirous to further the welfare and State of the Realm, in all good manner of proceeding; and likewise, that his Majesty: our most gracious and renowned King (of blessed memory) his will and care (for which we are for ever bound to extol his Majesty's name and memory) may really be performed and executed: we do especially; all of us, in the name of the whole State and Realm; desire and ordain that the same decree and ordinance of his Majesty: shall be put in execution and performed, in the best manner and form that may be possibly, for the good and welfare of our Realm and Countries; by the 5. chief States and Officers of the Realm: to wit. 1. The Lord high Steward, 2. Martial. 3. Admiral. 4. Chancellor. 5. Treasurer. And in the absence of the one or other, or of any: the Eldest of the Council of State shall supply the place. And these 5. shall be in lieu and place of Government of her Maj: for the Kingdom of Sweden, until her Maj: be grown (by God's grace) to perfect years. And this business have we sufficiently pondered. For whereas the said five States and Lords, have ever been of Council with his Majesty of blessed memory: and have undergone and waded thorough, the most weightiest affairs of the whole Kingdom: we have thought good unanimously with one general consent, to ordain and establish, as well for our Associates and Brethren, as for ourselves; that from henceforward, the five aforesaid Grand and Chief Officers of the State and Realm, and in either the one or the other his absence, the Eldest of our Council of Stockholm, being of the same College and Assembly supplying the place, for the welfare and managing of the State of our Kingdom, and the Tuition of our Queen; shall govern and bear rule, during the Minority and Nonage of her Majesty: only in her name and stead: and without any prejudice to the Realm or State; or violation or breach of the Laws, Rites, and Privileges of the same; but rather powerfully for her Majesty maintaining the five brotherly Offices and State-Rankes. To wit. Courtright Council: Council of War, Admiralty, Chancery, and Treasury or Exchequer: as the same have been by former Kings instituted established and upheld, especially by our last King of blessed memory Gustavus the 2d. Also, all dexterity shall be used and employed by them, for the maintaining and upholding of the Swedish Rights, Laws, justice, and Policy; as fare as their uttermost industry and power shall be able to extend: defending, protecting, all manner of ways, the Realm and Kingdom, and whatsoever depends upon it: In such wise, as they in their Conscience shall be willing to answer before God, the Queen, and the State; when they shall be thereunto called; And as these do at this present oblige themselves to those that are, and hereafter shall be called, into Authority: and as they do now oblige themselves by oath. On the other side, We the Peers and Lords of the Realm, do promise to yield unto these five selected Chief Offices: and to the Eldest of the Council that shall supply either of their rooms; not only all worthy respect and honour; but also all obedience and submissive subjection: in whatsoever they shall require and command us, tending to the glory of Almighty God, the good and welfare of the Queen, and of the State and Commonwealth. And in case any one should go about to oppose and to cross this manner of proceeding, or government; either in deed or word: We shall by all our powers labour to suppress such insolences, and to punish such parties; and so constrain them to true obedience.   

6. 
6th. Article.   
Sixthly, Whereas our Kingdom and Country is as yet in an open War and Hostility, against the Roman Emperor, and the Popish League in Germany: We profess ourselves desirous and resolved to maintain it (as the same hath not only been undertaken, furthered, and happily maintained; but sealed also, with the very blood of our most renowned and blessed King) even with our uttermost power and endeavours, until it shall please Almighty God (in his due time) to establish and settle a happy and desired peace for the good of his Church. Whereas also it is most necessary, that we Arm, strengthen and provide ourselves, against other accrueing and newly growing enemies; and to have a special care, to prevent all dangers and oppositions which may ensue: we have therefore ordered and ordained; and do now will and ordain, That the same Edict and Proclamation, which the last Harvest time was concluded and confirmed: shall with all speed and expedition be published through out the whole Realm and Kingdom: directly according to the same form, as we first ordered: with condition, that all men's rights and privileges shall thereby be kept inviolable. And by these presents we do promise, and do freely consent and grant; with and upon mature deliberation, that in case the need and necessity of the Kingdom shall so require; whether it be by reason of the enmity that we are already fallen into; or in respect of some new enemies, which haply may make opposition and enmity against our most gracious young Queen, and the State of this Kingdom; in one manner or other: then we with life and goods are ready and willing, to maintain our right and liberties: and to stand with all our might and ability, in opposition against all such, as shall dare to confront and withstand our proceed.   


7th. Article.  7.  
Seventhly, We know well enough, that no Kingdom can possibly subsist without means: neither can any War be rightly managed, without great charges. And therefore, we have likewise thought fit and good, that the Lille and Quarne Toll or Custom, shall be continued for the good and profit of the Kingdom, according to the order and manner as the same is now raised and received. As also, that the Messengerships granted the last year, shall for this time go forward and take place.  
Moreover, if so be that the War in Germany should yet longer continue; or if it should happen, that our Kingdom and Country should fasten upon some other war and trouble; We do likewise promise and oblige ourselves; That when thereupon we shall be required, by the Peers States and Lords of the Realm; We will with all our means, power and abilities, stand and fight for our Religion, Queen, Kingdoms, and liberties, Whensoever necessity shall thereunto invite us. For we have ever hitherto esteemed, the welfarre of our Kingdom and State, to be our chiefest happiness: and therefore have courageously adventured both our goods and lives upon it. To this we oblige ourselves by these Presents.  
That We in all these particulars above written, are resolved: and have unanimously, generally and particularly; in our own, and in the behalf of our brethren, present and absent: as well unborn, as borne; freely and willingly consented, agreed; approved and concluded; and therein sufficiently accorded: and do promise, as faithful religious and true sincere meaning Subjects, to perform the same: We the Council, State, etc. of Sweden, have underwritten and Sealed.   
Actum. At Stockholm the 14. of March. 1633.   

The Diet of Heilbrun.  
ANd that the Reader (for a Farewell) may perceive the present constitution of the affairs in the Empire; and in what good correspondency the Protestant Princes are at this present one with another; and how well disposed to the continuance of the wars, for so good a Cause: I will conclude my Book, with that new League, of these 4. Principal Circles of the Empire, that is to say, The Franconian, Suevian, the Upper and Lower Circles of the Rhine; made in the Diet of Heilbrun in the Dukedom of Wirtemberg, 18. English miles from Heidelberg; in the months of March and April last passed: that so my Story may end, as it begun; with a Diet. 
What Princes were present.  There were personally present at this meeting, the Duke of Wirtemberg and the Administrator, the marquis of Baden, the Count of Hanaw, with the most of the 17. Earls of Wetteraw. For the Prince Elector Palatine, and the Administrator Lodowicke (Brother to the King of Bohemia) were there 4. Commissioners: whereof Colonel Peblitz being the chief; he sat above all the Princes, at the upper end of the Table; all the Propositions were directed towards him, and he had the opening of all letters, in place of the Elector Palatine. There were present beside, the Ambassadors of other Princes, and the Deputies of the Imp. Cities in these 4. Circles. The Lord Chancellor Oxenstiern, (by whose procurement this Diet had been convoked) had his lodging in the town, and came not at all into the Statehouse, among the Princes: but sent them in this discourse, and these Propositions following: which were the grounds and materials, for the Diet to work upon. His style in the present Diet, was, Councillor, Chancellor and Extraordinary Ambassador, for the most Illustrious and High-born, the Hereditary Heyer and Princess of the Crown of Sweden. And with this Declaration, he began his Propositions.  
Illustrious and Right Honourable Princes and States evangelical here assembled.  
I will not too much trespass upon your patience, 
Oxenstierns' Propositions.  with an over tedious recital of the Causes, upon which the High and mighty Prince of ever-glorious memory, Gustavus Adolphus King of Sweden, etc. was enforced to take Arms; and openly to make opposition against the Roman Emperor Ferdinand the Second of that name, and his confederates the Catholic Leaguers; more and more, at that time, every day prevailing in their oppressions of the evangelical Electors, Princes and States; and of their Honours, privileges, and immunities, all the Roman Empire over; yea, and most injuriously, beginning to encroach upon the next neighbour Princes, and their Provinces: forasmuch as these things be notorious unto the world, and that the justice of the King's Arms, be by no man doubted of. And yet some brief recapitulation, do I think convenient to make of them.  
Most apparent it is, that his said sacred Majesty (now at rest in the Lord) was without any formal denunciation of war, infested by the Emperor. His Ambassadors, coming with the offer and means of a peaceable compounding of depending Controversies; most disgraceful entreated: yea, and (contrary to all laws of nations and civility) not without scornful affronts offered, turned home again; and the whole Treaty by that usage, abruptly broken off with him. That his subjects of Sweden, even contrary to long usage, amity, and Covenants, heretofore, in general, contracted with the Roman Empire; and in particular, with certain neighbour Princes and Free-States, have been disturbed in their Commerces, Embargo's laid upon their Ships, and fetters upon their sailors.  
That the Catholic Leaguers, likewise, notwithstanding that among other Electors of the Empire they had been requested, that they would be pleased to forbear the making themselves parties in these differences, but rather to seek how to find redress for them: and notwithstanding, that at the request of the French King, confederated with his sacred Majesty; there had been Neutrality granted unto the said Leaguers, if so be they thought good to accept of it: yet did they not only refuse that Neutrality, but entered also into a stricter confederation of wars against his said Majesty; and conjoining their forces under their General Tilly, with those of his Imperial Majesty: they forbore not to do their uttermost against the said King; whom out of pure necessity they by this means enforced, in hostile manner to oppose himself against all of them.  
And notwithstanding that these and the like motives, (which for brevity's sake be here omitted) do sufficiently justify his said Majesty's Armes-taking, being he was enforced to them: yet this is the thing above all the rest to be considered, the devises, namely, and vast projects of the House of Austria: not only famous in discourse all the world over, but so fare actually advanced already, and so near to execution; that the very principal Ports of the Dukedoms of Mecklenburg and of Pomerland, were really already seized upon; and the Imperialists wholly, by this time, busied in rigging out such a fleet; as might be able not only to disturb the Commerce betwixt the neighbour Kingdoms; but also at pleasure to divert it to other places. By this means should the Spanish yoke be first put upon the shoulders of the Northern people; and from thence, (as the fittest place for such a purpose) might it be fling upon the necks of all other Kingdoms and Commonwealths in Europe. And just in the self same manner, and upon no other reason; was that most ancient Family of Mecklenburg, without hearing of their cause, or any legal formalities of proceeding: actually and the facto despoiled of their just Principalities and Royalties. The Dukedom of Pomerland, likewise, without any colour of right at all, contrary to all equity and deservings, was actually seized upon; yea, contrary to all covenants and sincere promises of the Emperor: more than barbarously entreated.  
The most just King, therefore, seeing by the excellent acuteness of that judgement which God from on high had endowed him withal; he was easily able to foresee, what all this was likely in the end to tend unto: resolved to connive no longer, at so prevailing and daily more apparent a mischief: but judged it to belong to him, and to his neighbour King (against whom also, these and the like projects were a hammering) in time to prevent this encroaching danger. Unto this was his Majesty the more provoked, by the serious consideration of the Roman Empire, and the most lamentable condition which within these few years last passed, it had been brought unto: wherein he observed, that those Princes that were nearest to him in the bond of Blood or Religion, were partly disseised of their Countries and their dignities; and either thrust into Banishment abroad, or tyrannised upon at home, sometimes by their equals; and which worse is, even by their inferiors otherwhile domineered upon, and with skomes and contumelies abused. His Majesty perceived withal; how these Princes with their neighbours, were with a continual fear kept under; their rights, without all respect wrung from them: the fundamental constitutions of the Empire, overturned; and that the other party might at pleasure do what they lusted; were the Princes overcharged with the Imperial Armies. And to cast the fairer gloss of justice, upon all this; was that most extremely prejudicial unto the evangelical Electors, States, and Princes; The late Imperial Decree pretended, for the restitution of the Church goods, (forsooth) and the execution of it.  
By these devices, was there nothing of the ancient Empire, Customs and Constitutions, left unviolated: the peace, both of Church and Commonwealth, was disturbed; the Sanctions and Constitutions of the Empire, profaned, the orders for convoking and holding of Diets, abused, broken, and subverted; the articles and practice of Commerce with neighbour States, innovated and distracted: yea all places thorough the whole wide Empire, filled with complain, tears and sigh. All these miseries, did so cordially affect that blessed King and most valiant Champion: (who being a Christian, evangelical neighbour Prince, had also his share in these sufferings, and was by the pride and insolency of the adversaries, withal enforced to take Arms) that he supposed it well became him, not to be forgetful of the Princes of his own blood and Religion; and that he ought, withal, to give way unto that evident Divine calling, which pressed him to endeavour the delivery of God's people.  
And what event hath followed upon this his resolution, from the first undertaking unto this very day: is sufficiently every where made manifest. Namely, that his Majesty cleared, first of all, the Coasts and Port towns of Pomerland and of Mecklenburg, of the enemy: restored the Dukes of Mecklenburg, again into their Countries, freed the Electorate of Brandenburg; chased away the enemy, from the banks of the river Elb, and how after the Victory of Leipsich, he led on his own Armies, against the Catholic Bishoprics and Electorates; and how those Leaguers, whose business chief was, which way, handsomelyest, to divide the lands of the Evangeliacal Electors, Princes and States, and to live upon their bloods: He made to play least in sight, and to shift themselves away out of their own houses; which they, erewhiles, supposed had been so surely founded.  
By which victorious proceed of his Majesty, the whole course of the business was so turned about again; that the Electors, Princes, and States evangelical in the Empire: who must suffer, before, and say nothing, took courage, now, to put their heads into the world again, and to look after the recovery of their ancient liberties and Dominions: yea, and to grow so bold upon it, as to go thorough with the Diet of Leipsich; and to resolve upon such Conclusions there, as apparently made show of their purpose to conserve and defend the declining liberties, both of their Country and their Consciences: yea and boldly to make demonstration unto the Emperor, of their being sensible of the uniustness of his Proceed. And notwithstanding that before the Decrees of that Diet, could be brought to perfection; they were by the overpowering inundation of the Imperial and Leaguer Armies, washed away into nothing; and their assumed weapons, beaten out of their hands again: yet did the self same Princes after the Leipsich Victory, so well recollect their dejected courages; and the greater part of them by single and private confederacies, so inter-league themselves with the Majesty and Crown of Sweden; that either by reassuming the performance of the Decrees of that Diet, or by some other real and actual engagement, they did wholly commit themselves unto his Majesty's sole direction and protection.  
And thus, from that time until this; together, with the said King, have they taken up Arms, together, with, and for the Crown of Sweden, against the Emperor and the Leaguers. Which Arms, hitherto, (the Lord of Hosts them graciously assisting) have they honourably maintained: and though with much peril, yet not without much happiness.  
His Majesty, of ever honoured memory, had of long time, verily, desired nothing more; then how he might consolidate the evangelical Electors, Princes, and States, by a common league, into one and the same Body of Confederacy. But for that the power of the enemy, still with such fierceness pressed in upon him; he could never find himself at so much good leisure, as the bringing about of so difficult a business would require of him. For which reason, He judged it most conducing to the common interest, to enter into some particular, and as it were preparatory Confederacies in the mean time: that the Cause, notwithstanding, might effectually go on, until some fairer opportunity of occasion might at length be presented unto his Majesty; as well to provide for his own and their safeties; as also to make up one common tie and obligation between them. Until the happiness of which opportunity, he thought to uphold and continue on the business, by the love of their common safeties; and by the counsels and assistance of the Crown of Sweden: which, for the time being, might countervail a more formal Confederacy.  
But for as much, as by reason of the continual expeditions and Marching from place to place, that he was still put unto; he could never have so much good leisure, as to begin those fair Courses, nor to settle a better order for the observing of Military Discipline: it is thereby come to pass, that not only whole Provinces (as in such deadly wars it ever falleth out, and especially where the Field of War is so universal) have been wasted and much spoilt; but the licentiousness of the soldiery grown to that head; as that without a speedy remedy, the whole action must of necessity come to nothing. Verily, his Majesty of ever glorious memory, had thought of nothing more seriously: and out of the fatherlynesse of his care to the common Cause, had endeavoured nothing more diligently, then to have made his personal residence amongst the Princes, in these Upper Parts of the Empire; and with his own neighbourhood, not only the more to have assured the Protection of those Upper Circles, (according as he had begun already) but how also he might have been personally present in a Diet of these four Circles, for the concluding of some settled good orders; how the something decayed Military Discipline, might have been repaired.  
And notwithstanding that myself for mine own part, was so stonyed with the doleful and most lamentable death of my said dear Lord and Master; as that I seemed to have cause enough to give over any more dealing in these businesses, and to leave the managing unto their handle, whom so deeply it concerned: yet upon maturer consideration, how easily in the midst of these fiercenesses of the enemy, there might betide some notable confusion, either amongst the Armies or the Princes: and that the whole Cause might of its own weightiness, fall to so low a Condition as were not easy afterwards to be repaired: and that by this means, all the Counsels, proceed, designs and victories of my said sacred Lord the King; would come to no other end nor purpose, but to the giving occasion to the final and total ruin of all his Confederates and Partakers: I had rather lay aside mine own private respects to mine self, then so abruptly to desert the employment.  
For this only reason, therefore, 
This clause alone, does clearly enough confute that scandal of the dead King; How that under a public pretention, he sought merely his own private interest: which was the Empire. This if so, why should the Swedish kingdom now continue on the wars? Seeing their King is dead, and their young Queen, not capable of being Emperor.  have I so earnestly hitherto endeavoured, to uphold the business; and courageously (according to my power) so to dispose of all opportunities, as might suit to the best advantage of the public. Yea, and not only so, but I have been an earnest suitor withal unto the Crown of Sweden; that the State would be pleased still to continue on the war; that that most commendable and praise worthy intention of His Sacred MAJESTY: might obtain the desired and intended issue. In this my suit I have so fare prevailed; that I have already from thence received a full Commission, to treat and conclude with the Electors, States, and Princes of the Empire, upon that matter: and if I find the Confederates and Partakers so inclined, I have power from the Royal Heyer and Crown of Sweden, in their names to continue on the work to a perfection.  
For mine own part, therefore, I would see nothing with more gladness, than a General Diet of all the evangelical Electors Princes and States, of the whole sacred Roman Empire, together. But forasmuch as Summer is now near at hand, and that the enemy is notably by this time, upon the growing hand; and earnest in his preparations for some new expedition: and for that these 4. Upper Circles are not only round encompassed by the common enemies; but have them already within their very bowels: therefore, there being danger in delays, and for that a General Diet could not be convoked without much time spending, and its peculiar solemnities, (by which means the whole business would be in danger in the mean time to be rather ruined then remedied; so long it would be before a public and joint determination could be agreed upon: therefore have I thought it more necessary, (which also was solicited and desired by diverse States both of this Upper Part of the Empire, and the Upper Saxony) that upon the death of my said Sovereign Lord the King, to defer the procuring of a General Diet, and so to hasten on the Diet of ulm, as out of hand to bring it to conclusion. This my purpose so soon as it was made known unto diverse of the most Illustrious and Right Honourable Princes and States; there was occasion given and means projected for another new meeting, for the causes before rehearsed.  
And here I render all due and humble thankes, both to the Princes and States personally here assembled, and to the Ambassadors of the absent, severally and altogether: for that upon the earnest invitation of my good intention; they disdained not to give this meeting. And now most earnestly do I beseech you all, that you would take to heart and with maturity consider upon the common estate of the Cause evangelical; and with your prudentest and providentest consultations, and readiest of your assistance; promote and set forward the common business of the Empire, the safety of your native Country, and your own proper welfares. And most hearty do I desire of God, that you may have profitable designs, happy expeditions, and all prosperous and desired successes. And for mine own part, thus much I make free tender of, that I will at no time in any thing be wanting, in what I shall either judge to be beneficial to the Cause; or wherein I may any way be serviceable. And this I promise both for myself, and in the name of the Hereditary Princess, and Crown of Sweden.  
To the end, therefore, that the points necessary, may the better and more orderly be deliberated upon; and the Conclusion the better sped; I have thought it necessary, that the chief heads of the Deliberation, which are in these Convocatory letters comprehended and exhibited; should be distinguished into Articles: most obsequiously, and in the humblest manner entreating of your Highnesses; that you would be pleased to make construction of them to the fairest sense; and so to accommodate and hasten forward your own resolutions, as may be most advantageous for the present state of the business, and the eminentnesse of the danger.  

1. That all the evangelical Electors, Princes, 
The Chancellor's Propositions.  and States of these 4. Upper Circles now assembled, would conclude an Union in the best form; and confederate and colleague themselves together, with such firm conditions; as never to break off again, until the desired scope: that is to say, the restitution of the evangelical Electors, Princes, and States, and the fundamental laws of the Empire, be obtained; and due satisfaction made to the Hereditary Princess and Crown of Sweden. Much less descend into any particular treaties with the enemy; but one be made to stand for all, and all as one man, until the full and final decision and determination of the whole business be agreed upon. And in case some one or other of them, should have a mind to fall off from the common League; that consideration be had, and a decree before hand made, how such a man ought to be thought of, and in what manner handled.  
2. It is also to be considered upon, now that the Emperor after his agreement made and sworn, having done nor intented nothing, but the oppression of the Empire and the loyal States in it: and the Catholic Leaguers, also, having added to the oppression as much as lay in their power; that is to say, helped it forward, provoked one another to it, and backed one another in it; and hath wrung or beaten the defensive Arms of the Electors, Princes and States Evangelicall, out of their hands: whether it were not the best course openly to declare both Emperor and Leaguers, enemies, and so long to hold them for such, until satisfaction be made unto the Crown of Sweden, and unto the Electors, Princes and States offended.  
3. It ought also thoroughly to be considered and agreed upon, how many Armies be to be sent against the enemy, and how they are from time to time to be reinforced: and where money is to be raised for it.  
4. What is the best means for getting of monies, Ammunition, Ordnance, and Victuals; and what pays are to be made unto the Generals: as also for the horses to draw the Ordnance, and the Baggage Wagons; and how all this money is to be raised.  
5. That the course of the whole Proceed may the more orderly be carried, it will be necessary that some Office of Direction be legally set up and authorised: and that in other causes in like manner, some legal determination be now agreed upon.  
6. And consequently, after this Office of Direction be resolved upon and authorised; it will be very worthy consideration in the next place, how the military Discipline may hereafter be better ordered, the Countries freed from the fears and insolences of the soldiery, and Trading restored: and though not every thing, yet how the grosser abuses may be remedied.  
7. And if it pleases the Kingdom of Sweden, any longer to engage itself in these actions; it shall be worthy consideration, how long it is fitting for it to stand engaged: and what assistance shall the said Kingdom of Sweden expect again, if in the mean time itself shall happen to be invaded, or come into other danger.  
All these Articles, and whatsoever may else be thought upon in the time of the deliberation; I doubt not, but the most Illustrious and Right Honourable States assembled; will maturely consider upon; and will so frame their resolutions, as necessity and their own safety requireth: and thus fare forth, am I confident of all and every one of them. To whom again in general and particular, I make all humble tender of such fair offices, in which I may best serve them.  
Heilbrun March 8. 1633.   
These Propositions were tendered to the Princes, etc. the very first day of the meeting: that is to say, after the Sermon, and so soon as they had taken their places in the Statehouse. To these, after mature deliberation, the Princes punctually thus answered, Article to Article.  
1. That they were all desirous to contract a most firm League amongst themselves, and with the Crown of Sweden: and so long time constantly to hold it on, until the desired liberty of Germany, as fare as concerned either Religion, or the Temporal Estate; were obtained: and that the Crown of Sweden were satisfied their charges of the Wars.  
2. They thought it better for the time, to forbear declaring the Emperor and Leaguers, enemies; until a general Diet of the whole Empire: and in the mean time to set out a public Manifesto and Apology, concerning their being provoked to this Defensive.  
3. In the Third Article, they desired to consult with his Excellency, (meaning the Chancellor Oxenstiern.)  
4. And if this Third were once agreed upon, they would deliberate concerning the means of maintaining the Armies.  
5. They requested his Excellency that he would be pleased to take upon himself the Directorship, for these four Upper Circles; until the desired restitution were obtained. And lest this charge should be too heavy for him singly; they thought to join some other Assistants with him: and if he pleased, they would in every one of these four Circles, appoint an Office of Sub-Directorship.  
6. For restoring of the decayed Discipline, there should be new and certain Orders conceived and authorized; the transgressors whereof, should exemplarily be punished. The Regiments moreover should be reduced and reform; the superfluous numbers of Officers restrained; and the government and punishing of offending soldiers, left unto the Magistrate of the place where they were enquartered. Permission should also, with the Magistrates knowledge, be unto the Subjects and inhabitants of every place; to defend themselves as they could against plunderers. As for the billeting of the soldiers, it should be committed unto the Magistrate.  
7. And whereas the States of Sweden had pleased to declare their willingness for the entering into a stricter Union with them; they accepted of the offer with all due thankfulness. And for their parts, they were ready mutually to oblige themselves to procure them all due satisfaction, if his Excellency would be pleased to show them how to do it.  
Fair Answers, all of them. After this, had the French Ambassador his Audience: whose Oration was, To encourage the Princes to go on where the victorious King had left: He in his Masters promising them all due assistance; and desiring to be taken into their Union. The English Ambassador, likewise, Sir Robert Anstruther, made his Proposition; which was a desire, chiefly, for the Restitution of the Palatinate Concerning all which demands, to this purpose was the fair and satisfying Resolution of the Diet, which broke up about the twentieth of our April.  
1. That the four Circles shall be firm one to another in a League offensive and defensive: until such time as they can have vindicated their Liberties against the Emperor, 
The Resolution of the Diet. These Articles, some Copies contract into ten.  whom they esteem as a real enemy.  
2. That to maintain these wars, 16000 Horse and 40000 Foot, are to be levied.  
3. That the moneys to be contributed, shall be raised according to the Tax of the Imperial Matricula, in the wars against the Turk: and the sum needful, is to be 12 times as much, as one Contribution than was.  
4. That the Magazines are to be appointed at Ausburg, Vlm, Norimberg and Franckfort.  
5. The Direction of the whole War, shall be carried by his Excellency the Lord Chancellor of Sweden Axel Oxenstiern: who shall manage both it and the Affairs of State, in the name of the Imperial States and the Crown of Sweden.  
6. To him shall certain Commissioners be adjoined, as Assistants, one or more from every Circle: and some likewise from the Imperial Towns of this Confederation.  
7. That in every Circle there be a Sub-Directorian Office, to see to things belonging to the collecting and disbursing of the moneys; the disposing of the Ammunition and the Victuals, and the well ordering of the Magazines, in their own Precincts.  
8. That the Magistrates of every place, shall have full jurisdiction in their own hands; and dispose of the levying and mustering places: as also of the Enquartering and Rendezvous, as they shall think fitting.  
9 That the Military Discipline shall be reform; the weak Regiments broken to complete others: the superfluous Officers cashiered, Recreuts made, strict order kept, and constant full Pays allowed.  
10. To this end, the first Contribution is to be raised in May neut; and for the procuring of sufficient Sums, till the exhausted lands be somewhat restored: the neighbour States are to be sought for to lend monies. As for the Neutralists and such other members of the four Circles as are absent, they are to be put under Contribution.  
11. The Palatinate is to be surrendered to the Administrator; and all State-holders', Governors and Commanders in the King of Swedens' name, are to be put down: only Manheim shall still keep a Swedish garrison in it, that they may have assurance to pass without let at all times, over the Rhine and Neckar.  
12. No Free Quarters are in any place to be allowed: but the soldiers must live upon their pays.  
13. That these four Circles shall labour with the rest of the evangelical States (of all which, a general meeting is much wished for) to give sufficient satisfaction to the Crown of Sweden.  
14. That the King of France shall be a confederate on the same conditions, as heretofore in the time of the King of Sweden. Other Princes may also come into the League.  
15. That the lands belonging to the Empire, shall by no means be alienated from it, by any contract with a foreign Prince.  
16. That if any of the Confederate States or Towns in these four Upper Circles, fall off from this League, without hostile constraint; they shall first be admonished: and if they then return not, to be held and dealt withal as an enemy.  
The Lord Chancellor was offered to be General of all the Forces: which he modestly the first time refused: but being the second time put to him, he accepted it. And thus you see the Palatinate in terms to be restored, Heidelberg Town and Castle are since rendered: the wars go well hitherto. And this is some comfort, for the death of the King of Sweden.  
FINIS.   

A Table drawn by way of a journal or Diary, to show where the King and Walenstein still were: and what they and their Armies did, upon those days, that are mentioned in the Margin. This belongs to the Third Part.  
The King. Walenstein: and Bavaria. july. july. 5 About Norimberg: and hath some smaller skirmishes with the Imperialists.  6 About Norimberg: and hath some smaller skirmishes with the Imperialists. 5 Sends abroad to take up the Posts and Towns of the Country. 7 About Norimberg: and hath some smaller skirmishes with the Imperialists. 6 Sends abroad to take up the Posts and Towns of the Country. 8 &c About Norimberg: and hath some smaller skirmishes with the Imperialists. 7 &c Sends abroad to take up the Posts and Towns of the Country. 11 Oxenstiern sets out, towards the King.  20 King sends out Wippenhorst to beat a Convoy. 20 Sends Holck towards Misnia. 22 Oxenstierns and Hessens Army, in Franconia.  23 &c Oxenstierns and Hessens Army, in Franconia.  27 King learns out Walensteins' Magazine.  30 Dubatell takes Freyenstat: and the King defeats Sparre. 30 Bavaria writes to Pappenheim. August. August. 1. The King's Oration. Some skirmishes between commanded parties, in the beginning of this month. 4 parties sent abroad into the Country. 5 parties sent abroad into the Country. 8 Pays his Army.  10 Oxenstiern and Duke William Weymars' Army, move one towards another.  11 Oxenstiern and Duke William Weymars' Army, move one towards another. Partees abroad. 13 Duke Bernard and Banier join with Oxenstiern and Duke William. 13 Holck takes Zwicka. 14 Duke Bernard and Banier join with Oxenstiern and Duke William. 16 Holck spoils Misnia. 17 The Armies come to Bruck. 17 &c Holck spoils Misnia. 18 The King comes to view them.  21 They join with his Army: and Walensteins' Trenches attempted. 21 Walensteins' trenches attempted. 22 The fight continues.  24 The great fight for the old Castle. 24 The great fight. 26 The King forms a new Camp, hard by Walensteins'.  29 parties sent abroad. Partees abroad. 30 parties sent abroad.  September. September. Several small Actions. All done by commanded parties. 4 Consultations with the Norimbergers about discamping.  5 Consultations with the Norimbergers about discamping.  7 Kept Holiday.  8 The King dislodges.  9 Sits down at Nieustat. 12 Walenstein dislodgeth. 13 Removes the army to Winshaim. 13 Gallas besieges Lauff. 14 Divides his Army. 14 Walenstein comes to Forcheim. 15 Goes towards Norimberg: but returns to go for Bavaria.  21 At Dunkenspiel. 21 Summons Culmbach. 22 At Nordlingen. 24 Goes to Bamberg. Gallas spoils Voitland. 25 Mitzvall yields up Rain. 27 The King defeats 400 Crabats about the Lech in Bavaria. 25 Bavaria parts with him. 29 Walenstein takes Bayreit. October. October. 1 Passes the Lech. 1. Takes Coburg, and Gallas, Chemnitz. 2 Passes the Lech. 3 Recovers Rain. 3 Beaten from Coburg Castle. Holck and Gallas join in Misnia.  4 Holck and Gallas take Friberg. 5 At Neuburg upon the Danuby. 5 Walenstein goes towards Voitland. 6 Prepares to besiege some towns in Bavaria. 8 Takes towns in Voitland. 7 Prepares to besiege some towns in Bavaria. 9 Takes towns in Voitland. 8 Retires to Nordlingen. 10 Comes to Plaun. 12 Kniphausen takes Lauff. 11 Forms a Camp at Weida.  12 Holck and Gallas take Wurtzen. 13 King pursues and defeats Munich. 13 Walenstein moves towards Leipsich. 14 King pursues and defeats Munich. 14 Walenstein moves towards Leipsich. 15 King returns to Norimberg. 17 Sends some Horse to brave it. 17— goes towards his Army, 18 Summons it.  19 Takes Weissenfels. 21— Recovers up to his Army. 20 Besieges Leipsich.  21 Besieges Leipsich. 22 Cashiers the English & Scottish. 22 Takes Leipsich town. 23 Comes to Arnstat. 23 Takes the Castle. 28 Musters at Erfurt. 25 takes other towns in Misnia. 26 &c takes other towns in Misnia.  28 Pappenheim joins with him. November. November. 1 Comes to Naumburg. 1 Sends back some Horse to Leipsich: and remooves his Army to Weissenfels. 2 His religious speech to the people. 3 Entrenches. 4 Hath Coloredoes Letter brought him. 4 Sends Pappenheim to Hall: and moves to Lutzen. 5 Falls amongst Walensteins' Quarters. 5 Prepares for the Battle. 6 The victory of Lutzen. 6 Overthrown, and retires to Leipsich. 7 The King's body embalmed. 7 His Army flies in disorder towards Bohemia. 8 &c His Army flies in disorder towards Bohemia.    

The Index to the Third Part.  

A  
ALtemberg Castle, the great fight about it, p. 39, etc.  
Armies sent for by the King, their Stories, 28  
Articles at the yielding of Zwicka, 93 

At the yielding of Leipsich Castle, 107  
Propounded by Walenstein unto Hall, 109  
At Kniphausens' recovery of Leipsich Castle, 175  
At the Swedes recovering of Chemnitz, 172  
and of Zwicka, 176     

B.  
BAnier employed towards Tirole, 34 

His actions in Bavaria, ib. goes towards Norimberg to the King, 35  
shot before Walensteins' Leaguer, 38    
Battle of Lutzen beggings, 125  
Bavaria Duke. joins with Walstein, 2 

— His Forces, 7  
— moves Walstein to assault the King, 17  
— invites Pappenheim, 17    
Bavaria Dukedom, some actions in it, 34 

the State in which the Swedes left it, 35  
The King marches up into it, 59  
His Acts there, 61    
Bayreit taken by Walstein, 85  
Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, his actions about the Bodensee: and about the Danuby, 33 

and in Bavaria, 35  
— goes towards Norimberg to the King, ibid.  
joins with Oxenstiern, 36  
His actions at Altemberg Castle, 42, and 49  
Left with half the Army in Franconia, 58  
— His good service there, 69. 88  
his valour in the Battle of Lutzen, 146  
Hath half the Swedish Army committed to him, 178    
Birckenvelt, Palatine; defeats some Imperialists in Franconia, 29 

Left with an Army in Bavaria, 64    
Brandistein takes Naumburg, 73   

C.  
CHemnitz in vain besieged by Holck, 94 

Taken by Gallas, 98  
Recovered by the Swedes, 176    
Camp, the King forms a new one by Walenstein, 47 

Walstein forms one at Weida, 91    
Coloredo, a Letter of his brought to the King, 119 

Fetches his Captain out of Weissenfels, 114  
He commanded Walensteins' Right Wing in the Battle, 129    
Compliment betwixt Bavaria and Walstein, 83, 84  
Crabats, Garlick-eaters, 23 

Take the Scholars of Altorff, 51  
— a Partee of them defeated, 61, etc.  
— and by the King, 54  
and in Bavaria, 61  
Their Barbarism in Misnia, 100    
Cratz recovers Munchen, 34  
Culmbach town puts off Walstein, 85   

D.  
DANISH Ambassador makes some offers concerning a Peace, 27  
Dubatells sent to Freienstat, 18 

— burns the Magazine there, 19  
— putteth Walstein from Coburg Castle, 87     

E.  
ELector of Saxony his constancy, 91 

The King goes to join with him, 120    
Emperor well pleased with Walstein, 21 

What his Court gave out of the King of Sweden, 27    
Emperor's Court, how it took the news of the Battle of Lutzen, 156  
Empire, the State of it, whilst Walenstein lay at Norimberg, 77  
English and Scottish of my Lord Marquesse Hamiltons Army, reduced, 30 

taken on by Duke William, ibid.  
cashiered by the King, 71  
two English Gentlemen, taken prisoners by the Crabats, 118  
carried prisoners into Prague, 143    
Ensign of the Eagle and Fortune, presented to the King of Sweden, 124  
Erfurt the King musters at it, 71 

saved by the Kings coming, 110    
Explication of the Figure of the Battle of Lutzen, 165   

F.  
FIght before Walensteins' Trenches, 38 

the great fight, Aug. 24. 40    
Friedberg in Bavaria, burnt. 34   

G.  
GAllas sent out by Walenstein, takes Lauff, 96 

Takes towns in the Upper Palatinate, and in Voitland, 98  
joins with Holck, 99  
Their Actions after it, 100  
Sent towards Silesia, 102    
Grave Neeles slain at Lutzen, 154   

H.  
Mr. HArvey unfortunately drowned, 39  
Hepburn, St. john, Commands three Brigades before Norimberg, 5 

Employed by the King in the great fight, Aug. 24. 43, & 44, & 45  
The Author beholding to him, 46  
Holck-Major General of the Horse to Walenstein, 8  
Sent into Misnia, 16  
His doings there, 92  
taketh Zwicka, 93  
Raises his siege of Chemnitz, 94  
forced by the Saxons to retire, joins with Gallas, 99  
His Acts with him afterwards, 99, 100  
joins with Walstein, 102  
Made Lieutenant— Field-marshal, 130  
Mightily rewarded by Walenstein, 158  
The only man in credit with him, ibid.     

K.  
KIng of Sweden, noble of his word, 1 

Like to overthrow the Duke of Bavaria, 2  
Sends for his Armies, 5  
His strength, ibid.  
and Leaguer, ibid.  
His answer to Walensteins' Courtsship, 16  
defeats Sparre, 21  
His Oration, 23  
His integrity in these wars, 25, 26  
pays his Army, 26  
Sets upon Walensteins' trenches, 38, etc.  
His sudden judgement upon view of Altemberg Castle, 43  
H● encamps by Walstein, 47  
The sole of his Boot shot away, 49  
labours to cut off Walsteins' victuals, 50  
Goes out upon a Partee, 53  
defeats the Crabats, 54  
Rises from Norimberg, 575    
King of Sweden. 

How he contents the Norimbergers, concerning his rising, 56  
Goes to Nieustat, 58  
divides his Army, ibid.  
goes towards Bavaria, 59  
overthrows 400 Crabats: and passes the Lech, 61  
Recovers Rain in Bavaria, 62  
Comes out of Bavaria to go after Walstein, 63  
Comes to Norimberg, 68  
Defeats Col. Munich, 68  
Recovers up to Duke Bernard's Army, 69  
Musters at Erfurt, 71  
Comes to Naumburg, 73  
Not purposed to have fought when he did, 120  
Goes to join with Saxony, 121  
Thinks to fall in among Walensteins' Quarters: which the night hinders, 123  
Rowtes two Regiments, 124  
Slain, 137  
His Character, 181  
His Daughter Elected Q. of Sweden. 190  
The Imperialists honourable testimony of him, 154    
King of Bohemia sick, 23 

Recovered & in the Field, 38    
Kniphausen, Sergeant-Major General to the King, keeps the Pass at Furt, 37 

the commendation of him, 56  
left to guard Norimberg, 57  
Takes Lauff, 67  
Dissuades the Battle of Lutzen, 120  
Kniphausens good service in the Battle of Lutzen, 146, 1●7  
Recovers Leipsich Castle, 178. Appointed to be a Feltmarshall by the Kings Will. 178     

L.  
LAndgrave goes towards the King, 29 

defeats some Imperialists in Franconia, ibid.    
Lauff taken by Gallas, 96 

Recovered by Kniphausen, 67    
Leaguer of the King about Norimberg, described, 5 

Walensteins', 8    
Lech river the King passes it, 61  
Leipsich summoned by Walenstein, 103 

The town taken, 106  
And the Castle, 107  
Recovered by Kniphausen, 174    
Letter of the Baron of Dudroff, 46 

of Walenstein to the Leipsichers, 103    
Letter of Coloredo's brought to the King, 119  
Lunenburg Duke comes to join with Saxony, 121   

M.  
MAgazine of Freienstat destroyed, 19  
Mist, advantageous and disadvantageous at the Battle of Lutzen, 136  
Mitzvall a Swedish Colonel executed, 60, & 62  
Montecuculi takes Rain in Bavaria, 60   

N.  
NAumburg taken by the King, 73  
Norimberg the King encamps about it, 2 

The town described, 6  
the mortality in the town, 23    
Neustat upon the Aisch; the King goes thither with the Army, 58   

O.  
ORation of the King of Sweden, to his Army at Norimberg, 23 

Before the Battle of Lutzen, 126    
Oxenstiern, concludes the neutrality with Cullen, 28 

Sets out with an Army from Mentz, towards the King, 28  
left in Norimberg, 57  
Comes to orders the wars, after the Battle of Lutzen, His Commission of Ambassador to the Armies. 178     

P.  
PAppenheim, comes towards Walstein, 73 & 110 

Sent towards Hall, 112  
Recalled, 114  
Slain, 143  
His Testament, 143    
parties sent out from Norimberg Leaguer, 50, etc.  
Peace, some overtures made of it, 27, & 28  
Piccolomini his valour in the Battle of Lutzen, 144, 162 

Sees the King of Sweden dying, 140  
vastly rewarded by Walenstein, 158    
Provisions for Walsteins' Army, 11.   

R.  
RAin in Bavaria taken by Montecuculi, 60 

recovered by the King, 62    
Reasons. 

for the Kings Encamping before Norimberg, 3  
for his Rising from Norimberg, 55  
of Walenstein for not fight, 78  
for rising from Norimberg, 79  
for spoiling Voitland, 91  
given by Pappenheim to Walenstein, to have him take Erfurt, 110  
Reasons debated, whither the King should fight or not, 120    
Retreat of the King from Altemberg Castle, the order of it, 47   

S.  
SAxon-Lawenburg, His speech the night before the Battle, 122 

The wounded King's speech to him, 136  
Forsakes the King, and shifts himself out of the Battle, 137  
made a Feltmarshall, 138    
Saxons cut off Holcks bridge, 101  
Schweinfurt, 

jealous of Walstein, 84  
delivered by Duke Bernard, 85    
September 7th kept Holiday, 57  
Sparre Colonel defeated, 21 

propounds a Peace, 28  
set at liberty, 48    
Speech of the Kings, to those of Erfurt, 72 

To those of Naumburg, 74  
To Stolhanshes in the Battle, 134    
Stolhanshe his service in the fight, August 24. 43 

The King's speech to him in the Battle of Lutzen, 134  
He brought off the King's Body, 141    
Stratagem of Kniphausens, 67   

T.  
TOrgau, Walensteins' design upon it, diverted, 109 

The Elector of Saxony, and Duke of Lunenburg, conjoined at it, 121    
Tombs of Dukes of Saxony, in danger to be rifled: 

redeemed, 100  
redeemed again, 102     

V.  
VIctory of Lutzen published, 152   

W.  
WAlenstein. 

joins with Bavaria: and comes against the King, 2  
vows to burn Norimberg, 3  
His and Bavaria's Forces, 7  
His great Officers, 8  
His great Leaguer described, 8  
His diseases: and Authority in his Army, 10  
His severity and bounty, 11  
His good parts, 11  
His Discipline and orders for his Army, 11  
His purpose in besieging the King, 12  
His first attempts upon the Country, 13, 14  
Courts the King of Sweden, 16  
The Emperor well pleased with him, 27  
His Trenches set upon, 38    
Walenstein. 

his Horse said to be shot under him, 49  
said to be in danger of taking, 50  
Rises from Norimberg, 79  
divides his Army, 82  
His way and numbers, ibid.  
Parts with Bavaria, 83  
Takes towns in Franconia, 85  
Put off from Culmbach, 85  
and from Coburg Castle, 86  
His purpose for marching thorough Duringen, diverted, 89  
Falls into Voitland, 90  
Encamps at Weida, 91  
Summons Leipsich, 103  
takes the town, 106  
and the Castle, 107  
Takes Weissenfels & Mersburg, 108  
diverted from Torgau, 109  
calls his Army together, 110  
Opens a gap for the King to march thorough him, 113  
Prepares for the Battle, 114  
Goes to Lutzen, 121  
Touched with a Bullet in the Battle, 162  
Gives over the Field, 150  
flies into Bohemia, 155, &c  
Examples of his vast bounty, 158  
and Martial Discipline, 159  
The State he keeps, 159    
Walenstein the younger, slain at Lutzen, 154  
William of Saxon-Weymar, his actions about the Bodensee, 30 

Takes on the English, 30  
Goes to join with Oxenstiern, 31  
His Forces, 31    
Winckle Colonel wounded in the Battle of Lutzen, 144  
Wippenhorst Colonel; sent out by the King, 18   

Z.  
ZWicka, taken by Holck, 93 

Recovered by the Swedes, 176     
FINIS.   

An Elegy on the King of Sweden.  
What sad news doth the curious strive to hear?  
So sad; he cannot safely live, and fear?  
I see in every eye a terror strooke,  
A grief too great for credit; since we look,  
On Kings, as if they were not clay and dust,  
Vain hopes; in whom alone, men vainly trust.  
Say if at once, the great Gustavus died  
In fight; such as would add to Caesar pride.  
A death Triumphant, at whose spreading fall  
The Empire groaned, as if it expired withal.  
See how the cunning foes securely bark,  
Venting their malice from truth-hating dark,  
Read their State-faces, for their hearts none can,  
But he who measures Heaven with a span.  
Observe their joy, for such a barbarous thing,  
As joy for loss, of a most manly King.  
What did you fear day-owls? he would uncrown  
Your Triple-head, or break your Idols down?  
He sure had done it, but that God did see,  
It was not much to do, by such as he:  
He saw we only looked upon his sword,  
And forgot him, who conqueres, by a word;  
Since then, so much on miracles you stand,  
God can raise up some weak and feebler hand,  
Flies, Vermine, Frogs; such as did Pharaoh fright,  
A Lance of Bulrush, and a Lamb to fight.  
God sure will do it, and his blood exact,  
At their foul souls, that joy in such a fact.  
It is a soldier's trade, and pride to kill,  
He may more safely do, than you wish ill.  
Then do not triumph on a Lion dead,  
Whom living, all your men at arms did dread.  
Starting aside, as do the fearful brood,  
From his stern eye that rules the gloomy wood.  
O thou wilt be long lived in Austrians fear,  
When thy great name shall strike their Nephew's ear.  
Yet let us mourn thy loss, to all but thee:  
Who now art mixed with eternity,  
So was he borne, as he the heir had been,  
Of skilful war; and victory his twin:  
So didst thou show thy day, and close thy Eeven,  
As some new Planet had appeared in Heaven.  
Predominant on Hills, and Vales, and Woods;  
Vnaccest Marshes, and resisting Floods.  
Witness thy swift march on the various soil  
Of German ' pased, rather with power, than toil.  
So art thou come and gone; as thou wert sent,  
To show what God can do, not what he meant.  
For hadst thou lived one year above that day,  
Vien had been thy seat, and Rome thy prey.  
But it was time to dye: lest men had said,  
He was not mortal until he were dead.  
And now he lives again so full of glory:  
His deeds resist the credit of his Story.   

Upon the glorious King of Sweden.  
Seek not (sad Reader) here to find,  
Entombed the Throne of such a mind;  
As did the brave Gustavus fill:  
Whom neither time nor death can kill.  
Go and read all the Caesar's Acts,  
The Rage of Scythian Cataracts;  
What Epire, Greece, and Rome hath done:  
What Trophies Goths and Vandals won.  
Read all the world's Heroic Story,  
And learn but half this Hero's glory;  
These conquered living: but life flying,  
Revived their foes, He conquered dying:  
And Mars hath offered as he falls,  
An Hecatomb of Generals.  
The great Comparer could not tell,  
Whence to draw out his Parallel:  
Then do not hope to know him here;  
For whom earth was a narrow Sphere:  
Nor by a search in this small narrow room,  
To find a King so fare above a Tomb.   

Upon the King of BOHEMIA.  
STay (Reader) it is vain to fly,  
Death's universal Monarchy.  
Mankind hath no repose but one:  
A bed of dust, curtained with stone.  
Here lies a King whom envy must,  
Acknowledge to be good and just;  
A Prince unflattered, worthier fare:  
Then his own fame, or such as are.  
Pure gold by strong afflictions tried,  
By hope and patience mortified;  
Religious Martyr, Austrians hate:  
Unchanged in all the powers of fate.  
In this Tomb only now at rest;  
Until the rising of the blessed.  
It is enough this Tragedy to tell:  
This is the Prince for whom Gustavus fell.   

AN ELEGY, Upon the most victorious KING of Sweden, Gustavus Adolphus.  

LIke a cold Fatal Sweat which Ushers Death,  
My Thoughts hang on me: and my labouring Breath  
Stopped up with Sighs: My Fantasy big with Woes  
Feels two Twinned Mountains struggle in her Throes,  
Of boundless Sorrow one, Tother of Sin;  
For less let no one rate it. To Begin  
Where Honour Ends. In Great Gustavus flame  
That Style burnt out, and wasted to a Name  
Does barely live with us. As, when the Stuff  
Which fed it fails, the Taper turns to Snuffe.  
With this poor Snuff; This Fiery Shadow we,  
Of Fame and Honour must contented be;  
Since from the vain grasp of our wishes fled  
Their glorious Substance is, now He is Dead.   

Speak it again, and Louder; Louder yet:  
Else whilst we hear the Sound we shall forget  
What it delivers. Let hoarse Rumour cry,  
Till She so many Echoes multiply,  
Those may, like numerous witnesses, confute  
Our unbelieving Souls, that would Dispute  
And Doubt this Truth for ever. This one way  
Is left our Incredulity to sway;  
To waken our deaf Sense, and make our Ears  
As open and dilated as our Fears;  
That we may feel the Blow, and feeling grieve  
At what we would not feign, but must believe:  
And in that horrid Faith behold the World,  
From her proud height of Expectation hurled,  
Stooping with Him; As if She strove to have  
No Lower Centre now then Swedens' Grave.   

O! could not all thy purchased Victories,  
Like to thy Fame, thy Flesh immortalize?  
Were not thy Virtue, nor thy Valour charms,  
To guard Thy Body from those outward harms,  
Which could not reach Thy Soul? could not thy Spirit  
Lend somewhat, which thy Frailty might inherit  
From thy Diviner part; that Death, nor Hate,  
Nor Envies bullets ere could penetrate?  
Can not thy early Trophies, in stern fight  
Torn from the Dane, the Pole, the Muscovite?  
Which were thy Triumphs Seeds, as pledges sown,  
That, when thy Honour's harvest was ripe grown,  
With full Summed wing Thou Falcon-like wouldst fly,  
And cuff the Eagle in the German Sky:  
Forcing his Iron-Beake and Feathers feel,  
They were not proof 'gainst thy Victorious Steel.  
Can not all these protect Thee? or prevail  
To fright that Coward Death, who oft grew pale  
To look Thee and thy Battles in the face?   

Alas they could not. Destiny gives place  
To None. Nor is it seen that Prince's Lives  
Can saved be by their Prerogatives.  
No more was Thine: who closed in thy cold Lead,  
Dost from Thyself a mournful Lecture read,  
Of Man's short dated Glory. Learn You Kings!  
You are like Him, but penetrable things:  
Though You from Demigods derive your Birth,  
You are at best but Honourable Earth;  
And, howe'er Sifted from that courser bran,  
Which does Compound and Knead the Common Man:  
Nothing's Immortal or from Earth refined,  
About you, but your Office and your Mind.  
Here then break your False Glasses, which present  
You Greater, than your Maker ever meant:  
Make Truth your mirror now; Since you find all  
That flatter You, confuted by His Fall.   

Yet since it was decreed, Thy Lifes bright Sun  
Must be Eclipsed, ere Thy full Course was run;  
Be proud, Thou didst in Thy Black Obsequies  
With greater Glory Set, than others Rise.  
For in thy Death, as Life, Thou heldest one  
Most just and regular proportion.  
Look how the Circles drawn by Compass meet,  
Indivisibly joined head to feet,  
And by continued Points, which them unite,  
Grow at once Circular and Infinite:  
So did thy Fate and Honour now contend,  
To match Thy brave Beginning with thy End.  
Therefore Thou hadst, in stead of Passing Bells,  
The Drums and Cannons Thunder, for thy Kneels.  
And in the Field Thou didst Triumphing Dye,  
Closing thy Eyelids with a Victory.  
That so by Thousands, who there lost their breath,  
Kinglike Thou mightst be waited on in Death.   

Lived Plutarch now, and would of Caesar tell,  
He could make none, but Thee, his Parallel.  
Whose Tide of Glory swelling to the brim,  
Needs borrow no addition from Him.   

When did Great julius in any clime  
Achieve so much, and in so small a time?  
Or if He did, yet shalt Thou in That Land  
Single for Him, and unexampled stand.  
When o'er the Germans first his Eagle towered,  
What saw the Legions which on them he poured?  
But Massy Bodies, made their Swords to try,  
Subjects not for his 
Magis triumphati quàm victi. Tacit: de Mor. Germ.  Fight, but Slavery.  
In that so vast expanded piece of ground,  
(Now Swedens' Theatre and Tomb) he found  
Nothing worth Caesar's valour, or his fear;  
No Conquering Army, nor a Tilly there:  
Whose strength, nor wiles, nor practise in the War  
Might the fierce torrent of Thy Triumphs bar,  
But that Thy winged Sword Twice made him yield,  
Both from his Trenches beat, and from the Field.   

Besides, the Roman thought he had done much  
Did he the Bank of Rhenus' only touch:  
But though his March was bounded by the Rhine,  
Not Oder nor the Danube Thee confine;  
And, but thy Frailty did thy Fame prevent,  
Thou hadst Thy Conquests stretched to such extent,  
Thou mightst Vienna reach, and after span  
From Mulda to the Baltic Ocean.   

But Death hath Spanned Thee. Nor must we divine  
What Heir Thou leav'st to finish Thy Design.  
Or who shall Thee succeed, as Champion  
For Liberty and for Religion.   

Thy Task is done. As in a Watch the Spring  
Wound to the height relaxes with the String:  
So Thy Steel nerves of Conquest, from their Steep  
Ascent declined, lie slacked in thy Last Sleep.   

Rest then Triumphant Soul! for ever rest!  
And, like the Phoenix in her Spicy nest,  
Embalmed with Thine own Merit, upward fly,  
Borne in a Cloud of Perfume to the Sky.  
Whilst, as in deathless Urns; each noble Mind,  
Treasures thy Ashes which are left behind.   

And if perhaps no Cassiopeian Spark,  
(Which in the North did Thy first Rising mark)  
Shine over Thy Hearse: The breath of our just Praise  
Shall to the Firmament Thy virtues Raise,  
Then Fix, and Kindle Them into a Star,  
Whose Influence may crown Thy Glorious War.   
HENRY KING.   

On the famous CHAMPION of Christendom, Gustavus Adolphus King of Sweden, etc.  
CAn Christendom's great Champion sink away  
Thus silently into a bed of Clay?  
Can such a Monarch die, and yet not have  
An Earthquake for to open him a grave?  
Did there no Meteor fright the Universe,  
Nor Comet hold a torch unto his hearse?  
Was there no clap of thunder heard to tell  
All Christendom their loss; and ring his Knell?  
Impartial Fates! I see that Princes then,  
Though they live gods, yet they must dye like men;  
And the same passing bell must toll for them,  
Which rang but now, the beggar's requiem.  
When such a soul is from the earth bereaven,  
Me thinks there should be triumphs made in heaven;  
And tears should run at Tilt at his decease,  
To welcome him into a place of Peace:  
Who, though he made war, yet did always strive,  
Dying in war, to leave peace still alive.   

Upon the most puissant and victorious Prince and Soldier, Gustavus Adolphus King of Sweden, etc.  
'tIs sin to weep, or praise: oh let me vent  
My Passion only in astonishment.  
Who sheds a tear for thee, brave Swede, thus slain,  
His eyes do penance for his weaker brain.  
And yet those eyes themselves, deserve this doom:  
Which thus mistake a Trophy for a Tomb.  
Or else, Thy foes may weep as then they dud,  
When as thou didst: but all their tears were blood.  
Oh what a tempest, what a sea was forced,  
Of tribute-groanes, and tears, to waft one ghost?  
No way, but death, they had, to fly thy face:  
Thou quit'dst thy body, to pursue the Chase.  
But, who pretends thy praise in best expression,  
Endicts his judgement of confessed presumption.  
Bold tongue, touch not that head, that heart, that hand,  
Which brought on's knees, when he did tiptoe stand,  
The pride of Austria; backed with all, but heaven;  
Himself of all, but of himself bereaven.  
Thus having plumed th' Imperial Bird, alone,  
Upon those Eagle-wings to heaven he's flown.  
Why should he stay on earth? The game is done.  
Others can part the stake, which he hath won.  
'tis low ambition, underneath his Story,  
To aim at any Crown but that of glory.  
Then Canon play, His body's sacrificed:  
He is not canoned: no, he's canonised.   

On the King of Sweden: An Elegy.  
IF thou be set in death, bright Northern star,  
That wert the Cynosure o'th'Germane war,  
If (sublime soul) thoust chose to disappear  
In our horizon, to inform some sphere;  
(For, our incredulous hearts would misbeleeve  
Themselves fain, out of grief, they have to grieve,  
And Fame and Fate are tender, yet t'address  
A truth so horrid to the world by express)  
'twas, lest thy superstitious legions should  
Have idolised an arm of flesh and blood.  
Oh thy prophetic soul that predivyned  
This cause, as prescious of th'eternals mind!  
So when God saw his Israel apt t'adore  
The glorious instrument, that wafted o'er  
Their sea-saved tribes from Pharian servitude,  
He snatched that rich dust from the multitude.  
Or, wert thou (Brave Prince) thus subduced, to show  
'twas to no thirst of Empire we should owe  
Those rare achievements, but to testify  
Heaven was thy prize, thou mad'st such shift to die:  
Or, both to satisfy and yet convince  
The jealous fears of every rival Prince,  
That at thy Mounty gazed with envious eye,  
Wert thou thus pleased un-emperored to die,  
For, thou hadst else charactered, in thy name  
And deeds, Augustus for thy Anagramme,  
And all th'extracted quintessence, thy spirit  
Of all th'heroic Caesars did inherit;  
Only that thirst of purer glory stood  
Betwixt thy breath and such a public good.  
So have I seen a Falcon (to soar high,)  
Lessen herself to invisibility:  
The glimpse of this made thee, so oft, expose  
Thy penetrable parts to shocks of foes,  
That one would think thou heldst intelligence  
With th'adverse Canon, or some Thetis drench  
Had fortified thee Cap a Pee'gainst steel,  
In all but (what foe never saw) thy heel,  
The sea-sequestring Chief, whose sceptred Rod  
Established freedom to the Church of God,  
Had yet his period, and from Nebohs' top  
Was fain, by Prospective, to taste that hope,  
He might not live to grasp i'th' promised Land,  
Whose seizure heaven kept for a joshuahs' hand:  
So thou (Mosaique Prince,) this fair foundation,  
By thee being laid to unslave the German nation:  
Didst, though confined, content; Posterity  
Shall raise a roof will crown their liberty.  
Propitious heaven, some brawny nerves assign  
To give perfection, to this high design.  
Mean time, grim death, and greedy Destinies,  
Ye were not in some grave opinions, wise,  
To snap his twine that sent you monthly shoals  
To ply your Stygian bark, of war-slaine souls:  
Now that his death hath dulled Bellona's rage  
You may go court Disease, or languid Age,  
Or blind bold Empirics murdering ignorance;  
That quashes more lives than Art can advance,  
To keep your Ferry customed, or depend  
On sins and plagues to expedite man's end.  
Since Fates grand factor for mortality,  
By your improvidence hath gained to die.  
He that allayed Bavaria's lofty puff,  
Ruffled and discomposed the Spanish Ruff:  
Reduced Bohemia, the Palatinate  
Regained, checked Colein, and gave Mentz the mate,  
Pricked the swollen tympany o'th' Austrian pride,  
Taught her refluxes to the Catholic tide.  
Enforced that oil of Empire from his brink  
Of Vastness, down to Reason's Centre sink,  
That re-invested truth and liberty  
In all his visits, through fair Germany,  
That tooke-in Cities with his very name,  
And Caesar-like, Came, Saw, and Overcame,  
That having done th'imperial office, (saved  
Religion,) yet th'imperial wages waved,  
With the petard of whose Authentic word  
All ports flew : upon whose lightning sword  
Sat wing-cliped Victory, who in stern fight  
Won with his pike more than his pen can write:  
The fount of indeficient Stratagems,  
Th' Assertor of enthralled Diadems,  
That knew no quarrel, but the public right,  
Whose valour forced all fortitude to flight;  
That rushed through danger, as if none were near,  
When nothing else was nigh; feared only fear:  
Who though he could not dance the Brawls, yet, in  
His complete steel could tread a Matachin,  
And without Mimmick compliments or Cringes,  
Had th'active Rhetoric that turned the hinges  
Of all the grand designs of Christendom;  
And th'u'rt, or to convert or conquer Rome;  
That like the Danuby rising but a span,  
Grew boundless as his Baltique Ocean,  
And by fine force, no Sinon's sly surprise,  
Got, (Alexander-like) fair victories.  
That like the Sun, which from his early East  
Gallops in twelve hours' progress to the West,  
In eight months (as his history reports)  
Conquered his eighty Cities, Castles, Forts;  
That, humble at his rise, knowing how nigh  
Supremacy borders on tyranny,  
Yet (Phaebus-like) concentred at his set  
His beams, to clear with glory, Nature's debt;  
That had the skill so rarely to combine,  
Sweetness with strictness in his discipline.  
That what the rigid Captain could not bring  
To bow, crept to the mild Majestic King.  
(And yet how oft hath he the King declined  
To unscrue a Sentinels or Perdues mind)  
That pared those Vultur-talons, and that beak  
R'enversed, that under joves' bird joyed to wreak  
Their bloody teen on the recrescent breast  
O'th'publike weal, for private interest.  
And (skieborne Perseus) from the ravenous jaw  
Of Fridland, freed th'enchained Andromeda:  
He, he is slain, and yet the stupid world  
Is not with him, back to her Chaos hurled.  
For, stalking Eulogies, and talking tombs  
Are Popular incense, such as Fortune's grooms  
Are sacred with: and now each Burgher's hearse,  
Yawns for her hachments, and her tears in verse;  
And shall He have no more? He whose retreat  
Was Crown d with victory; on whose last sweat  
(The steam whereof had fainted us) a flood  
Waited in stead of tears of Roman blood,  
Whose camp (the Campus Martius of the North,  
Where he sowed soldiers) brought Commanders forth,  
Whose forward springs were differenced from ours,  
By putting winter sieges forth for flowers,  
Whose eager pursuites of adventures hard,  
Rivers nor Rocks nor Forests could retard;  
Beyond whose courage no plum ultras were,  
And yet no soldiers wants beneath his care,  
Whose Mausolaean monument is All,  
That Germany shall henceforth freeborn call;  
And must He have no more? fond Grief! no more!  
This sea that hath no bottom, knows no shore.  
Yet thankes to Fortune, this grand-sacrifice  
(That did in him whole hecatombs comprise)  
Was, like a Roman expiation, lead  
To death with wreathes of honour on his head.  
She that sits Pilot at the sternes of States,  
And all these casual conquests moderates,  
Saw that unless this Worthies blood were spilt,  
The fortune of the war would over-tilt  
To us: and Sweden proving Conqueror  
Had triumphed both o'er Ferdinand and Her,  
Therefore to appease his Grief, to peise our Pride;  
And ballast Fortune's Bark, Gustavus died.   

Upon the King of Swedens' Death.  
BRave Prince, although thy fate seem yet too strange  
To be believed in Paul's, or on the Change,  
Though we lay wagers, and do gladly choose,  
To take that side where we are sure to lose.  
We but deceive our grief, and fain would say  
Thou liv'st, to give our sorrow longer day:  
Were there no reason else, this might suffice  
To prove thee dead, that we want victories.  
We hear of no towns taken, and the Foe  
Hath been too long without an overthrow.  
In thee the fortune of the war expired,  
And now what can be done to be admired?  
To what use serves thy Army, but to weep!  
Whose greatest conquest now must be, to keep.  
But when thou didst command the valiant host,  
How did thy victories outfly the post?  
How were they here before the sail, or wind  
That brought the news, but still left more behind?  
One scarce could travel so much ground so fast,  
As thou didst overcome: such warlike haste  
Went with thy deeds, which did all letters stuff,  
That we could not believe them fast enough.  
With thee to conquer was the same as pass:  
Another's long siege, but thy journey was:  
And they which did thy sudden marches see,  
Say 'twas thy progress to take Germany;  
Indeed, what was the city, or the place  
That thought it not a siege to see thy face.  
And did not to thy single terror yield  
More than thy troops, who only mad'st the field.  
For, when, at first thy Army was so small  
That the Foes poorest Regiment was all,  
Who seeing with brave scorn that venturous sight,  
Might think thou cam'st to Muster, not to fight,  
Yet thou mad'st both sides equal, and with thee  
Thy few men proved more than thy foes to be.  
Who when he lost the day found that the war  
Lay more in thee then in his numbers fare:  
Which made him, when his Ensign he forsook,  
To fly, not from the ordnance, but thy look,  
For though the Canon played, and bullet flew,  
Thou mad'st the battle, and from thee they slew.  
Who couldst instruct thy Engines; scarce a shot  
Went from thy soldiers gun without a plot.  
And dangers which it felt, could not impart;  
Were still increased and made more sure by Art.  
As if it had not been enough to kill,  
Unless thou didst subdue the foe in skill.  
Which from thy Childhood thou hadst learned so well,  
That thou didst then things for the Chronicle,  
And mad'st thy name great, even when so young,  
Almost to use thy sword before thy tongue.  
And fare beyond thy years, thy face did move  
Fear in thy neighbours, when in Lady's love.  
But all thou didst then in thy younger age,  
(Although enough for others) did presage  
Only thy riper Conquests: and did try,  
By lesser war to conquer Germany.  
Now every march was project, and to move  
Did Stratagem and a new conquest prove.  
Hadst thou been then when the unpractised age  
Did know no other valour but their rage,  
When Alexander met his Asian Foe,  
Whose soldiers were no Army, but a show;  
Each man so sprucely dressed, each horse so gay,  
And only trimmed to make the braver pray.  
Thy deeds had then been wonder, and less Art  
Had conquered all the world, than now a part.  
Alas 'tis easy to be victor there  
Where the Foe first disarms himself with fear.  
And many have been great Commanders thought,  
For meeting with no enemies that fought.  
But there to purchase glory, and to be  
A Conqueror, where so much victory  
Had often gone before: and there to win,  
Where to scape fairly had a Conquest been:  
Shows all the Stories that are writ of old,  
Are but small truths when thy exploits are told.  
Of which this was a great one, that to show  
Thou gav'st thy passions first an overthrow.  
Thy fortune did not swell thee, none could guess  
By thy vain triumphs, at thy good success.  
No soldier did insult, so tame the drum  
Thyself so humble, as if overcome,  
When most victorious. These were things did move  
Thy enemies, and made them Conquest, love  
More than their peace before, who to be free  
Did gladly choose to be o'ercome by thee:  
And if perchance they did one charge abide  
They did resist, as they were on thy side.  
For thou by all with such desire wert seen,  
As if no foe, but hadst their Captain been,  
And foughtest for them thou took'st: who did endure  
No other Change, but to be more secure.  
Such wert thou to thy foe, but more thy care,  
To be such to thy Army, as they were  
To one another; who didst use to make  
Each mean imp●●●ment glorious for thy sake.  
And wouldst ennoble the obscurest place,  
And make the lowest office not seem base,  
By giving first example: while thy hand  
Did more than thou to others didst command.  
Each Captain was thy equal, but in this:  
That still thy danger was fare more than his.  
While with an even presence thou wouldst dare  
To pass the Canon, though thy death lay there.  
With such a bold and fearless march we read  
The Angel did the holy Armies lead:  
Who free from all attempts would stand between  
Two furious Camps, as much unhurt, as seen.  
And so didst thou (great soul) till heaven did see  
That thy bare rules great Conquerors would be,  
And took thee hence: who to requite thy fall  
Left thy example to be General.   

On the King of Sweden.  
I Will not weep thy loss; nor say there's none  
Can relieve bedrid virtue; thou being gone.  
I will not curse thy victory, or say,  
Though we were Conquerors, we lost the day.  
That thou wert all of us; that in thy fall,  
(Thou being its soul) 'twas the world's funeral;  
They that thus mourn, and sadly mention Thee,  
Pity themselves; and make an Elegy  
On their own hopes: and troubled at thy doom,  
With crafty sorrow write on Christendom:  
I that have read devoutly all thy Reign,  
And feared a fever, Age, or some such pain,  
As easy Princes die of; might surprise  
Thy ripe designs: robbing thy Obsequies  
Of wonder and amazement: bless thy fall,  
Worthy thy Great self; braver fare than All  
Thy envied Actions: there being nought to do,  
Greater than what thoust done, but to die so.  
When thou hadst tamed all powers; made every thing  
So hopeless weak, Ambassadors might win:  
Thou wouldst no longer stay: to show thy hand  
Aimed at a Nobler Triumph, than their land.  
That King who shall thy worth, thy war intent;  
May get thy Empire, hardly such an end.   

Upon the King of Sweden.  

THe Youth, hereafter, when old wives shall chat  
Gustaves high deeds; will ask What Giant's that?  
For if by virtue we may measure man,  
He did exceed six cubits and a span.  
That size was low to him: for we now tell  
A Story higher grown than Chronicle.  
Where we find none that ever laboured more  
To take away, than he did to restore.  
When Austria's Court, Astraea out had hurled;  
Then up stood He, Chief justice of the world.  
O'er Free States Caesar did himself extol;  
And on their ruins, reered his Capitol.  
When he usurped that Piece which had not on  
His Image or his Superscription.  
What though the Eagle be the highest flown?  
Yet was not th'air diffused for him alone:  
But every bird, how small so ere it be,  
Hath as good right to its own nest, as he.   

Rome for her best example, is paid all:  
And Carthage for her oft lent Hannibal.  
Virtue the theme, the School boy now needs none  
But Him, to make his declamation.  
Who by so much Rome's Fabius doth surpass;  
As others he; yet no Cunctator was,  
In his quick expeditions: he'd not be:  
Like to the crawling Spaniard: whom you see,  
Hath for the poor Low-Countryes warred so long,  
That they claim now by just prescription.  
Which land though won at length, must cost too dear;  
Since that of Canaan cost but forty year:   

His speed will make time think, he had the hap,  
At once to view and conquer, by the Map.  
Whose hand fought brachygraphy: and did take  
More in an hour, then ever tongue yet spoke.  
For no Coranto in a week could say,  
So much as He could do, but in a day.  
And when it seemed to lie, or write too much  
In English; 'twas good History in Dutch.  
If it some towns, his Conquest had outrun,  
As Prophecy; 'twas true ere all was done.   

Yet dealt he not with such as used to yield;  
They never gave; He always took the field.  
For when the game was his, and won the day;  
'Twas not their dotage, but his own good play.   

Armed when he retreated; he would go,  
Like a Sheld-Sea-Crab, backwards; and as slow.  
His front was towards; though from the foe his pace:  
And looked then like a janus, both sides face,  
Like that stout 
David 2 Sam. 24.13, 14.  Hebrews choice; rather then flying,  
Desired his men should be three days a dying.   

Whose royal soul justly to dwell, denied,  
In her own body, yet unglorified.  
He was a Dog, no King, first chose to rub  
His wretched life out, in a narrow tub.  
" Who thinks the world too scant; a holy heat  
" justly entitles to the style of Great.  
Besides, the body rightly thought upon,  
Is to the soul, but her Pavilion:  
Whose nerves about the bones do tie the skin,  
As coards the canvasse do, unto the pin.  
And at the first wise Nature never meant,  
To make the soldiers mansion, of his tent.  
Wherefore this Prince like Moses, after He  
Had led the people from captivity;  
And scourged the nations, like some humane God,  
Till rivers bled, done wonders with his rod:  
Died on the top of honour. Pisgah is  
For a brave height, a mount much short of this.   

But lest we worship Him: we know not where,  
This day to find his hidden Sepulchre.   
FINIS.   

THE SWEDISH INTELLIGENCER.  
The Fourth Part.  
RELATING THE CHIEFEST OF THOSE MILITARY Actions of the Swedish Generals: wherein the King himself was not personally with the Army.  
As in the Palatinate, Triers, Alsatia, Suevia, Westphalia, the Lower Saxony, and Silesia.  
Wherein you have Those Proceed, omitted in the Second Part: which are continued, until the time of the King's death.  
LONDON, Printed for NATH: BUTTER and N. BOURNE, MDCXXXIII.   

THE SWEDISH INTELLIGENCER.  

The advancing of another Spanish Army into the Palatinate, after the King of Swedens' departure thence towards Bavaria. What they did and suffered there, from Easter Eve until Whitsuntide 1632. with their retiring out of it; the Rhinegraves pursuit of them: and the State they left the country in.  
THat the Spaniards had twice before, since the King of Swedens' coming into these parts; attempted the reenforcing of their weakened garrisons in the Lower Palatinate; and how they had, both times, been forced over the Mosel again, by the King and Rhinegrave: we in our 
* See pag. 58. and 75, of that book.  Second part have before told you. Hearing now the King to be marched up after Tillie; and their friend the Imperial General Commissary Ossa, to be very desperate & busy in Alsatia, next unto the Palatinate: they in March following, resume their former enterprise; & provide themselves of two several armies, for that purpose. Fourteen thousand strong, (though some mention but 10000, & others 80 0) was the first army said to march up, and the Count of Embden was their General. Some believe that the Spanish marquis de Santa Croce, 
The Count of Embden comes wi●h an army into the Palatinate.  was also in the action with him. The second army was to be brought up by Don Cordova: who was to relieve the Count of Embden. Much encouragement had the Spanish, to hasten this their undertaking; for that they had intelligence sent them home from about Triers, that there was some contrast and jealousies betwixt divers of those chiefer Commanders and Governors of towns in the Palatinate; whom the King had left there at his departure.  
The Count of Embden with the first army, upon our Easter eve, the last of march 1632; passed himself in good order, 
They being past the Mosel,  by the bridge of Triers' city, over the river of Mosel: which they might freely enough do, for that they had the favour generally of the Elector of Triers' subjects; and a garrison of their own men in this city The Spaniards being now upon the Eastern side of the said river, they first of all (as both times heretofore they had done) go along the bank of it, unto Traerbach: two and twenty English miles, to the North-east from the bridge aforesaid. In the strong castle of this town (like as in the most of all the good towns of this Electorate, those excepted which the Rhinegrave ere whiles had put them out of) had they their garrisons. Thence advance they unto Kirchberg in the Huntsruck, twelve English miles to the East of Traerbach. In this town, 
take in Kirchberg,  had the Rhine-grave at his late taking of it, left 200 men (who indeed were not above 160) for the defence of it. These (though but a weak garrison God knows,) yet endured they some Canon shots before they would listen to a composition: which, there being no other remedy, they were glad upon soldier's terms to accept of; and the Spaniards as glad to yield them, their intent being to make haste into the further parts of the Palatinate.  
Next advance they unto Simmern, 
and Simmern.  5 or 6 English miles to the North of K●rchberg: which town they found not in so good a posture of defence as that they came last from, but readier to take the Law from the stronger Some Swedish forces there were, enquartered here and there, in the better towns of this country of the Huntsruck. These rallying themselves now together; were resolved to make some head against the proceed of the Spaniards. But not being of themselves strong enough to confront the gross of the Spanish army, and out of hope withal to be seconded from about Mentz; and all through the bad correspondency betwixt their chief leaders: (Duke Bernard I mean, and the old Rhine-grave) contented themselves only to lie upon the catch, and to intercept some lose troops of their enemies; which for pillage sake, 
but afterwards lose 5 Cornets to the Swedish.  durst adventure the straggling a little further from the army. At several times, they latcht up 4 or 5 of the Spanish Ensigns, which were at Mentz afterwards presented unto the Queen of Sweden. This country of the Huntsruck is very apt indeed for such like military reprisals: it being a very hilly and woody place: as if nature had meant it for the dressing of ambuscadoes; into which such strangers as are not well traded in the country, may easily enough fall.  
The Count of Embden never staying to revenge this, marches Northward towards Over-wesel first, and to Boppart afterwards, this last lying not far from Coblents, where the Rhine entertains the Mosel. These two towns, 
They clear the country, as fare as the banks of the Mosel.  and by their taking, all that corner of the Huntsruck, and Bishopric of Triers, betwixt the Rhine and Mosel, being thus again made Spanish, (even as fare as Coblents, where of old they had a garrison:) the Count of Embden converts his arms up again by the Rhines side towards the Southward, 
and  making all the speed he could to the banks of the river Nah, whose stream runs traverse to his marching. 
then pass the Nah into the Palatinate.  Where this river droppeth into the Rhine, stands the town of Bingen, and 10 English miles to the Northward up the said stream, is the town of Creutznach. To both them the Spaniards now send some parties, who bringing these word again that the towns were defended with good Scottish and German garrisons: they forbear to attempt either of them, quietly passing the river Nah, betwixt both, into the Palatinate.  
In none of these their proceed hitherto (except where we before told you) had they met with any considerable power of opposition. The Swedish army was not yet advanced into the field, 
The Rhinegrave now sent out to observe them,  the Rhinegrave only with his Horse-regiment had hitherto been by Oxenstiern sent out from Mentz towards them; and that rather to observe them then oppose them. He perceiving them after their passing of the Nah, to advance to the Eastwards towards Mentz, retires still before them, till he came to Nider-Vlm; within 6 or 7 English miles of Mentz, 
sits down to stop them at Nider Vlm.  to the South-west-ward. Here sets he down his Regiment: because that this was the nearest Pass, by which the Spanish must come at Mentz city. At this dorp, ends that ledge of little mountains; which by a small rivers side (for 8 or 10 miles together) comes trending along from the very Rhine banks.  
The Spanish having borne up close hitherto, with the Rhinegrave; and being now approached within half a league of him: they at that distance, about the tenth of our April, there sat down and rested. Hereabouts (at Mentz) they learned by some country Boors, that the chiefest of the Swedish forces were now amassing; and that here, if any where, they were likely to meet with opposition. And they judged rightly: For now at Mentz, was the Rex-Chancellor Axel Oxenstiern: who together with that gallant young spark Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weimar; had an army in readiness of 15000 foot, and 72 Horse Cornets. The Spanish had notice, 
who, whilst Duke Bernard prepares to draw out the Army.  beside, given them, of the new and great fortifications about the city; and that Duke Bernard had already drawn out the most of these troops, into the new worcks: which the King before his going had given order to be made; aswell for the lodging of a camp royal there, as for the safeguard of the 2 new bridges, over the Rhine and Maine; all which you may see described page 57 of our Second part. Thus much had Duke Bernard done, by the seventh of April; at which time, the Spanish were comen up within a day and halves march of Creutznach. The town lying at this guard; and the Rhinegraves horse (at the Post we last told you of) enquartered betwixt the Spaniards and the city: they, (having intelligence of his posture) first resolve to set upon him there; before those other forces should be drawn out of the city, to assist him. Friday morning before day light, April 13. was the time they appointed to make a Cavalcado upon his Quarters; and Lucas Cagro, Commissary General of the Cavalry, was the man; that with 1400 horse in 12 Cornets, undertook the action. It so chanced, that the Rhinegrave, the very night before, had received both notice and assistance; and was both ways now provided, to entertain them. The Chancellor Oxenstiern had newly sent him 400. Finland horse, under the well-tryed Colonel Stolhanshe, who had also taken up his lodging upon the side of the same hill, on which the Rhinegraves men lay unquartered. Towards them (though not close up to them) the Rhinegrave that night hitched; giving notice unto Stolhanshe withal, of the Spanish purposes, Don Lucas knowing nothing, that his enemies knew so much; thinks in the dark morning to get the advantage of the hill-knap, and then to fall down upon them with the more weight afterwards: he still supposing his enemy to be in his old Quarters. The hill top that Don Lucas thought to have gotten, was the same knap which the Rhinegrave had before possessed himself of: on the side of which, Stolhanshe was also lodged. The Spanish thus in the dark morning, with as much silence as they could, mounting up the climb of the hill; stumbled first upon Stolhanshe and his Finlanders, all ready in array to entertain them. These charging one another; down comes the Rhinegrave at the noise of the first volleys, upon the poles of them. 
defeats 1400 horse of the Spaniards, that first set upon him.  The Spaniards having once discharged their pistols and Carbines; and not being able to discern, what forces they had now to deal withal: never stayed to charge the second time; but turned their backs with all speed, and in much disorder hastened down the hill again. The Fins charge them upon the croopes: and the Rhinegrave followed them down the hill likewise. There were 10 fresh Spanish Cornets, now coming into the succour of their fellows: who meeting them altogether now in rout, turn the bridle in like manner, and run away with them for company, towards the leaguer. The Swedish still pursued, till the Spanish had recovered under favour of their own Canon. In this flight, the Spanish left 5 (8 some say) Horseman's Cornets behind them, with about 120 common soldiers. Don Lucas his Liefetenant-Colonel (whom they called General Adjutant,) was here taken prisoner: together with 2 Rittmasters or Horse-captaines, some few Officers, and diverse common soldiers; all which were sent to Mentz, to be kept in durance for their ransom.  
And now because we have chanced upon these two names, of commissary-general of the Cavalry; and General-Adjutant: it shall not be amiss (I hope) for the understanding of our story the better; to digress a little, for the expounding of these two offices. I take it, that this commissary-general of the cavalry: is not altogether unlike a Sergeant Major of the horse, in the Swedish discipline: beyond whom, he hath the power of a Commissary, for the provision of the troops, 
See how many marching men make up a complete Brigade: in our Book of the Swedish discipline.  over which he is Major. He is called commissary-general; because his command is not in a single Regiment alone; but either over all the horse of the Army; or some Brigade at least in it. Which Brigade in the Spanish discipline is not so small a Body of men, as the Swedish Brigades be: but it is a full Tercio (so the Spanish call a Brigade) that is, a whole third part of the Army, how many soever the Army be. The General-Adjutant, that was Lieutenant to this Commissary: was the Leiftenant-Colonel to his Regiment. The General-Adjutants office, is to be assistant to the General: That is, to be sent abroad for the giving or speeding of the General's commands, to the rest of the army. He is commonly some able man, or some favourite at least unto the General. His place in the Army, is that of a Leiftenant-Colonel; of whom he hath precedence, but is behind all Colonels. A General-Adjutant is the same officer, which in our English discipline, we call a Corporal of the field. The French call him Vn aide de Camp: an Aid or Assistant of the field.  
To return to our Story. The Spaniards being thus put to the rout: and having in the time passed since the last fight had about 100 of their men slain, and as many more taken prisoners; that had been sent out upon espyals, and for provisions: the rest collecting by the sequel, that the Swedish armies were already drawn out into the field: they all that day, and the next after it, contained themselves within their quarters. There (if by their next actions we may suppose) did they thus resolve among themselves, That seeing Mentz was too strong to be meddled withal, and that the Swedish forces (now comen together) were likely to be upon them at every turn, and to waylay them withal, upon their march, betwixt Mentz and the Palatinate; 
The next purposes of the Spanish  that therefore the best of their play would be, by a sudden advancing to get before them; and by making towards Frankendale, to reinforce themselves by joining with Don Philip. Their next purpose was to take in Spires city, and the towns next unto it: where, being backed with the neighbourhood of William marquis of Baden, Ossa and Harincourt, (all then in the nearer parts of Alsatia) they resolved to expect the coming of the Swedish: and there to accept or offer battle, according to occasion, or advantage.  
This, (as if it had been the main of their intention) they next day put in execution. April 14, therefore, breaking up from thence, 
They dislodg,  they march to Altzeim 12 English miles to the Southward of them. Here they quarter for that night: holding very fair correspondency towards the townsmen. From Altzeim go they the 15 unto Bockenheim; a dorp with a castle at it, 
and make towards Spiers city.  ne'er unto Neulingen, 16 English miles further to the Southward: where, upon the downs or wild and hilly heath, they for that night encamped. Hence mig●● their fires be discerned, from off Wormbs steeple. Facing it about now to the Left, they the 16 arrive at Grunstat; a town but one league and a half from Bockenheim, to Wormbs-ward; and within 7 or 8 English miles of it. Hither, the same day, out of Franckendale, (9 English miles to the South of Wormbs, and upon the same river of Rhine with it) comes Don Philip de Sylva, 
Don Philip de Sylva joins with them.  with 2000 horse and foot (3000, some name) and 10 pieces of ordinance, to join with them. The Spanish thus reinforced, and so near now unto the Imperial city of Wormbs: verily believed it was, that they had a month's mind towards it. But from these thoughts, was Don Philip able to dissuade them: who having been so near a neighbour unto Wormbs these many years; could well enough now inform them, how strong a garrison of Swedish foot, with 8 Cornets of horse, (besides the Traine-bands of the Burghers) there now was within the city. For this reason (perchance) did the Spaniards forbear to attempt upon it. The next day, April 17, again facing it about to the Right: towards Spiers city they make, which then bore due South of them. That night unto Turckenheim they come: 2 leagues and a half from Grunstat. By this time, had they well enough stored themselves with other men's cattles, and such like country provisions: Soldiers commonly (especially if enemies) having this good quality with them, not to leave, but to take, 
The wood is called Hart, in which it standeth.  things where they find them. April 18, they get up as fare as Neustat upon the Hart, by the small river of Spierbach: a very good town, 9 English miles due south of Turckheim.  
All these places, 'tis true, lie not in a strait line from Altzeim unto Spiers: and yet not much out of the way, neither: but being good towns, the Spanish thought not too much of the labour, to step aside a little, for to take them. April 19, turning a little more to the Eastward: they reach 4 leagues further: and within 5 English miles of Spiers city. The next day being the 20 they first show themselves before the ports of it: and the gross of their Army being in the afternoon comen up; they immediately show them their Canon, and demand up the city. A fair, but not very strong Imperial town this is, (yea the Chamber of the Empire.) The place of it, is upon the Western bank of the river Rhine; some 11 or 12 English miles on this southern side of Manheim, in the Palatinate. It had heretofore accorded with the King of Sweden, and accepted of his garrison: as Page 59 of our Second Part, we have told you. It was now kept with some 200 men, by Colonel Horneck: who had heretofore done the King very good service. And now also, as if he had not yet forgone all his former courage and reputation; he answers the first summons, as if he had meant to have beaten the Spaniards out of Christendom: for he thunders and sallies upon them, bravely. But the Spanish bringing forward their Approaches or Rolling trenches, soberly; and with many hands, having by the next morning almost perfected their lines, and gotten up 1, or 2, Batteries: Horneck, fearing another Black May day of it, should his town be stormed: he upon the very next summons, the second day of planting of the siege; hangs out his white flag, to treat upon the rendering.  
The chief of the Articles which he desired for his garrison, were these four. 
The Spanish take Spiers.   
1. To go out with full Arms, swords by their sides, 
The conditions.  Colours flying, drums beating, bullet in the mouth, and matches lighted.  
2. To have all his baggage, for himself and company.  
3. To have four field pieces.  
4. To be convoyed by the Spaniards as fare as Wormbs, 20 miles English, down the Rhine, to the Northward.  
For the townsmen, (Lutherans for the most part) he to this purpose articled. That they should not be molested in their persons goods, privileges, nor consciences. For the Cloyster-people, and the Lawyers (which were many) and such other Officers and dependants upon the Imperial Chamber; he needed not make any conditions for their safeties: for they being all Catholics, were of themselves so able to make a party in the City, in favour of the Spanish; that they had been one of Hornecks chief fears, and the occasion of his so sudden giving up the city.  
And thus was the fair and Imperial city of Spiers rendered up unto the Spanish; about 10 a clock in the forenoon April 21, This being May-day, according to the Spanish computation.  
Some say, that Colonel Horneck had (with that garrison) undertaken the keeping of the city; and had refused other succours: 
Duke Bernard going to relieve Spiers, comes too late.  which if he did, he was then the more to blame for it; for that, had he held it out, he had within a day or two been relieved. Duke Bernard Weymar, with the Palatine Birckenfeldt, having once learned which way the Spaniards after the last fight April 13, had directed their march, he upon the 16, advanced with 8000 foot and 3000 horse, out of Mentz, to have followed after them: and to have adventured to relieve whatever place, they should have attacked. He was already comen as fare as Wormbs, to this purpose: which was within little more than a days march, of the Spanish leaguer. Some say, that Horneck had notice of all this: and so much was at his sending for to Mentz, laid unto his charge by the Chancellor Oxenstiern; who immediately sent up word to the King, of his manner of yielding up the city. Horneck, indeed denied, any notice he had of Duke Bernard's coming: notwithstanding which, he was still kept under arrest, till his sentence came out of Bavaria from the King, that he should lose both Horn and neck too, for it. But execution was deferred, and his excuses, of the impossibility for him with 200 men, to make good such a compass of walls; when, especially, so potent a faction domineered in the town, were accepted: which were, indeed, presented to the King, in his behalf, by the Queen's Majesty, Duke Bernard, and some others.  
Duke Bernard hearing Spiers to be thus taken by the Count of Embden; 
and  and that Don Gonzales de Cordova was already upon his march in the further parts of Luxemburg, 
returns home again, upon hearing of Don Cordovaes' coming.  to pass the Mosel also into the Palatinate, for the seconding of Count of Embden: he sends part of the Army towards Manheim, first, and returns the other towards Mentz again: 
Manheim,  whence the Rhinegrave was with some of them, sent towards the Mosel, for the stopping of Don Cordova. Wormbs was at that time also taken new order for; 
Wormbs,  and that gallant Cavalier Christopher Haubald (who had lately taken Hanaw, as P. 22, of our Sec. Part we told you) now became their Governor. Hanaw city (you may please to understand) had been restored to its Earl, the Lord of it; and Haubald with the King's garrison, drawn out of it. He being now Governor of Wormbs, had 24 foot-companies, and one troop of horse, left in it for his garrison: the other 7 Cornets of horse which were in it, when the Spaniards, other day, marched by it; being now drawn out, to augment the Army, Haubald, first of all, slights and dismantles part of the Suburbs: the better to fortify the city: at which work, causing 1500 Labourers to be daily employed; he hoped within 14 or 16 days to make it so fensible; as not to fear the first sight or terror of an enemy. 
and Mentz, strengthened.  Mentz had all this while been new strengthened, by the labours of 3000 Boors and soldiers; and some new works made to it: especially by the Gustavi-Stadt, or New town, which the King of Sweden had caused to be added to it.  
In this town, and a little before this; had the Bailiff of Mentz been laid hold of and imprisoned by the Chancellor. His fault was, for having continued a secret corresponcie with his old master the Archbishop: and for having made a late and secret voyage to him unto Cullen. The Chancellor, it seems, since the Spaniards marching by, had been abroad to look to other places. At his coming home, about this April 20. the French Ambassador still resident in Mentz, made a great complaint of the Colonel the Governor, whom the Chancellor had left within the city. The cause was, for that he upon the hearing of the ecclesiastics faction in Spires, in favour of the Spanish: had commanded those at Mentz, to departed the city; and had arrested some of them, for not obeying. The wise Oxenstiern willing to gratify the Ambassador, released the arrest quietly, and restored the ecclesiastics to their Cloisters.  
Towards the end of April, came the Queen of Sweden into Mentz: whom the Chancellor with some gallanter troops of horse, went to meet withal. Divers Princes and Gentlemen (both of the Country and Army) went also to receive her Majesty as fare as Costum; 
The Queen of Sweden comes to Mentz.  about a mile or 2 from Mentz, and on the other side of the Main towards Frankford. Here were 80 Companies of foot also put into Battaglias: through whom, the Queen with a train of 20 coaches passing over the new made bridge; took up her lodging in the Electoral Palace, where she remained till August after, that she went towards Wurstburg.  
The Queen's person thus brought into a place of safety, and these 3 good towns, with others, taken order for; part of the Army is sent with the young Rhinegrave towards the Mosel: 
The Swedish sent towards the Mosel, to oppose Don Cordova.  fresh news being again brought to Mentz, that Don Cordova was comen almost as near as Triers, with 22 troops of horse, and 6000 foot forces. This was about the beginning of our May, the 8 of which month, Duke Bernard Weymar having at Mentz discharged himself of the Army; goes through Wormbs immediately up into Bavaria, to the King of Sweden: the cause of whose discontent, we shall anon tell you; when namely, we enter into Gustavus Horns Story.  
We left the Count of Embden within Spires, whose Army since their taking of that town, had attempted nothing upon the rest of the country: excepting only that he enquartered some troops in Aenwiler, Cron-Weissenburg and Landaw. The occasion for this was (I suppose) in the marquis of Baden; as we shall tell you by and by. From the townsmen of Spiers, (notwithstanding any former conditions made with Horneck) did the Count demand 100000 Dollars, 
The Count of Embdens' doings in Spiers.  which upon their complaint of poverty, were moderated to 80000. His soldiers made bold with their Hosts, now and then, if they saw any thing that liked them. Divers of the richer sort, were now likewise accused for former practices with the Swedes: but the quarrel was not to the men, but to their purses.  
The marquis William of Baden (he that is commonly called so) having been by his Imperial Majesty appointed his General heretofore, in this Circle of the Rhine: 
The marquis of Baden demands to have Spiers surrendered unto him.  sent word now, unto the Count of Embden, that he had order from his Imperial Majesty, to take the city of Spiers (which was the Chamber of the Empire) into his own charge, and Imperial protection. The Count returned him this answer; That he for his part, had commission from the King of Spain to take in so much of the country, as had heretofore been Spanish: so that every man being obliged to perform his best service for his own Master, 
The Count of Embdens' denial of it.  & to expect his commands only: he could not see that he ought to yield up his possession in the place, until he saw some order for it from the Court of brussels. This return was the marquis constrained to accept of for an answer.  
But the Count of Embden very suddenly after this, was fain of himself, to forsake the town, without receiving any other Commission from brussels, then that he could not from thence be relieved. 
His necessities.  The Swedish troops already advanced towards the Mosel, intercercepted a Courryer and a Packet of his to Don Cordova, and her Highness the Archduchesse: That unless he might be seconded from thence, within 14 days; he should no ways be able to keep his possession in the country: but be constrained to venture his Army into the mercy of the Swedes, at his countermarching. And so it fell out indeed: For the Rhinegrave having with his Army by this time taken possession of the Huntsruck; Don Cordova that was now advanced as high as Triers, judged it a better piece of Soldiery to retire again with his Army, then to adventure it upon such difficulties. Some of his horse, and 2 Commissaries (as I find) amongst them, being sent over Triers' bridge into the Huntsruck, to discover the posture of the Rhinegrave, and to make provisions for the following Army: 
Don Cordova cannot get over the Mosel.  were light upon by the Swedish, and sent prisoners into Mentz. Those that escaped, carried this word back unto Don Cordova, that the Swedish were too strong for him in the Huntsruck, and that they had possessed themselves of all the advantageous Posts, in the woods and mountains. This news caused Cordova to retire, and to leave the Count of Embden but in a bad taking.  

The Count of Embden forced to forsake Spiers.  Some other necessities, pinched at the same time upon the Count of Embden. The Chancellor Oxenstiern had an Army in his way to hinder his retreat: and so made it dangerous for him to go: and the Marshals De la Force and D' Effiat, were already parted out of Lorraine, and into the edge of the Palatinate, with a French Army: and this made it as dangerous to stay also; So that go or stay, there was danger in it. And true it is, that the French Army was by the 21 of May, 
and the Reasons.  comen as fare as Zweibrucken, (the town of the Palatine the Duke of Deux Ponts) upon the Western frontiers of the Palatinate; about 40 miles distant from Spiers city. The coming of these French forces, was in favour of the Elector of Triers: whom his Majesty of France had (against the Spanish) taken into his protection. Two prime forts had this Elector of Triers: both which he had yielded to consign over into the French Kings hands: and these, this Army now came (though the Elector, perchance, could have better been contented not to have been put to it, to make this consignation) to take possession of. One of these Fortresses, was the town and castle of Vdenheim: and this was close by Spiers, 
The French come with an army through the Palatinate.  within 6 English miles of it: too near to be ill neighbours. The other strength they went to take seisin of, was the castle of Hermanstein; where the Mosel falls into the Rhine: and this corner if the French got into, they would prove very troublesome to the Spanish in their passage back again, through the Huntsruck. And so, indeed, it after happened. To these two, is a third necessity to be added. The Prince of Orange was now preparing for the field; so that there was likely to be more use for the Spanish at home in the Low-Countries, than here above in the Palatinate.  
And these are some of the reasons, that constrained the Count of Embden, so suddenly to forsake these quarters. This is sure. That about the same day month, that he took Spiers city upon, he again forsook it, Saturday April 21. he entered it, & upon Whitsun Monday May 21, he again leaves it. Don Philip de Sylva, who had so long been General in these 
* He was General of all the Spanish, in the Palatinate, and the 2 Electorates of Mentz and Triers.  parts upon the Rhine; now prepares likewise to return home with the Army. This General, took order before his parting, for the reenforcing of the garrison of Franckendale, with 3 fresh troops of horse, and 1200 footmen. The Magazine he also caused to be new stored, and the sick and unserviceable people, to be brought out of it. For the defence of Spiers, did the Count of Embden appoint 1000 horse and Foot; and so left the neighbour country, to the direction of the marquis of Baden, as he had desired. The General Ossa perceiving the Spanish about to go; he forsakes Alsatia, just about this time, going with all speed to the siege of Bibrach: of which see Page 170. of our Second Part.  
The 2 Spanish Generals parting from Spiers May 21, and having drawn out all their troops of the neighbour quarters: and taking but 5 fielding pieces along with them: they give it out, before their going out of Spiers, that their purpose now was to march upwards into Alsatia, by the Rhines sides, and there to join with the General Ossa. This was a devise to amuse the Swedish withal: 
The Spanish feigning to march up the Rhine,  whom the Spaniards (the chief of their desire now being to make a quiet retreat) were not willing to have any thing to do withal. Having advanced to the Southward as fare as Germersheim, (or thereabouts) that is, some 8 or 10 English miles from Spires: they that very night, turn faces about to the right, 
suddenly turn aside towards the Mosel,  towards the Mosel. And indeed the old Proverb is here true enough, That the furthest way about, is the nearest way home: seeing that by this means they scaped that rugged and woody passage through some of the crags of the old mountain Vogasus; which all the way to the Westward, they left above them upon the right hand. The first good town of the Palatinate which they touched at, was Keysers-Lauter; about 30 English miles from Spiers, upon the river Lauter. Here stayed they but one night, May 23: their desire being to make such hasty marches; that they might be passed by, before the Chancellor Oxenstierns army at Mentz, should hear of it: or at least before the Rhinegraves Army about the Huntsruck, 
narrowly scaping by the French Army.  should be conjoined with him. One night before that the Spanish lodged at Keysers-Lauter, did the Van of the French Army arrive at Zweibrucken: which was within 18 English miles of Keysers-Lauter. Thus the Spanish being in good time passed by, The French (as soon as they heard of their going by) instantly send away the troops appointed to take possession of Hermanstein: into which the Elector of Triers entertained them, upon Saturday May 26 following.  
The Spanish, with long and hasty marches, still advance towards the Mosel: and the Chancellor Oxenstiern having notice brought him of it unto Mentz, the same night of their departure; he with all speed, the next day, preparing all things necessary for the expedition: parts, upon the 23, 
The Chancellor Oxenstiern, makes out after the Spanish,  with the Palatine Christian of Birckenfeldt, from Mentz unto Altzem; Fifteen thousand foot (half so many perchance) and 80 troops of horse, was he said to lead along with him; and having sent word of it to the Rhinegrave; and given him order to come towards him: he for that night encamps before Altzeim. This having been the way that the Spanish had before taken, in their advancing towards Spiers; the Chancellor supposed they would make their retreat that way again; and had therefore thought to take up that pass before them. But their march lay not that way, now; but some 2 or 3 leagues more to the Westward. The next morning May 24, was there word brought unto the Chancellor, that the Spanish had quartered the same night at Gelheim; a market town some 7 or 8 English miles from him.  
The Chancellor not willing to lose this opportunity; prepares to go to meet with them; and to give them as good a farewell out of the country, as they had received an entertainment into it. The younger Rhinegrave was dispatched, before hand, with some troops of horse of his own and Hornecks Regiment, to attack the Spanish; whilst the gross of the Swedish foot, with the Canon, might get up to them. 
whom the Rhinegrave first lights upon.  The Rhinegrave first found the Spanish Army in an indifferent fair and large valley, near unto Steinbach cloister: where encountering those 4 Cornets of horse, that then had the Van of the Army; he routed them first of all, and (as some say) took away 3 of their Cornets.  
The Spanish having field-room enough to put themselves into Battaglias, did it presently: and rightly supposing withal, that it was not some few troops, or any one single Regiment alone, that durst thus confront their whole Army: and that too, in a place of no advantage; and where they might well discover their whole strength: they certainly concluded thereupon, that the whole Swedish forces were at hand, and they (doubtless) withal resolved to bid them battle. 
The Spanish entertaining the skirmish,  Putting out therefore some primer horse-troopes (and those well lined with musketeers) to entertain the Rhinegrave: they first of all wheel about their whole Army a little to the left; the better to gain the advantage of the wood, in case of necessity to retreat unto. And as if they had now also considered; That their former way towards the river Nah betwixt Creutznach and Bingen, was so stopped up by the Swedish, that they must either fight for their way, or decline it: they then resolved upon the latter. Sending away their baggage-wagons and heavyer lumber, on before towards the town of Lautereck: 
send away their baggage before, and alter their course of marching.  they maintained the skirmish with the Rhinegrave, till their baggage were well advanced into the woods, which was a place of safety.  
Yea they did not maintain the skirmish alone, but they had the better of it. Two of the Rhinegraves own troops, having too fiercely and too forwardly given on upon them; they make to get them further off: the Swedish feeling, by and by, that horsemen and musketeers, were too hard for pistols and Carabiners, only. These two troops being sound pelted by the Spanish; take the rout presently upon it; 
They rout 6 troops of the Rhin graves,  and turn the bridle towards their own people. Four troops of Hornecks Regiment, being sent by the Rhinegrave, for the succouring of these runaways: received into themselves so great an impression of cowardice, from the others fears; that they also turn the bridle with them, and gallop with all speed towards Altzeim. Nor could the Rhinegrave by any means get them to make head again: one Cornet and one Sergeant (2 of each, say some relations) he presently caused to be hanged: and yet would the others ever stay to profit by the example.  

and recover the advantage of the woods.  The Spanish contenting themselves to have thus beaten them away, and to have recovered the honours of their 4. former Cornets: continue on their march, never looking to pursue after them. And this, indeed, was their wisest course: more conducing both to their safeties, and their purposes: their intention was not to fight, but to retreat; and hitherto they had made thus much good of it. By this time was the Chancellor near at hand, with the ordnance and gross of the Army: upon whose coming, the Spanish disdained not to save themselves (though in good order) among the trees and thickets of the forest. Some troops they left upon the edge of the wood, to entertain the time with the Swedish; till their baggage should have gotten on further out of danger. I do not find that there was much more that day done, against those in the woods-side. It was almost night, by this time; for the Swedish Foot had met with so many hills and bushes in their march, that they could no sooner get up to make a day of it.  
The Spaniards, so long as day light lasted, made very good use of the wood to defend themselves in, against the Swedish. Every tree, served their musketeers, both for a Rest, and for a Buckler: every bush, was as good as a Turn-pike or a Galthrop, to keep off any charge of horses, and to hinder their coming on in order. Among the boughs of the trees, were not the enemy's Pikes manageable. Nothing but Canon, could do them any mischief: and out of their reach, they could quickly get them. In this posture did the Spaniards maintain it, till the approaching darkness: the favour of which advantage, being the thing they most longed for; they now marched away with all their diligence. The Swedish not daring to pursue them, 
Continuing their retreat,  for fear of ambushes: were fain for that night to encamp, without the edge of the wood aforesaid. All that night, the Spaniards marched: and by break of day the next friday morning, May 25, did the Swedish horse again pursue after them. But the woods and hilly ways, proved so cumbersome; and the Spaniards had so fare gotten the start of them; that though the Swedish cavalry did, now and then, overtake some of them, 
They are pursued by the Rhinegrave.  and made some spoil upon their Rear (among such especially, as were by any mischance cast behind their fellows) yet still did the others get so much ground of the Swedish Infantry, as that they could never get up, to give them a general onset.  
Those Spanish horse that were left behind, either to man the Rear, or to guard the baggage; would turn again, now and then perchance, and give the Swedish their pistols, and so kill or spoil them a man or two, that way; but yet they never stood to it: their purpose being to make good their retreat, & if they did skirmish, now and then, yet still was it but retiring. The Swedish being all horse, had this advantage upon the Spanish Foot: that they could ride out and in, 
The manner of the retreat.  and charge them upon which flank they pleased, the Rhinegrave upon one hand, and the Fins under Stolhanshe upon the other, and both at pleasure. And yet that which afflicted the Spanish worse than all this, was, that their enemies still soliciting them with renewed Alarms; they could never be suffered either to pitch or sleep; nor to take any manner of rest, night, or day, for 40 hours together. Being thus enforced to march forwards, still, & forwards; if any encumbrance withal, chanced to fall among their wagons, or any carriage of their ordnance to be broken: either must those necessary impediments be forsaken, or the men's lives most desperately be exposed that durst stay behind either to mend or defend them. The whole Army would never make Halt or stay, for any private occasion: and in this posture did the Spaniards retreat, and the Swedish horse pursue (the gross of foot following on as fast, as might be) till they came to Lautereck aforesaid; full 16 miles of ground from Gelheim, (near which the fight began) and as heavy to march, as some other thirty.  
The Spaniards seeing now no remedy, but that the Swedish were likely to pursue them ever; 
They burn their carriages at Lautereck:  and perceiving withal, divers of their own wheels and carriages to be by this time much broken and shattered in the woods and rugged mountains: they there resolve to rid themselves of that lumber. Here set they fire unto a many of their wagons; the carriages of their ordnance, they burned; and the pieces they drowned in the river Lauter. Their sick and wounded men, they put upon the horses that had drawn them; and so hasted to the Northward, towards the Mosel. Being thus lightened; now double they their march: and from thence to the river Nah, (which gave them entrance into the Duchy of Semmern, and the Huntsruck:) they had something a more champion country to do it in. Here the Swedish gave it over, staying about Lautereck awhile to refresh themselves: from whence, the Army turned aside, 
and there the Swedish give it over.  partly towards Creutznach, 15 English miles to the right hand, and North of Lautereck, and partly back again to Altzeim. The way betwixt the first encounter and parting of the Armies, lay strewed with dead, maimed, sick, and wearied bodies, ever and anon; Spaniards, Italians, Walloons and Burgundians: of which (if you will take the Swedish and the Boors reckoning) there were full 2000 The drowned ordnance were found, and weighed up again. Some 400 (others name 800) wagons, either burnt or left behind: 40 of which the Spaniards hoping to have carried away, and therefore not burned, 
Their losses.  fell whole and wholly into the hands of the Swedish. In these, were much bedding, brass, pewter and iron: with such like leaguer-housholdstuffe. Divers prisoners were taken; and among them, about 60 Officers: all which were carried into Mentz. Of the Spanish Army that thus marched away, were there said to be 8000 foot, and 3000 horse; or near upon it: which I believe not: all which, by the beginning of June, were gotten as fare as the Mosel; and some part of them already passed it. Much encumbrance did they after encounter withal, in the Elector of Triers' country. The French forces, and his own, he now made to waylay them; 
and encumbrances in the Bishop of Triers' country.  employed 3000 Boors, to cut down the trees for the hindering of their passage: and all victuals was conveyed away out of their reach. Thus the Spaniards made good their retreat: and though they did it with much hazard, and many losses; yet, al-together, was it a very good piece of service of them And (I believe) the Swedish were as glad, as the Country, that they were so cheap rid of them.  
Don Gonzales de Cordova & Monterry Governor of Maestricht, having not been able to get over the Mosel, to the relief of the Count of Embden; now, for fear that the Swedish should have passed over after him: stayed for the said Count in the country of Lutzenburg: and afterward peecd in with him about Naamen and the river Maze. The Count of Merode, with those forces which he had thereabouts newly levied for the Emperor; was then about the Mosel towards Cullen; but he went not along with Embden nor Don Cordova: he being then in entertainment with the Elector of Cullen.  
And thus ended that expedition of so much expectation, of the Spanish Armies into the Palatinate. But this is the fortune of the wars, that the masters of the field must now and then take their turns, and be beaten out of it.  
The Swedish part of the Army, which returned from the fight, to Altzeim; went presently with the Chancellor back again to Mentz: and the other part, that moved towards Creutznach; went forward with the Rhinegrave, after a while, into the Huntsruck. There he reprised (though with some little ado, at first,) the towns of Kirchberg, Simmern, and others; wherein the Spaniards had left some weak garrisons. Nor had the Swedish, after this, much ado about the Palatinate: till that in July after, they were sent for by the King to Norimberg.  
The state in which the Spaniards left the Palatinate, shall we now tell you of. 
The state in which the Spanish now left the Palatinate, and the Bishopric of Spiers.  Having made themselves masters of Spiers, they forced some garrisons upon the next neighbour walled towns, that had been voluntarily quitted by such Swedish, as were there enquartered: even as the selfsame towns had been before quitted by the Spanish, as Pag. 59 of our Second Part, we have before told you. These towns were Aenwyler, Cron-Wessenburg, Landau, and some others: and out of these (as being nothing fencible) they now at parting withdraw their new-put-in garrisons. At Germersheim only, did they now leave some companies. This being a pretty tied place of itself; would be a good safeguard, beside, unto the strong town of Vdenheim (or Philipsburg) which lies but one Dutch league to the East of it; the Rhine running just between them. The garrison of this town, which had been put in partly by the Bishop of Spires, and partly by the Chapter: and which by often going out upon Bootehaling parties, with the Spanish garrisons of Heidelberg and Franckendale, (especially before the Spanish and the Bishop had any difference) had been three quarters Spaniolized: they now left in very good terms with themselves; and upon terms with their Lord the Bishop, now enemy to the Spaniards. The Chapter or Dom-Herren of the Cathedral Church of Spiers was their friend; and their own Bishop's adversary: and for their sakes, did the Spanish now forbear the other lands of the Bishopric. The quarrel was this. The Bishop Philip Christofer of Spiers, was now Elector of Triers also: whither in the year 1623., he had been chosen. This Prince had not only concluded his neutrality with the King of Sweden: 
See Page 69, and 72, of our Second Part.  but put himself under the French Kings protection; and by a Proclamation commanded all the Spaniards out of his country. His Fort and Electoral castle of Hermanstein, had he now also actually consigned over unto the French: and had likewise sent unto Vdenheim, (the town of his Residence for his Bishopric of Spiers) to have that delivered over to them. This so enraged both his Chapters, of Triers and of Spiers, (who were wholly Austrianized) that they forthwith proceeded to a formal and legal Admonition of him: which amounts to little less, than a Deprivation. 
Differences betwixt the Bishop of Spiers, and his Chapter concerning Vdenheim:  The Bishop sending his Trumpet unto the garrison of Vdenheim, to deliver up the place unto the French; his desire was countermanded by the Chapter of Spiers: so that the Governor answered peremptorily, That he held for the Emperor. Thus were the French Generals frustrated of this hope.  
Having here made mention of the Elector of Triers and his French dependency, Swedish neutrality, and enmity with the Spaniards: it shall not be amiss to repeat something here, (though from an ancienter original) which may conduce to the understanding of his State, and our Story.  
This Philip Christofer, than Bishop of Spiers only; had his ordinary Residence at this Vdenheim: 
and some old discontents betwixt the Palsgrave and the Bishop, about it:  concerning which, there had formerly fallen out a controversy betwixt the last Prince Palatine & him, and upon this occasion In the year 1618. the Bishop had a mind to fortify this Vdenheim: against which, the Palsgrave thus argued. That the place had been viewed, and the model projected by Spinola. That it thereby being made suspicious; would become also dangerous to his Estate; if either his enemies should get in thither, 
and the causes.  or the Bishops in time to come, prove enemies to the Palatinate. He urged also, that this fortification would hinder his right of sending convoys or Safeconducts by, or through the town. That it was contrary to the privileges of the city of Spiers; which was, to have no new Fort erected, within 3 leagues of it. The Bishop not desisting for all these reasons, the Elector Palatine procures a meeting of some Princes at Heilbrun, upon it. There did the Duke of Wirtemberg, the marquis of Durlach, and the Earls of the Wetteraw, assist the Palsgrave with 4000 armed men, to slight and dismantle the whole Fortification. Hereupon was it thus agreed betwixt the Palsgrave and the Bishop, with consent of the Dom-Herren or Prebends of Spiers: that the part betwixt the Fore-towne and the Castle, should be left unfortified: and never to be made up, but by consent of the Palatines. That the Bishop should never put above 30 men into it, for Day-Warders: and that in time of wars, the place should be a refuge for the Paligraves' subjects. But this agreement was in time of these late wars then broken by the Bishop; when the Palsgrave had no power left, to exact the performance of it. But thus much hath the Bishop now gained by it: that this town of Vdenheim, which he built against the will of his friends, he hath now fortified for his enemies. The Captain that now commanded in this Philipsburg, having made this denial to the Bishop's Trumpet; to show him withal how much good earnest he meant in it: set fire presently upon some of the new buildings next the castle, to prevent the lodging of any enemies in it: and prepares himself throughly for resistance. This was the state of Udenheim, when the Spaniards forsook the Palatinate.  
The constitution of all the country together, was this. In Franckendale the Spaniards left, (or were to leave) 1200. In Heidelberg, 2000 In Spiers, 1000; and in Germersheim, about half so many. In Neustat, likewise, Bretten, Sintzheim, Pfeddersheim, Germersheim and Fidelsheim; they left some smaller garrisons. Some writing tells me, that Don Philip de Sylva did not send in those 1000 foot and 5 Cornets of horse into Franckendale, as he had promised. I perceive that the chief command over the Militia in the Palatinate; was entrusted, principally, in the hands of Colonel Metternich, Governor of Heidelberg All the Country of Alsatia, was left to the marquis William of Baden. But he stayed not long in that his regency. For hearing how ill the Spanish had sped in their retreat; that the Swedish army was returned to Mentz; that Gustavus Horn was comen down to be General about the Rhine and Mosel: and that the passages betwixt Heidelberg and Franckendale, were likely to be every where blocked up, by his horse quarters: he by mid June draws all the forces, out of Spiers and Germersheim; and retires home-wards to the defence of Alsatia; and that which he calls his own Marquisate of Baden. And into these parts, Gustavus Horn presently sent the wars after him.  
The Rhinegrave after the departure of the Spanish; (for want of other employment) made a design for the recovery of Kirchberg; wherein they had left a garrison. The Rhinegrave had advanced the service, even to the making of a saultable breach in the wall; 
The Rhinegrave besieging Kirchberg,  and the mounting of his scaling ladders. His men, having order now to storm; so soon as they perceived the resoluteness of the defendants, and that a Lieutenant who had the point, and fell first on upon the Breach, was with 50 of his followers shot dead upon the place: they could by no means be persuaded to give on, after them: but (cowardly enough) came running off again, faster than ever they went forward. And thus was the Rhinegrave fain to sound the retreat, and, for that time, 
is beaten off again.  to levy his own siege of Kirchberg Shortly after this, when, namely, the French Armies were comen a little nearer to these quarters: and Gustavus Horn upon his march thitherward, to the sieges of Coblentz and of Grafenberg: the Spanish in this town, Simmern, and other places, yielded upon the first summons: and went off with soldier Conditions.  
This siege, was in the end of May, and the beginning of our June: by which time, was Gustavus Horn comen down out of Bavaria from the King of Sweden: with commission to command the Army, in the parts about the Rhine and Mosel.   

GUSTAVUS HORNS PROCEED. From the time of his being sent down out of Bavaria by the King: until the time of his going up again thither with an Army, after the King's Death.  
HOw the gallant young Cavalier, Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, (second brother unto Duke William) had at the Kings marching up into Bavaria, been left behind with the Army about the Palatinate: you may collect by what hath been before written. The reason forwhich his leaving there, is no secret in those parts. His birth, which is of an Electoral family: his hopes, sure (if he lives) to be heir to his Uncle, the Duke of 
* This old Duke being since dead, there is another heirelesse Prince, in the possession: after whom, the Honour is entailed upon Duke Bernard.  Saxon-Coburg: with his personal valour and abilities: had alured the King of Sweden, to settle some desires upon him. Seldom hath there been any great act of war, but that something of Love hath chanced in between, as if to cheer and sweeten the sad Scene of it. This observation, would the Poets thus represent, by still bringing in a Venus, into Mars his story. The God of love, is painted, armed: and Love though a comical passion, yet still bears it a Part, either in the Plot or the Catastrophe, of war's Tragedy. All Stories would be full of these discourses, had they the luck of it, (like that of the 12 Caesars) to have a Suetonius, as well as a Tacitus: a chamber-Blab to tell tales of what was enacted in the withdrawing room, as well as what was executed in the Leaguer. The King of Sweden, plainly, had made some private overtures unto Duke Bernard, of a marriage betwixt him and a fair young Swedish Lady, daughter to his own Sister, whom his Queen had brought with her into Germany. This Lady being left with the Queen about Frankford, Duke Bernard was left about Mentz also: by which nearness, he had the better opportunity to make Court unto his Mistress. Where the fault was, I know not. Sure it is, that in the King's absence, there had fallen out some discontent betwixt Duke Bernard, and the Rex-Chancellor Oxenstiern. The occasion was, for that the Chancellor had given some command over the Army, 
The cause of Duke Bernard's going up to the King.  (which Duke Bernard had expected) unto the Rhinegrave. Not unto that Cavalier the Rhinegrave, Otto Lodowick Lieutenant of the horse but unto the Rhinegrave Otto, uncle to this Gentleman: who had heretofore been a suitor unto the King, to bestow the town and Jurisdiction of Bingen upon him, which had been part, erewhiles, of the Elector of Mentz his Bishopric.  
Duke Bernard, hereupon, going up to the King, then at Munchen: received some hopes of satisfaction; and of being made Lieutenant General of the Foot, unto his Majesty: which he withal expected, should by sound of trumpet have been proclaimed throughout the Army. But the King suspecting, how ill Sir john Banier, (whose place that is) must needs take that: gave not that content unto Duke Bernard, in this particular. A speech there sometimes likewise was, in the Army, that Duke William Saxon-Weymar, should have been Generalissimo, or Lieutenant General overall the King's Armies and Commanders. These misses, caused some private discontent in Duke William and his brother Bernard, which, some suspect, was never hearty taken off again, to the King's dying day. However, the King to give Duke Bernard and his brother some content; immediately sent away Gustavus Horn to command that Army about the Rhine and Mosel; which Duke Bernard came from: that so there might be one less in the Army, betwixt the King and them; and when at his coming out of Bavaria, he left Duke William with an Army, he had the Title of Leiftenant-Generall. And this is some part of the secret, 
and of Gustavus Horns coming down, to this Army.  for Duke Bernard's going up; and Gustavus Horns so sudden coming down, towards the Palatinate.  
Gustavus Horn coming Post out of Bavaria; upon Monday being Barnabee the brights day June 11 arrived at Frankford: whence the next day he went to Mentz, unto the Chancellor. Here they 2 first overlooking, and then new ordering the Army, drew it out into the field presently. The Spaniards, then in possession of most of the best towns, in the Elector of Triers his country, (the Chapter and some of the people favouring them) perceiving by this time, that the Swedes were likely to come against them in favour of the French: and that the French themselves, under the marshal D'Estre, D'Effiat (now dead) in 2 several Bodies, were coming nearer every day, and nearer to them: they find means, 
The Spaniards thrust a garrison into Coblents.  (by the favour aforesaid) to chop a garrison, all on the sudden, into Coblentz. The situation of this town, served their turn several ways. 1. It commands the passage of the Rhine: on the Western bank whereof it is seated, and there too, 
* Of the meeting and confluence of these 2 rivers together, is Coblentz, in Latin called Confluentia.  where the river Mosel falls into it. 2. It became as ill as a Blockhouse against the most strong Castle of Ehrenbreisten or Hermanstein, which is the Bishop's Palace upon the other bank of the Rhine: into which he had lately admitted a French garrison. 3. It was a strong place of itself, and had a great command, over all that corner of the Huntsruck. This shrewdly startled, both the Elector and his Frenchmen: who meant to have put themselves into it, but that the Spaniards had thus leapt into the saddle before them. This neighbourhood of these 2 great and emulous nations, (the breadth of the Rhine only being betwixt them) was the occasion of many a quarrel. The French author of le Soldat Suedois complains, that the Spanish once, having taken some of his Countrymen prisoners, upon promise of good quarter: cut their throats afterwards, in cold blood. It had been privately agreed (it seems) betwixt their Majesties of France & Sweden, 
The private agreement betwixt France and Sweden, concerning Triers.  that France should have the sole Protection (so was it yet called) of the Elector of Triers' country: and that, if need were, the Swedish should help to beat the Spanish out of it. It appears also by the story, that Gustavus Horn had Commission from his master, for the same purpose: and that he now prepared to execute it. He had a good mind likewise, to get the Dom-Herren or Chapter of Triers into his Clutches: but they being then at Triers' town, shifted themselves away into the neighbour-countrie of Lutzenburg: so soon as ever they got an inkling of his coming. Horn stayed not long within Mentz: ere that the Army advanced towards the Mosel. Marching all together in one Grosse, (or not very fare asunder) towards Triers' city and the country of Lutzenburg; the Rhinegrave Otto Lodowick, 
Horn advances towards the Elector of Triers' country.  (the most of whose Army was already in the Huntsruck,) all on the sudden, with his part of the forces strikes down on the right hand, keeping the Mosel on their left: towards Coblentz. Horns division that came presently after, held on their march through the Huntsruck, towards Trarbach: whose army was now said to be some 8000 foot, and about 6000 horse, under 126 Cornets.  
June 17, the Rhinegrave first invested Coblentz: and (to omit the usual advancings of all sieges) having gotten up a Battery on the Lands side, the French, from over the water, out of Hermanstein castle, thunder also with their ordnance, into Coblentz. The Spanish within the town, being conscious of the scantness of their ammunition, 
The Rhinegrave besieges Coblents,  fall the third day to parley with the Rhinegrave. The Elector of Cullen had in this mean time of the siege, sent in some Ambassadors from his castle of Bonne, up the Rhine, to persuade thus much with the Spanish: that in case they must needs render, they should rather article to deliver up unto the French, then unto the Swedish. But besides that the Spanish had in the time of this little neighbourhood, contracted a greater spite or scorn, of the French then of the Swedish; neither would the Rhinegrave consent to that motion: because, that though he well knew, that the town was hereafter by Commission from the King of Sweden, to be turned over unto the French: yet should the French never say, that they had received it from those that lost it, but from those that won it: and not glory in it, 
and takes it.  as their own conquest, but as the King of Swedens' Resignation. The Spaniards could get no quarter at the Rhinegraves hands, till they had delivered him the Elector of Triers his chief Marshal: whom, together with two great jews Merchants, they had before seized on. It had gone hard with the Marshal, perchance, if the Rhinegrave had not stood upon these terms for his delivery: the Spanish were very angry with his Master the Elector, for thrusting them out of his country, and not trusting their Master of Spain with his protection, as well as France: the one being as much a Catholic as the other. All conditions being agreed upon; Thursday June 21, being the 4 day of the siege, 
The Spanish forsake Triers' country.  the Spaniards march out of Coblents, with soldiers conditions every way; and were by the Swedish convoyed into a place of security.  
This town being taken, (which was the chiefest strength of all that country,) the weaker Spanish garrisons on the further (Eastern) side of the Rhine, in Ober Laenstein, Nyder Laenstein, Engers, Mantenau, Hamerstein, Lanneck, and Montabour; voluntarily forsook their old quarters; all retiring themselves quietly towards Luxenberg. Three Regiments of the Catholicke-leaguers, which had by the Count of Merode been newly levied in the Electorate of Triers, and its neighbour countries of Gulickland, and the land of Marck: were by this time upon their march, towards the relief of Coblents. They were the Regiments of Metternich (Governor of Heidelberg) Roelinger and the Count of Bronckhorst; which were coming upon the service: but meeting, by the way, with those that had forsaken these towns; they presently convert their march towards the mountainous parts of Alsatia; where they first enquarter themselves in the towns of the Strasburgers jurisdiction: and piece in presently afterwards, with Ossa and Monte Cuculi.  
The Elector of Cullen (brother to the Duke of Bavaria) upon the return of his Ambassadors, being startled with this nearness of the danger; he on Saturday June 23, ships away himself and Treasure, down the Rhine unto Cullen city: 
The fear of the Elector and Bishopric of Cullen, upon it.  whither he was followed by the most and chiefest of the Spirituality. His whole Electorate was in a bodily fear also; for that the wars were, by this time, brought so near them. Near them indeed; Bonne itself, (the Palace and Residence of the Elector) being not above 30 English miles (by a line) from Coblentz; some of the Bishopric, not a dozen: and that down the Rhinestreame also. The Elector (as I find written) presently sent away to invite Pappenheim to his succours; and entertained the Count of Merode with 7 Regiments of horse and foot, into his service. But Pappenheim being before engaged to the Archduchesse for the relief of Maestricht; could not now help him: and Merode expecting every hour, to be by his Generalissimo the Duke of Fridland, commanded for other service. These uncertainties put the Elector of Cullen, and his neighbour the Duke of Newburg, (in the same case, and fear with him) to bethink themselves of those safer counsels; which we shall presently tell you of.  

Gustavus Horn takes Trarbach,  Whilst the Rhinegrave is at the siege of Coblentz, Gustavus Horn with the other part of the Army, was as busy about Trarbach: the most considerable town upon the Mosel, on that side; and midway betwixt Coblentz and Triers city. The Spaniards were possessed of this town also: but the place being not to be defended; they without much forcing forsake it, and retire into the strong Castle of Grafenburg, hard without the town upon the Mosel. The Spanish having good store of all military provisions within the castle; maintain the siege very resolutely: and Horn as fiercely lays about him. He had within 4 or 6 days, brought his Approaches close up to their castle moat; 
Besieges the Castle of Grafenburg.  and had a day or two battered their hard walls, with 14 pieces of Canon He had so soarely shaken a great Rundle or Tower of the castle that he could within a few hours make it saultable. Upon another side also, close by the water; had he a second Battery: and there would he within a day or 2, be ready for a storming. The Spanish Governor perceiving all this; and that he had hardly men enough to defend all his walls, in a general assault; nor hope of being relieved, from other parts: he having done his part very well, on Monday July 2 hangs out his white streamer from the castle, to signify his desire of a Parley. Articles being the same night concluded upon, the Spanish march out the next Tuesday, being the 3: and were convoyed towards Luxemburg. 
and takes it.  This was a strong place; and of as much importance (almost) as the Castle of Hermanstein. Here did Horn find so sufficient a store of victuals and ammunition; that had it been as throughly manned, as victualled; he could not in thrice that time have mastered it.  
In this mean time, had the Elector of Triers given a very friendly interview unto the Rhinegrave, about Coblentz: showing good content towards him, for his clearing Coblentz of the Spanish. 
The Elector of Triers well contented with the Swedish.   
So well was he appayed with the Swedish usage of his subjects; that he sent presently into Spiers city, and other places of both his Bishoprics, to publish the new agreement, and confirmation of the neutrality, that he had contracted with the King of Sweden.  
To this town of Coblentz, had the Elector of Cullen by the 26 or 28 of June, likewise sent his Ambassadors: and thither were the Rex Chancellor Oxenstiern comen from Mentz, and Gustavus Horn for 2 or 3 days too, whilst his Army was before Gra●enburg. There did the Elector again solicit and obtain his neutrality, both from the Kings of France and Sweden: 
The Bishop of Cullen obtains a Neutrality,  the French Ambassador being also at the Treaty. The neutrality extended no farther, then to the Electors Bishopric of Cullen upon the East side of the Rhine: but to his Bishopric of Paderborn, and his lands in Westphalia, it extended not: for the Landgrave of Hessen had his garrisons then, in many of the towns of those parts. The neutrality, was also to be confirmed by the 2 Kings; for whose seeing of the Articles, and return of the Expresses, there were 6 weeks, (2 months say some) allotted. Upon this agreement, was the Elector to cashier the Count of Merode and his Regiments, and not to give him passage through his country, unto Ossa and Montecuculi in Alsatia. This is the reason, that though Merode presently after this, received a command from Walstein to march into Alsatia, yet could he not obey those directions, but was fain to pass the Rhine at Keyferswert, and conjoin himself with Pappenheim, then going to Maestricht. The Duke of Newburg also, 
and the Duke of Newburg treats for it.  whose house and residence than was about Dusseldorp upon the Rhine, next neighbour unto Cullen, he likewise solicited a neutrality: but what terms he obtained, I know not, this one thing is observed, that this Prince hath either been not constant, or not fortunate, in his Treaties.  

Horn takes in Bern castle and Veldents.  Gustavus Horn being master now of Trarbach and of Grafenburg, seizes, in the next place, upon Bern Castle, and Veldents town: both upon the Mosel towards Triers, and within 5 or 6 English miles of Trarbach.  
And thus the Spanish being on both sides of the Mosel, and by the Rhines side, cleared out of the Elector of Triers' country; even as fare as Triers' city: the Elector contented; the towns which the Swedes had taken, delivered back into his hands; and by him, consigned over to the French, (according to the King of Swedens' agreement with the French King:) the Elector of Cullen, also, having sued out his neutrality, and discharged ●erode of his service, and attendance upon the Rhine and Mosel: all these things being so quickly and so quietly dispatched, about those parts, and the French then likely to be made strong enough, by the coming of the marshal D'Estre and the viscount Arpaiou, to attack Triers' city: Gustavus Horn retires the Army back again unto Mentz. And all in good time. 
Oxenstiern goes towards Norimberg.  The Chancellor Oxenstiern, with 8000 of the forces, that had been left about Mentz, and with some of the Rhinegraves Army, now returned out of Triers' country; was by the 11 of July marched up to the relief of the King of Sweden before Norimberg; so that there was some want of an Army about Mentz and the Palatinate. Duke julius, Administrator of the Duchy of Wirtemberg; had likewise sent word unto this our Swedish Felt-Marshal; of Ossaes' & Monte-Cuculies being upon the wing upon the frontiers of Alsatia, Wirtemberg, & the Palatinate: and of Metternichs, the Governor of Heidlebergs purpose, to take in Wiseloch: so that now it was high time for Gustavus Horn to have dispatched with the Spanish, and to look this way again, towards the Imperialists.  
True it is that the Rhinegraves Army, after the taking of Coblentz, had been sent back towards the Palatinate: and had there recovered Sintzheim and Bretten both a little East of Spiers, and South of Heidelberg, towards the land of Wirtemberg, and Marquisate of Durlach. Upon this nearness of the Swedish; 
Spiers forsaken by the garrison.  the Imperial and Bavarian garrison, which the Spanish had left behind them in Spiers city; voluntarily abandon it. Captain Onrust with 250 men, was commanded to go for Heidelberg: some companies of Metternich, with the new levied forces of the city; went with Commissary Eltzen, to the Marquisate of Baden. They took 12 pieces of ordnance along with them, 100 double muskets, one waggon laden with match, many barrels of Gunpowder, great store of Saltpetre, and all the Armour of the townsmen, that they could lay their hands on: so that the Burghers were fain to keep their watch and ward at the ports and upon the tower, with battons, bars of iron, and such other wepons. The Boors were fain to furnish the departing soldiers, with horses for their wagons: many of which were returned them, by Tom Long the carrier. Three hundred Swedish, are upon this, thrust into it, & 4 troops of horse.  
That, now, we may the better understand the wars of Alsatia and this part of the Palatinate: we shall do well to look into the neighbour Dukedom of Wirtemberg, and Circle of Schwaben; from whence the Imperialists came into these quarters. Duke julius 
* His young Cousin was not yet comen to the government: as He since is. He yet was with his mother at Geneva, to keep out of the Emperor's reach: to whom by agreement of Duke Julius, with Furstenburg; they were to have been committed for education, as Page 33 of our First Part, we told you.  Administrator of Wirtemberg, having (as we told you Page 173 of our Second Part) again consented to the King of Sweden, according to the Conclusions of the Diet of Leipsich: and that agreement of his, having a little before that, been consented unto in a Diet of the States of Wurtemberg at Stutgard: the King gives him order to this purpose. 1. That the Imperial towns of Reutlingen and Esling within that Duchy; (which is a part of the Circle of Schwaben) with the towns of Salmenschweil, Zwifalten, and S. Blasi, in the Schwarzwaldt with the Counties of Baar and Zollern: and (finally) the whole Country betwixt the town of Tubingen and the frontiers of the Swissers, to the southward; should afford place of billeting, to the 2 Regiments of the Count Crafft of Hohenloe, to those 2 of Schavalitzki and Kanofski, Colonels; and to the companies of Cranckh, Lieutenant Colonel.  
2. That the appointed Treasurers and Commissaries, should have monies ready collected for the soldiers pay, & necessary provisions: upon assurance, that their Chiefs and Commanders should be bound, for the keeping the soldiery in good Discipline, and restraining them from disorders and wrongs doing.  
Upon the publishing of these orders, the levies went forward; and the 2 Imperial cities aforenamed, were each charged with the billeting of 3 Companies. But they, fearing the unruliness of the soldiers, bought it out. All the other places of the country, came in with little ado; declaring for the Diet of Leipsich and the King of Sweden, as General director of the wars. The town of Elwang only, (which is the chiefest of the Bishopric of that name, in the Northern parts of the Circle of Schwaben) stood out against these orders. Some Imperialists had been newly thrust in thither, and they signified their obedience to the Swedish and Wirtembergs Officers, with their pikes and muskets: whereupon some troops being sent for to enforce them, the Elwangers lost 4 or 500 men, and 2 of their greater Officers: being fain also to departed the city. The rest of the Imperial troops in the lesser towns hereabouts, hearing of this defeat: betake themselves into the stronger towns, and especially into these about the Bodensee or the lake of Constants; on the Southwesterne corner of the Circle of Schwaben, next to Schwitzerland. This corner a man may call one of the back doors to Germany: for that this and Tirole, are the great Passes and Avenues, to the Succours out of Italy. The Commissary Ossa (a notable pragmatical man) had with great judgement and diligence taken order for the locking up of this back door, and for keeping the key of it. And that was Lindaw especially: which standing in a little I let in the lake of the Bodensee, he had taken good order, heretofore, both to provide and fortify. The same service had he done the Emperor, in the towns of Constantz, Ratolfsell, Vberlingen, Moerspurg, Buochorn, and Bregentz, all round about this lake; which is in length 44 or 45 miles English; and 12 in breadth, in some places. The same had he done to Zell, Wangen, Ravenspurg, and diverse others: which helped much unto the securing, beside, of the Arch Duke Leopolds lands, and the Emperors second Sons lands, in Alsatia; which join upon the west of it. This that follows, was something towards Ossaes' order. The Regiment of Colonel 
* He that had been Tilly's Engineer, to take Magdenburg.  Farensbach he billeted upon the County of Rechberg, the Lordship of Weissenstag, and the Tenants of the Abbess of Buchau. The Landgrave of Stullingen, (a Protestant, and chief of the family of the Pappenheims', uncle to the soldier, and hereditary Marshal of the Empire) he, and the Count of Bultz, were charged with the Regiment of Balderon. The Counties of Furstenburg and Witzleb and town of Memmingen, were fain to entertain the Count of Ritbergs Regiment: The Duke of Savellies' Regiment was laid upon other Lordships. Other troops were sent to Kempten, Isnau, and Pfullendorff. Colonel Vithzthumbs Regiment, was sent towards Alsatia, and some into Zabern, the place of Residence for the Bishop of Strasburg. And for that there had been diverse companies of the Catholick-leaguers forces, billeted up on the hereditary lands of the house of Austria, and betwixt ulm and Ausburg: Ossa required the Duke of Bavaria to remove them, that there might be some Imperialists brought in place of them. This the Duke took regret at; rather contented to have such guests, as those, upon another man's lands, then in his own country. As for the Emperor's Tenants and Copy holder's, they were warned to appear at Stockheim; and either to take soldiers into their Country, or to buy it out with their ready money. All this had Ossa done, very substantially: by which he first of all made himself sure of th●se 3 principal towns of importance, Zell, Lindau, and Constantz: all which, he persuaded either to take in garrisons from him; or to raise some of their own, for the Emperor's service. Zell promised to raise 500 Constantz took in 10 Companies from him, and Lindau as many. And very well secured he, in the next place, the Bishoprics of Moerspurg, and Constantz, with the Lordships of Bregentz and Veldkirch: and kept, lastly, the passages free from out the Grisons, and the Swissers Countries, as also out of the possessions of the Imperial family, on that side of Alsatia.  
By this you know something of the state of that Circle of Schwaben: and what towns and enemies the King of Sweden and the Duke of Wirtemberg, had there to do withal. The Duke had by the beginning of this year, increased his Army to 8000; and had well begun to put the King's orders in execution. 
The Duke of Wirtemberg puts into the field.  Beginning on that side of his Duchy, which was next unto the King; he had by the 20 of June, taken in the Princely Abbey of Zwyfalten; with the town and jurisdiction about it: with those other places that lie in that Southwesterne frontier of Wirtemberg by the Danubie side, towards Bibrach. Thus skims he over some other of his Frontiers on the South, and towards the Westward: from diverse of the weaker towns whereof, which were Catholic; he drives out the Imperialists, and thrusts his own and the King's forces upon them.  
For all this that was done by the Duke of Wirtemberg, in his country; or by the Swedes, in the Palatinate: the Imperialists began again to bustle very sturdily in the neighbour Alsatia. The Commissary and General Ossa, who about the 22 or 23 of May, had been skared from Bibrach by the King of Sweden, 
Ossa, Monte Cuculi and the marquis of Baden, rallee together in Alsatia.  (as Page 171 of our Second Part, we have told you) was by this time comen through Schwaben by the way of Weingarten: where having (this second time) left the best order that he could, and 3000 Boors up in commotion; he was now with some forces, conjoined with the Count of Montecuculi in Alsatia. So was the marquis William of Baden too; so that now they had an Army in the field of 5 or 6000 men, whereof about 25 Cornets of Horsemen. The next good towns, of Benfelt, Schletstat, Colmar, Brisach, Elsaszabern, and others; were all indifferently well garrisoned, and at their devotion. The 3 Regiments of Count Bronckhorst, Metternich, and Roellingen; which should (as we told you) have relieved Coblentz; were long before this, comen through the County of Luxemburg, and part of Lorraine into Alsatia; and kept a quarter in the jurisdiction of the Strasburgers. These were Monte-Cuculies friends too, and ready to join with him upon occasion.  
Upon confidence of this strength; Ossa (being Imperial Commissary,) sends a Trumpet unto the town of Strasburg, to require entertainment and quarter for these troops, in the towns of their jurisdiction. Strasburg having before accorded with the King of Sweden, (as Page 174 of our Second Part we have told you,) refuse Ossa in his demands: who gives order, thereupon, to Montecuculi, to seize on Marlenheim, Barr, and other towns of the jurisdiction: the subjects whereof they made to pay, for the refusal of their Masters. 
who advancing into Durlach,  Having done their pleasure here, they with their whole Army aforesaid, passing with speed through the Lower Marquisate of Baden, (then in possession of their partner the marquis William:) they all on the sudden, in the end of Julie, overspread his cousin's land, the marquis of Durlach: where they found more booty, than opposition.  
Thence pass they onwards into the Palatinate; where they attack Bretten: a pretty town of the Palatines, lately by the Swedes recovered from the Spanish: about 12 or 13 English miles to the East of Vdenheim. 
taken Bretten in the Palatinate.  Here having broken open a Port with their Petards, they enter into the town, and sack it; burn the gates, dismantle the walls, and enforce 200 Germans (which the Swedes had lately left there in garrison) to follow their Ensigns. This shows their mercy, or their need of soldiers; for that they gave so fair quarter to the Swedish. Nine of the principal Burghers, they took away with them: whom they meant to retain with them, as Capital pledges, for the good abearance of the residue.  

The Duke of Wirtemberg making towards them; they countermarch to Knitlingen,  The Administrator of Wirtemberg, seeing the danger now so near him, (Bretten being within 4 English miles of his frontiers) knew there was no way to avoid the storm, but by making a hole in it. Drawing, thereupon 8000 armed men unto that side of the country, he resolves to fall upon the Imperialists. But this they prevented: for no sooner heard they of the Duke's coming; but forbearing to advance any further to the Northward into the Palatinate; they call off their troops from that haunt, and hunt-counter with them. Back again to Knitlingen they go; 3 English miles from Bretten: where hearing, by this time, that the Administrator was not so near them as they expected; they resolve to have a bout with this Knitlingen. Covertly, therefore, and out of ambush laid there in the night time, sending some of theirs to seize upon one of the city gates: they present their Army before the walls, to second them. The Port being gained, the townsmen, and some country people gotten in thither for shelter; make towards the gate to regain it. But there was Montecuculi too hard for them; and there they lost their town to him, and betwixt 300 and 400 of their lives, into the bargain. Lost their town, I say; for the goods of it being pillaged, fire was put to the 4 corners of it: so that now, a traveller can hardly find Knitlingen; unless he rakes for it in the ruins.  
Thence after a day or 2, forfeare of the Wirtembergers, 
and so to Rhinehausen.  make they Westward some 10 or 12 miles, unto the Rhine-ward, putting themselves there, under the favour of the garrisons of Germersheim and of Vdenheim. Their chief Quarter thereabouts was at Rhinehausen, about 3 miles from Spiers, and 4 from Vdenheim. 
where they have a design to recover Spiers.  Here have they a new design to recover Spiers: so that getting together all the Ponts and Rhine-ships, that they could lay their hands on; they trust to be in the night let in by their correspondents within, and so to reprise the city.  
This, whilst in the beginning of August, they are about; they found the Scene to become more suddenly varied, than they expected. For Gustavus Horn being returned unto Mentz, by the end of Julie; 
Gustavus Horn advancing into the Palatinate.  and having intelligence of their recovering of Bretten; and of Metternichs besieging of Wiseloch: he by the 10 or 11 of August, had rallyed all the forces he could spare out of the Electorate of Mentz, and the towns along the Rhine; and was resolved, now, to go out in quest of these Imperialists. His horse, he first of all passes over the Rhine, by the bridge of Mentz, putting them upon the Eastern side of the water, next unto the Imperialists. His foot, advance along the other side, unto Wormbs; and are there passed over the Rhine, unto their Horsemen. The appointed Rendezvous, was at Manheim: 12 English miles from Spiers, 
encamps a while at Manheim.  and 16 from Wiseloch. Under favour of this strong town, and the Neccars meeting there with the Rhine, Horn for a while encampeth. His purpose in it was, that he might learn out by his espyals (now every where sent abroad) what was the state of the Wirtembergers' army, the countenance of Metternichs before Wiseloch; and the posture of Montecuculi. Of Wirtemberg he heard, that he was ready to second him, and that he lay, in the mean time, at his close-ward, keeping his eye still, upon the point of Montecuculi.  
Of Wiseloch, he learned thus much, that Metternich, Governor of Heidelberg, and Lamulius, (or lafoy Mulie, as others writ him) Governor of Vdenheim (as I take it) had put their strengths together, to attack it. That Captain Rosberg having been first sent thither about the 16 of Julie; had first summoned it, and then presented them his Canon. That upon the town's refusal to render, 
The story of the siege of Wiseloch.  the 2 Governors aforesaid, had round begirt them with their garrisons, and ever since, continued to besiege them. That Colonel Strasburger had been surprised near unto Heidelberg; and slain in his own defence, by Metternich: who embaulming the dead Colonel, sent his body to the Governor of Mentz, to be redeemed with the exchange of some Imperial prisoners: sending him word withal, that money went hard with him; that his oil was dear, and that his men had taken a great deal of pains about him, That Metternich had lately received some small seconds, from Montecuculi; had sore pressed the besieged, and was already gotten so near the walls, that they could heave in hand-Granadoes into the town, and shoot in other artificial wild fire.  
Upon this news, Horn marches to the relief of it: 
Metternich, upon Horns coming, raises his siege.  but Metternich getting intelligence of his coming needed not be bidden go; for that he the 15 of August, in all hast raised his siege, made all speed possible to recover into Heidelberg. It so chanced that some few hours before that Mitternich had received tidings of Gustavus Horns coming, he had dispatched a trusty Officer of his Army, (a Corporal) accompanied with 6 Horsemen, with letters unto Ossa and Montecuculi, to give them news of Horns coming, and to desire this their last succours, with which he believed, to take in the town, before it could be relieved. Horn came so suddenly upon Metternich at his rising, that the Swedish Vantcurriers had already surprised some of those laggs, that had not made so much hast as they should, into Heidelberg. Some outriders of the Swedes, had light upon Metternichs Corporal likewise, as he was now coming home again, from Montecuculi. The letters found about him, discovered thus much: that the next day, (being the 16 of August) he would send some good troops, to reinforce the siege of Wiseloch. A flying report, after the dispatch of the Corporal, was (I know not which way) brought unto the 2 Imperial Generals, that Metternich had already taken in Wiseloch, but was himself by the sudden coming of some Swedish, again besieged in the place. This false report, caused them to send the very flower of their cavalry, to disengage Metternich.  
Gustavus Horn having by the Corporals letters understood, that Montecuculi the next day, would send some succours unto Metternich, (though this latter circumstance he understood not) resolved to prevent their ever coming to him. And whereas there was a place of Covert near the Highways side betwixt Rhinehausen (whence the Imperialists were to come) and Wiseloch: the shadines of that place did Horn make choice of, to dress his ambush in; out of which he meant to fall upon the others, as they were bypassing.  

Monte Cuculi sending 1000 Horse towards Wiseloch.  The next day came there a full thousand Horsemen along, of the very flower of the Imperial Army; lead by Colonel Vitzthumb (a Colonel of Elsas Zabern, as I take it) and the Colonel Montbaillon: who had the Rear of them. Their own strength, and the mis-intelligence of their enemy's posture, whom they had thought to have surprised at the siege of Wiseloch; made them advance with so much the more speed, and security. Horn had so ordered it at first, that they should pass along by the place where his horse lay, unto the Post where his Foot were lodged; that so he might have gotten them into the middle of him. But perceiving, 
they are waylaid by Horn,  when they came something near him, that they strooke short down on the tone side of him; and did not come so right forward, or so close to his ambuscado, as he expected: he was fain to send out the Rhinegrave with a forlorn hope of Horse, to engage them to the encounter; whilst he could bring up some stronger troops to second him. The Rhinegrave was presently upon the Polls of them: for the Imperialists perceiving so few to come upon them; never doubled, or so much as mended their march for the matter. Montbaillon (a gallant Cavalier, as it appeared) drawing out some Curiassiers of Harincourts, for his seconds: now making a virtue of necessity, leads on some of his own Horse to confront the Squadron of the Rhinegraves. Montbaillon falling on, lay to't bravely, fellow soldiers, says he: Vitzthumb, thereupon, bringing up the rest of the forces. The Swedish Feltmarshall having made his game, as well as ever he desired, (which was but to make them fight) brings on some Squadrons of Horse and Foot upon the front; and others, upon both the flanks, of the Imperialists. Montbaillon, by this time, perceiving the cards to be packed against him; would fain have fling up his game & have been gone towards Mingelsheim, to the East of Wiseloch. But the Swedish being dealt much the fairer; would not consent they should go off so, without leaving their stakes behind them. There was Montbaillon shot dead with a Carabine; and Treilly, his Leiftenant-Colonel, 
and defeated.  fell at the same time by him Divers Rittmasters were there dismounted, and above 200 of the common soldiers. Vitzthumb 'scaped a scouring, by his good Horsemanship, and so did 6 or 700 others. The Swedish had the chase of them, till they came to Mingelsheim, full 6 English miles from Wiseloch. Divers of the fleers having run their horses out of breath, were fain to light on foot, and run into the woods to hide them: but a bush was not bail good enough, to hold them from being prisoners. Their Horses, Arms, and Buff-coats, were good spoil to these that took them: and so was their month's means too, which they were by the Law of Arms, to pay for their ransoms. The prisoners confessed, that these 1000 Horse, were the very pride of their Army (almost half of them being Curiassiers and Dragooners) and that the rest, were not much to be redoubted.  
Ossa and Montecuculi having news, by those that escaped, of this soar defeat, looked for no more courtesy, 
Montecuculi fleeing over the Rhine;  if they should there expect the Swedes coming: and thereupon they the very same day, leave their old quarters at Oberhausen and Rhinehausen, and hie them away towards Vdenheim. The boats which they had before gotten together to surprise Spiers withal, they were now enforced to convert to another purpose: to carry, namely, their luggage towards Vdenheim, and there, the selfsame night and next morning, to waft themselves over the Rhine in them. The next day August 17 being Friday, comes Gustavus Horn unto Rhinehausen, in pursuit of his enemies: but there found he none, besides some sick and maimed men, who had not been able to follow after their fellows. By them did Horn learn, how their 2 Generals had passed over the Rhine: 
and being pursued to the banks of it by Gustavus Horn;  and the project they had for their many boats, to have taken Spiers city. The Imperialists stayed not upon the further side of the Rhine, near the place where they had passed it: but hasting along to the Southward by the side of it, they go immediately towards the fair city of Hagenau in Alsatia, 
they go to solicit Hagenaw,  about 10 English miles from Strasburg. This town, they solicit to their party: but the townsmen liked better to stand upon their own guard, then to undo themselves, by the chargeable entertainment of such guardians. Now do Ossa and Monte Cuculi solicit the 3 Regiments of Bronckhorst, 
join forces with the 3 other Regiments,  Metternich and Roelingen, to come and join with them: which their own safeties, made the other willing enough to consent unto. The marquis William of Baden, now puts his subjects to it, to do their uttermost for their own safeties: which was for them to take Arms, as many as could be gotten to it Now does the Commissary Ossa bestir himself (that was properly his part) to supply the good towns of Benfeld, 
and prepare their towns, to be besieged  Schletstat, Colmar, and the rest with garrisons, victuals and ammunition: all of them looking shortly to be besieged. For these provisions, were the villages of the Strasburgers harryed.  
Nor did they fail of their expectations. For Gustavus Horn sending instantly to the Magistrates of Strasburg, to desire passage for his Army over the Rhine, by their bridge: the ill usage of their subjects by Montecuculi, and the danger themselves should perpetually be in, (nothing being now left them, but the walls of their own city:) became most prevailing arguments for the obtaining of the passage. Upon Tuesday, therefore, August 21, is the bridge freed for the Swedish Feltmarshall, who with the Rhinegrave Otto Lodowick, 
Horn obtaining passage of the Strasburgers:  with 6 Coaches, and 2 troops of Horse in his attendance, came the same day into the beautiful town of Strasburg: where he was received with the Towne-Oration, and such a present of Wine, Fish, and Oats: as is accustomably made unto Princes and Ambassadors. The bridge demanded, is about an English mile without the town of Strasburg, towards the Palatinate. It is about 3 quarters of an English mile long: the Rhine there entertaining some other riverets, and they together, making some overflowings, and continued pools of water. The bridge is upon wooden Arches; no broader than the length of a Deale-board; which lie so lose and unfastned upon it, that the citizens have a saying of their bridge, that if a dog runs along upon the ends of the boards, he will be gibbetted, or tilted over into the water.  
The Swedish Army the next day coming after their General; had not been very squeamish (that's none of a soldiers sins) in taking what they found in the Marquisate of Baden, as they had passed through it. marquis William, had made himself an active man in these wars, and a furtherer of the demolishment of Knitlingen. Now therefore do his subjects pay for it: made to redeem their houses, from the fire, by a ready paying in of their Contributions. August 22, the Swedish Van of Horse, were passed over the bridge aforesaid; and so over the river Ill, into the enemy country of the Upper Alsatia. This Vanguard consisted of 3000 Horse, and some few Regiments of Footmen. 
passes his Vanguard over into the Upper Alsatia.  In the Rhinegraves Regiment, were 12 Cornets; in Colonel Islers, 5, Zillart had but 4, Schavalitzki had 10 there, himself in person being behind, Vrseler 3, besides some troops of Curiassiers of the Generals, and 2 Ensigns of Dragooners: in all, about some 36 or 37 Cornets. They drew 12 pieces of ordnance (besides field-pieces) along with them, and the chief of all the baggage and provisions for their whole Army.  
The rest of the horse, were behind with the gross of the Foot, unto which, diverse troops of the Wirtembergers, under the leading of Colonel Helmstat, were by this time conjoined. This Rear, (consisting of 6000 Foot, besides Horse) was brought up by Colonel Christofer Haubald, Governor of Wormbs; who as it appears, was Lieutenant general of the Foot unto his Excellence the Feltmarshall; as the Rhinegrave was over the Horse. The Imperialists had no certain Army in the field at that time, but dispersed themselves round about Brisach, Schletstat, Colmar, Obernheim, and Hagenaw.  
Haubald had commission from his General, to take in Stolhoven, 
leaving Haubald behind with the Foot, to take in Stolhoven.  by the way: an indifferent strong town of marquis William of Badens; upon the East, and contrary side of the Rhine from Strasburg, and about 14 English miles from it. Summons being given and refused, the approaches are begun, and the Batteries. Haubald gave such free fire upon the town, that not a man, scarcely, durst appear upon the Bulwark. The defendants having lost all their outworks, and their breach being almost saultable: were said to have hung out a white flag, in sign of parley. Shooting being thereupon, given over, hostages sent into the town to treat, and the Swedish before the walls upon confidence thereof, roving up and down too carelessly without their own Covert, and within the command of the town ordnance; had a volley, all on the sudden, sent in amongst the thickest of them. There, were diverse both killed and spoiled; and Colonel Schavalitzi had his horse shot under him. Haubald perceiving this treachery, sends to demand his hostages again, and to bid them look to themselves, for he would be bobbed with no more parleys from them. Commanding all his Batteries, therefore, to give them another general Salve: the terror of that wrought such a repentance in the townsmen, that they hang out their white flag again, and send out their wives and children to beg mercy of the Swedish. This was against the mind of the Governor, 
which service Haubald having done,  john Philip Schawenburg, (Sergeant Major General unto Montecuculi) and those Lorrayners and Italians, that were of the garrison: he, having been before overwrought by the inhabitants to the parley, had been again provoked by the Lorrainers and Italians, to thunder out this second defiance: and now again enforced by all this feminine importunity, to condescend unto a final yielding. He, therefore, with those that had been against surrendering, was kept prisoner, by Haubald: the German soldiers finding good quarter, upon the usual condition of taking entertainment with the conquerors. Here did Haubald find 4 great pieces of Canon, and 50 double Muskets, as they call them. Small store of ammunition, was there to be had: the great want of which necessaries, was the cause of the soon yielding: though Schawenburg, like a brave enemy, made countenance to the contrary.  
Stolhoven being in this manner taken in; 
passes his Army over the Rhine to his General.  Haubald thence advances towards Strasburg: and there with 12 pieces of ordnance, besides fielding-peeces; passes the bridge over to his General: who had before this time, blocked up the strong town of Benfeld.  
Leaving both them, thus employed: turn we aside, a little, unto their neighbour and Confederate, 
The actions of Wirtemberg.  the Administrator of Wirtemberg; who is presently to come into these parts and into our Story. He, in the mean time, (that is, since that Ossa and Montecuculi had been taken up with Gustavus Horn) had presently upon that, withdrawn his Army from his frontiers next to Bretten and Knitlingen; where, we told you, he had in the end of July and beginning of August, waited upon Montecuculi. Thence goes the Administrator more inwardly into his own country, to the Southward; and along the Western bank of the river Neckar. There, towards the middle of August, takes he in Rotenburg, 6 English miles from Tubingen. 
who having taken in Rotenberg and Horbe,  A little after this, he recovers the good town of Horbe; 10 miles up the same river, and same side of it. Both these, were on the nearest frontiers (almost) of the Dukedom; next unto those parts, where Horns wars now lay; and by taking of them, was the midway betwixt both their forces, made the clearer; and they the nearer together to conjoin them. This done, and the Administrator having notice of the taking of Stolhoven; some few of his, being now sent (by order from the King of Sweden) to augment the garrison of Ausburg: he sends the greater part of his Army over the mountains, through the rich and pleasant Kintzkher thale (commonly called the Kintzinger dale) which the river Kintzkh both watereth and nameth. Some Swedish troops had been left behind, on that side the Rhine, about Stolhoven, to reinforce these Wirtembergers: and their design now was, upon the Imperial city of Offenburg, upon the said river Kintzkh; 
now comes and besieges Offenburg.  about 10 English miles from Strasburg. This was the agreement betwixt the Administrator and the Swedish Feltmarshall: to give action to the Imperialists, on both sides of the Rhine, at one instant; that they might not well know, which way next to turn them. But of this siege, presently; and in the order of time, that it ought to be.  
We left Haubald, even now, passing over the Rhinestreame. That done, and he advancing to the Southwestward, by St. Arbogast and Nidernheim: the Imperial garrison of Obernheim, a little beyond Benfeld; avoid out of it before his coming. But the townsmen taking themselves to be more interessed in the keeping of their own, than the mercenary soldiers: put on a resolution in their Statehouse, to defend themselves against the Swedish. But for all their big words, after they had been once beaten in, upon a slight sally which they made, 
Haubald besieges Obernheim;  to hinder the Swedish Approaches; and that they heard the Canon bullets rattling a little among the tiles of their houses: the good men suffered themselves to be persuaded by their wives and daughters, to make but a money matter of it, and to hearken to a parley. The townsmen, 
which is yielded to him.  thereupon, being used to driving of bargains, more than to driving away their enemies; now bargain for their liberties: and 10000 Dollars they paid for it.  
Whilst this is a doing about the end of August, the Wirtembergers assisted by some Swedish, are at the siege of Offenburg. Summons being given; the citizens having first obtained a little respite, to consider of it; seem desirous to enter into a Parley. This was but a trick of theirs, to gain time withal: seeing they were assured to be relieved from Montecuculi, if there were any port yet open, by which to receive the succours into their city. The Wirtembergers thinking all their own; were not so careful, either to surround the city; or to have their Sentinels and espials abroad, as they ought to have been: By this negligence of theirs, 3●0 Imperialists thrusting themselves into the city; the townsmen break off their Parley, 
The Wirtembergers besieging Offenburg;  and let fly their ordnance among the Wirtembergers. Here was Colonel jagermaister slain; with diverse others of the Wirtemberger Officers. The besiegers finding the besieged to ply them hard with sallies; to beat them out of their Approaches; and to fill up their Lines, by flinging in the earth again: were fain, directly, to send for Gustavus Horn to come and help them. Thither came he in person, with some reenforcements. By his strength, and skill, and diligence; the lines in 4 or 5 days were perfected, Batteries, and wide breaches made; and ladders gotten ready, for the Scalado. The garrison and citizens perceiving this; they, to begin the month, and end the week withal, 
Are fain to send for Gustavus Horn to help them:  Saturday September the first (old Style) sent out to treat the conditions of surrendering. They are granted upon indifferent terms unto the garrison: whereupon the next day, September the 2, 300 soldiers on foot, and 120 on horseback, march forth freely out of the town, to him that sent them. Monday and Tuesday were the days appointed for the treating with the townsmen: who for having dealt so treacherously with the Wirtembergers, were compelled, first, 
By whom the town is taken.  to redeem themselves with 20000 Dollars: & 2, to prevent their correspondency with the Imperialists, was there a garrison of 500 men put upon them. 3 Their suburbs which themselves had partly burnt down, and partly beaten down, for the fortifying of their town, were they made promise, not to build up again, for ever. 4. They were to take an oath of homage to become hereditary subjects unto the Crown of Sweden. 5. and lastly, to be forbidden meddling with any Arms, for ever Here was found an excellently well furnished Magazine; both for victuals, Guns, and ammunition: which well helped Gustavus Horn to beat all the rest of the country. Whilst these conditions are a treating, the Army had given summons to the strong & well provided Castle of Ortenburg; 
Ortenburg Castle surrendered.  the chief strength of the Kintzinger-dale aforesaid, which (to be brief) was fain to follow the example of its predecessors, and to resign up itself on wednesday the 5 of September.  
By the taking of these 2 most important places, was the town of Brisach quite foundered: which though full 30 English miles, from this Offenburg; yet it being upon the same side of the Rhine with it; there was never a considerable strength between, to shelter it. Hereabouts, had Montecuculi all this while lain: as if to give aim to the losing of the Country. 
Ossa and Monte Cuculi, avoid the country  The Swedish Army now making that way; both he and the Commissary Ossa, (not able to abide their coming) are fain to departed the Country. Ossa (as I find) went first of all towards Nancy in Lorraine, or else to Bisanson in Burgundy; to leave his Lady there, in a place of security: presently returning over the Rhine again, into Schwabland. Montecuculi resigning his Generalship, in those parts, unto marquis William of Baden; adventures with some troops of Horse, especially, to brush through the Eastern skirts of the Duchy of Wirtemberg, and so to Kempten in the very edge of Schwabland; and to get that way into Bavaria. Thereabouts (as I find) had Sir Patrick Ruthven a blow at him: being said to kill him 300 men, and to take 150 prisoners. Thus, with much ado, gets he over the Lech about Schonga and Fuessen: and in Bavaria you have before heard of him, in the King's story.  
The coast being thus cleared of the Imperialists; there was not a foe, in the field, to make opposition against the Swedish or the Wirtembergs. 
The Earldom of Furstemberg, taken.  Hereupon, is the fair Kintzinger-dale brought under Swedish contribution: and in it, the inheritance of Eggon Count of Furstemberg, who, as in our First Part we have often told you, was sometimes the Emperors great General, in this Circle of Swevia. How he had resigned his Generalship, and retired into a privacy; you may see Page 119, and 220, of our Second Part. In what estate, the country & himself were now in; 'tis best knowing out of his own Letters, written unto james Hannibal, Count of Ems: which were by the way intercepted.  
MY LORD:  
I Yesterday received a Letter from the marquis William of Baden: and the sad news in it, 
Furstenbergs letter, and complaint.  of the falling of the Marshal Horn with 10000 men, into his Marquisate. That also he had required 300000 Florins from him, in present payment; and a place of Rendezvous, for 4 fresh Regiments. I am very sorry to see him made a beggar as I myself am; though otherwise, there be no comparison betwixt us: he having received at the Emperor's hands so brave and good a country, as is his Marquisate; whilst I, for mine own part, have neither master nor money. Thus am not I able to help him; nor he me; nor you either of us. I had before spent almost all I had, in these wars; and now am I utterly ruined of the residue. And thus much could I not but give you part of, that you might help to condole with us.  
Your LO PS. true friend and servant, Eggon Count of Furstenburg. Heyligenburg Septemb. 8. 1632.  
THis conquest, was felt as fare as the Count of Hanaw-Lichtenbergs possessions: all the Lords and Gentlemen on that side the Rhine, being likewise made sensible of it. The Kintzinger-dale was again opened for the Strasburgers; 
The advantage of these Conquests.  and the way quite cut off from the Imperialists, that no succours could pass from Schwabland or Italy. By this conquest, was all clear again from Strasburg unto Kitzingen in Franconia, to the Northeastward: to Rotweil upon the Neckar in Schwabland, to the South-Eastward: on the 3 side, unto Vdenheim in the Palatinate; and on the 4 side quite through the Hercinian forest or the Swartz-walt into Bavaria. All this, was by these conquests, put into the power of the King of Sweden. Some say, that the grief of of this news, added some speeding malignity, unto the Arch Duke Leopolds infirmities: which Prince, now lying for his pleasure at Swatz in Tirole; 
The Archduke Leopold dies,  was unexpectedly (and after much hunting) taken with a Catarrh in his head, which fell down and put one of his eyes out: which being followed with a flux, and a continual fever; in few days made an end of him. He died September 13, at which time, his Imperial Majesty, likewise, was most unprincely handled, by an unmannerly & rebellious Quartan ague. 
and the Emperor is sick of a Quartane.  The Archduke died in an ill time: seeing, at this instant, his own Estates, laid open to the prey: his family, all embroiled; his Allies, much ado to subsist; his fair hopes, blasted; his great designs, returned upon himself; his enemies, beginning apace to be many; and his friends, few; his neighbours, not much to be relied on; for that, they began to recall the bad remembrances, of ancient and forepast jealousies and mis-intelligences. In this ill time, died the Archduke: who had he lived but 2 months longer; would well have cheered up himself, with the death of the King of Sweden. Presently after the death of this Leopold; his Counsellors take care for the ensuring of the passages of his country of Tirole: and confirm marquis William in his Generallship, against Gustavus Horn: helping to make him up an Army of 4000 men, with which he kept himself about Ensisheim.  
To return to our Swedish Feltmarshall. The country on that side of the Rhine being thus ranged into order; the selfsame Wednesday night, that Ortenburg castle was taken upon; did Gustavus Horn with certain of his troops, 
Horn returns to Strasburg:  both Horse and Foot, pass Strasburg bridge again: himself lodging the same night within the city. His forces went to their old quarters again, beyond the river Ill: whither a little after that, the rest of his Army followed. The Wirtembergers returned into their own Country, first; and so towards the Bodensee; and that to divert the Imperialists from disturbing Horn at his siege of Benfelt; as by and by we shall tell you On Thursday, September 6. did Count Henry of Nassau Dillingberg, come and join his Regiment, unto the Swedish Army. Friday, the 7 of September, being the anniversary day of the famous victory of Leipsich; was a day of devotion both in the Camp and City: to the celebrating whereof, the Lord-Marshall was himself gone into his leaguer. There were Prayers added unto the Thanksgiving; 
going thence, to the siege of Benfelt.  for the prospering of the design intended; and that was the siege of Benfelt: which by an Express, the same evening his Excellency certified the Strasburgers of: and that he would the next morning, put himself upon his march, thitherward.  
The place, is in the lower Alsatia, which there beginneth: & on the Western bank of the river Ill; which having run 12 or 14 English miles further, through Strasburg, drops presently into the Rhine. East of the town, (which is but a very small one) is the river. The place of the town, is by a morasse: the river there, branching out, into at least 20 small Ilets. Before it, is there a hilly and a woody country. The City of Strasburg, had some pretences to it; 
The town described.  and it now was a troublesome neighbour unto it: that, holding for Prince Rodolfe William Bishop of Strasburg, second son unto his Imperial Majesty. 'tis a royal fortification and a regular: in form of a spur or Mullet, 5 cornered. The walls, strongly beset with towers, and rundels: the Bulwarks, thick and high: with two wet ditches about them; and on the East side, a little Suburb, washed by the river. All this, was very strongly pallisadoed, with some outworks to it.  
A work is was said to be, of well near 20 year's fortification. Count Herman Adolph Count of Salm Rifferschet, Statholder or Governor of the Bishopric of Strasburg (in which Benfelt standeth) and Deane of the same Strasburg: 
The Rhinegrave is of this Family of Salm.  had excellently well provided it, of victuals and ammunition: some pieces of full Canon, had they upon their Bullwarcks; which shot 48 pound bullet. Their garrison, was about 800 Foot, and 140 horse: some of their Foot, being sturdy Boors, which there learned to be soldiers. Their Governor was one Colonel Bulach, a discreet Gentleman, and a very resolute Commander.  
Saturday September the eight, did his Excellency Gustavus Horn advance thitherward. That very night, did his vanguard take in some Mills, with the Hospital or cloister on the North side of the river (which betwixt that and the town, had many great Ilets and branches) cutting off, and beating in, some of these townsmen, that had undertaken the guard of them. Monday September the tenth, began Horn to plant his Ordnance, 
The siege laid  which I hear to be 3 whole Canons, 4 half Canons, 12 fielding pieces, and 4 mortars. And now was he engaged upon a hard piece of service, and all eyes were fixed upon the issue of it. Horns head Quarter, was upon the western bank of the river, and North side of the town: and on that side he begun his Approaches. His trenches went round from North to South The defendants ('twas known) were resolved to dispute it, and the Swedes had here pitched themselves upon their hopes, for the command of the whole Bishopric of Strasburg, and for the Lordship of all the neighbour Alsatia. The Strasburgers were deeply interessed in the success of the Action; for besides that Benfelt was the great hinderer of their traffic; they, by their giving passage unto Gustavus Horn, had committed such an act of enmity against the Emperor, as they must now do like a sick man; not take so weak a Does of Physic, as should be but able to stir the humours; but a potion strong enough to expel them. If Horn prevailed not before Benfelt, the weight of the wars would, certainly, fall heavy on their side. Horn, therefore, knew well enough, that all their Magazines and their Armouries, were at his devotion. Thus was he backed.  
Ossa, and the Count of Salm, then resident in Zabern (a good soldier) with Metternich of Heidelberg; had all engaged their words, that Bulach should be relieved: and to cut out Horn so much work, otherwhere, by their diversions; that he should never be able to lie long before Benfelt. And thus was the town backed: so that it was a siege of the greatest expectation (though not of so much noise) next unto that of Maestricht; that hath been in these latter troubles. The quiet of the Palatinate, the security and profit of the Strasburgers, and the Conquest of Alsatia; much depended upon Benfelt.  
By September the twelfth, were the Swedish masters of the Toll-Sconce on the East side of the town, a good distance from it, and upon the third branch of the river. This sconce had the command of the Bridges over the river Ill: and over the Causey which led thence into the Suburb. By the taking of this, was the river itself also at their devotion. By the thirteenth, were they Approached within 30 Rodd of the outtermost Graff: and under the command of the enemy's Canon. Horns lines first broke ground, midway betwixt his own Head quarter and the town: which he led cranckling in and out, gaining still nearer and nearer upon the town. They were run sloping along the north side of the town and so ended right against a Bulwark, on the very West of it. All along this Trench, were his Batteries, Blinds, Traverses: and Redoubts, to watch and save the Approaches: and out of this, was begun another lesser line, from a great battery.  
This lesser and nearer Approach, was run all along the Northwesterne side of the town, in a half Circle, just as the town ditch directed it: of which it was within a few paces. At the westerly end of this lesser Approach, was the Ditch cut and drained: and there was the Callerie led over: of which we shall in its time, tell you. Horn beginning his Approaches, hath his Pioneers beaten out, now and then, by the townsmen's sallies; who fling the earth in again into the Trenches. And this was done often, for, certainly the place was very well defended. Ever as Horn brought his Lines nearer, he also brought forward his Batteries. Strasburg sent him supplies of Canon, Granades, Fireworks, and Ammunition, (and victuals too) as much as he desired: so that he was nothing sparing of his lead nor gunpowder. The most of those buildings which a Cannonier could have but a clear view of, from off his Battery, he beat about the townsmen's ears: steeples, towers and rundels, as well as houses. For the fury of the great and small shot, and the terror of the Fireworks (which had twice already, set fire upon some Courts of Guard, Centry-houses and stables, next unto the rampiers:) was no man (without extreme hazard) able to appear upon the Bulwark: so that though the town kept some pieces of Canon yet undismounted upon their wall, yet hardly durst a Cannonier tarry by them, unless when the rampire were to be assaulted. A trial of this, was made September 13, whenas 30 Swedish Horsemen made a dare, close up to the very brinck of the outtermost moat, and came off again without danger.  
Horn by the middle of the month, having gotten forward, as far as the outtermost wet-moate, had a design for the cutting of that, and to derive the water out of it into the river. To hinder that, do the besieged issue through a sally-port; and resolutely beat off the Boors that were Horns spade men, and the soldiers that defended them. Yet was that service by degrees performed; 
The first mo●● won.  and so much of the water drained out, as lay higher than the river. The rest was partly filled up, where needful: and Horn being now gotten to the Suburb (which the townsmen partly had demolished, and Horns Fireworks consumed) made use of the rubbish for filling up the moat; and of the timberwork, for the making and bringing over his Gallery. September 26 in the night, was the Gallery begun to be put over the moat: upon which, though the besieged sallied, yet were they persuaded in again; and the Gallery after a while perfected. These military Galleries, are in the manner of Bridge's: made upon Piles fastened into the ground, and joyse 〈◊〉 ●●osse over them and planks over all, like a Bridgework. Now were his men lodged in this slighted Suburb; which was some shelter to them: and hence, was every Orlope or peeping hole of the wall so flanckerd with their Firelocks, that hardly could a head appear out of the town, or over a work, but he was dashed in the teeth with a bullet. Horns next work, was to make up a great Blind, for the shelter of his Enginiers and labourers: who were now working towards the second Graft, close under the Bulwark September 29, did the Strasburgers furnish him with 4 more Canon, for a new Battery upon his Approaches: so that under the favour of these volleys, did he in a short time in crooked lines, advance as fare as that second Graft: the banks whereof they now fall to cutting. Do the Benfelders what they can, by their sallies; yet, they within a few days, lost half the water out of that moat too: the Swedish were well forward with their second gallery; and lodged on another side, within a few paces of their Foretowne. 
The second moat won.  This was the work of the first month: by which time the Swedes were become Masters of the river, the Tolskonce, the Bridge, both the moats, the Suburbs, and finally of all without the walls and ports of the very city.  
Monday October the eighth, the Swedes thinking to make a short work of it: made a furious assault upon the Forecitie: but being not able to carry it by Scaladoe, they were fain, 
Divers assalts repulsed.  with some loss, to give it over. And yet this attempt was once or twice renewed in the week following: and the besieged kept waking by the expectation of an Alarm, every day. The Saturday after, being the thirteenth of October, the besieged, towards evening, desired a parley, that they might have a truce granted for a few days; requesting a safe conduct for their Drum, to be sent unto the General. He not liking the propositions; no sooner was the Drum received into the town again: but he commanded a rousing volley to be sent in after him: 
The besieged desire a truce which is denied them.  to signify unto the besieged, that no other cessation of Arms was to be expected; but till his Canoniers could lad their pieces again, when they had discharged them.  
The Count of Salm that was Governor for the Emperor's Son, of his Bishopric of Strasburg, to which this Benfelt belongeth; wrote his letters unto the French Ambassador at Strasburg, to request his mediation for a truce for Benfelt. The colour for his request was, that the truce might last till the French Kings pleasure might be known, upon what terms he would take the Bishopric into his protection. But neither would this be granted: and the denial was sent to Zabern, 9 or 10 miles from Strasburg, where Salm resided.  
Presently after the leaguer was first laid, and the Quarters entrenched: 
The Rhinegrave blocks up Schletstat.  had the Rhinegrave been sent out with the most of the Horse, to block up Schletstat; a very strong town upon the same river of Ill, some 8 or 9 English miles to the South-west of Benfelt. His parties flew up and down the country, to spoil the Imperialists mustering places; to observe the motions of the enemy: and to prevent their sudden disturbing of the leaguer. He had sent word, a little before this, unto the Feltmarshall; of the Count of Salms assembling of some good forces together, on that side the Country: and that they had given it out, how they would shortly give the Swedish a Camisado in their own trenches: being very confident of beating up a quarter, and of thrusting in some supplies into the besieged. Horn upon news hereof, had sent into the Palatinate and to the Strasburgers; that they should lighten their garrisons (as many as they could spare) and send the forces to his leaguer, with all speed possible. Upon this, did the Count of Solms, and the Colonel Smidberger come into the Camp, with their Regiments.  
Monday October 15, towards evening; 
An offer to relieve the town  Count Salm first shown himself, within a little of the Trenches: with some 4000 Boors, 2000 soldiers, and 600 Horse, in his Army. Whilst Horn sent out some good troops to entertain and stave them off; the besieged fall also out, upon a work of the Swedish. But the Count of Salms Boors, plainly, came not on with that bravery that soldiers would have done, nor did they once touch upon any one of Horns Quarters: so that the besieged perceiving their Aides to press no nearer, they fall off again, and withdraw themselves into their City. Salms his men also, after some lighter skirmishes, retire themselves into the Dorps towards Schletstat; which next morning they fire at parting. That day, out went the Rhinegrave Lodowick, with a Partee of 500 Dragooners, 500 Horse, and 1000 commanded musketeers; to try what metal they were made of. He lighting on them by the flame and smoke, which they made in the Country; kills 300 of them as they were scattered up and down, and takes about 150 prisoners: whereupon the most of the rest retired unto Molsheim on the river Brusch, 10 mile's North of Benfelt: which was the appointed Rendezvous for them.  
The defeat of these succours, and the hopes of them: 
is put by.  made his Excellencies and the Rhinegraves Healths, to be hearty remembered at Strasburg; for that now they esteemed Benfelt as good as taken. But the Count of Salm said not so: for he gave it out, that he but recoiled to come on again with more fury, & that the next time he would bring 10●00 men with him: yea, that he would either leave his bones before Benfelt, or relieve it. The garrisons of Heidelberg, Franckendale and Vdenheim, 'twas given out, should make diversions: 
The King of Bohemia comes to Franckfort.  but that threat was quickly taken off, by the coming of the King of Bohemia unto Frankford: who though he levied no forces, yet did he much amuse the neighbourhood, with the belief of his purpose to do so. As for those of Franckendale, the Benfelders' hopes of their aid was defeated, by his Majesty of Bohemiaes' entering into a Treaty with them. For all this, the Count of Salm divulged it, that all the Imperial garrisons of Brisach, Kenzingen, Endingen, Molsheim, Dachstein, Schirmeck, Schletstat and Colmar; even all the power they could make, they would rally together into one Army, and put it to such a push, as either to hazard all their towns, or relieve Benfelt. These hopes found he means to convey into the town, which Bulach had art enough by great circumstances to make probable: and upon hope of that, to keep his men in courage and expectation. The Count of Salm indeed, after this, shown himself in the field now and then, but could never bring his 10000 men together. Commissary Ossa had now need of men about the Lake of Constantz, so that he could spare him no forces to succour Benfelt.  
This was Ossa put unto, by the Duke of Wirtemberg: who had purposely made this diversion upon those parts, that Horn might have the less disturbance before Benfelt. There had the Wirtembergers gotten the townsmen of Cell, 
The Wirtembergers take towns about the Lake of Constaniz.  to take in a garrison from them; which they had before denied unto Ossa. This was a town of very great importance. Richenau Abbey upon the Lake, they had by force, taken, for they were 10000 men, now in the field: and Lindau and Bregentz both, were sorely afraid of them.  
Nearer home, did the Rhinegraves troops scour the coast up and down, daily, making their Cavalcadces sometimes to the very gates of Zabern itself, one way; and otherways, as fare along the Rhines side as Brisach: there affronting the Imperial Quarters: who before Brisach had a few forces. Those of Brisach again, would now and then put into the field: The Count of Salm also would send out some parties; but the Rhinegrave put so between them, and so spoiled their mustering places: that they could never bring their Army together, according as they had promised.  
The besieged, by this time, wanting forage for their horses, they about October 20, 
The state and hopes of the besieged.  turn 100 horses out of their port among the Swedish: and even yet they held it out resolutely. Their hope now was, that the raines at this time of the year, would fill the Ditches & Mines up again, which Horn was now a working: but that hope failed them. His Galleries being now perfected; he a few days after, causes the enemy's walls to be attempted, if but to see what countenance the besieged still carried. 
They beat off an assault.  But those he found so good, that his men were beaten off again: one of his soldiers only having snatched down an Ensign from the Rampant, in despite of all the small shot of the defendants, purposely aimed upon him. By this time, was Gustavus Horns Army more increased, then when he first sat down before Benfeldt: and that especially and of late, by the coming of Battalie a French Colonel, with 600 men: which he hoped to make up a Regiment complete, out of those forces which his King had a little before cashiered in Lorraine.  
By the 25, had Horn sapped himself, close unto the Rampire, and by the 26, (notwithstanding all Countermining) had he brought his mine under it, put in his powder, and made it ready to play. The 27, he prepared all things ready to storm into the Breach, which upon the springing of the mine he infallibly expected. That morning, did Governor Bulach send out a Trumpet with open letters in his hand; which he desired leave of the Felt Marshal to carry to the Governor of the Bishopric of Strasburg, then at Zabern: to discover the weak estate of the town to him, and to desire him to propound the conditions for his rendering: requesting a 3 days truce in the mean time, till the return of the messenger. But this message was by Gustavus Horn, controlled; 
The last assault.  and the Trumpet sent back again. Towards night, do the Swedish resolve upon the firing of their mine: which the besieged perceiving; resolutely fall out upon it, and fight with them at the mines mouth, all that afternoon the whole night following, and the next day till 2 a clock after dinner. Horn continually relieved his men, with new seconds: yea his dragooners and Horsemen too, were on foot brought on, still to pursue the storming. His men were very earnest with him, that he would accept of no composition, but that they might have leave to take it by force; and that their reward for all their hardship before it, might be the pillage of it.  
But Bulach having both done and suffered, as much as might be expected from a man in his place; perceiving his men to be sorely harassed and over-watched; his enemies forces increased; they backed by Strasburg; and himself not likely to be relieved from Zabern; that the mine was ready to spring, and the besieged hasty to fall into the first breach: 
Benfelt yielded  is contented that some of his people had already hanged out a white Ensign, in sign of parley: himself sending out to require hostages. This was done in the afternoon of Simon and judes' day, October 28: whereupon the next day, both parties agreed upon these thirteen conditions.  

and the conditions.  1. That the Governor, with all the Captains, Officers, and common soldiers, should departed freely: going out with Colours flying, drums beating, matches lighted, bullets in the mouth, and with full Arms. And that they should carry all their families with them, with horses and wagons sufficient, for the carrying away of their baggage; that they should have a field pieces, and one wagons loading of powder, bullets and matches. That the Governor, moreover, should with his wife, children, cousins, sisters, and servants with their baggage, be convoyed into Zabern: and the other Captains and soldiers, to Brisach: pledges being given on both sides, according to the custom.  
2. That the ecclesiastics and Religious persons, and especially those that lived in Achle; should have free exercise of religion, as heretofore they have had: and leave to maintain themselves upon Alms; and as for those that were resolved to go otherwhere, they should have free leave to go: together with their goods and soldiers for the guard of them.  
3. That the citizens also should have free exercise of the Roman Catholic religion.  
4. Those that were Officers of the Bishopric, should have leave of departing, likewise, with their goods and families; 2 wagons with their horses, being allowed them: they first of all delivering unto certain deputies appointed in the King of Swedens' name; their Coucher-bookes and other Records concerning the estate of the Bishopric: together with a true account of all things hitherto deposited.  
5. The sick and wounded, which were not now able to march out with the rest; should have leave to tarry in the town, till they were recovered: after which, they should have Passes, to go whither they desired.  
6. That the Governor, Captains, Officers, Soldiers and Citizens, that had any lands within the Bishopric; should have liberty among the rest who had yielded themselves into the King of Swedens' protection: either to inhabit and make the best of them, or to sell them, as they pleased.  
7. That the Governor, now presently after the rendering, should have a Pass from Gustavus Horn, for the sending of an Officer with his letters, unto the Governor General of the Bishopric, to certify him of the proceed.  
8. That none of the privileges, freedoms, jurisdictions, and Rights of City or Citizens; should be diminished; nor should any ransoms be exacted of them: but that they should have a protection rather, against any injury that might be done by the garrison, which was to be put upon them: and that right and justice might indifferently be administered to every man.  
9 That all and singular the citizens now within the town, should have leave either to sell their goods presently, or within a certain time, when they could: after which they might freely departed, and take Passes to that purpose.  
10. That the Citizens having houses either in the town or Country, should have leave to till their lands; and enjoy their stocks, horses, cattles, and other goods serving to that purpose, without ransom.  
11. That the prisoners on both sides, should be set free without ransom.  
12. That all military ammunition, victuals, and other things, not particularly belonging unto the Governor, Officers, Soldiers, nor Citizens; should without fraud be delivered unto such persons, as should be appointed by the Feltmarshall.  
13. That the yielding of the town, should be at eight a clock the next morning; and of the Suburbs, before evening. And if the Governor by reason of some hindrance, could not go in the morning, he should then have leave to tarry with his family in his own house, till the next morning and the soldiers, in the Suburbs  
Upon these Articles Tuesday October 30, was the town delivered: the Governor marching out with 400 Foot, and 120 Horsemen. One of his Foot-Captaines and whole company, turned soldiers to the Swedish. The town thus conquered, was afterwards entrusted over unto those of Strasburg: 
The town being made over to the Strasburgers,  by which courtesy, they were not a little strengthened; this strong town, having, shrewdly heretofore punished them.  
It pleased his Highness the Duke of Lorraine, about the end of the next month; 
is claimed by the Duke of Lorraine,  to lay some claim unto this town of Benfelt, as also unto Dachstein, (which the Swedish had by that time taken) and to Zabern. His Commissioners met with Gustavus Horns, at Marienkerch. His plea was, that he had lent certain monies upon them, and that they had thereupon been consigned over to him, for security. Wherefore he in friendly manner requested, that Benfelt might now be returned over to him. The Swedish Commissioners gave good words: but as for the town, they could say nothing to it, till a Diet might be convoked in the Empire. 
which is denied him.  In the mean time, they desired the Duke to rest assured, that if he neither supplied the Emperor with Aides nor Provisions; the Swedes would no way be injurious unto his Highness' lands, or subjects, but help to defend them rather: should the Emperor, upon pretence of his Highnesses being friend to the Swedish party, offer to assail them.  
Benfelt thus taken, his Excellency the Swedish Feft-Marshall sent the Rhinegrave to take in Marckelsheim; 
The Rhinegrave takes Marckelsheim.  a town hard by, defended but by one company of Imperialists. The Rhinegrave had but a weak Partee as yet with him: the cause, that his summons were gybed at. The Imperialists told him, he was no customer for them: nor had he companions enough, to make them afeard of him. 'tis ill jesting with edge tools. The Rhinegrave, hereupon, sending to Benfelt with all speed for some field pieces; he the same day, made his entrance into the town, by force and battery. Here found he but 20 Horsemen, and those he took prisoners: the rest of them that belonged to the garrison, were gone out that morning to convoy in a Foot company, which was coming from Colmar to reinforce those of Marckelsheim. These the Rhinegrave having notice of, way lays, meets withal, and defeats: bringing the Captain of the Foot-Companie, his Lieutenant, and all his men, prisoners with him.  
Other Swedish parties severally sent abroad, do at the same time take in all the best of those small Strengths, that lie along the river of Ill towards Schletstat-ward or a little beyond it: about 2 or 3 English miles from the river. These towns were, Epffich, Upper Bercken, Dambach and Kestenholtz; together with Gemar upon the Ill, a little beyond Schlestat: so that Schletstat became hereby blocked.  
But the chiefest of the Army, and Gustavus Horn with it, advances towards Molsheim: a good town upon the river Brusch, 
Horn takes Mutzig, and  about 10 English miles West of Strasburg: and little above that distance North of Benfelt. Horn causes Mutzig to be first taken, 
Molsheim.  a pretty town one English mile West of Molsheim, belonging to one Lansperg a private Gentleman, that had served the Bishop. Molsheim, the fourth of our November Horn likewise investeth. The town not able to resist, gins to treat within 2 days: & the very sixth of November, (that fatal sixth of November, the day that the King of Sweden was slain upon) receives in 3 troops of Swedish Horse, with some Foot-Companies for a garrison. This secured Strasburg on that side.  
Thence turns our Feltmarshall back unto Schletstat: and that we now relate unto you. For though our purpose was, to have lead on our Story no further than the King's death; 
Horn turns towards Schletstat.  yet for that there wants but one months work, for the taking of 2 or 3 towns more, in this Alsatia; and consequently, of Gustavus Horns marching up thence, into Bavaria: we chose rather to transgress upon your patiences, after the Glasses being out, then to leave the Story of these parts, unperfected.  
This Schletstat is a very strong Imperial town, (and the strongest, next to Benfelt) upon the river of Ill, about nine English miles to the Southeast of Benfelt. 
The jesuites found to be Conjurers and Poisoners.  There is a College of jesuites in it; and those, famous (or rather infamous) for the Study of Magic or the Black Art: which some excuse, by the name of judicial Astrology. I feign nothing upon them: for so much was at Strasburg by a novice of theirs, publicly upon his execution day (since Christmas last) confessed. This young fellow being native of Strasburg was brought up by the jesuites of Schletstat; and by them employed, for the poisoning of some chief men of Strasburg, for which he was executed. He confessed, that all the jesuites of the College, (excepting two) were Magicians; and a many of them Poisoners. And, indeed, both these Arts diabolical, do our Cunning men and women, in these latter days practise together: that if by one of them, they shall foretell, the being in love, sickness or death, of any that requires their counsel; they may by the Figgs, and Philters and Potions of their other Art, endanger to make good their prediction. Nor are these feats only practised by the jesuites, in their College of Schletstat; but in other places too, as the world believeth. These Arts, and lying, confute stronglier, than all their School Divinity. Murder will out; but these, I leave till their discoveries.  
This Schletstat, though as strong as the Devil could make it; was not able a month together to resist the Arms of Justice, and a good cause, that were now brought against it. 
Schletstat besieged.  Lieutenant Colonel Breitenbach defended it: who had two troops of Horse and 600 Musketeers of Colonel Metternichs Regiment; which we heretofore told you to have comen from out of Cullens country, into the Strasburgers Jurisdiction. I purposely omit to relate the order of the siege laying, the manner of the Approaches, or the sallies of the besieged: minding to tell you of what strength the Imperialists were still in these parts, and what endeavours they now made, to deliver this and Colmar; which Gustavus Horn caused at the same time to be blocked, that he sat down to Schletstat.  
By this time was Montecuculi gone through Schwabland into Bavaria: and Commissarie Ossa had his hands full about the Lake of Constantz; so that the Generalship in these parts of Alsatia, was again made over to marquis William of Baden: and he now the second time again appeared, after the spoiling of his country. The Marquis' troops, were commanded by Major Ascanio; and sent to lie at Ensisheim, a town upon the river Ill, 12 English miles South of Colmar, where the Chamber and judgement seat is, for the Marckraviate of the Upper Alsatia. Some few Imperialists, lay also encamped at Brisach upon the Eastern bank of the river Rhine, due East of Colmar and 12 miles from it. To these, were some Foot-Companies to be conjoined, out of Lorraine; whose levying for the Emperor's service, the Duke had there given way unto. To take on these Lorrainers, do 12 Cornets of the Brisachers' Horse, upon the sixteenth of November pass over their Bridge to the Westward; to meet the other, coming out of their own Country. Ascanioes' men, were by that time comen from Ensisheim unto H. Crux a town within 5 English miles of Colmar. 
The Imperialists gathering together to relieve Schletstat.  And these were about 18 Cornets more, (besides Foot:) all resolved to affront Horns Quartiers, and to attempt the relieving, at least of Colmar. The Rhinegrave Otto Lodowick, having notice of the Brisachers being abroad; he with 3 Regiments flies in upon the necks of them: kills, taketh, and disperses them; scarce 100 of them recovering with safety unto Brisach. Seven Ensigns took he from them: and that he might pursue the victory, before Ascanioes' men should have notice of his being so near, he falls upon his Quarters about Heiligen Crux aforesaid. These taking the rout, at the first charge; fled with all speed towards Ensisheim. Being come to Wittenen hard by Ensisheim; they began there to unbridle and disperse, thinking themselves there, in a good place of security. But the Rhinegrave having pursued them upon the spur; hemmed them in upon the sudden, set fire upon the 4 corners of the town, to fire and smoke out the Imperialists. Of these, as they came without order, & at several places running out; were 300 knocked down upon the place: and among them, 2 Barons of Reiffenberg, Lieutenant Colonel Roben; a Sergeant Major, 6 Horse Captains, with divers Cornets, and under Officers. Three hundred, (the most of them Dragooners) being on the outside of the town, had, at first, 
are defeated by the Rhinegrave.  fling down their Arms, and desired to be taken into the Rhinegraves service. Ascanio being at Ensisheim, escaped with 3 Cornets of Horse, (the remainder of 200) away to marquis William: who then lying at Thann; departed presently upon it towards Burgundy: Thus lost he all his country, fortunes and reputation in the Emperor's service; which he had before received from his favour.  
Horn lying close to his siege of Schletstat all this time, and a great part of the town next the walls, being already burnt and spoiled with his Fireworks and Granades Governor Breitenbach was upon the second of December, enforced to treat a composition. The first demand made by Gustavus Horn was, 
Schletstat taken.  that the townsmen should pay him 2000 Dollars: and the many jews there, a sum by the Poll proportionable; each jew as much as 2 Christians. These jews, are many there, and have a free Synagogue to blaspheme Christ in: and these, the jesuites for filthy lucre's sake, endure well enough; but a Protestant they worse hate, than the Devil they Conjure by. The money was paid December the fifth, the garrison being 2 days before, departed upon these articles.  
1. The Impenriall garrison both Horse and Foot, shall December the third, depart freely, with flying Ensigns, Drums beating, trumpets sounding, matches lighted, bullet in the mouth, 2 field pieces, one waggon of match and bullet, together with their baggage and sick people: all to be convoyed to Brisach; sufficient hostages being left in the town, for the safe return of the Swedish Convoy.  
2. Such sick and wounded soldiers as were not able presently to travel, should be left in the town Hospital: who if ever they recovered, should not be compelled to serve the Swedish party; but upon their desire, should have the Feltmarshall or Governors Pass, to return back to their own Regiments.  
3. All spoils and booty gotten in the time of this siege; whither Horses or other prizes; shall remain still unto the takers: but as for the prisoners, a reasonable exchange or ransom, shall end the difference.  
For the safeties of the citizens, were these following Articles agreed upon.  

1. No kind of revenge shall be taken upon the townsmen, for any defence made by them during the time of this siege: but they, together with the Ecclesiastical persons: shall still be permitted the free use of the Roman Catholic religion. All Cloisters, likewise, Castles and Jurisdictions heretofore possessed by the townsmen; shall still remain to them. Nor shall any Citizen or Inhabitant, of what condition soever he be, who hath either been an Imperial Officer, addicted himself to the wars, or done any special piece of service in defence of the town; suffer any thing, either in life or fortunes, now nor hereafter, for it.  
2. Neither King nor Kingdom of Sweden shall assume more authority to themselves over the town, then heretofore the Roman Emperors or their Deputies, have done usually: and therefore shall all the immunities, privileges, and Customs of the City; and in particular also, the town of Kinzen with its Castle and Jurisdiction, be left free to them.  
3. If any of the Citizens, Officers, Servants, or Inhabitants, Spiritual or Temporal; shall be desirous to departed the City, either now or hereafter: he shall at any time have free leave so to do; and either to carry away his goods with him or otherwise to dispose of them.  
4. The Burghers shall not be overburdened with billeting or enquartering of soldiers: only shall the garrison have their competent allowance made them; for which, the soldiers shall be bound to keep good discipline; and accept of such lodging as the Magistrates shall appoint them.  
Dated December 2/12 1632. and confirmed by Gustavus Horn, and the Council of war.   
A day or 2 after this, was the Swedish Lieutenant Remthinger with a Partee of 70 Horse, set over the Rhine at the dorp of Schona, which hath a Castle to it: 
The Dutch Relation calls him Lieutenant General and Gullobelgicus, but a Captain.  9 or 10 English miles East of Schletstat. Early in the next morning, was he followed by Zilhart, with more Horses and Dragooners. These 2, upon Saturday December the eighth, steal suddenly upon the good town of Endingen; about a league from the Rhines side, to the Eastward. Here was the Imperial Colonel Croneck, with 5 troops of Horse enquartered: who was himself in the very beginning of the fight shot dead upon the place; above 100 of his men slain, 
5 Imperial Cornets defeated;  and all the rest dispersed; Croneck had a design, to have surprised the Swedish Colonel Einhausen and his Regiment; whose Post was near the Rhine, not fare from Endingen. It was a misty morning, when this defeat happened; under favour of which gloominess, the Imperialists made the better shift to escape Zilhart, who had the chase of them. Cronecks dead body, was presented to Gustavus Horn; who sent it into Schletstat Church, to be interred. 
and the town of Endingen taken.  Endingen town, did hereupon become Swedish: who having that footing on that Eastern side of the Rhine; the Imperialists, that till then had kept a kind of Field-leaguer, without the walls of Brisach: (but 8 English miles South of Endingen) break up their Quarters presently upon it, and retire themselves into the city.  
Presently upon this, does Gustavus Horn take in Horburg: a pretty town upon the river Ill, with a bridge at it. 2 English miles East of Colmar: by the taking whereof, was this Colmar the more straightened.  
All this time, that is ever since the beginning of November, had this Imperial town of Colmar, been also blocked up: which since the taking of Schletstat, had been more pressed. The place of it, is upon the small river Lauch, (which a little from thence falleth into the Ill) about 13 English miles to the South of Schletstat. 
Colmar besieged.  The Imperial Governor being resolved to hold the place, and the Citizens perceiving him not able to do it; there falls out a difference upon it, betwixt the Burghers and the soldiery: The townsmen feared, that by the Governor's obstinacy, their City would be taken by assault; and then should their houses be plundered or worse served: and therefore press the Governor to a Parley. He refusing; the citizens getting all their Billmen at once together; they just at dinner time, on Sunday December the ninth, seize upon the Governor with his Lieutenant, and imprison them: kill many of his soldiers that resisted them; and sent word with all speed unto Gustavus Horn, to come and take their city. This made their conditions to be the better, and these they were.  


By this you see that these towns of Schletstat and Colmar did not as yet know of the death of the King of Sweden.  1. His Majesty of Sweden is contented to suffer the city of Colmar, still to remain as a Romish Catholic city: and in the enjoyment of the same her privileges, Immunities, and rights, (aswell the Spiritualty as the Temporalty) which they had in the year 1626.: nor will his Majesty assume more authority over the same City, than the Roman Caesars have heretofore exercised.  
2. The King will receive the Ecclesiastical persons (both men and women) into his protection: and leave them the free exercise of their own Religion.  
3. In the ordering of the Magistracy, the King shall please to have consideration, of the welfare and safety of the townsmen; and that with respect unto the ancient customs: not bringing in any new impositions.  
4. The city shall not be overburdened with a greater garrison, than they shall well be able to maintain: and the billeting of them shall be at the discretion of the Magistrates, according to their former orders.  
5. All that were willing still to remain within the City, would his Majesty take the protection of: and whoever were minded to departed, should have free leave and liberty.  
These Articles were dated at  
Horburg, Decem. 10. 1632. and signed Gustavus Horn.   
Monday morning December the tenth, was the Imperial garrison turned out at the Ports, to shift for their own safeties, the Townsmen not so much (you see) as putting in one Article, in favour of them. The same night, did Gustavus Horn personally enter into Colmar: without exacting any one half Dollar from the townsmen. The only thing that he added unto the Articles, (which was by entreaty too) was, that the Lutherans might have their old Church again within the town, with the free exercise of Religion, as heretofore they had enjoyed. This being granted, the Lord commissary-general and Resident, Glazer, 
Religion restored in Colmar.  the Lord john No, and many principal Protestants, who now lived in exile for their conscience sake, at Strasburg; did the 14 of December return back again, unto their own houses in Colmar. That day, was there a Sermon of Thanksgiving preached there, by Doctor john Smidt, Superintendent of the Augustane Confession: who, with the rest, had the selfsame day five years, been exiled out of Colmar.  
His Excellency Gustavus Horn, had in the mean time sent the Leiftenant-Generall the Baron of Croneck, 
Hagenau yielded to the Swedish.  unto the Imperial city of Hagenaw; 12 English miles to the North of Strasburg. His message to the Magistrates was, that if they thought good to submit themselves unto the Swedish protection; then should their ancient Estate, Privileges, Rights, and Customs, be left entire unto them: but if not, all should be by force confiscated. The charges of the war, moreover, which he should be put unto for the conquering of them, should doubly be exacted out of their purses. These offers being sent unto them, by a fortunate and a conquering Army; became prevalent at the first motion, and were accepted of. Thus easily, was Hagenau made Swedish; having not so much as seen the countenance of a Swede, till they took some of them in, to be their garrison. And thus became the valiant and discreet Gustavus Horn, the great conqueror of the Upper Alsatia: and as much of the Lower too, as there needed.  
And that we may dispatch all the wars in these quarters near the Rhine, at once; by this time was the town of Franckendale in the Palatinate given over by the Spaniards. The King of Bohemia by treating with the town, had before his death, drawn the Governor wars unto these conditions.  
1. That upon the eleventh of November, himself with all his soldiers should march out of Franckendale, 
Franckendale rendered.  in this equipage: That is to say, with Colours flying, Drums beating, trumpets sounding. 3 Brass pieces of ordnance, and such other ammunition, as themselves had brought in thither.  
2. That the Spaniards should be allowed 200 wagons, for the carrying away of their baggage.  
3. That they should have a sufficient Swedish garrison, to convoy them unto the frontiers of Luxemburg.  
Upon these terms, were the Spaniards by agreement with the King of Bohemia, to have left the town upon the eleventh of November: but whereas they were to have received 7000 Rex Dollars for such ordnance and Ammunition, as they had heretofore brought into it, and now left behind them: perchance upon the King of Bohemia'es' sickness first, and death afterwards, they could not sooner receive their monies. The Gentleman employed by the King, to treat with the Spaniards, was Colonel Colb; and they were put to it by the King of Spain's and the Archduchesses' agreement with King james (now also pressed by King Charles) to deliver up the town unto the Prince Palatine, so soon as he should be able to keep and maintain it. The Spaniards would never treat with the King of Sweden about it; but with the Prince Palatines Ministers only: so that now, the King of Bohemia being likely enough to hold it, they condescend to deliver it. And indeed they had Commission from Brussels for it: being the willinger now to part with it, so fair a way; for that they saw, Gustavus Horn (perchance) would not let them long have held it.  
And yet this might they have done too, had they known that he should have been so soon sent for out of those Quarters, towards Bavaria. The Spaniards marching out, November 26. a garrison of country boors is put into Franckendale, to keep it for the Princes Palatines.  
There being now no more towns (besides Vdenheim and Heidelberg) in those parts of the Rhinish Circle; which were not Swedish; the victorious Gustavus Horn received directions from Chancellor Oxenstiern, to march up into Bavaria, and to join with the General Banier: the Bavarians being strong enough at that time, to fall a great way over their river Lech, 
Gustavus Horn leaving part of the Army with the Rhinegrave; marches up into Bavaria, with the residue.  even to the banks of the Danubie in the Duke of Wirtembergs country. Leaving therefore a sufficient part of the Army with the Rhinegrave, for keeping what was conquered in Alsatia: he the eighteenth of December passes the Rhine at Schona, to go against the Bavarians about the Danubie. These, he quickly made to find the way over their Lech again; and since then, with the assistance of Duke Bernard and Banier: hath forced quite out of Bavaria, to another part of the Danubie: even their old starting holes, of Ingolstat and of Regenspurg. But this prosecution, I mean not to meddle with. Turn we back now to the Landgrave of Hesseus victories.   

THE ACTIONS AND PROCEED OF THE LANDGRAVE OF HESSEN: From the time of his receiving some aids from the King of Sweden, at Werben; until his joining with the said King again, about the Ringaw. A Story of some 3 months.  
THat our Reader may not mistake the chief person in the Action, 'tis Landgrave William of Hessen-Cassel, whom we treat of: Son and heir unto that so famous and learned Prince, Maurice of Hessen who was yet alive, at Frankford: banished from his own Estate by the Emperor.  
The chief of the quarrel which the Emperor had to him, was for his Religion, and some Church-lands; The Landgraves complaint against the Emperor, again; was for a Sentence (partly) by Caesar passed against him Anno 1623., by which, the town and University of Maxpurg in Hessen were adjudged away from him unto his Cousin the Landgrave Lodowick of Hessen Darmstat: a Lutherane by profession, and not so point blank opposite unto the Catholic party: and whose son hath been a diligent instrument of the Emperors, to draw the King of Sweden to a Treaty, when he lay at Mentz; and still works with his Father in Law the Elector of Saxony to the same purpose. Of this Imperial Sentence, the Elector of Cullen, (with him of Saxony) had been one of the Commissioners and Executioners: which made the Landgrave stomach him.  
After that the business of Germany became (on the Catholic side) a Leaguer-warre, and a Quarrel of Religion; then were the Protestants, on all hands laid at; by these Leaguers, as well as by the Emperor; every of them flying upon his next neighbour. Whereas, therefore, the Landgrave had chiefly been borne down by the Electors of Mentz and Cullen, on the one side; and by the near Abbeys of Fulda and Hirschfeld, on the other; with these he now gins to cry quittance: so soon (namely) as he finds himself strong enough, and that the King of Sweden had so potently already advanced into Germany.  
To make way therefore for this Landgraves invading of others; we will first show you, how he cleared his own Country at home: even then infested by the Imperialists.  
About the beginning of September 1631 (as in our First Part we have told you) the Landgrave returns from the King of Sweden, with some aids for the guard of his own Country: and that gallant Cavalier Duke Bernard of Saxon-Weymar, was also at this time with him. The Landgrave being returned; first, musters up an Army of some 4000 Foot; whereof 3600 were old soldiers; the rest, trained Boors: and amongst them, 3 Companies of hardy Forrestiers and Huntsmen: of which last kind of people, the Princes of these woody countries have a great multitude. To these 4000 Foot, were 1000 Horse and 2 pieces of ordnance joined.  
His quarrel seemed chiefly to be intended, against the Bishoprics and Abby-lands: which was as cross as might be, unto the late Imperial Decree of Ratisbone. And not so only, but even against the Imperial family also. The Emperor's second son, Prince Rodolph William, was now Abbot of Hirschfeld in Hessenland, next neighbour unto the Landgraves own possessions. This young Prince, upon the resignation of his Uncle the Archduke Leopold: was made Priest, and had his Bishoprics of Passaw and Strasburg: in lieu of which, the Archduke was made Administrator of all the lands of the house of Gratz (of which this Emperor is) in Alsatia, Tirole, etc. This Princely young Priest, was in the year 1628., chosen Abbot of Hirschfeld aforesaid; and should have been Archbishop of Madenburg also: whose missing of it, was the destruction of that goodly City. He had the Abbey of Hirschfeld, with condition, that the Landgraves right unto the City, and the Citizen's freedom of religion, should be reserved. The present Abbot and Prince of Fulda, was one john Bernard Schenck of Schweinsberg; Elected Anno 1623. who by the Title of his Abbey, is likewise one of the Princes of the Empire. To the town of Fulda hath the Landgrave some pretences also. This town of Hirschfeld, and the Abby-lands about it, (being upon the river Fulda, in the very heart of Hassia) were since these wars, still guarded by some Imperial forces: and military men (for the most part) being nothing dainty of committing Actions of Trespasses; had trenched, with the furthest, upon the Landgraves Royalties, and the City's privileges. This was another of the greevances. Towards this Hirschfeld, therefore, so soon as he came from the King; the Landgrave converts his forces. 
He clears Hirschfeld  The General Fugger, was already gone out of his country: hasting to be one at the Battle of Leipsich; by which means had the Landgrave the better opportunity, to bring the place to a composition. That done, he about the middle of the month, advances Westward unto Fritzlar, with the 5000 men afore mentioned. This handsome town, though situated upon the river Eder within the bounds of Hassia close unto the Frontiers of Waldeck; yet belonged it unto the Archbishop Elector of Mentz: and had been often heretofore quarrelled at, by the former Landgraves. The garrison answers his summons, as if they held for jupiter, in thunder and lightning, namely, such as they could make with their ordnance. The Landgrave replies, as if he had Commission from Vulcan: for having gained to the gate by his Approaches, he claps to a Petard; & by that breach, his soldiers rush into the City. Then would the garrison have compounded: 
Takes Fritzlar  but soldiers (whose very vocation suffers them not to be too tenderhearted) use not (when victorious) to listen too suddenly to the word Quarter. The Execution being over, the town is plundered: and do the Landgrave what he could, with his drawn sword to beat off his own people; yet for 2 hours together they flew upon the spoil. The Landgrave gave as good order, as the present fury would hearken to, for the sparing of the ecclesiastics: for all which, a many soldiers came Masking abroad in the Monks and Friars Cowls and Habits: the rude Forrestiers, perchance, mistook the Monks in their several Weeds, for some strange wild beasts; such as they used to kill in the woods, and to go marching home with the skins upon their shoulders. The Hassians shown the more spleen against this town, for that the Governor had scoffed heretofore at their Landgrave; had plundered 2 of his dorps in the jurisdiction of Girdersberg: and disarmed the soldiers that defended them. For this reason also, was the Governor himself now carried prisoner into Zingenhaim.  
Altringer and Fugger in the mean time, having upon their hearing of Tilly's defeat, hasted back again; 
Altringer and Fugger fall into Hessen.  were passed through Duringen, and now fallen into the Eastern parts of Hessen. They there first take in the town of Vach; and Fredeland Castle next to that: both about the river Werra. Passing this river after this, they advance towards Hirschfeld, before mentioned, and take that also: but the Landgrave having by this dispatched about Fritzlar, sends Duke Bernard Weymar with some 18 troops of horse and 1000 Foot towards them; himself immediately following with the gross of his Army. The Imperial Generals, quit Hirschfeld upon this news; and notwithstanding that the Count of Tilly had ordered them to fall justily upon the Landgraves forces: yet they now taking the Count of Manfeld unto them, (who lay with some forces in the neighbour jurisdiction of Fulda; for the guard of that goodly rich Abbey) all together march Eastward out of the land of Hessen, towards Isenach, and so to the Weser; by which river Tilly now was coming to join with them. The Count of Sultz, then about Gelnhausen, (or betwixt that and Fulda) coming also to piece in with them, marches back again towards the Lorrainers, upon the news, namely, of Fuggers retreat, and of the Swedish entrance into Franconia.  

Hassia cleared of the Imperialists.  Thus became Hassia cleared, though but for a very little space. The Landgrave, presently upon it, defeating four troops of the rambling Crabats by the way; comes and pitches his army by the river of Fulda, near unto his own court and chief town of Cassel. And time it was to do it: seeing Tilly before the end of the month, was fall'n upon his Frontiers; and Altringer and Fugger returned towards the river Fulda, again to spoil his country, and to join with Tilly. The story of which actions, we leave to be read in the General Tillyes' Proceed: already printed in our Second Part.  
Tilly being gone out of his Country, in the beginning of October; the Landgrave with 8000 Foot, 10 troops of Horse, and 14 pieces of ordnance, (whereof 6 pieces of Battery) sets forward again to pursue his former purpose against the Bishoprics. October the seventh to Munden he comes, 
The Landgrave takes Munden  a Bishops See some 7 or 8 English miles to the north of Cassel, where the river Fulda falleth into the Werra. Here had Tilly been lately; and there left some 600 men. Against this, the Landgrave casts up 2 Batteries: from whence he all that night thunders upon the Tillians. The garrison now out of hope to defend themselves, or to be relieved by others; parley and yield. Their conditions were, to go out with flying Ensigns, Bag and Baggage, Full Arms, etc. And to be convoyed by 2 troops of the Hessens Horse into Gottingen, 12 English miles to the East of Munden.  
Hence marches the Landgrave Northward, into the Bishopric of Paderborn; which is upon the West side of the goodly river of Weser, and holden in Commendam by the Bishop of Cullen, who writes himself Administrator of it. Hereabouts, September 27 (old Style) had Tilly left the Count of Gronsfelt and Colonel Reinacher, with a small army; for the guard of this Bishopric of Paderborn, 
advances into Paderborn.  and of the rich Abbey of Corbey, which lies close upon the Western bank of the Weser. Three of the foremost of the Landgraves troops, did Count Gronsfelts men light upon; and cut the throats of the most of them, carrying away their Ensigns. Full of desire to revenge this, out goes Lieutenant Pfaunkuck with a troops of Horse: but these staying to refresh themselves (or to do worse perchance) in a small Dorp near unto Paderborn; 
Some of his troops, twice defeated.  were also surprised by the Gronsfelders, and cut in pieces like their fellows.  
The Landgrave himself was at first gone towards Hoxter, in the jurisdiction of the Abbot of Corbey; which yields unto him: paying him 8000 Dollars for a Ransom. Thus do other towns thereabouts. Thence advances he towards Raderborn, from which parts, Gronsfeld and Reinacher (being too weak) were retired along the Weser towards Hamelen. Paderborn City compounds with him, and gives him 50000 Dollars for its ransom. At Nienhus upon the river Lip, some 2 English miles to the North of Paderborn; he takes down the Elector of Cullens Arms, and causes the King of Swedens' Eschutcheon to be set up in the room of it. Some 8 English miles to the South-west, he takes in Soltkott: whence some of his troops advance into the neighbour country called The Dukedom of Westphalia; 
He takes towns in Paderborn,  and take Geseck. Others, keeping, still in Paderborn Diocese, and upon the South of it: take in Warburg upon the river Dimel: a fair town just upon the Frontiers of Hessen, the County of Waldeck and Paderborn. The next good town of Waldeck, is Volckmarsen, upon the small river of Tuisch, some 5 English miles to the South of Warburg.  

and in the Dukedom of Westphalia.  The same Division of his Army turning now Westward into the aforesaid Dukedom of Westphalia; takes in Statberg: a fine town upon a hill by the river Dimel, some 15 English miles from Warburg; thence go they to Brilon 10 English miles more Westerly. In this part of Westphalia, is the Elector of Cullen Lord of a many places. At Arensberg a very fair town upon the river Rhur, (some 25 mile's West of Brilon) hath he a goodly Castle: which the Landgrave now seizes. Out of Paderborn and Westphalia, took he a world of Cattle of all sorts; which he sent home to his Boors of Bischehausen, in recompense of what the Tillians had lately taken from them. All these  towns, in the Dukedom of Westphalia, and the Bishopric of Paderborn; are to be seen partly, in Mercators' Second Table of Westphalia, and partly, in the particular Map of Paderborn: but best of all, in the Map of the Dukedom of Westphalia.  

The Elector of Cullen writes unto him.  The Elector of Cullen having heard of the Landgraves progress in his Diocese of Paderborn, and Dukedom of Westphalia; writes to him to hold his hand: the Landgraves answer to which, is as followeth.  
Most Reverend, most Illustrious and loving Cousin, etc.  
YOur Letters dated at Cullen 2●/18 of this October, 
His answer.  we have received by your Trumpet. And whereas you in them complain, of us for our invasion of the Bishopric of Paderborn, in answer thereunto We will not conceal, how hearty sorry we are, and how sensible; of those many and several Armies, which as well from the Catholic leaguers, as others; have for these many years together, been sent into this our dear Country of Germany. How unchristianly and inhumanely, the Protestant Princes, and States of the Empire, and our own dominions in particular, since we came to the Government thereof, have been used by these Armies: and that against all reason, without any cause, and besides all colour of right and justice: we are yet sensible of. And which is worse than all this: we yet feel, that when we and our poor Subjects, did at any time complain or sue for justice or redress; we were but scorned and rejected for our labours: contrary to all laws and rights of nations in general, and unto the Imperial Capitulations in particular: as also against the peace of Religion and of Policy, all Constitutions and Articles of the Empire, and of the Circles thereof. We have endured the most barbarous usage that might be, in our said dominions: Enquarterings, namely, Taxations, Burn, Robberies, Sacking of our towns and villages: yea also and of putting to the sword, innumerable innocent subjects of ours of all sorts. 
The miserable estate of the Protestant Princes, before the Kings coming into Germany: for even thus, were all of them served.  But we have since understood, what their intent and drift than was, in so doing: by all force and violence, namely, to render us every where odious, and to make a most miserable beggar of us withal; by at once depriving us of our Country, goods, and subjects. During all which proceed of theirs, and most lamentable sufferings of ours; the worst of all yet was, that upon those infinite complaints, prayers, cries and lamentations, which both by word of mouth, letters and Ambassages we made unto his Imperial Majesty, yourself, and other Princes our Cousins, etc. we were never able to obtain so much, as that any one of all these, would once vouchsafe to take the lest pity of our cases, or show any Christian compassion towards us: as if we had utterly been uncapable, yea unworthy altogether; of any law, Justice, kindness, favour, or benefit. By this means (God is our witness) we being become a Prince rejected altogether, by such as bear sway in the Empire; found ourselves (and that upon just grievances, not to be longer endured) enforced to take upon us such a resolution, as is indeed less desperate and more salutary; then if we had longer suffered and winked at, the said horrible and most enormous proceed.  
For this reason therefore, have we made alliance with those, that by the most especial providence of God, and to their own great hazard, dangers and expenses, are comen armed into Germany; to the comfort of the Evangelicall Professors, and consequent'y of our own selves: whom (fight for the just cause) God hath already blessed with such notable victories, as we already most hearty thank him for them. Thus being obliged, to seek (by God's help) together with our said Allies and our sword, (which our enemies have by force put into our hands) such a Peace and quietness; as we have not been able heretofore to obtain, by any prayers, or any (even almost unworthy and unprincely, and therefore unexcusable) patience, complaints or petitions. Being now by these reasons obliged, to take the same courses, as your said league hath given us examples to do; and being now utterly rob and despoiled of what was our own, to seek what heretofore was not our own. Wherefore we kindly pray you (as being a most excellent and high member of the said Catholic league) not to take it in ill part, if we now follow the Rule, which is so solidly grounded upon Reason and justice, Quod quis iuris statuerit in alium, eo ipso, ipse utatur. That every man would be content to have the same sentence pass upon himself, which he hath pronounced upon another.  
And thus, since there cannot at this present, any end of these German miseries be expected; without such conditions be first assented unto, whereby those insupportable grievances of the Protestants may beforehand be removed: and without the consent of such Princes, (not of us alone) as the Catholic League hath by force (as it were) drawn into this war; and in whose hands the right of peacemaking yet remaineth. And forasmuch as the General Director of the Protestant war, his royal Majesty of Sweden, 
The King of Swedens' Title, given him by the Protestants.  by name, (our most dear and honoured Lord and Cousin) hath appointed us what to do, until either by the sharpness of our swords, or rather by some fair means (if it were possible) such a true peace might once again be settled, whereby both ourselves and posterities might become sufficiently assured of our safeties, and that hereafter we might no more stand in awe of the like miseries and abuses. Mean while that such a peace is expected, his said most Excellent Majesty hath promised us his royal Protection: intending to bring all to consent unto such conditions, and to give such assecurations, as shall be sufficient to hinder all further bloodshed and destruction. We therefore for our own parts, now do, and ever hereafter shall, (according to our peaceable and Christian inclination) so soon as ever we shall understand the said Lord General Director, and other interessed Princes, to be satisfied in themselves, and be pleased to signify unto us, the means whereby this war (which hath been enforced upon them and us,) may have a happy conclusion; offer ourselves with all readiness, to perform whatsoever may become a Prince that keeps a good Christian Conscience within him, and is not desirous of any troubles; even as we have not been the causers of these miseries.  
Thus We remain,  
Yours, etc.  
With this breaking in of the Landgraves into Westphalia, and upon such a quarrel too; was Francis William Bishop of Osnabrug (though something out of the way) so much affrighted, that he fled speedily unto Cullen. And there he thought himself yet at home; seeing when he was but Count of Wartenberg, he had been Major Dome, Hoffmeister, or Lord Steward unto that Elector, till the year 1625, that he was chosen Bishop of Osnabrug. But the Landgrave meant him not: he was yet busy in Paderborn and Westphalia. About the middle of October, he first summons the Temporal Lords and Gentlemen of the Bishopric, to appear before him; to take the Oath of fidelity to the King of Sweden and the Protestant Party; 
The Landgrave summons the Gentry of Paderborn.  to agree among themselves concerning the levying of the Contributions; and to consult upon the enquartering of his soldiers. Here did he give out Commissions also, for some new levyes. Thus doth he likewise, in the jurisdiction of the Abbot of Corbey. In the conquered places of Westphalia, he had at his first entrance published his Proclamation: which was, for the calling home of all such Westphalian soldiers, as were in service either with the Emperor or Catholic leaguers: giving them 6 week's time to come in, after which he would seize upon what ever they had in the country.  

Those of Westphalia send to agree with him.  The Catholics of this Duchy of Westphalia, being startled by the nearness of the danger, send their Deputies unto the Landgrave: desirous to purchase their peace at the best hand of him. To their Proposition, this was his Answer. Although in respect of Tilly's, Altringers and Fuggers vile demeanours in his country, by ravishing of wives and virgins; by burning, 
The conditions he offers them.  plundering and massacring of his subjects, and that in such a manner, as the like was scarce to be found in any Story; he had provocation sufficient given him, to slacken the reines of all good military discipline; and to suffer his soldiers in the like manner, to ryott it in all forms of licentiousness within the Lordships of the Catholics: yet his disposition being better inclined unto fair and just courses; he would not now become rigorous upon the revenge, against those that had in so good time requested their peace of him. And yet thus much withal, would he have the Deputies to take notice of; that if within 8 days next, the Governor of the Province Frederick Furstenburg, with some of the Magistrates of Arnsberg, did repair unto himself or his Commissioners; and there conclude upon the admission of his garrisons into the towns of we'll, 
See for these towns, in the Map of the Dukedom of Westphalia; in Mercators' Appendix.  Meschede Geseke, Kallenhard, Beelick, Brilon, Morsburg, Niderbach, Hallenberg, Smallenberg, & Winterberg; and that his soldiers might be maintained by these towns; which should moreover redeem themselves from pillaging, by paying him a sum of ready money: they should then be free from all danger. But if herein they harkened not unto him, than would he not forbid his men to do as the Tillians had done himself would force what garrisons he pleased upon them: and what calamities might befall unto Westphalia thereupon, let themselves or any man conjecture.  
The Landgrave was now at Cassel; here was this treaty held, and hither, indeed, were the Westphalians glad to send as he would have them. Thus made he but a short work of it in Westphalia, Paderborn, and Corbey: for by the middle of November, were part of his forces received into the above-desired garrisons; and the rest returned into Hessen. At home in Hessenland in the mean time, were the 2 great Abbey towns of Fulda and Hirschfield (the first Abbeys of the Empire) glad to compound with him. The jurisdiction of Hirschfield is reform: that is, 
The Abbeys of Fulda and Hirschfield accord with him  all the Imperialists put out (indeed Tilly had called out the most of them, to go along with him) and the Landgraves forces taken in. Those of Fulda, send him 6000 Dollars unto Cassel; and will be content to continue their Contributions; and withal to take an oath unto him, as their Protector, so that the King of Swedens' name might not be used in it. This is a clause which many Catholic towns and persons, have usually indeed checked at: but how fare the Landgrave had power to condescend unto them, I know not.  

He goes to the King of Sweden.  The Landgrave, thus, having given the law to all these people, and finding no more work at home; goes to seek it of the King of Sweden: to whom (as you have heard in our Second Part, in the King's Story: he went with his Army towards the end of November.   

THE ACTIONS OF THE LOWER SAXONY. Of the taking of the great city of Rostocke in the Dukedom of Mecklenburg, by the King of Swedens' and Duke john's forces, October 16 1631.  
HOw fare Duke john Albert of Mecklenburg had by mid-September, proceeded in the siege of Rostock; we leave to be read page 81, etc. of our First Part, and the Third Edition of it. The Lord Virmont, that was Sergeant-Major General of the Imperial Army, which Walenstein had lately left in those parts; was now Governor within the said City. A brave valiant Gentleman, truly he was; one that did what might be done, for the keeping of that so important a City. But hearing it to be now seconded by every man, that the General Tillie was so utterly defeated at Leipsich, as he was fare unable to resist the so much prevailing fortunes of the King of Sweden, and therefore no way likely to levy this siege: he finds himself necessitated to give way (with the rest) unto the times; and resolves to prevent a Scaladoe, by a Parley: he wanted pay to content his soldiers, and therefore they want wills, to perform their duties: The Townsmen grew weary, and would trust no longer: and the soldiers mutinous, and would fight no longer. Every man now called for a Parley. and therefore by the 15 of October, was the Governor enforced to send his Drum out into the enemy's leaguer, to demand it. The Treaty, in the upshot, came to these 14 conditions.  
1. That the Lord Virmont Sergeant-Major-Generall, should be licenced by Duke john of Mecklenburg, to departed the town the next day, with all his Officers, Soldiers, and their families. Have leave also to carry with him 2 half Curtoes, or Quarter-Canon, and one Field-piece: provided that none of them had the Arms upon them, either of the King of Sweden, the Dukes or Dukedom of Mecklenburg, or of the City of Rostock. And that they should have 100 bullets to them, 2000 pound of powder, and as much match, and musket bullets. That they should go out with full Arms, matches lighted, bullet in the mouth, colours flying, and with bag and baggage upon their wagons. And that they should have a Swedish Convoy as fare as Wolfenbuttle in Brunswickland; whither they should be suffered to go in, if it were not besieged: and in case it were, than should they be convoyed into some other town near unto the said Wolfenbuttle or the river Weser, which then had an Imperial garrison in it: and that they should leave sufficient hostages with the Duke, for the safe return of the Swedish Convoy.  
2. That john Duke of Mecklenburg his Grace, and the Lord Achatius Todt, Leiftenant-Generall of the Horse to his Majesty of Sweden: should take order for the furnishing of these Imperial forces now going out, with sufficient bread, beer, and Horse-meat, all the way, until they came unto the place aforesaid. And to the end they might be no ways disturbed in their march on the further side of the Ebb; the said Duke and Lord should give them their joint letters, unto the Dukes of Brunswick and of Lunenburg.  
3. That the Officer who should now be appointed to go along with, and to command this their Swedish Convoy, should have a charge not to forsake the said Imperialists, until he had fully and safely brought them to one of the places aforesaid. And to the end that this Officer should take no advantage or occasion, to excuse himself from going through with them; the Lord Virmont should have a private letter given him under seal, wherein the names of this Officer Frederick Ilenfeld, and of those 150 Horsemen which were to go upon the convoy, should be written: that in case the Swedish should offer to return, Virmont might then produce this letter to stay them.  
4. That this convoy allotted them should take care, that no injury were offered upon the march unto the Imperialists; either by the King of Swedens' troops, the Dukes of Saxonier, or of Mocklenburg.  
5. That the Imperial Officers should have horses sent them for the carriage of their private baggage and Valeeses; and for such wounded and sick men to ride upon, as had no horses of their own: and that they should have 40 wagons go along with them, so fare as the said convoy was to conduct them. That the Magistrates of the city should likewise furnish them with horses, for the drawing away of their ordnance: which should also be returned by the same Convoy. Virmont should pass his word also, that the Swedes in their return should no ways be molested by the Imperialists: and that (if necessity seemed so to require) the Swedish also should have a Convoy back again of some of these Imperial Horse: until they should be passed all the danger: which Horse taking their Hostages back from Rostock with them, should by a Swedish Trumpet be brought home again.  
6. All prisoners should on both sides be set at liberty, without ransom: paying only for their victuals, for the time passed.  
7. Such as had run from their Colours unto one another's army, should also be turned home again.  
8. All conference, upon the way, betwixt the soldiers of either party, should be forbidden: and no Officer was to inveigle away one another's soldiers.  
9 All differences risen heretofore betwixt the Imperialists and the Burghers of Rostock, should be buried in oblivion: and those personal and particular suits which were at this present depending; should be made an end of by the Magistrates or Officers appointed on both sides: who should with all speed convenient, procure redress unto the plaintiff.  
10. All such works, as had been made up of late for the fortifying of the City, should so remain unslighted: and that for avoiding of all danger, all the new digged mines about the town, should be discovered to the Enterers. The Burghers also should not be plundered nor exacted upon, by the departing Imperialists.  
11. That the Lord Virmont should have free leave, to send Volponius (his Lieutenant Colonel) into Wismar, to discover the state of that City: and if he saw occasion to advise that garrison, to go out also; they of that town should have the same conditions, with those of Rostock; whither they thought good to go out presently, or to stay 3 weeks longer: till which time, a Cessation of Arms should on both sides be granted.  
12. That it should be free for the Duke of Fridlands Chancellor and Counsellors, either to go now out of the town with the soldiers, and to carry all their goods and Records with them; or to stay behind still: and to be assured that they should no ways be damnified.  
13. Whereas the Arms of the Citizens, had during the siege time been made use of by the soldiers: all those pieces of Armour which Virmonts people had not evident and present use of, should be left in the town behind them.  
14. If (which God forbidden) any scarrefire should break out in the town, at the going forth of the Imperialists; there should no advantage thereupon be taken by the Swedish, to quarrel either Virmont or his people: but an exemplary and severe punishment, should light only upon that person; by whose negligence or mischeivousnesse, such a Casualty had been occasioned.  
These 14 Articles being the same day agreed, and signed by both parties; the next day being Friday October 16. did the Governor Virmont march forth of the town; together with 3200 Foot, two troops of Horse, and all other things formerly agreed upon: 150 Swedish Horse attending without the town, to bring them going to the place aforesaid. The Imperialists being arrived about Wolffenbuttle, made immediately towards the river Weser, whereabouts the General Tilly at that time was; whom Virmont thought to do a very good service unto, if he should now join with his weak Army. Virmont being upon his march thitherward; was countermanded by the Count of Manfold, Governor of Magdenburg; then Imperial Feltmarshall for the Lower Saxony, and directed to conjoin himself with Colonel Bonickhausen (who had a Regiment near hand, of 13 Cornets of Horse) and that they two should presently besiege Halberstat, 
Virmont besieges Halberstat, in vain.  into which, some Swedish forces had very lately gotten. Virmont obeys presently, hoping for the losing of one town, to make himself a saver, by the winning of another. His summons being by the town denied, he sets his 3 Guns to work, which he had brought out of Rostock. A furious battery he made so long as it lasted, and great hopes of a sudden breach he also conceived: but (alas) his hundred of bullets would not hold out ever, nor that small store of powder which he brought with him out of Rostock. Thus seeing no good to be done upon that nation, which came not into Germany so easily to lose cities, but to win them; he was fain to surcease his volleys, and to be rising. This when he had signified unto the Count of Mansfeld; he received a command to repair to him into Magdenburg: which he was bodily afraid, would be besieged by the Swedish: as indeed it was, within a few days after. That the town of Magdenburg might not be overcharged, nor the ways ungarded, Virmont is sent immediately into Wansleben, about 10 English miles short of Magdenburg to the Westward, and Bonighausen took up his quarter at a lesser town, not fare from it: where how they both sped, we may hereafter tell you, when we come to speak of Magdenburg.  

The Levies agreed upon by the Protestant Princes and Cities of the Circle of the Lower Saxony, in their Diet at Hamborow, 1631. for their own defence against the Imperialists.  
THis goodly Country of the Lower Saxony (which is the ninth Circle of the Empire) contains the 2 Archbishoprics of Magdenburg & Bremen, the great Bishoprics of Hildesheim, Lubeck, Suerin, Ratzenburg, Minden and Schleswick: the 5 Dukedoms of Saxon-Lawenburg, Mecklenburg, Brunswick, Lunenburg and Holstein; the 2 Earldoms of Roffain and Delmenhorst: and the free Cities of Lubeck, Hamborow, Mulhausen, Northausen, Goslar, and Gottingen. Here also be most of those potent Hanse towns, (each being a complete common wealth within itself) as Magdenburg, Lubeck, Wismar, Rostock, etc. so famous both in ancient and modern Stories.  
The greater of these free, Imperial, and Hanse towns, being of the Lutherane or Augustane confession; had sent their Duputies unto the famous Protestant Diet of Leipsich: which being ended April the third, no sooner were these Deputies returned home again; but they are sent the second time unto another Diet held at Hamborow, in the beginning of May following. The consultation was, in what form they might safeliest subscribe unto the Decrees of the Diet of Leipsich, and how fare engage themselves in a joint Union and levy; for the defence of the Protestant Religion, and the liberties of Germany. But this consultation, though something was done in it to countenance the cause; yet were no public levyes set on foot, to defend it. That which broke the plot, (for the time) was the Count of Tilly's letters to them: not so much for the Reason or Rhetoric in them; but for the authority of the writer of them: an Army is a shrewd Topick-place, for to draw arguments from; it persuades terribly. The Germans were very well able to distinguish of the obedience unto Caesar, which Tilly advised them to have regard unto. The thing, they were willing withal; it was their duty: but the degree of obeying, was that which most troubled them: What Tilly called obedience, they feared might prove slavery: they found a contestation in themselves, betwixt the keeping of their obedience; and the preservation of their liberties; and how these two might possibly hold long together, was a difference which they had not yet reconciled. Thus hath it oftentimes fallen out in the Empire; diverse Common wealths there, having great privileges, they will league one with another and struggle hard to preserve them: so that when ever Caesar hath projected great desires, than began the conflict. Better therefore (even for both parties) is a Monarchy, than such an Empire. This was the purpose of the General letters unto their assembly.  
MY LORDS etc.  

Tilly's Letter.  I Have, to my great wonderment, received news of late, of that general meeting of certain Protestant Electors, Princes, and States, at the town of Leipsich: and how they have with one consent there agreed, to raise a common and a mighty army among them all; that they have already gotten together a great power, and have more forces daily in levying. Now, that these preparations of those princes, could not but with great danger be promoted; and must of necessity be the causes of a great distraction, they all knew: seeing that all private armings which were undertaken without the consent of the Emperor, did not only occasion many a sinister suspicion among the people; but were flatly likewise forbidden to be made, by the fundamental constitutions of the Empire. Having assurance, therefore, of their present consultation at Hamborow, for the best way of subscribing unto the said Diet of Leipsich; he could not but advise them friendly, that in their said consultation, they would make this the chiefest of their thoughts, how they might preserve their Faith and obedience unto Caesar. His advice unto them, therefore was, that they should be chary of withdrawing themselves from the Emperor's service, who was their Sovereign Magistrate: but that as faithful and good subjects, they should persevere rather in their due obedience; not suffering themselves to be drawn aside unto any contrary undertake. He wished them seriously to consider withal, how that as all their safeties and well-beings, did solely and wholly depend upon their Lord the Emperor: so on the contrary, was there nothing to be expected from other princes (and from foreigners especially, who merely intended their own private) but the losing of their privileges and Commerce, the ruin of their States, and the necessary drawing on, of a public servitude.  
How frequently hath experience taught us, what miserable events hath unevitably befallen those people, that have leagued against his Imperial Majesty, and had embroyld themselves in a war against him. For these reasons he nothing hereafter doubted, but they would so well consider upon what might follow, that these his admonitions (which in the sincerity of his soul he propounded unto them) should find some place among their consultations: and that they should not hereafter need any other Monitor, to remember them of persevering in their due loyalty and obedience. This if they did, it would be a most strong recommendation of them, unto Caesar; both to continue his grace and favour royal unto them; to enfranchise them with more ample privileges; and to do any thing for the promoting, preserving, and enlarging, of their present conditions and commerces: For the doing of all which, their continuing in obedience, must needs give his Imperial Majesty a most large occasion.  
May 19 1631. Your very loving Friend John Count of Tilly.  
Who can blame an adversary, for using the best Colours and flourishes he can find, to carry his own cause withal? And let this be the gloss to the General Tilly's reasons, that they were pressed by an enemy. However, their own fears prevailed with them; and what they did next, they did more privately. Their wills were still good unto the Cause; and they underhand promoted the Decrees of Leipsich. Thus as the King of Sweden grew stronger, they grew more courageous: and when the Protestant Princes struck in also with them, than was there another assembly a little more boldly talked upon.  
Green wood laid near the fire, naturally shrincks up itself, contracts its own pores and openness, by which the flame might enter it; that by a nearer uniting of its parts, it might prepare itself for resistance. The same operation had the burning of Magdenburg, (now newly this month done) upon these its neighbour and confederate Cities: it did as much arm, as terrify them. The King of Sweden, also, daily more and more prevailing; some of the Princes of this Circle, began to take Commissions from him, to levy and arm for him: he became the Protector of their public liberty; and under him, they singly promoted their personal pretences. The Duke of Lunenburg, as next heir to the Dukedom of Brunswick; (the present ruling Duke Vlrick, having no likelihood of issue,) he arms to put in for that, which Tilly had almost devoured. The Archbishop of Bremen, had lost his town of Stoade: and almost all his whole Country, was now possessed by Imperial garrisons which Tillie had left there. Other Princes (yea all of them) had the same grievances: and all now resolved, to recover their Countries.  
The General Tilly being throughly now defeated, as if the weight of his former reasons, had grown lighter with the decay of his power; the whole Circle in November following, appoint a more general meeting at the same Hamborow; whither all the Bishops, Princes and States either came, or sent their Ambassadors. Here they resolutely conclude for the levying of 3 new Regiments, upon the common charges of the Circle: the purpose being, to clear the country of the new encroached Imperialists. The first Regiment was undertaken for, by the Archbishop of Bremen, the Duchy of Lunenburg and Zella-Brunswick, with the Bishoprics of Lubeck, Brunswick, and Hildesheim. This was to consist of 1950 Foot, and 127 Horsemen. The second Regiment was to be raised by the Dukedom of Mecklenburg, the country of the Lower Saxony, the Bishopric of Ratzenburg, and the city of Lubeck: which was to be 1675 Foot, and 366 Horse, strong. The third, which was to be of 1448 Foot only; was to be raised and paid by the Dukes of Holstein, and the Bishopric of Schwerin. All these were to be joined to Duke George of Lunenburgs' own Army: he being to be General over them.  
The Hamburgers excused themselves, from bearing any part in these levyes; for that (as they said) they had very lately received some favours and privileges from his Imperial Majesty; who had newly honoured their town with the Title of an Imperial City. Thus much also I take leave to add out of mine own private observation. There was a difference now depending, betwixt his Majesty the King of Denmark, and the Hamburgers; wherein the Emperor had already interposed his letters and authority, 
The Hamburgers refuse to be against the Emperor:  cited the Deputies of both parties, to appear before the younger Augustus Duke of Brunswick, and Lunenburg, and other his Commissioners, at Lunenburg April the third, 1631. New style. The Hamburgers indeed appeared, but the King of Denmark refused: and so the matter still hanging, the Hamburgers having continual need of the Emperor's good favour; 
by reason of their differences with the King of Denmark.  durst not engage themselves amongst those Princes, that so openly thus opposed him. The other Princes went on with their new levies: of all which, the Archbishop of Bremen, and George Duke of Zella-Lunenburg, were most forward; both of which had received Commissions and instructions, from the King of Sweden.  
The Archbishop of Bremen thereupon, levies in his own Country: and the Duke of Lunenburg goes to Hamborow, about monies and Bills of Exchange; which took him up till mid-Januarie. Of both their come into the field, we shall speak in their due places. And while they are at their levies; let us entertain our Readers with what happened in this Lower Saxoni, in the mean time; & that is the yielding of Wismar and Damitz, unto the Dukes of Mecklenburg.  
How this strong Hanse town of Wismar, had been by Adolph Frederick Duke of Mecklenburg besieged; we have told you page 83 of our First Part: 
The continuation of the siege of Wismar  Rostock being won, General Todts Army that had taken it, removed to Wismar, and sat down before it. Colonel Gram commanded in the town; who to hinder the Swedish and the Mecklenburgers working; sends out 1000 sallyers, to beat the besiegers out of their Approaches. After a hard skirmish, and some slaughter; they are contented to retire again into their City: first having in this sally, slain General Major Breitenbach, that then commanded in the Approaches.  
Gram seeing his town laid hard at, and no hope of succours; sends out to the Duke of Mecklenburg, to treat upon Conditions. These were his desires: That he might have liberty to dispeed a Captain unto Leiftenant-Generall Diepenbach, to tell him what state the town was in: and that there might be a Cessation of Arms till his return with the Answer. A Council of war being called in the leaguer, 
Wismar treats.  Grams proposition was upon these terms assented unto.  
1. That the town Captain should have a Mecklenburgers Trumpet, to go along with him.  
2. That this Captain, was to have 
* Because he was to go as fare as Bohemia.  three weeks allowed him for his return; and if he could not possibly make his journey in that time; then he should have a month.  
3. That the conditions of rendering the town, should by Gram be consented unto, and under his hand and Seal, delivered to the Duke of Mecklenburg; before the Captain should take his journey.  
4. That in the mean time, there should be a Cessation of Arms both by Sea and Land, on both sides: and pledges given for it.  
5. That during this truce, the besieged should contain themselves within their walls and Outworks, and the besiegers, in their Quarters: the one, not coming nearer to the Leaguer; nor the other, approaching no nearer to the town.  
6. That after the return of the Captain, Gram should immediately deliver up the town and outworks to the King of Sweden and the Dukes of Mecklenburg: according to the agreements, before hand concluded upon.  
7. But if in the mean time, the Fort called The Whale, should for want of victuals be enforced to surrender; the taking in of that, should be no breach of truce, or treaty.  
This was much about the twentieth of our December: and whilst the Captain is upon his way, the strong town of Damitz was yielded up: and that we now turn to.  
The place of it, is upon the very Southern Frontier of this Dukedom of Mecklenburg; 
The siege of Damitz upon the Elb.  near unto the Marck of Brandenburg, next unto the Lower Saxony: from which the river Elb only parts it.  
'tis a very strong place, and had been long besieged by Colonel Lohausen: against whom Colonel Strauben with his own, and some of the Duke de Savellies Regiment, very well defended it. The town, at length, prettily thus betrayed its own weakness, unto the Duke of Mecklenburg. Strauben upon the taking of Rostock, fearing that the Baron of Virmond would have comen into his town; and perchance have taken his command from him: writes a letter unto Virmond; to dissuade him. His reasons were, for that his Magazine was so empty, and his provisions so near spent, that they would never maintain both of them, a month together: so that he advised him to go seek some other Quarter. 
Yielded.  These letters fell into the Duke of Mecklenburgs' hand: whereupon, the siege was more pressed and hastened. In the end, therefore, of December, was the rendering concluded upon, on these articles.  

with the conditions.  1. That the garrison should next day departed the town: without carrying away any victuals or ammunition: without wronging the buildings, slighting any of the works, or leaving any powder-mines or trains, in Cellars or other places.  
2. That the Governor with all his own soldiers and officers, and those of the Duke De Savelli, should freely march out of the city, with all their Arms and Baggage-wagons, Colours flying, matches lighted, bullet in the mouth: upon no pretence soever to be disturbed.  
3. That they should by Lohausens' men be convoyed unto Munden upon the Weser: and be secured against all molestations by the way, either by the King's forces, or any other his Allies.  
4. That they should have 16 wagons, for the carrying away of their sick people.  
5. That such Ecclesiastical persons of the town, as had a mind to departed: should have free leave to go themselves, and to carry away their Church ornaments with them.  
6. That the prisoners, on both sides, should be set at liberty, without ransom.  
7. Lastly, that 2 principal officers of the garrison, should be left for hostages with Lohausen, till the safe return of his convoy.  
Upon these conditions, was the town rendered; 400 of the garrison, quitting their own Ensigns, became soldiers unto Lohausen. Those that marched towards the Weser, were in the end of Januarie after, met withal and cut in pieces by General Baniers men: as we shall anon tell you.  
About the eighth of Januarie, the Wismar Captain, whom Governor Gram had sent to Diepenbach, again returned: 
Wismar yielded.  whereupon, Tuesday January the tenth; was the town rendered, upon the conditions before agreed. It chanced, that a Swedish Lieutenant, (one of those that was to convoy Gram and his people into Silesia:) offered, upon the way, to debauch some of his soldiers from him. Gram was so incensed with the Lieutenant, for enticing away his men; that bending his pistol upon him, he shot him dead upon the place. General Todt (a fierce man) having notice of this feat; and of a discovery of false play withal, that Gram (contrary to his covenants) had carried away 300 muskets in the straw and hay of his Baggage wagons; and that he had pillaged some ships in the haven; and drowned some pieces of ordnance, after the time of the agreement: he sends out Lohausen after him, with a powder, 
Upon occasion of a quarrel by the way,  with Commission to lay hold on, and to send him and his Commissary, prisoners into Gripswald, Gram was marched out with almost 3000 men, whom Lohausen falling aboard with, kills 300 upon the place; and so terrifies 2000 more, that to save their lives they became soldiers to the King of Sweden. The Commissary offered 12000 Dollars for his ransom: 
Todt takes Gram prisoner.  but before he got out of Gripswald, more perchance were fetched out of him The Swedes found 20 last of gunpowder within Wismar: with great store of fair brass pieces, and military ammunition sufficient.  
And thus the whole Dukedom of Mecklenburg being cleared of the Imperialists, and the Walsteiners: and the true Princes r'impattiate into their own possessions: the General Achatius Todt, (after a while) goes with his Army to the assistance of the Bishop of Bremen: who having before risen with some 6 or 8000 men, and well recovered some of his towns again: he was now hard laid at by the Count of Gronsfelt, by whom, the towns of Langwedel and Verden were reprised from him. 
〈…〉 of 〈…〉  But a more desperate enemy was now coming upon him; Pappenheim was now entered upon the stage of this Lower Saxony: 
〈◊〉 to ●●●ne with him.  and to him now turn we.  
HOw inhuman a devestation of that so ancient & goodly Hanse town of Magdenburg, the Counts of Tillie and Pappenheim had lately made, 
The Story of Magdenburg.  we have in our First Part delivered. Of the cruelty of which fury; we did not then, nor can do now; discover the one half to you. A goodly city, reduced to such ruins: as if Hannibal had done it, and not Tilly: Hannibal (I say) who had the Art by fire and vinegar, to moulder away the rocks and mountains into crumbles; for the forcing of his own passage. Those that have since seen the 80 or 100 meaner houses, now only (with the Cathedral) left in Magdenburg: have admired not only how the stone buildings, but the stones themselves (unless in some vast Lime kiln) could possibly have been turned into such scavage and such rubbish. 'tis my Complaint, this; not my Declamation. I know there is a sharp Latin pen; that hath laboured to excuse Tilly and Pappenheim upon it; and to charge the whole blame upon the Townsmen, and the Administrator. Tilly (he says) offered them I know not how much mercy. If to offer a man peace with the loss of his Freedom and Religion, be mercy; then must we find out another name for oppression. It was not their Emperor, that the Magdenburgers resisted: but his Son: might Prince Rodolph William the Emperor's second Son, have been Bishop of Magdenburg, and the alteration of religion and old customs yielded unto: then, upon those terms; might the Magdenburgers have had such a mercy. That was the quarrel against Magdenburg: they had accepted of Prince Christian William of Brandenburg, a Protestant; and refused Prince Rodolph William of Gratz, a Catholic: and this ruined them.  
How willing that Champion of Religion and of the Free towns the King of Sweden would have been to redeem the city; may appear by his printed Apology. 
See Page 100 of our First Part.  And to show that this was in earnest, had he then been able; he now goes about it, so soon as he is: no sooner had the Victory of Leipsich made him both strong and famous; but he devotes himself to the regaining of it. How the General Banier, had at the Kings coming away from Hall and Leipsich, been left thereabout with order to invest Magdenburg: 
The L. marquis Hamilton, goes to Magdenburg.  we before pointed at, Page 28 of our Second Part. The Lord marquis of Hamilton likewise, then lying in the neighbour Marck of Brandenburg, had commission for the joining with Banier for the reducing of it. His Lordship's Army arryving in Pomerland in the beginning of August; presently did this service unto the King of Sweden; that it was confessed to be one of the occasions of the victory of Leipsich. The same of its being 20000 strong; hastened Saxony to join with the King, and encouraged the whole Protestant Party: & made Tillie, beside, to leave his garrisons 6 or 8000 stronger than he needed otherwise to have done; who would have shrewdly troubled the King at that great Battle.  
This Army being landed at the White house by Wolgast, August the second; lay there about 3 weeks or a month, for Arming and refreshing. Thence went they to Ancklam, Vckermund, and Stetin: about which they lay in Dorps some 3 weeks longer. Thence went they to Dam, Grippenhagen, Konincksberg, and Custrine: and some into Frankford upon the Oder. Hence, after some 40 days, they went to Moncheberg, Strausberg, and Bernaw: all on the West of the Oder. Thence to Spandaw Brandenburg, and Zerbst: where they crossed the Elb. Thence to Kalbe and Saltz; and so to Magdenburg, a little before the middle of November.  
The town of Magdenburg had ever since a week before the Battle of Leipsich; been entrusted with a great part of the riches and spoils of war, a long time prowled together, by Tilly and his officers: who seeing the King would fight, had sent them into that place of safety. The Governor of it, was Count Wolff of Mansvelt: and his garrison, some 3000. The L. marquis Hamilton and the General Banier; sat down to it; about the middle of November: their Quarters for the Foot-forces, being in 2 Dorps, about two English miles short of the town, towards Saltz, the Elb being on their right hand. Both the Generals, were lodged in one of those villages, where the Foot lay: which were such decayed forsaken cottages; that the houses were neither enough, nor sufficient, to keep the men dry. And thus had Tillie left the Country. Baniers Horse, were quartered in the next Dorps on the left hand of Magdenburg: the nearest at the distance of an English mile: though their guards were nearer. Both Horse and Foot, might come to 6 or 7000 men. Works they had none against the town, but only 3 Sconces: first, a greater one, upon the top of a hill, half an English mile from the city: secondly, another to guard the Avenue of their Quarter; and a third upon the right hand by the Elbs side, which was indeed never finished. General Banier was, for the most part in the Quarters: though now and then he made a posting voyage to Hall; 44 English miles to the Southward: where about this time his wife lay in; and Bauditz was one of his Gossips.  
Pieces of service, there were only these 2, all the time of the 7 week's leaguer. The first was, (about the middle of the siege) upon a little Island in the Elb: to which the townsmen used to send their Boats, a fuelling. This being observed, some Dutch Foot were sent out against them, betwixt whom fell a slight skirmish, not worth relating. 
Two slight skirmishes.  The mischance was more remarkable, than the encounter: for that a spark of fire lighting into the powder, in one of the Dutch boats; blue that up, and the assailants in it. The second service was towards Christmas, and by the horse: 300 of whom being put over to the further side of the Elb; there intercepted some of the town garrison, that were sent over the bridge for forage.  
The town, by Christmas eve, was brought to a Parley, in which, had Banier been as forward as my Lord marquis, the town might have been rendered. Three Commissioners were on both sides appointed for the treaty: 
The town Parleys:  a Colonel, a Leiftenant-Colonel, and a Sergeant-Major. The Lieutenant Colonel, sent from the Besiegers, was named Solomon Adam's (as I take it) who is now Governor of the town: and the Major's name is Chamberlain. The place of treaty was between the Quarters and the town; each side bringing a guard of 100 foot, and 50 Horsemen. The conditions offered being something pressing, the town Commissioners answered, that they were not as yet in such necessity; but if they might have fair terms they would be willing to surrender. On Wednesday they met again: but nothing was concluded: Drums and Trumpets, going still between, from the town unto the leaguer. The night following, there slipped 2 of Pappenheims' horsemen into the town so that the L. Marquis' Trumpet being next day sent in, with a full expectation to bring the news of yielding: the Count of Mansfeld returned this peremptory word by him, that he desired to be excused, 
Broken off, upon the news of Pappenheims' coming.  he could not with his honour continue on the Treaty; for that he had intelligence that his succours were marching: Pappenheim would be there by such a day and hour; and that would he trust unto.  
A Comfort, as cold as the season. News being still brought of Pappenheims' coming: upon New-year's day would Banier needs be rising. Now he began to show himself, & his Commission; by which he was not to fight, to the hazard of the Army: whereupon depended the Lower Saxony. The L. marquis, (as his Captains now in town justify it to me) was very loath to have risen: but Banier now countermanding all counsels, drew off his men the same evening and hastened towards Saltz upon the West side of the river Sala, 7 English miles South of Magdenburg. 
The siege levied.  The English and Scottish being too weak to abide Pappenheim, were fain to go along too: and Banier thinking not himself sure enough at Saltz; went next evening 6 miles more southerly, unto Kalbe; upon the same river. Beyond the town on the other side the Sala, are there some strong Works: for the guarding of the town and Pass; which is of good importance; Into these, Banier now drew his men, over the Bridge; see now, who was most frighted. The English and Scottish with 4 Dutch companies of Sir Alexander Leslies' (Generall-Major to the L. marquis) stayed within the town upon the other side, 
Baniers fear.  next unto Magdenburg, Banier sent to the L. marquis, to draw over towards him: threatening if he would not, to burn the bridge, and to leave him to the mercy of the enemy. He told the L. marquis also, that he would blow up his house in Calbe, which he was Quartered in: so soon as ever he were comen out of it. This house, was a good high one, and next unto the River: out of the windows whereof, ('tis supposed) Baniers fear was, that the enemy's musketeers might play into his Works, and annoy his people. The Pass being viewed by Sir jacob Ashlie: he assured the Lord marquis, that he might safely march away in a quarter of an hour's warning, in despite of Pappenheim and his Army. The L. marquis also by the sight of it being confirmed; refused to go over the bridge to Banier, but stayed here with his men, till after Pappenheims' quitting of Magdenburg: they went thence unto Halberstat. And thus came this second endeavour of relieving Magdenburg; 
Pappenheim comes into Magdenburg.  unto nothing. Whether it were Baniers fear or Commission, that left Pappenheim a fair way, to come into it, I know not: this is sure; that no sooner were the Besiegers gone, but he entered into the town: and to him now turns our Story.  
How the Catholic Leaguers in their Diet of Ingolstat, did in December conclude upon the setting forth of a flying Army, under the command of Godfrey Count of Pappenheim: you may see Page 1●3 of our Second Part. His moneys for the levy, were mostly made over to Cullen: thither went himself in person a little after the Battle of Leipsich. He was to be Leiftenant-Generall, for the Lower Saxony: and the Count of Gronsfelt; whom Tilly with some small forces, had lately left about the Weser, was to be his Feltmarshall. Some Commissions had before his coming, been given out for Regiments: as to Lambo, Quade, Aschenburg, Ohr, Nienhausen and Palant; all Colonels. Part of Lamboes' Horse Regiment gathered out of Luickland; himself saw mustered before him at Cullen, in the beginning of December: but being neither complete nor armed; it went not along with him. Nienhausen that was Amptman of Stier-waldt by Hildesheim: had not a long time after gotten up above 300 Foot, and 150 Horse. Palant, was to have a double Regiment, of Horse and Foot: Two Horse-Regiments of Westerholt and Westphalia, were said to be already in Munsterland: so that none of all these went now along with him into Brunswickland.  
And yet he even now, promised to relieve Magdenburg; and about the middle of December, he sets out from Cullen to Wolfenbuttle in Brunswickland: 44 English miles, to the South-west of Magdenburg. Thitherward he goes, only with his own private retinue: not so much as with a Cornet, or a Company. For the patching up of of his Army, he was to lighten the garrisons of Brunswickland: out of every one of which, these were his proportions. Out of Nienburg on the Weser, he drew 300 Foot, of young Tilly's Regiment, Governor of Ingolstat: commanded by his Lieutenant Colonel Steven Andreas. Out of Minden and Hamelen, each 300, of Gronfelts Regiment: commanded by Captain Seubersdorff. Of Blanckharts Regiment, he had 300: and as many out of Kalemberg, Nieustettle and Steinbrugg: commanded by Captain Pop. Out of Gottingen had he 400 of old Tilly's Regiment; commanded by Wilich. Out of Wolfenbuttle, 1000: half belonging to Count Gronsfeldt, and half to Baron Glein, Governor of the town. Glein went along with his part: and Captain Scharffseder lead the other moiety. Lastly, he had 7 Ensigns or 300, which we told you came out of Damitz: which belonged to Baron Loebel, a Counsellor of War to the Emperor: who being not there, they were led by Stauder, his Leiftenant-Colonell. These were in all 3200. Cornets of Horse, he had 25: whereof, of Bonickhausens. 12: Of Horsts, 8. and of Lintlo's 5. in all about 1500. Horse and Foot, in all: 4700.  
Pappenheim, indeed, gave out himself to be 10 or 12000 and for so many he commanded bread to be baked at Wolfenbuttle: and yet to conceal the smallness of his numbers, did he never march from Wolfenbuttle unto Magdenburg, but in the night, and in divided Companies.  
There had particular intelligence been sent out of Kalemberg to the General Banier, of the smallness of Pappenheims' Army: and the Prince of Anhalt (as I hear) offered to lay his own head, to a Dollar, if he were 5000 men. But Duke Frederick Vlrick of Brunswick being deceived by Pappenheims' Bakers, (who shown Commissions to provide for 12000) writing to Banier, that he was indeed so strong: this was the thing that scared the Swedish General; who considered that the town of Magdenburg, had 2900 more, to join with him.  
His Commission (I hear) was not to fight, as little as Baniers: the chief of this his first expedition, being to spoil the works to fetch the goods and garrison out of Magdenburg: for which he was said, to have carried 3 or 400 wagons along with him. These wagons served also to barricadoe the Army on the wing: many of these having 3 or 4 soldiers in them with double hakes: which are pieces that shoot 6 ounces bullet.  
The weaker towns of the Duke of brunswick's, betwixt Wolfenbuttle and Magdenburg; he now plunders: this was but to keep his hand in ure, and for his recreation. Helmstat, a town and Vniversite 24 English miles from Wolfenbattle, is so served; after his lying 4 days at it, Here he left Loebels 7 companies of 300 men. Thence goes he to Schoningen 12 miles further: and so to Garleben; whence he thrusts into Magdenburg. 
He enters Magdenburg:  There having a while refreshed his Army; he divides his own and Manfelds' men, into 2 great parties: which are sent severally abroad upon both sides of the river, for the speedyer plundering of the Country.  
No sooner were the L. Marq. Hamilton and the General Banier gone out of Saltz; but Pappenhelms men were the same day pillaging of it. Eroleben, Elendeleben, Biren, 
and sends out 2 parties, to plunder the Country.  and Altensleben, are made prey of: and so is Mulingen Castle; the Court and Residence of the Count of Barby. On the Eastern side of the Elb, is the Baron of Glein (Governor of Wolfenbuttle) sent out, with some 6 troops of Horse and 1500 or 2000 Musketeers.  
He goes or sends first, to Gomeren; 8 English miles Southeast of Magdenburg. This Partee of his makes towards Barby town, within 2 miles of Calbe: where (if we will believe Gallobelgicus) they were very strangely frighted. The plunderors (as they thought) discerned a great many fires about the town: which they supposed to be so many Courts of guard: and that the Swedish, in this nearness to Kalbe, had been there enquartered. The townsmen hearing afterwards, by what apparitions their town had been preserved, concluded verily (says he) that it was a guard of Angels, which had thus skared away their enemies. Those of our nation, then hard by Barby, never heard of this Ignis fatuus: this, indeed, was upon our Twelve day; and yet, I believe nothing of this Theophania, these divine apparitions.  
Something there might be in it: diverse of our nation of Captain Douglas Company, lying that night at Rosenberg (within sight of Barby) for the guard of the baggage; set, by mischance, a Gentleman's house and another, on fire: which is likeliest to be the fires, imagined.  
January the seaventh, does Pappenheim draw out of Magdenburg: 
He forsakes Magdenburg.  not as my last quoted Author delivers, for that he had news of the Duke of Lunenburgs' threatening to besiege Wolfenbuttle: for (plainly) neither this Duke nor his Brother, had as yet any one man levied. Pappenheim and Manfeld having concluded, first that the town was not to be maintained; and secondly, that the whole country was more to be considered, than that one ruinated City; they had now resolved upon leaving of it. Pappenheim had done what he came for, and what should he stay there, longer? Having therefore charged all the goods he came thither for, upon his wagons; he sends them onward with his Foot, towards Wolfenbuttle. The ordnance which he had resolved to carry along with him; it seems he wanted horses for: seeing 18 of these were found standing upon the market place; with their harness or traice cut; after the draught-horses had been put to them.  
Out of Magdenburg, carried he these forces. Of Colonel Breuners Regiment, 10 Companies, or 1500. Of marquis William of Baden, 8 Companies, or 650. Of Cratz his Regiment 5 Companies, about 150. Of Goltz his Regiment, 500 Besides these, were 3 troops of horse; one, of Manfelds' own guards; and the other 2 of Crabats: but all so weak, that those 3 could not make up a hundred. In all, 2900: 1000 of which, he again put into Wolfenbuttle.  
Pappenheim was gone almost 2 days, before the Lord marquis or Banier had notice of it. 
The Pappenheimers brave the Swedish.  Whilst his Foot and Baggage, were marching away; some troops of his horse made a Brave upon the Swedish before their Quarters. A fair Compagnia there is betwixt Saltz and Kalbe: and a hill in it within half an English mile of this latter. Upon that, did some of them make a muster of themselves; stood still, and gazed upon the English and the Scottish: whom my Lord marquis now commanded to be drawn out into Battaglias; Banier likewise having sent over some 6 or 7 troops of Horse and Dragooners. Two hours, they stood looking thus one upon another: without exchanging so much as one bullet, between them. The Pappenheimers, it appears, meant not to make a business of it: but did it only to amuse their enemies: either whilst their Foot and baggage, might get the more time to march away; 
but march away without doing any thing.  or that their other fellows might, in the mean time, plunder some of the neighbour Dorps, undisturbed. After 2 hours, these Horse marched off quietly; and followed after their Army unto Wolfenbuttle.  
Pappenheim leaving Magdenburg; did not commit that spoil and barbarism, upon the town, as was reported. Part of the bridge (some say) he burned: though others say 'twas burnt before. Some boats and mills also in the river; and blew up some of the Works. Of ordnance, he left 18 (as was said) upon the market place, 19 he drowned in the Elb; 2 he blew up with gunpowder, and left above 40 upon the walls. Three hundred quintals of gunpowder (each Quintall being 100 pound weight) he left behind him; which had it not been concealed from him: he would, surely, have put fire unto, or have carried away with him. A world of Match, was there left; and of corn, pease and oats, great plenty, And all this was found in it, when as upon the Monday, after Pappenheims' going; my Lord marquis entered it. The General Baniers Army, 
My Lord marquis enters Magdenburg.  stayed about Kalbe, till Duke William of Saxon-Weymar came into those parts to join with him, to pursue Pappenheim: and my Lord Marquis' men, till towards the end of the month, that they went towards Halberstate, 
He and Banier, part companies.  Their way lay Westward; by Egelen, 16 miles; thence to Gruningen, 12 miles: whence 6 miles further unto Halberstat; where they stayed above a quarter of a year for the guard of the town and country; 
He going to To the King of Sweden.  till such time as they were taken on by Duke William: as in the King's Story we have told you. From Halherstat, upon the first of February, went the Lord marquis towards the King of Sweden: with whom the eleventh of the same month he arrived. His Lordship (as I have heard Sir jacob Ashley tell, who in that journey waited upon him) was very graciously entertained by the King: a concluding argument, that what his Lordship had undertaken, was very well accepted: The King of Sweden (besides his freedom of language, wherein he used not to be sparing, against whatsoever had displeased him:) had a Spirit, withal, so highly mounted above all dissembling, that it scorned to speak or to look, booty.  
The Count of Pappenheim being arrived at Wolfenbuttle, about the eleventh or twelfe of January, 
Pappenheim goes from Wolfenbuttle.  he leaves the luggage brought out of Magdenburg, in this strong City; and 1000 or 2000 men with the Lord of Glein, to defend it. This town, was sometimes the Court and Residence of the Dukes of Brunswick: until Tilly of late years, had taken it from the King of Denmark: and thrust Duke Vlricke thence; by the unrulynesse of an Imperial garrison. For the Duke perceiving he had no command over his subjects, by reason of the garrison: so soon as ever he had consented to the Diet of Leipsich; he pretending to go a hunting, went to reside in Brunswick town; and never since that time, returned into Wolfenbuttle.  
About the middle of the month, the Count of Pappenheim sets forward into the country of Lunenburg: whose eldest Duke Christian of Zella-Lunenburg; is now heir apparent unto the childless Vlrick of Brunswick, beforenamed. Before his going, he sends to the Imperial town of Brunswick; 7 English miles down the same river of Onacre, with Wolfenbuttle, to the Northward. His demand was, to be by that City furnished with a Viaticum, or proportion of provisions for his journey. This being a very strong town, which the Dukes of Brunswick, (though often they have attempted it) could never make themselves Masters of: had the courage to deny him this motion.  
Now marches he up into Lunenburg; and of that Duke he demands contribution; 
towards Lunenburg.  and that his strong town of Zel upon the river Alre, should take in a garrison from him. There be 5 Brothers of these Dukes of Lunenburg (as I hear) and all unmarried except Duke George. The eldest, I have before named: The second Brother, is Duke George; the man now coming upon the stage of war; for which purpose he was at this instant at Hamborow, about his Bills of Exchange, and getting up of monies To Duke Christian was Pappenheim said to write his letters, to this purpose. That he should send Commissioners to him, 
Writes to Lunenburg.  to agree upon his contributions: labour to hinder the levies of his brother George: and if he could not that way prevail with him; he should either arrest his body and keep it safely in Zell, or else send that and the men he had begun to levy, into his Army. Some speak of Pappenheims' threatening to besiege Zell: but this the Duke (perchance) would not be much afraid of: his town being very near as strong as Wolfenbuttle. To be brief, the Duke excusing himself, 
and compounds with him.  that he had no power over his brother, agreed with Pappenheim to give him 40000 Dollars monthly contribution. This was the Duke's cheapest course; for he well knew that Pappenheim could never stay to take up the first payment of it: Duke William of Saxon-Weymar, the Landgrave of Hessen, and the General Banier, the Duke understood to be all at this instant coming against Pappenheim; so that he knew he could never be able to stay in his country,  
But for this, Pappenheim had the best of Lunenburg: for that he had already nestled himself in the Freyheit, (or Freedom) the strongest part of the Duke's country. His way to it from Wolfenbuttle, was to Steinbruck, on the river Fuse, 18 English miles from Wolfenbuttle. Thence passing by Hanover, 30 miles further, he settles himself at Betterlo in the Freyheit; 10 English miles from the river Weser. A place it is, to the North of Hanover; having a pretty strong castle by it: both round encompassed with 2 woods, the 2 rivers Aller and Leine; diverse ditches and Morasses; 
Avoiding out of the country,  so that there is but hard coming at it But here could he not stay above 5 or 6 days; for that hearing by this time of the General Todts taking of Wismar, and his coming (or about to come) over the Elb, to the defence of the Bishop of Bremen, and Dukes of Lunenburg: as also of Duke Williams, Hessens and Baniers approaching, on the other side upon him: he fearing to be driven up into the middle betwixt them; makes with all speed towards the strong town of Hamelen upon the Weser. 
he passes beyond the Weser  He had a good mind (it appeared) to have lived with his Army till the Spring, in the Lunenburgers country: but foredooming, by the preparations, that these winter-moneths might prove hotter to him then the Dog-days: that was the reason that he by Hamelen passed over the Weser, to Quarter himself in a quieter country.  
And 'twas time for him, to get Hamelen upon his back: upon which, his enemies would else have been. We told you before of the coming of 300 Imperialists under 7 Ensigns out of Damitz: these, at this instant, coming out of Helmstat, (where at his going to Magdenburg, we told you he had left them) towards Hamelen to join with Pappenheim; 
300 Imperialists defeated.  were met withal by a Partee of 150 Horse of General Baniers; and cut all in pieces, or made turn to the Swedish party. The reason that facilitated this defeat, was, for that they thought themselves so fare from enemies, and so secure in that nearness to Pappenheim; that they marched without burning matches. This town of Hamelen is seated upon the Eastern and Brunswicker side, of the famous river of Weser: betwixt it and the mountains. Pappenheims' march thither, lay directly to the Southward, through the Counties of Hoy and Schawenburg. Passing the Weser at this Hamelen to the South, and Westphalian side of it: 
Pappenheim going to enquarter his Army beyond the Weser.  he in the end of Januarie, strikes up to the Westward, into the County of Lemgow: for there and in the neighbour Counties of Waldeck, Lip, and Ravensperg his purpose was to have lodged his divided Army; and to recreut it by the Spring time, with new levyes. He had not been gone a full week, but that his commissary-general Lirchenfelt, sent him advise from Hamelen; that Duke William Weymar, the Landgrave of Hessen, and the General Banier, were all conjoined about Hildesheim and Calenberg: 
is sent for back to Hamelen.  some of their troops being within a days march of Hamelen. This causes Pappenheim to countermarch: and to draw out the garrison, which he had lately thrust into the town of Lemgow, and to put it into Hamelen to strengthen it. Leaving him, for the present, about Hamelen, Rintelin, and those other many good towns upon the Western bank of the Weser: let us go back, awhile, to bring his adversaries into the Cockpit to him. Todt, Bremen, Lunenburg, William Weymar, Hessen, and Banier: all 6 were now coming against or upon poor Pappenheim; and yet he shifted among all of them: yea not shifted only, but got now and then, the best of some of them.  
The General Sir john Banier, after that Magdenburg was taken some order for; and a small garrison left to defend and help the poor people, 
Banier,  which from all the parts of their banishment, began now to return homewards to their own City: advances to join himself with Duke William of Saxon-Weymar. This Duke having Commission from the King, to recover the towns in that corner of the Lower Saxony; next unto his Duringen, Magdenburg, the river Weser, and the land of Hessen: sets out from Erfurt about the tenth of Januarie, to march thitherward. 
and Duke William.  His course layfull Northward; where first he comes to Mansfeldt; the chief town of the County of that name. Thence (as I find) he marched to Quedlenburg: an Impropriate Abbey, now belonging to a Lady Abbess, a Protestant. Thence advances he to Osterwick in the Bishopric of Halberstat, 40 English miles due West of Magdenburg: and there, about the two and twentieth of January, does the General Banier join with him. This Osterwick, is just 20 English miles short of Wolfenbuttel, 
join forces.  upon a branch of the same river with it: and was the General Baniers direct way, to go after Pappenheim.  
They being thus conjoined; send first of all their parties up and down the country towards the Weser: both for scouring of the coasts thereabouts, as also to make the Landgrave of Hessens passage, the easier to come unto them. And now it is, that Baniers men defeated 300 of Loebels Regiment: which Page 118. we told you were going out of Helmstat towards Hamelen. And this Hamelen (belonging of right unto the Duke 
* The town of Hamelen, belongs half unto the Duke of Brunswick, and half unto the Bishop of Hildesheim: but of late days, wholly unto Brunswick: who also was Bishop of Hildesheim until these last wars: in which it was urung away from the Duke, and given unto the Bishop of Cullen: who is also Bishop of Liege, Munster, and Paderborn: Duke of Westphalia, Angaria, etc. marquis of Franchimont, etc.  of Brunswick) these 3 Generals thought at this time to have besieged: but besides the great raynes, and low situation of the place, (which rendered it un-approachable) Pappenheim (as we told you;) did even now thrust more succours into it, out of Lemgo. Hereupon, do the 3 Generals divide their forces: the Landgrave of Hessen setting him down to the siege of Goettingen, (a town sometimes the Duke of brunswick's, lying upon the river Rhuma, 14 or 15 English miles to the East of the river Weser.) and Duke William and Banier, going to the siege of Goslar, an Imperial town betwixt the Bishoprics of Hildesheim and Halberstat, 40 English miles to the North-East of Goettingen. But before we tell of these sieges; we must step a little aside to the South-west-ward, to fetch the Landgrave of Hessen into the Country.  
This Prince, having received intelligence, that the towns which he had lately taken in the Bishopric of Paderborn, (as in the former Story of his Actions we have told you) did now upon his absence with the King of Sweden, 
The Landgrave of Hessen comes against Pappenheim.  and the coming of Pappenheim into Brunswickland and towards the Weser, (on the West and South of which, Paderborn is) refuse their promised contributions: he in the end of December, taking leave of the King; makes that wayward with his Army, to recover them. Before the middle of Januarie, he had reprised Warburg: whereinto Pappenheim had newly thrust a garrison of nine hundred. The town he took by Storm; and all that resisted, died for it. Thence advances he to Stathagen: which terrified by the former example, yields to him. And so does Volckmarsen; with some other Strengths thereabouts, of smaller consequence. Having again thus scummerd over the frontiers of Paderborn, he passes the river Weser and besieges Goettingen; as we before told you. To the relief of this town, 
Some Pappenheimers defeated.  when Pappenheim upon his coming to Hamelen, sent some troops; they were defeated by some of Duke Williams and Baniers Horse Partees, that scoured up and down the Country.  
But Pappenheim was not long unrevenged for this: for that in the beginning of this February, having gotten notice by a Boor, how that Colonel Laus (Laurence) Cag a Swede; and Sergeant-Major-Generall, was with 3 new and weak Regiments of Dragooners, of about 1300 men, lodged near unto Hoxter and Corvey by the Weser; some 20 English miles to the South of Hamelen: he hastens thitherward to defeat them. He had before this, taken a Swedish Lieutenant, whom he kept prisoner with him. Being ready to march, in the morning before daylight; Come, up, (say the Pappenheimers to the Lieutenant) you must along with us, 
Pappenheim cuts off 1500 Swedish Dragooners.  to the throat-cutting of your Countrymen. And indeed they were as good as their words: for that Pappenheim falling into their Quarters about 12 a clock, (which was the usual hour, that he still observed) he cut in pieces the most of these Dragooners, or forced them into the river & Morasses: where 'twas easy to kill them, that were first buried.  
The Ensigns of these Dragooners, Pappenheim made a glorious flourish withal, at his return again to Hamelen: and all to magnify his victory. 
Pappenheims' craftiness.  'twas a notable ingenious crafty General, this Pappenheim: for having thus cleared Hoxter; he would send his men along the Wesers' side, betwixt Hamelen, Munden, and Hoxter; who should go over the bridges, and so come round about again. And thus did some one Regiment walk the round, 2 or 3 times over; and all this was to make show, as if every one of these Regiments had been new forces comen to him, out of Waldeck; and to make a noise of a great Army, among the Boors, that the Swedish Generals might hear of it, and be terrified.  
But for all these cracks and flourishes, and his giving out himself to be 10 or 12000 Foot, and 5000 Horse, when he was not above 10000 in all; yet durst he not appear in Campagnia; nor go very fare from the banks of the Weser: so that the Swedish Generals, went through, well enough, with their 2 sieges.  

Goslar taken by Duke William and Banier;  The town of Goslar, is Imperial; and the Magistrate there, was altogether for the Emperor: other garrison then of the town, I find none in it. There needed no straighter a siege, than the blocking first; and the presenting of the gross of the Army before it, afterwards: for the Magistrate sent to compound for 10000 Dollars with the Generals; and received 1000 of Colonel Mitzlaffs regiment, in to them, for a garrison. From hence, goes the Army unto Northeim; a town upon the river Rhuma, some 12 English miles short of Goettingen.  
This is a town of no garrison, nor resistance: for that the General Tilly had heretofore dismantled it; 
with other towns.  and slighted down the Fortifications. This were they comen unto before the 20 of this February. Then take they in Northern; midway betwixt Northeim and Goettingen. In Quarters about this last town, had the Landgrave laid this whole fortnight: not so much, to offer any battery to it; but so to block it up, that he might withal have an eye to Pappenheim. But now was the siege begun, in good earnest, Colonel Carthaus commanded in the town; and his garrison was some 900: good store of small pieces he had beside; with victuals and ammunition to have held out longer. The Swedish bring forward 2 several Approaches: and after 2 breaches, they cause the town at both these places to be stormed. This whilst the Swedish are in good earnest about to do; they cause false offers & Sealadoes to be made show of in other parts, 
Goettingen taken,  the more to divert the defendants from their breaches. The town is by force entered; and Carthaus with his officers flinging down their Arms, are taken prisoners: and the houses plundered. Here were above 100 Field pieces, Mortars, and Sling pieces, made prize of: 7000 weight of musket bullet; with powder, match, and ammunition proportionable. Ericksburg castle (a very strong place, belonging to the Bishopric of Hildesheim, so named of Duke Erick of Brunswick, the builder of it) is likewise yielded upon composition, For the too sudden rendering of this Fort, 
with Ericksburg Castle.  was Captain Wolff of the Regiment of Blanckhart; by Pappenheim afterwards imprisoned. Upon the taking of this Castle; did the towns of pain, Haselrode, and Duderstat, upon the North side of the Bishopric of Hildesheim, come in: which a Captain of Blanckharts Regiment, now yielded; thus all was clear on that side, even to Lunenburg, Bremen, and the Elb stream. By the winning of Goettingen also, are the other smaller towns, Duderstat brought in with little trouble; which lies betwixt that and Duringen. 
and the whole country cleared.  And thus was all that you see in the Map of Brunswick and Magdenburg (excepting Duderstat and the town of Wolfenbuttle) becomne Swedish: even from the Upper Saxony on the East side; unto the river of Weser, on the West side of the Country: as also North and South from Duringen unto Lunenburg, and the Middle Mark of Brandenburg.  
And this was done by the 25 of our February: 
Duke William and Banier, sent for unto the King.  about which time Duke William and the General Banier were sent for unto the King of Sweden: even then upon his march into Bavaria, Banier (as I take it) set forward a little before Duke William: and he recovered up unto the King, by the tenth of March following. The Duke stayed something longer, along the Dukedom of Lunenburg, by his old Quarters at Betterlo: beyond which, he passes the river Aller, leaving Zell upon the right hand of him. 
into the Bishopric of Bremen.  But he forgot not by the way, to pay himself some of those 12000 Dollars monthly contribution; which the Duke of Zella-Lunenburg, at his former being in these parts had promised him: as Page 117 of this Fourth Part, we have told you.  
And now is his purpose wholly for the delivery of the town of Stoade, by the Elbs side in the Bishopric of Bremen: his own uncle Bicknicker (as I hear) was now Governor in the town; who with almost (if not full) 4000 men, were by this end of this April, blocked up by Otto (or Achatius) Todt; and General Major Lohausen, with the Lunenburgers forces. But before we speak of this service let us leave our Pappenheim upon his march thitherwards: and go back to fetch up Todts Story, to show how he came into these quarters.  

General Todt comes into Lunenburgland.  We told you Page 106 of this Book, of his coming to the relief of the Bishopric of Bremen: and hither let us now fetch up himself and forces. His march from Wismar which he last took (by which all the Dukedom of Mecklenburg was cleared) lay to the North-east, to the Elb-ward, quite thorough the said Duchy. On the Mecklenburger side of the Elb, towards Hamborow, is there a little cantlet of land, called the land of Sachsen or Saxonland: the country (as I take it) of the Dukes of Saxon Lawenburg. In this land, were Todts Regiments a while enquartered: which stayed not long there: but passed about Lawenburg over the Elb, and were drawn to Bardewick in Lunenburgland, Todt himself going into Lunenbung; about 10 or 12 English miles from Lawenburg, and 4 or 5 from Bardewick.  
His Army consisted of Swedes and Mecklenburgers; and of some English and Scottish Regiments: Duke George of Lunenburgs' men, after a while coming also to him.  
Of Sir Thomas Conwayes' Regiment, himself, his Leiftenant-Colonell Steward, and 300 soldiers; were upon the fifth of November cast away on the coast of Norway: 
Sir Thomas Conw●y drowned, and his Regiment landed.  the other 5 Colours with about 700 men; arriving upon the seven and twentieth of the same month, at Warnemund by Rostock. The Sergeant-Major over these 5 companies, was Captain Thomas Grove, who now commanded them. And all these about Christmas after, had order to march to Wismar. That being rendered (as Page 105 we have told you) Todt and Lohausen with the Swedes and Mecklenburgers; in all not above 4000 at the most, made haste towards Lawenburg on the Elb, some 50 English miles distant from Wismar. On Newyeares' day at night, the 5 English Colours (who marched by themselves) were at Sarnine in Mecklenburgland. Wednesday January the fourth, they marched and met the three Scottish Regiments. Thence on Sunday to Hagenow; whence to Boitzenberg on the Elb; and so crossed the Elb at Lawenburg, whence they went to be enquartered with the Army in Bardewick; a very fine town (and sometimes a rich one) before spoken of. To this town came some of the Lunenburgers forces.  
About the time of that Sir Thomas Conwayet 5 Ensigns came to Warnemund; 
Sir Frederick Hamiltons, and the Lord Forbesses Regiments join with the Army.  did 5 of Sir Frederick Hamiltons Colours land also. They were Scottish and Irish people: amongst which was 1 Sir frederick's own Company; 2. Coninghams', Leiftenant-Colonell: 3. Troops, Sergeant-Major: 4 gibson's, and 5 Flemings, Captains. The other 4 Ensigns that belonged to this Regiment, were landed other where; and came not, till summer into the Army. The Lord Forbesse had also his Scottish Regiment there: himself being taken prisoner, coming betwixt Luckstadt and Hamborow, and carried into Wolfenbuttel; where he yet is. Neither English nor Scottish Regiments, had any fixed Arms, as yet: which in plain English phrase, is; They were not yet fully Armed.  
However, half armed, or unarmed, as they were; Sergeant-Maior Groves with his English, & the 2 Scottish Regiments; were after some 16 or 20 days lying about Bardewick, commanded towards Boxtehude. The town is belonging to the Archbishop of Bremen; and lies upon the small river Essa, within 4 English miles of the borders of Lunenburg; the Elb itself being within 8 miles to the North; and Hamborow almost as near it, to the Eastward. 'tis a stronger town than Stoade: and there was a good garrison now in it: 
Boxtehude besieged,  a place besides it is, of very good consequence; for that it is the Pass into that which they call the Old land, in which Stoade standeth. The General Todt with the rest of the Army, lay now at Hornburg; a pretty Fleck or market town, some seven English miles to the Northwest of Boxtehude, that was now beleaguered. At this Hornburg was the Hoff-Quarter (or Head Quarter) for that this is also another Pass, into the Old land aforesaid: by which, Stoade was on that side also straightened.  

especially by those of our nation.  The English and Scottish lay some 10 days at first, an English mile off from Boxtehude: with unfixt Arms, for a great part, and without powder or bullets. After this, they were sent to lie at a place called the Old Cloister, which is within a quarter of a mile of the town, to the Southward. Some few Dutch companies there were, enquartered upon the Old lands side betwixt the town and the Elb: but they were the English and Scottish that had the most to do in the beleagring.  
In the time of this siege, upon Doctor Salvive advertisements before given to the King, 
Todt is sent for away by the King, and Sir Alexander Lesly comes to the Army.  of the General Todts misbehaviour in the Army; had his Majesty sent away for him: and Sir Alexander Lesly was commanded from the Lord Marquesse Hamiltons Army, by the King of Swedens' Commission; to come and take charge of Todts Army, with the Style of Sergeant Mayor General Sir Alexander being now comen to the Old Cloister, (aforenamed) and going about to take view of the Boxtehude; within 3 or 4 days after his first coming; was short from the town into the instep of the left foot. He being thus disabled for the commanding of the Army, and carried off, unto Hamborow; Todt; for the time, was to do all again: 
who being shot,  Lohausen (a Colonel with one leg) being then made Sergeant Major General. And this order continued, till that Wolff Hendrick Baudissin (native of Lusatia, and commonly called Bauditz) was sent down to be Lieutenant General; 
Baudissin is sent to take charge of the Army.  and Tott now going away, Duke George of Lunenburg became General of the Army. But Boxtehude was first taken; and Pappenheim gone again, ere Baudissin came to the Army.  
To return to the siege. There were 3 several Batteries by this time, gotten up against the town: whereof 2 upon the Old cloister side, and a third upon the other: from all which the Swedish Canon played every day into the City. Nor were the besieged, altogether idle. Having advertisement by the Boors, that the English and Scottish Regiments, were not half armed, and but raw soldiers; 200 of the town Horsemen; one night sallied out upon their Quarters. They fell out with a very great clamour and noise making: and were comen within 20 paces of their very Guards. Those of our nation that had Arms, stood their ground: 
A Sally repulsed.  and 2 troops of Horse were quickly at hand to second them. 'tis said, that some of the Irish ventured upon the salliers horsemen, with their skeynes or swords only: and did some piece of execution upon them. However, the leader of the sallyers was there shot dead and fell; his men forced to retire: being after some skirmishing, beaten into the very Ports of their City. Another night, they fell out of the town again; and set fire upon the Scottish Guards: and had they adventured but a little further, they had put the Quarters into a terrible confusion. But even now they were persuaded in again.  
The siege went on in the mean time, and the Canon from all 3 Batteries did their duties: faggots and storming ladders were also made show of; nor yet would these offers fright out the besieged. Full 3 weeks, there was misery enough endured by those of our nation without the town: about the end of which time, upon the fourth of March; the besieged (as it were for pity of our Countrymen) yielded; 
Boxtehude yielded.  and marched upon good conditions into Stoade. Boxtehude being thus taken, our English having done the chief of their service there; were offered to garrison the town: which they gladly enough accepting of; the 5 Colours were put into it. Here lay they 3 weeks: Sergeant-Major Grove being Governor. The General Todt having a purpose to put in a Swede (a servant of his) to be Governor over Groves head: 
The English being put into the town, were by Todt commanded out again.  he being a high spirited Gentleman, that could not endure to be rewarded with such an affront for all his services: the English colours were commanded out, and a Swedish Leiftenant-Colonell (not Todts man) put in to be Governor, with 5 Ensigns.  
Thence were the English sent to block up Stoade; about which, the rest of the Army were quartered up and down in Dorps; the snow not then suffering them to lie in open Quarters. But this served the turn well enough: Todts purpose being, 
Stoade blocked up.  but to block it up at a distance; victuals were so scarce with him, that he should not otherwise have been able to have kept the Army together, in one leaguer. This town is seated upon a small riveret called the Zwing, about 2 English miles from the Elb: a sconce being betwixt it and the City. The land on both hands of it, is low morasses: Causeyes running all along through them. The country on the North of it, is the Keydinger land, (vulgarly called the Land of Kayne) and that part to the East and Southward, is called the Old land of Stoade. There was a garrison of almost (if not altogether) 40●0 men in the town. Pappenheims' own kinsman being the Governor. Here had the Besiegers exercise enough: the Besieged daily falling out into their Quarters. Sometimes did they affront their Quarters, with mighty parties, of a full thousand: otherwise, with 2 or 300 Horsemen, or more, with musketeers behind them. Thus would they give a Camisado, beat and fire a Quarter, now and then; and so in again, never standing to it to make good any thing. And thus went on the business, all this month, and the next: Todt having neither purpose nor power, to attempt more upon the town; the garrison (plainly) being near as strong as his Army: especially after the taking of Bremersford; which next followed.  
In the end of April, whilst Stoade was blocked; was this town of Bremersford besieged by a Regiment of the Archbishop of bremen's. At this town, whilst the Bishop had it; was his Palace and place of Residence. The besieged were hard put to it for provisions; for all which they had taken a desperate oath, that they would never yield the town, but to the King's Army. 
Bremersford taken.  The General Todt being advertised of this resolution; sends away Sir Frederick Hamiltons Regiment, under the command of his Lieutenant Colonel Coningham; to take in the City. The besieged no sooner saw his Colours fly, before their Walls; but they presently entered into a Parley. The Bremers Colonel hereupon, being jealous of his honour, privately and presently, made tender unto them of better conditions: whereupon they immediately concluded, and marched out every way like soldiers into Stoade.  
No sooner was this done, but there came news instantly unto Bremersford; that Pappenheim with 9 or 10000 Foot, and 5000 Horse, was coming, and within 10 hours march of them: and indeed this town was directly in his way, to Stoade-ward Command was now sent from the General, that the Regiment should hasten away to Boxtehude, and deliver up Bremersford, to the Bremers Colonel. The Regiment being most Irish and Scots, used to wading and night-marching: came flouncing through the Bogs and By-places, and recovered safely into Boxtehude; notwithstanding the enemy's drums, were all the night within hearing.  
This was about the end of our April. Pappenheims' march was from Hamelen and Nyenburg upon the Weser, along to the Northward, thorough the Bishopric of Ferden, and the edge of Lunenburg, and then between the Fens of Bremerland. Leaving the river Zwing upon his right hand, and crowding in between Bremersford and Harseneld cloister; 
Pappenheim enters Stoade.  he thrust himself into Stoade City. He was, indeed, though not so many as he gave out himself for; yet much about 10000 Horse and Foot: which with the Towne-garrison, was fare too strong for Todts Army. He therefore now gave way to him: marching to Boxtehude and thorough it, to get all his own Army to a head for resistance. Pappenheim was in Stoade, before the Swedes imagined he could have been: himself giving them the first assurance of his being there, by the shooting off (in a military bravery) all his Ordnance.  
He being now in Stoade, had the passage into the Keydingerland, 
Cuts off Leslyes' Regiment.  (to the North of him) open. There was the Regiment of Major General Leslyes', and 4 Companies of Colonel Monroes' of Obsdell, enquartered, to block up Stoade on that side. Upon these now falls Pappenheim, cuts them off all; takes 19 Colours, and Major Leslyes' own Ensign amongst them: Of those that were taken prisoners; Officers were made prisoners to Officers, Captains to Captains; and so forth: and notwithstanding that the Pappenheimers had spare horses enough, (for that they took a breed of Mares out of the Land) yet made they their prisoners to trot on foot at their stirrups, like their Horse boys.  
Now did Pappenheim cast about to get into the Old land; both for the pillage of the country, and to get the Elb clear, if it were possible: and withal to exercise Todts people, whilst he provided to be going. The Boors being now up in their own defence, about the sconce; and some Dragooners and other soldiers being amongst them: Pappenheim supposed the action more faiseable, to beat thorough Hornburg and Todts Army there: 
Offers to force Todts Army.  then thorough the Boors, Causeyes and Morasses. This Hornburg, though it were well seated for a Pass, yet was it but a small Fleck, until some new cast up Works, had now well fortified the passage. Upon this, now falls Pappenheim; and upon this he so thunders with his Ordnance, that he beats all down before him. And yet here was good opposition made unto him, and by some Scottish too of Sir Frederick Hamiltons Regiment: amongst whom, Captain Gibson was said to have behaved himself bravely: Here was Major General Lohausens horse shot under him. The General Todt perceiving the town not to be maintained, gives order to have fire put to it, and retreated with his Army to a great work he had between the town and the Old land: lying upon a water. This was maintained by a Forlorn hope, left for the defence of it, until the Army retreated thorough the Old land to Boxtehude-ward. This done, the Forlorn hope came off safely. The town of Boxtehude being not large enough to entertain Todts whole Army, he marched thorough it and laid them in Dorps, till he had occasion to draw them to a head again.  
Pappenheim being thus defeated of his passage into the Old land by Hornburg, and put into Stoade again: he the third of May forced his way thorough, by the sconce aforesaid. There his Crabats were seen prancing and pricking up and down, along the Causeyes, coming almost to Boxtehude. 
He gets into the Old Land:  There being but small relief for them to be had (Todt had taken order for that) they set fire upon the Country. Just as highway thiefs will beat those travellers, that carry no money about them. But all this, could he make nothing of: Todt had all the country about him, the Elb and the way to it was shut up, so that there was no relief that way to becomne at. The town of Stoade, was not to be maintained by him, because his Army could not be maintained by it. The way back again was full of Passes and Streightnesses, 
But is fain to quit that.  so that there he might be cooped up and starved, should he stay so long till the power of the country could have time to come down upon him. And especially was there a Pass at an old mill; by the Fens and the old cloister: and there, had Todt had the stomach to it, he might have hazarded to have kept Pappenheim in the Coop, a fattening. But he durst not, he was fare too weak: loath to hazard the Army, and his own credit, which he had gotten in Mecklenburgland: for that Pappenheim being made desperate by stopping up, must needs have struggled like a tied Tiger, to have gotten lose again. What could the old Shepherd do with the Lion, that killed his Lambs, after he had gotten him into his house; and then knew not how to tie him? So was it now with Todt: for whom it was fare better to let Pappenheim come out, and be so rid of him: who he was very sure, c●uld not stay long by him, in a devoured country. Some blame Todt for this; affirming, that he might have pinfolded Pappenheim, and have starved him: though others labour to excuse him, by the former reasons. However, Todt stayed not with the Army, after this, but was commanded away to Rostock: and so to the King's Army.  
Pappenheim not able to stay in Stoade, provides for his departure: resolving to take the garrison, the baggage, victuals, 
and Stoade after it.  and ammunition out of it: for which (as at his coming to Magdenburg) he had brought a many empty wagons along with him. Being ready to leave the town, he calls the Magistrates before him and demands 6000 Marks contribution of them. They going about to levy the monies, came again and tendered him 5000: with a solemn protestation, that the whole estate of the town, was able to bring up the sum no higher. 
Pappenheims' Nobleness to those of Stoade City.  Pappenheim seeing their poverty, and their good wills; nobly delivers them their monies back again, with the Keys of their City: only exacting these 2 conditions from them: first, that they should look well to the sick and wounded soldiers, which he left behind him; and secondly, that they should keep the City, 3 days after his going. And this said, he the sixth of May, finally quits the town; desperately (shall I call it) or valiantly? in the night adventuring along by the Old cloister near Boxtehude: even thorough these dangerous Passes, and close by Todts Army Being (quietly let go, he retires first to Rodenberg, and so to Ferden, 
He goes towards Wolsenbuttel,  and thence the way that he came, into Brunswickland. All this, had he done bravely.  
He was, indeed, at Stoade, in some distress, especially of victuals: there lay 2 Swedish ships in the Elb, right against the mouth of the Zwing; to stop up all provisions from coming from Hamborow or Luckstadt, by water. And yet was Pappenheim streightlyer blocked up, then that; he wanted money to have bought any provisions, that might have been brought to him: enough, I mean, to keep the town withal. Going out of Stoade, he carried all the course, black, Rusck bread, that he could get: yea and took the very lead off some Churches, to make Provant bullets of. Some Pieces of ordnance he took from off the walls, to carry with him: blew up the side of a Port, and away he went. Whither he had made any private overture of delivering Stoade (for money) unto the King of Denmark's hands, I know not, though I have read of it: and of some letters beside, which the Syndicus or Recorder of Stoade should be taken with, as he was going to Luckstat, which should contain some secrets of correspondency entertained by the King of Denmark, that way. Those that writ so, affirm this private correspondency to have been begun, presently after Pappenheims' coming out of Magdenburg: and that to be the nearer to put men into Stoade, the King of Dermark should have surprised Friburg upon the Elb, by some forces sent thither out of Luckstat. Sure it is, 
Some correspondencyes betwixt Denmark and Pappenheim.  that the Danes did intercept this Friburg, and that the Bishop of Bremen (in jealousy lest his Coadjutor the Prince of Denmark, should become his supplanter) had sent the French Colonel Dumeni from about Ferden (where he than lay) either to reprise it, or to keep the Danish forces from coming further. This Dumeni (a Colonel of Dragooners) was the man, that had done most in these lands, before Todts coming: and he now going towards Friburg with the Bishop of bremen's forces, did (as I find it written) kill some 40 Danish, and take 160 prisoners, that sallied out of the Castle upon him. However, March the thirteenth following and in the night; did 2000 Bremers people, in white Frocks or shirts, give a Camisado upon the Castle: which they stormed, and killed 300 Danes in it. This was thought likely enough, to have made a breach betwixt the Kings of Sweden and of Denmark: as if these Danes had been slain by the Swedish. Some will also make Pappenheim so witty, as to contrive the Danish surprising of Friburg, foredooming that the Swedes would never suffer them to enjoy it, but rather go by the ears with them. But the General Todt excused himself that he had no hand in it, but that it was only done by the Bishop of Bremen: and so Pappenheims' fine plot failed. He being in distress in Stoade, and not able to put it over to Denmark (which he had rather have done, than the Swedes or Bremers should have had it) is fain to leave it as we told you.  
Being thus gone clear off; I wonder (says he to Major Leslyes' Ancient, which he had prisoner with him) that your men follow me not? were I behind them, as they are now behind me, I would bring up their Rear for them, I would fetch them up, to die for it. His order was, that if any of his men straggled upon the march, but a musket shot, he was sure to have horse sent after him; and either killed or hanged: and this to prevent running away, or giving intelligence to the enemy.  

A Swedish garrison put into Stoade.  Stoade being thus deserted, Colonel Creitbon a German was put into it with his weak Regiment: being not above 160 men, under 7 Ensigns. And the substance of these Relations, concerning Todt and Pappenheim: (with some of those that follow) have I learned from diverse Gentlemen present in the action: and I hope I have made right collections from them.  
In the beginning of May, and whilst Pappenheim was about Stoade, came Duke Francis Albert of Saxon Lawenburg, with 2 weak Regiments (one of Horse and another of Foot) to join with the Swedish about Boxtehude. And now after Pappenheims' going from Stoade, went the General Todt away, and Wolff Hendrick Von Baudissin took the charge of the Army, as Lieutenant General to Duke George of Lunenburg: whom in Todts' place, 
Baudissin takes charge of the Army,  the King had made General. The Duke himself, was also now near at hand with his forces: who joined with Baudissin a little after this about Hanover and Hildesheim. His Commission was, to succeed Todt, too clear the streams of the Elb and Weser; with the towns of the Lower Saxony: towards the Weser, therefore, (after Pappenheim) was the march directed.  
Baudissin advanced from about Stoade and Boxtehude, due southerly unto Bremersford: and from thence to the town of Bremen upon the Weser, about 6 Westphalian leagues, or 30 English miles from Bremersford aforesaid. Thorough Bremen by the way, I hear that Dumeni was sent to take in Wildshusen in the land of Oldenburg some 15 or 16 English miles to the South West of Bremen. Thence the march lay along the Weser, into the Bishopric of Ferden: within 2 English miles of which town, the Army encamped. Here they stayed about 3 weeks, or till the beginning of June. Pappenheim was not yet fare enough off, for them to go faster: whom though they followed, to see that he should take as few towns as might be, and not fall thorough Brunswickland into Duringen: yet were they not overhasty to come too near him, for besides that they were too weak for him: they had not Commission (perchance) to fight with him. In this time was there a Bridge laid over the Weser; for that they thought to have besieged Nienborg. But this purpose altered. 
He follows Pappenheim.  Thence goes Baudissin along to the South Eastward; betwixt the rivers of Weser and the Leine, which falls into Alre the river of Ferden. On this Leine, is the good town of Hanover; about 40 English miles from Ferden. Hither, now comes the Duke of Lunenburg, with about 5000 men in 4 Regiments; whereof one of Horse and another of Foot, were his own: the other 2 of Foot, were led by Petan and Marrad (or such like names) both Colonels. So soon as the Duke of Lunenburg was comen to command in chief; 
Lunenburg comes to be General.  the Duke of Saxon Lawenburg took occasion to leave the Army, and went up (after a while) to the King of Sweden. To this Hanover, came Sir john Caswell also; with Commission from the King of Sweden, to be Colonel over Sir Thomas Conweyes' Regiment: the 5 colours whereof, were by this time wasted away to three hundred. These were joined (by and by) with Sir Frederick Hamiltons Regiment: which two from henceforth marched in one Brigade together.  
Thence goes the Army to the good town of Hildesheim, the chief of the Bishopric of that name: 5 hours' journey on foot from Hanover, to the Southward, and upon the river Innerste, which falls into the Leine. About this, the Army Quartered themselves in Dorps: till the town had agreed with the Duke of Lunenburg. The agreement was soon made; for that the town was very courteous to the Army. 
Hildesheim accorded with him.  The Lutherans in the town, condescended to give him 10000 Dollars contribution, and out of the Papists, were 30000 wrung, which they paid one part in plate and 2 in ready money. With this contribution, had the whole Army a months pay, (or Lend) part in plate and part in money: as the others gave it. The town also entertained the 2 Lunenburgers Regiment of Petan and Marrad, into their City. They sent the Army Provant Bread and Beer also: with many other courtesies.  
The day after the Army came to lie by the town, did the Duke of Lunenberg take in Steurwold Castle, a good strong piece about an English mile to the North of Hildesheim Pappenheims' leaguer was now within some few miles of Lunenburgs'; so that there were daily skirmishes betwixt commanded parties of both Armies. And now let us fetch up Pappenheim: He in his march off, having been about Ferden; sent unto Zell in the Dukedom of Lunenburg, where he heard the States of the Low Saxony, to be then assembled. Part of their Consultations, than were; how to continue their wars for the clearing of their Circle from the Imperialists; to reconcile the differences betwixt the King of Denmarck and the Hamburgers; and to confirm the King of Swedens' Commission unto the Duke of Lunenburg and Baudissin; 
Pappenheim sends to terrify the States of the Lower Saxony.  for the Generallship and Leiftenant-Generallship of their Circle. To them Pappenheims' message now was; An advice to return unto the Emperor's devotion, and to break off with Sweden and with Lunenburg: to relieve his Army, and to cashier their forces: otherwise, he would come upon them with his whole Army, and force them to it.  
But notwithstanding that they either sent him no answer or a denial; he could not now stay to make good his threatenings: for that he was by the Elector of Cullen solicited, to make haste against Clein jaacob the Landgrave of Hessens Lieutenant, who had lately taken Brilon and some other places, in Cullens Dukedom of Westphalia: where Boenighausen was too weak to resist him.  
At him, now goes Pappenheim: for now lays he a bridge over the Weser, which he still carried about with him. Leaving then the Count of Gronsfelt, with part of the Army about the Weser, near Hamelen and those parts: himself with the residue, passes towards Hessen. where he first recovers Munden upon the river Werra, from the Landgrave.  
Thence falls he like a storm of Hail and Lightning, into the Landgraviate: 
He falls into Hassia.  with fire and sword destroying all before him. Up the river Werra he goes; to Witzenhausen first, and then to Allen-Dorff: spoiling all in the way, and plundering the 2 towns. Then turns he Westward, towards the town of Cassel; the place of residence for the Landgrave: whose Father (the good Prince Maurice) being dead about our Lady day before, and his active son William, now in Mourning; gave Pappenheim the easier opportunity to take him unprovided. But he now seeing occasion of more sorrow; changed his mourning Blacks, into a black Corslet; and arms for resistance. The Boors of Hassia, (becomne half soldiers by these continued wars) they start up too, and stop up the passages of the Country. Pappenheims' Vantcurriers making a show of themselves before the very gates of Cassel; were there encountered with a Horse-Regiment of Colonel Dalwicks; that now fallyed out upon them. The Pappenheimers had made their brave, so near to the very town, that the Ordnance from the walls, were let fly amongst them. Here 'tis said, that Colonel Lohn that brought them on, was taken prisoner, and some 60 Horsemen slain upon the place: 
He is put off.  the rest being fain to retreat from Dalwick; to whom they left one Cornet behind them. Pappenheim (I hear) had promised the Archduchesse Isabel, that he would take this Cassel: but was fain now to go without it: the town being one of the strongest of all Germany.  
All this had Pappenheim done, to make a diversion: and to oblige the Landgrave to recall Clein jaacob, out of the Elector of Cullens countries of Paderborn and Westphalia. He had purposed, also, to have fall'n into Duringen; which at Allen-Dorff he was very near unto: the Werra, East and West, dividing this Hessen and Duringen. But both these purposes, he was now diverted from: by a Currier received from the Count of Gronsfelt, concerning Lunenburgs' and Baudissins falling into the lands of Brunswick & Hildesheim. This made him faces about to the right; and to go towards Volckmarsen: 
After which having taken Volckmarsen,  which the Landgraves forces had also in possession. To relieve this, 14 Hassian troops of Horse, being now sent; and having taken up their Quarters upon a woody hill near the town, in the night time to slip into it: they were discovered and surprised by the Pappenheimers. Of these, were 200 said to be slain, and as many prisoners: with the loss of 9 Ensigns, 5 Field-pieces, and all their baggage. The town was yielded presently upon it; after which, Pappenheim goes to Warburg upon the river Dymel and frontiers of Paderborn; 6 English miles to the North of Volckmarsen. Hither now calls he those new forces, which had been levied for him in that Bishopric: with the Counties of Lip, and Ravensperg. Thence in company of the Count of Gronsfelt (for whom he had laid a bridge over the Weser, betwixt Hamelen and Hoxter) passes he the river Weser again: with 55 Horse Cornets (say some) advancing directly towards the Duke of Lunenburg; 
He goes against the Duke of Lunenburg.  at that time about Hildesheim. About 4 or 6 English miles from this town, and as much from Kalenberg, he about mid June sits down with his Army, to expect the next benefit of occasion.  
The Lunenburgers suspecting, that Pappenheim would shortly visit them in their Quarters: they after 4 or 5 days drew out of the villages, and entrenched upon the Southern side of Hildesheim. And indeed Pappenheim was not long a coming. For Lunenburg having sent the Swedish Colonel Laus Cag with 1400 men, to take in Kalenberg: Pappenheim displanted him. This town is seated upon the river Leine, 
He relieves Kalenberg,  about an hour and halves going to the West of Hildesheim. Whilst Cag was here busy about his Approaches, Pappenheim marched, and came towards him: whereupon he was fain to break up his siege, & make his Retreat to Hildesheim: so that the town was not taken, till after Pappenheims' going out of the Country. This was done, about the middle of June: at which time there were daily skirmishes between the Armies, the Lunenburgers looking every day for Pappenheim to come to beat their Quarters. Now was the Army mustered, and reduced; some weak Colours broken, and put to make others stronger: diverse Regiments were also put together, to make one complete Brigade of. The whole Foot forces, were after this, drawn out in Battaglias: 
Lunenburgs' Army drawn into Battaglias.  where there were found 6 complete Brigades or Battaglions. These were marshalled (as a Herald would say) 3, 2, and 1: or into a Van, a Rear, and a Reserve. In the Van or Front; were 3 Battalions. First the Duke of Lunenburgs' own Brigade, which had the Right Wing of the three: Secondly Lohausens, which made the Battle: And thirdly Colonel Grave (or some such name) a Swede who had the left Wing. ●n the Rear, were only 2 Brigades. The first which made the Right Wing, was of the Scottish nation; made up of the 3 weak Regiments of my Lord Forbesses, Colonel Monro's, and Colonel Robert Leslyes'; who commanded it. In the left Wing of the Rear, was the Brigade made up of the English and Scottish nations; under Sir Frederick Hamilton and Sir john Caswell. The Reserve, or Brigade behind all: was commanded by the Swedish Colonel Cag aforesaid. All these, together with the Horse (not now drawn up) might really make up some 9000 men: which though they were able to march no more, yet they went for 16000 
His numbers.  This is the Arithmetic of the Wars: to use Substraction from the country people, and Multiplication of their own numbers.  
June the twenty eighth being Thursday, the Alarm was brought into the Lunenburgers leaguer: Arm, Arm, Pappenheim is coming. That night he came, indeed, to the other side of Hildesheim. At this time, the English and Scottish Brigade had the Watch, or Guard: and it was verily believed, he would have fallen into the Trenches. But this he did not: for having cast up some Batteries, in the hill of Moritsberg; and mounted about 8 pieces, close by the town: he did no more than only give them 20 or 30 Canon shot without attempting any further With all this, he did not much more hurt, then kill 2 hogs in the street; as the townsmen confessed. 
Pappenheim affronting the town of Hildesheim:  But they having their Ordnance ready mounted; thundered so upon his pioneers, and those about the Ordnance; that they killed him 40 or 50 people. Some affirm, that his men were that day in mutiny; and cried for Gelt Gelt: 
falls off again.  and that this was the reason he gave no more on; neither upon town nor leaguer. However, he that night dismounted his Canon, drew off his troops; and marched unto Kalenberg: where for 5 or 6 days he entrenched. All that time, were there daily skirmishes betwixt Commanded parties, from both Armies: but this held no longer, 
and goes to Maestricht.  for that Pappenheim being now envited to relieve Maestricht, made haste thitherward; and so utterly (for the time) left this Country: rasing his works before Kalenberg.  
In Pappenheims' absence; was the Count of Gronsfelt left with some few forces about Westphalia, on the other side the Weser: 
Gronsfelt left in Westphalia,  who by lightning the garrisons in the Bishopric of Paderborn, and those parts, came afterwards to have an Army too strong for Baudissins; after that Lunenburg was parted with him. But of this, by and by, in its order. Pappenheim directed his march to the South Westward; going first to Groenaw, 12 English miles from Hildesheim and due East of Hamelen. Hence goes he to Poll, on the Westphalian side of the Weser, 14 English miles South of Hamelen: and here having passed the Weser, he faces about to the left, all along the Weser; and so to the Rhine-ward.  
Pappenheims' Army being thus marched out of Kalenberg; (at whom let us turn down a leaf, till we again meet them) the Swedish had present notice of it: and some of their Horse fell into it, so soon as ever the Pappenheimers were out of it. Yea before Pappenheim himself was: who being something amorous, and staying in the town after his Army upon such an occasion; might there have been taken prisoner by the Swedish: had they either known him, or of him The Duke of Lunenburg purposing to remove, gives order to dismantle Steurwold Castle; whereupon, July the twelfth he rises from about Hildesheim: and leaving his 2 Regiments in the town, 
The Duke of Lunenburg beseiges Duderstat.  he marches with the rest of the Army towards Duderstat. This town, is in the very Southern corner of the land of Brunswick, in the little Country of Eischfelt; about 50 English miles from Hildesheim. Pappenheim had left these troops for the defence of it Of Breuners Regiment, 350: of Reinachers, 300: of Furstenbergs, 250: besides 200 new levied men, and 400 Horsemen. Before this town, was much good service done on both sides: the Lunenburgers, laboured upon their Approaches, and the Besieged upon their sallies; where many a brave man was killed. Among the rest was Francis Beton, Captain Lieutenant to Sir Frederick Hamilton, slain with a bullet of a sling piece, in the shoulder. The Besiegers at last, brought their lines almost close to the walls, and were ready to storm: which the townsmen (than in want and mutiny) July 24 prevented; by sending out a Drum, giving hostages, 
Takes it.  and entering into a Parley. And thus was the town yielded: divers of the soldiers, taking pay of the Duke of Lawenburg. Hence were all the Ordnance, victuals and ammunition taken; and the works slighted and dismantled. After this, some strong parties being sent abroad into the Country of Eischfelt; persuaded the Boors (something at that time in commotion) to go home and be quiet. And thus by the end of July, was all that corner (excepting Eymbeck) betwixt Brunswickland, Duringen, and the Weser; reduced into good terms again: whom, after Duke William of Saxon-Weymars departure; the coming of the Count of Pappenheim, (like a storm among the waves) had wrought high; and all to be-ruffled into a foam of fury.  
Those parts being well shut of Pappenheim; the Duke of Lunenburg being solicited by the Brunswickers: hath a design upon the strong town of Wolfenbuttel. Hereupon, August the first, is the whole Army divided, for 2 several ways and expeditions: Baudissin with 3 Brigades making towards Paderborn; and the General Lunenburg with the other 3, towards Wolfenbuttel. For now they thought to have taken in all the Country, 
Lunenburg and Baudissin part the Army  at once: and that so soon as ever they shown but their Canon; any town would yield, presently. But they were deceived. Lunenburg coming near the town, there were 2 weak Regiments of the Dukes and Towns of Brunswick, sent to join with him. One of these, were Dragooners; but not yet furnished with horses: and the other was a Foot Regiment. Hither also came a Scottish Regiment under Colonel King: the Regiment was not wholly there; for they were not above 7 or 800 men: but these that did come, were held as good men as any in the Army. By these, was Duke George made up some 7000 strong, Horse and Foot together, or near upon it: and with these, began he now to block up the town. Three several Quarters he laid about it: his own, Sergeant-Major Lohausens, (which was something near the town) and the Brunswickers. They made neither Approaches nor attempts upon it; their purpose only being, to block and starve it. The first night of their coming before it, 
The Duke bl●cking up Wolfenbuttel;  the town Horse by the Governor Baron Gleiners appointment; fell out to burn up the next Dorps and villages, and to spoil what they could; that their enemies might have no shelter nor benefit of them. It chanced, that one Erick (or George) Anderson, the King of Swedens' Commissary for the Army, and Major Lohausen, seeing these Boutefeu's and fire-carryers', and supposing them to have been their own men; road up to them, to chide them in the King's name. The Commissary having thus run his head into the noose, by this mistaking, and betrayed himself in the King's name: was there taken prisoner in the Emperor's name. Lohausen escaped narrowly, and that by the means of his Pages discovering the toil, they were gotten into.  
The Duke, the more to incommodate the town; derived away the stream that drove their Watermills: but that would not do it.  
It so fell out, that Lieutenant General Baudissin being about Paderborn, and finding himself too weak to encounter the Count of Gronsfelt; (whom he then heard to be coming against him) wrote unto his General Lunenburg, to desire some aid from him. Hereupon is Lohausen sent, with those that lay in his Quarter: who coming too late to secure Baudissin; turned short in, and went into Goslar. Whilst he was gone from Wolfenbuttel, in the night September 24, are 1400 Horse sent from Gronsfelt; who thrust themselves into the City: the Duke of Lunenburg not being able to forbid them. They being thus gotten in; 1000 of them, and as many Foot of the garrison, falling out upon the Brunswickers Quarter: beat that, take 9 Ensigns, and send the men packing. And as much (to tell the troth) did they to Duke George's Quarters: 
is beaten from it by Gronsfelt.  for they turned him going too; and so finally freed their town from blocking. Hereabouts (sometimes in the field, and sometimes in Quarters in the towns,) lived the Duke of Lunenburg and his Army: till that in October after, they went to join with the Elector of Saxony about Torgau: a little before the Battle of Lutzen. Turn we now after Baudissin.  
We left him ready for his march from Duderstat (where the Army was divided) unto Paderborn. Before which, he sent a Colonel with his Regiment unto Eymbeck: a good town some 26 English miles to the Northward. 
Baudissin sends to take in Eymbeck:  Here was Colonel Goltz left Governor, by Pappenheim; who was resolved to give his General a good account of it. The Swedes thinking presently to have the town yielded, find their hopes deceived: for that the Eymbeckers so fare resolved to resist; as that they took down the spires of their steeple and planted Sling pieces upon them: 
but his men are repulsed.  with which to shoot down into the Swedes Quarters. Thus were they fain to return again, with having only seen the town: which all that had seen it, could not.  
From Duderstat to Paderborn, lay Baudissins march to the Westward; and he had some 60 English miles thither: in which march, he twice or thrice crossed over the Weser. August the twelfth, he marched by the town; and the next day turned he back again, and sat down before it. The English and Scottish were at first sitting down, assigned to an old Cloister, where there was good wine and Being: but that being thought too good a Quarter for them; there was a trick used to get them out of it. 
Baudissin beseiging Paderborn,  An Alarm was brought to them in the night, and a command to rise and march: so that having had a scurvy journey of it all that night, and the next day till 4 a clock; there were 4 or 5 Trumpeters then sent after, to countermand them back again: after which they were put into a worse Quarter. The garrison was 1500 strong within, and Colonel Westphalen was their Governor. The Approaches were from several Quarters begun; and Baudissin with the Duchess, was gotten within a stones cast of the walls: the English and Scottish being not much further off. It was wet weather now; and that much hindered the Besiegers: besides which, the town garrison sallied night and day, and shot very fiercely; especially upon the Duchess Quarters and Approaches. In these sallies and defences, were thought to be lost near a 1000 men of Baudissins: and yet that which worse was, the news of the Count of Gronsfelts coming, 
is raised by the news of Gronsfelds' coming.  was brought so fresh and truly into the leaguer; that the eighth day of the siege, and the 21 of this August, was Baudissin enforced to levy his own siege, and hasten back to Corberg; a day and halves march from Paderborn  
Hither did the Army arrive the 23; and there stayed 2 or 3 days, to get some contribution out of the country. Hence prepared they to remove the 26. Here did Bauditzen in the corne-fields, draw up his small Army into Battaglias: hourly expecting when Gronsfelt would have marched up to encounter him. At this time, was there a Holland's Ambassador and a Swedish Commissarie, gone from Baudissins' leaguer; who had like, unawares, to have been taken prisoner by the Gronsfelders: but escaping back again, they brought too sure news unto Baudissin, that Gronsfeld was marching night and day to surprise him. And he, indeed, having lightened all the garrisons, that were furthest from the danger; and being reinforced with some new Recreuts: had thus gotten up an Army too strong for Baudissin, and was now marching to have fallen upon him, so soon as he had heard of the Duke of Lunenburgs' parting with him. But he advanced no further at this time, till the Count of Pappenheim was comen up again; 
Klein jaacob coming to join with Haudissin;  whom he presently pieced in withal.  
And at this time, had Klein jaacob with 2 or 3000 Horse and Dragooners, lately conjoined himself with Baudissin: having in the way had some bickering with the Gronsfelders. 
hath some skirmishes with Gronsfeld.  This little valiant man, is native (as I hear) of Mompelgart, upon the edge of Burgundy: which belongeth unto the Duke of Brunswick.  
He being joined, Baudissin marched presently towards Hoxter upon the Weser. Some 2 Dutch miles short and to the West of which, is there a Pass at the town or Fleck of Brakel: which the Gronsfelders' being already possessed of; there fell out some rencounters for the clearing of it. Klein jaacob having the honour of the first charge, was put to the retreat: whereupon two Dutch Regiments of Horse that should have seconded him, ran quite out of the field to Hoxter. Then came it to the Fins or 
Both Armies, (of the Swedes and Imperialists) usually call these Finlanders Horse, by the name of Hackapells: and that from the word Ha●kapell, which they use when they fall on. It signifies Knock them down for they look for no Quarter, to give or take any.  Hackapells turns to go on; of whom there being but 4 troops, yet shown they a fare better resolution. So well they seconded little jaacob, that the fight was restored and the better gotten of it: the Gronsfelders, finally, being beaten from the Pass, and that with the loss of one Cornet, and the leaving of ● field pieces behind them The Pass being thus cleared; Baudissin with the Army goes on to Hoxter: where he arryved about August the twenty seventh.  
This town having at this time no forces in it, yielded at the first summons. Here laid he a Bridge over the Weser: by which, after he had lain a while on the Westphalian side, (on which the town standeth) he passed over to the other side: and as he had fortified the town on the other side, so he now fortified a Camp or Works on that Brunswickers side: which he daily relieved from the town and leaguer. 
Baudissin going to lie at Hoxter,  About this Hoxter he lay, till the ninteenth of September following; upon which day by 8 a clock in the morning, Pappenheim (who was now returned from Maestricht and conjoined with Gronsfelt:) first shown his Vantcurriers on the Westphalian side of Hoxter. 
is forced to dislodge by Pappenheime  About 12000 men, was he believed to have then been: which was almost double unto Bandissins' number. He, therefore, first of all, had commanded his Horse over the river, to the Dorps on the other side where the leaguer was: so that the Count of Pappenheim at his coming, found none there to do any spoil upon. That day, went the Ordnance off on both sides, over the Weser: the town wall was also guarded with the Scottish musketeers of Sir Frederick Hamiltons Regiment, and 100 of Forbesses: as the letter of that Gentleman testifies, who says that he that day commanded upon the wall.  
Baudissin thus entertained the time; till he could send away his Baggage and military impediments, before hand unto Munden: whither in the evening, was he enforced to make his retreat, having quitted both town and leaguer. And indeed it was high time for him to do so; for that the Weser was in 2 places fordable, above and below the town; by which had Pappenheim (as that night he would) have comen over; he had cut the Swedish Army all to pieces.  
Baudissin leaving some Dragooners behind to break the Bridge, marched off: whose departure was discovered because his Ordnance were no more heard of. He, thus being unable to recover up to his General the D. of Lunenburg (Pappenheim being between) he was fain to retire himself towards Munden, and the Landgrave of Hessens country. And this way did Pappenheim well know to follow him: so that having that night, passed his Horse over the Weser; their Vanguard by the morning had overtaken Baudissin; and brought up his Rear for him. This was September the twentieth: by break of day which morning, had his horse fetched up those Swedish Horsemen that mannd the Rear, 
Pappenheim pursues Baudissin, and skirmishes with him 20 miles together.  to make good the Retreat to the Footmen. Baudissins' advantage was, that he was already entered into the woods: so that sending some musketeers from the Van into the Rear; they from behind the trees so galled the Pappenheimers, that their horse could not come up to charge the Army of the Foot forces. However, Pappenheim thus pursued, and Baudissin in this posture retreated; for above 20 English miles together; skirmishing all the way and sighting. Plainly, there was good service done on both sides, Pappenheim did very much spoil upon the Swedish; and cut off all the sick and tired men, that could not so fast follow. For all this, the Finish Horse having the Rear, took 2 Cornets from the Pappenheimers: who still pursued, till Baudissin had gotten Munden on his back; at which time he sounded the retreat, and gave it over. Most of the Swedish Dragooners paid for it; and so did Pappenheims' men too: there being 1000, perchance slain upon both parties.  
From Munden the 21 and 22 of September, did Baudissin march to Cassel in Hassia: for other place he had not to go unto. In this land crossing uncertainely up and down, backwards and forwards: 
Baudissin falls into the land of Cullen:  he took a resolution to fall into the Bishopric of Cullen: his purpose being to make a diversion; and to oblige the Elector to recall Pappenheim. Now therefore advances he thorough the Dukedom of Berg, on to the Rhine: near which, October 19, he takes in the strong Castle of Siburg, upon the East bank of it right against Bonn. Then takes he in Lintz, and Andernach, on the other side of the Rhine: this last, being upon the very frontiers of Triers' Country. 
taking towns and castles in it.  Then wins he Draconfelt, a very strong Castle upon a high hill: so named (say the Country people) from S. George his killing of the Dragon. The hill though very high, yet was it commanded by another, hard by it; neither hills nor Castle, being defended as they should have been. This service was done by the English and Scottish Brigade: and here was found good plenty of provisions. December the third, was the Army mustered at Konickswinter: and December the tenth, were the English, Scottish, and Irish Brigade, reduced. December the eleventh, was Dutz taken, right against Cullen: but December the twelfth, they were by the Ordnance from the town of Cullen; again beaten out of it. But of these things slightly: because beyond my time of the King's death; and for that I could come at no particular instructions. There was a journal of these Actions, brought into this Land; but it was not my good fortune, nor my Readers, to light upon it. I confess I might have enlarged myself out of Le Soldat Suedois: had I known where to have trusted him.  
The Count of Pappenheim, having thus chased away Lieutenant General Baudissins part of the Army; turns now against General Lunenburgs' Division, before Wolfenbuttel: for within 4 days of Baudissins' retreat, were the 1400 Horse thrust into the town; as hath been before recited. And now turns Pappenheim (who might do what he pleased) against the town of Hildesheim: upon which, he had before vowed to be revenged. Being set down before the town, he plants those 9 Ensigns which had been taken from Lunenburg and the Brunswickers at Wolfenbuttel; 
Pappenheim besieges Hildesheim:  upon one of his Batteries, next the town: which he caused them to understand were Baudissins' Colours; and that he had utterly overthrown him. This he did, to put the townsmen out of all hope, of being that way relieved. Here sat he down September 26: where battering the townsmen with big words, as well as the town with his great Ordnance; he had already cowed and daunted their courages: whereas their town might have held out ten times longer. Pappenheims' Approaches and his Batteries; so terribly puzzled the honest Burghers; that they began to listen to a Parley: fain would they have made their own conditions; had not their enemy known well enough, he had to deal with those that would yield to any thing. Pappenheim continuing stout, peremptorily made proffer to them of these 5 Conditions; which he vowed he would not alter from.  
1. First, that out of his mere favour and grace to them, 
and takes it by composition.  he would at present burden their town with no greater a garrison, then of 2000: which according as he had occasion, he would draw out and lighten.  
2. That they should give him 200000 Dollars, present contribution: in consideration whereof, he would give order, that strict military discipline should be observed by his Soldiers: whom he would forbid plundering.  
3. That the Lutherans should still be left in the free exercise of their religion: and be enforced to alter nothing in it.  
4. That the townsmen should have free leave, either to go or stay; as they pleased.  
5. That there should, for the time, be a cessation from shooting on both sides: and yet should he be suffered to work on still in his Approaches, and to bring forward his Lines even to their very Ports; until such time as they should be set open to him.  
Upon these most dishonourable conditions, was the strong & excellently well provided town of Hildesheim; the last day of September, yielded up unto the Count of Pappenheim. You have here no mention, of any conditions for soldiers marching out; for indeed there was none, but the towns ordinary garrison now in it: for notwithstanding that the Duke of Lunenburg had left 2 of his Regiments there, at his going thence to Duderstat; yet had he drawn them out again, at his late going to Wolfenbuttel. At this easy taking, of so mighty a strong, and well provided a City, Pappenheim himself could not choose but wonder: Hildesheim was much easier than Maestricht to him. Being master of it, he used it thereafter: Cowards (he knew) would endure any thing. Now gives he order, to have all the townsmen's plate laid hold of; and carried into the Statehouse: and that to make present down payment, of the 200000 Rixe Dollars agreed upon. A very great quantity of victuals and ammunition, he causes to be taken out of their Magazines, which he sent into Wolfenbuttel. This was the place, that he was most careful of: for besides that it so kerbed and awed the neighbour Brunswickers; it was a sure retreat for himself, upon all occasions.  
Having settled things in these parts, where no business, and scarce a considerable enemy appeared: he was in this beginning of October commanded from the Court of Vienna, to march up to his Generalissimo the Duke of Fridland. 
Pappenheim leaving the Count of Gronsfelt about the Weser,  Leaving, therefore, the Count of Gronsfelt in these parts, to look to the Duke of Lunenburg; and the Count of Merode being sent, a little after this, towards Cullen, against Baudissin: himself with the greatest and best part of his Army, being some 8000 real men: marches up into Misnia.  
His march lay altogether thorough Brunswickland, to the Southward: the rivers of Leine and Weser, being upon his right hand. Into Duringen he first comes; a rich, and enemy country to him. All the better; such rich and weak enemies, had he a desire to deal withal. 
marches up himself, to join with Walenstein.  Having passed by Duderstat and the Country of Eischvelt; the next good place to that, in the very edge of Duringen: is the great town of Mulhausen; famous, sometimes, for the Diets of the Empire: Presenting his Gross before this, together with the terror of the name of Pappenheim, and the example of Hildesheim: it yields to pay him 80000 Dollars. Thence sends he 3 troops of 150 Horse, unto Isenach; a stronger place, and more out of the danger: as being 15 English miles to the South of Mulhausen. Being denied here, these Horsemen plunder Creutzberg in their return; a little town some 5 English miles to the North West of Isenach, towards Mulhausen.  
From Mulhausen he advances due Eastward unto Thomasbruck: and there he gets contribution. Thenstat, 
He fetches contribution out of the towns of Duringen.  an opener town, some 11 miles further; he causes to be summoned: and whereas the townsmen could not so suddenly bring up the demanded contribution; the Pappenheimers hang up 3 of the chief Burghers upon a tree: and who being half dead, they cut down again. Gebesen, he also fetches money out of: and sends to the City of Erfurt, that if they would have their Country towns spared, they should send him 20000 Dollars. Duke William Weymar lay then (sick) in the town, with some 3000 men: so that Erfurt not fearing their own walls, either sent him nothing; or else contented him with 2000 Dollars, raised out of their Boors, who were in the danger of being rifled. Hearing, now of Duke Bernard's being already on this side the Duringer Waldt: he marches away to Budstet; & so along to Merseburg: as Page 110 of our Third Part, we have before told you.    

THE ELECTOR OF SAXONIES PROCEED IN LUSATIA, AND SILESIA: After their former putting out of Bohemia by the Duke of Fridland.  
HOw the Saxon forces under Feltmarshall Arnheim, had in the end of May 1632, been forced out of Bohemia: you may please to take notice of, by Page 232, of our Second Part. The loss of this Kingdom, will not altogether appear to be so dishonourable; if the multitudes of Walenstein be considered, which were 4 times their numbers. Since the match hath been made more equally, the Saxons have not only collard with the Walsteiners, out overthrown them and have shown the world, that the loss of Bohemia was not cowardice, so much as negligence in them yea in these after wars, have they given us a better account of their diligences.  

The Imperialists falling into Lusatia:  Don Balthazar di Marradas being left chief commander of the Militia in Bohemia, by his Generalissimo; now thinking the fortune of the wars to be turned, and the dice to run all on their side: hopes of as good a hand of it in Lusatia, as Walenstein lately had in Bohemia. Whilst, therefore, his Generalissimo recovers Egra from the Saxons; Don Balthasar is sent to take Lusatia from that Elector also: so great a spite had Walenstein unto Saxony. About June the sixth, does Don Balthasar first set out some troops, to fall thorough Silesia, into the 6 towns in the Upper Lusatia, which joins East and West, with Silesia. First recover they Gorlitz upon the river Neiss which lies next unto Silesia: 
take Luben and Bautzen,  and the town making no resistance, because not able; hath no wrong done to it. Then also take they Zittau, Luben, and what they pleased.  
The Elector of Saxony perceiving, that if he suffered this, the wars would be brought thorough Lusatia into his Misnia: calls his Army together at Dresden: and sends Arnheim with them into Lusatia. He came both time enough and strong enough, to rescue Bautzen; the chief City of the 6: before which, the Imperialists being newly settled, are fain to rise again and retire the way they came into Silesia. Upon Luben now falls Arnheim, a little town; but an indifferent strong one: this being kept by some 700 Imperialists, 
which are recovered by Arnheim.  was taken by assault by the Saxons; and the most of the garrison put to the sword, for so long resisting. A many of these 700, were Crabats, indeed, who having done too much mischief to look for Quarter, became the more obstinate in the rendering.  
Now comes the Elector of Saxony unto Bautzen; to whom, whilst Arnheim and the Army repaired, other Imperialists came and reprised Luben; serving all the Saxons that would not turn to their party, as Arnheim had before used their fellows. About the 25 of June, the Elector returns to Dresden again; and Arnheim (his great Orator) with him: at which time the Army is drawn to the Frontiers, and Colonel Loeser with his Foot Regiment and 500 Horse, is laid along the Elb betwixt Prin and Dresden; 
Some offers of a treaty, diverted.  for the guard of the Electors Castle and person, against all sudden Cavalcadoes. The occasion for the Electors going home, was the coming of a kind of Ambassador from Walenstein, with the noise of some peaceable Propositions. The King of Sweden, also, to prevent all such private parleys, had already dispatched the Palatine Augustus of Sultzbach (who died in the employment) and one of the Counts of Solms; unto the Elector: who under the pretence of directing him in the Militia: should keep him firm unto the Party.  
The peace was turned into silence; for the Propositions were misliked: whereupon the Elector musters once again within a league of Dresden: where he lays a Bridge over the Elb, and sends the second time into Lusatia. By this time was Colonel Buckersdorff. 
* Mentioned Pag. 95, of our First part.  already upon his march, with the Elector of Brandenburgs' forces: who stayed but for Major General james Magdugall: who being borne in Sweden of Scottish parents, is by the Swedish usually called Dubalt, as he shall by us, hereafter) that was to bring on the Swedish, now taken out of the garrisons of Pomeren, and some others newly landed. These were to fall jointly into Silesia, by the Oders side: so that Arnheim with them, was likely hereafter to be strong enough for the Imperialists.  
Upon Arnheims' second coming, the Imperialists abandon Luben, and retire to other of their fellows at Zittau; 4 English miles to the South of Luben Thither follows Arnheim, and there besieges them. 
Arnheim beseiging Zittau.  They sally upon his Approaches: and he there kills above 100 of them. The Saxons making themselves masters of a great Work, before one of the Ports; by that get to lodge themselves in the Suburb: and from thence they set the town on fire, by heaving in Hand-granadoes. Now did Don Balthasar set himself to relieve Zittau: and whilst he sent 2 Regiments to entertain skirmish with the Saxons: 5 other troops thrust themselves into the town. After these, came Don Balthasar himself; with the Imperial Army: of whose approaching Arnheim being ware: 
is forced to rise by Don Balthasar.  raised with all speed his siege of Zittau, and retired himself unto Hoierswerd upon the river Spree; 2 days march to the North of Zittau. This was the safest place for him: for that it was towards Silesia, which way Dubalt was now coming with his Army.  
And now came Dubalt, indeed, & with him Prince Vlrick of Denmark: upon whom the Duke of Saxony was to bestow Colonel Bindthauffs Regiment; who had been slain in the Battle of Leipsich: and not that only, but his daughter too; 
Dubalt comes into Silesia, to join with Arnheim.  as was believed. Dubalt and Buckersdorff, having mustered 9 or 10000 men at Frankford upon the Oder; advance upwards along the northern bank of that river, unto Great Glogaw; one of the best Cities of Silesia. It is a Dukedom: the title whereof had the Emperor lately bestowed upon Walenstein, for recovering Prague from the Duke of Saxony. In the town, was a garrison of 6 troops of Horse, and ten Foot Companies: over whom, was Colonel Goetz left commander: he who sometimes burnt down Paswalck in Pomerania, as Page 59 of our First Part we have told you. Dubalt (to be brief) about the tenth of August, forces both town and Castle: and compels Goetz to retire into the Cathedral, which had a good Fort for the guard of it, and good Works round about it: the Fort alone, having some 5 or 6 pieces of Ordnance upon it.  
Goetz having done his devotion in this Church, and having against his will been made a Churchman: could have been contented to have rob the Church of himself, (now its Patron,) and have stolen away over the Oder. But there was the Saxon Colonel Kalckstein enquartered, with his Regiment of Dragooners. Goetz thus put to it, was fain to treat upon conditions of rendering: for all which, he could obtain no other but the selfsame Articles, which his Generalissimo had sometimes given to those of Prague: which was, to march out only with their swords, without Arms, Drums, or Colours,  
Great Glogaw having thus changed her master, 
They take Great Glogaw,  though Walenstein would not lay down his Title: the Swedish and Saxish Armies, being able together to make up some 14 or 15000 men; think themselves strong enough to attempt upon the country. They first send to summon Sagan, another of Walensteins' Dukedoms, about 20 English miles to the West of Great Glogaw: which together with its neighbours Neustedlen, Prunka, Sprottaw and Freystad, in that rich country, betwixt the Oder and the Bober; were fain to give entertainment and contribution unto the Swedish. 
and draw the neighbour towns to contribution.  From hence, at this time, was Colonel Kalckstein with some 1800 Horse and Dragooners, sent towards Steinau upon the Southern bank of the Oder, about 18 English miles to the North East of great Glogaw aforesaid. This is the Pass betwixt Glogaw, and the city Lignitz: and it hath a Bridge over the river, with a good Fort before it. There lay one Imperial Cornet and 4 Companies of Dragooners, 
Steinau Fort taken by the Saxons.  for the guard of it. This did Kalckstein surprise: with some boats in the Oder at this Bridge, with good Merchandise in them.  
Thence advances he Southwards towards Lignitz, which hath a particular Duke of his own, a Lutheran. The place is between 2 small rivers, 10 miles from the Oder. Here about, some forces making opposition; Kalckstein cut off betwixt 20 and 30 of them; and took 100 more; which became his soldiers, Kalckstein having given advertisement to Arnheim and Dubalt of the posture of the town; and that it depended upon itself, without having any Imperial garrison in it: Arnheim presents his Army before, and sends to know the Duke's pleasure, whether he pleased to be Imperial, or would declare himself Swedish? 
Lignitz both Duke and town, accorded with Arnheim.  The Duke seeing an Army at hand, which were likely to call to him for an answer: professes himself their friend; and that he and his town should give free passage and relief unto both Swedish and Saxon Armies. This profession, was the safeguard of the town, and an advantage to the Protestant Armies: some of which now going into the town, and enquiring whither there were any of the enemy's goods there or no: found 4000 pair of provant shoes there, and some other necessaries provided by Colonel Goetz for his Regiment.  
Arnheim having only lodged 1000 musketeers in the town; sends back the greatest part of his Army towards great Glogaw; 
Arnheim advances against the Imperialists,  himself with some Cavalero & field pieces, advancing towards Goldberg: a Fleck some 14 English miles to the South of Lignitz: whereabouts some Imperialists were now assembled. Having notice upon his march, that they were retired thence, and gone to Lemburg upon the river Bober, towards the frontiers of Lusatia; and that Don Balthasar was there himself with his whole forces: he faces it about towards great Glogaw, 
retires from them.  to join again with Dubalt, who was busied in fetching contribution out of the country.  
Here at Lemburg was the whole Imperial Army, (which might be some 12000 strong) now rallyed together: there were the Counts of Mansfelt and Schaumburg, with Sergeant Major General Schaffgotzy, and the chief Officers of the Field. They having notice of the Duke of Lignitz being accorded with Arnheim, and of his retiring to Glogaw: apprehend a present resolution to fall upon Steinau Fort again, 
Don Balthasar recovers Steinau.  so to cut off the Pass to Lignitz. This they effect fortunately enough: for that there was as little opposition there made against them, as had at the former taking been against Kalckstein. This done, Don Balthasar thinks to advance towards Great Glogaw: hoping to find the Swedish and Saxon Armies, not yet comen together, but busied about the Country; and so to fall in amongst their Quarters.  
But therein they were deceived; for they had not advanced one league & a half, but they had the Alarm brought home to them; how that both Arnheim and Dubalt were already marched, and within a league of them. Upon this news, 
Where the Swedes and Saxons coming upon them,  Don Balthasar countermarches to the Pass at Steinau: the nearest & the safest strength, which he thereabouts had the command of. Behind this town and in it, they made Alt; and there sat they down with their Army. Upon Saturday August the seaventeenth, came the Swedes and Saxons before Steinau; and took up 2 several Quarters before it. Dubalt with his Swedes and Brandenburgers, had a sandy hill before the enemy's Leaguer, and upon that, getting up 2 Batteries and 20 pieces of Ordnance: he cruelly with murdering shot etc. thundered both upon the town, and the Imperial Leaguer. Arnheim, he charges upon their Horse Quarters at the same time: 
first rout their Army:  and Dubalts Cavalero falls upon another flank of them: who being now much distracted by the raking of Dubalts Ordnance thorough their Battalions; their Horsemen after a charge or two, took the rout upon it, running Eastward towards Schweinitz, and Breslaw; some 4000 of their Foot, having thrust themselves into the Fort. In this fight, (as I find 2 several writings for) were some 2000 Imperialists slain: there might perchance be half so many; and hardly more, for that they stood not long enough to it. Chace there could be none; for that the Imperialists having first sent away their ordnance and baggage towards Breslaw, took care enough to burn Steinau bridge behind them.  
Now does the Protestant Army lay siege to the Fort, and to them in it: which the next day Aug. nineteenth, they falto to batter upon. 'tis written that Don Balthasar himself, with the Counts of Schaumberg & Mansfeld, besides other Grandees of the Army; were now within the Fort: but I think they had too much wit to coop up themselves in a Countinghouse. This ill luck they had, that the fourth day of the siege, within the Fort, some of their powder took fire: and the town fell into a flame by Dubalts shooting. Divers therefore here miscarried; Schaffgotzi was shot in the shoulder with a musket, and the rest saved themselves either by getting over the Oder, or by boats down the stream of it. Colonel Goetz was coming to their relief, but meeting the news of All's lost, 
and then recover Steinau.  he retired to Schweinitz. Don Balthasar and the rest recovered to the walls of Breslaw; whereabouts the Army began to come to a head again. And thus upon Friday August the twenty fourth, was the Pass and Sconce of Steinau, again recovered from the Imperialists.  
The day before this, was Kalckstein sent out with 10 Companies unto Neiumarckt; a pretty town betwixt Steinau and Breslaw: 
They take Nieumarckt,  and 15 English miles from this latter. Kalckstein sending for the Magistrate, demands entrance: and he desiring respite; Kalckstein shown him 4 pieces of Ordnance. That bunch of keys opens all the gates, and let in 5 Companies to lie there in garrison. 
and Kant.  With the other 5, went Kalckstein unto Kant; 8 English miles due South of of Breslaw: which durst not but seem freely to admit of 3 other Companies. Thus was Breslaw blocked up, both upon the North East and South quarter of it.  
By Sunday noon August the twenty sixth, had the Imperial Army gotten up to Breslaw; before the Oder gate where they were marshaled. These reported, how shamefully they had been beaten out of the Sconce, with the loss of some hundreds, as also of 6 pieces of Ordnance and Schaffgotzi's silver waggon, to the value of 2 ton of gold in it. Towards evening, the Army was commanded to the long Bridge; over which they marched, and, upon a fair Triangular piece of ground betwixt the wood, the water, & the morasses; they encamped. A place of mighty advantage; which had but one Avenue to it, 
And pursue the fleeing Imperialists unto Breslaw.  by which it might be assaulted. Here they gave out themselves to those of Breslaw, to be 14000: but 10000 or 11000 is a fair allowance. The next day came the Swedish and Saxish Vanguard unto Lissau, a town & Castle within English miles of Breslaw. Thence advanced they towards Breslaw, in pursuit of the Imperialists.  
Being comen within half an hours march; a Squadron of Crabats encountered them: who were presently put to the retreat. Presently after, 300 of them turned back again; by which time 2 troops of Swedish were comen into the Sweinitz meadow called the Fair bird, within musket shot of Breslaw. Now the Crabats called to the citizens on the walls, to assist them by shooting at the Swedish: which they refused. Hereupon, 300 Crabats fell upon the 150 Swedish: whom they put to the retreat. These being reenforced, came on again; but the Crabats keeping close to the Sweinitz port, 
Some skirmishes being made by their vantcurriers,  the Swedish durst come no nearer for fear the town should have given fire upon them: for which indeed there was order given. Now the Swedish looking to get between the Crabats and their camp; they discovering it, made haste thitherward. They gone, there was a very fair Coach espied by the Swedish: which offered to come into the City: and this they fell upon and took. There was one Lieutenant Colonel Kurtzsh in it, and 20000 Dollars. The town shot at them; at which they shaking their heads, ran away with the Booty: not so much as offering to return a bullet again.  
About 6 at night, the whole Swedish and Saxonian Army appeared; with their great Artillery only, and no baggage. Being comen within half an hours march of the Imperial Leaguer, they ranged themselves into Battaglias; advancing with their Canon playing before them. Six fair Regiments had order to attack the Imperialists in their Leaguer: 
the whole Army follows, and beats the Imperialists over the Oder.  which they, with bravery enough, maintained for an hour and half; being then constrained to forsake that most advantageous situation, to set fire upon their quarters; and in haste to retire themselves, baggage, and ordnance, over the long Oder bridge: which in 3 places they put fire unto. This had they not done, they had been all undone: and all this (saith mine Author) I myself saw with mine own eyes, from the top of St Elizabeth's steeple.  
By 2 a clock on the Tuesday morning August 28; they fell too it again; the Swedish putting hard for it, to get over the river: which the other with all violence, forbade them. About 10 a clock, Prince Henry Wentzel of Bernstad, the Baron Donaw, and 2 other privy Counsellors of the town, that were Military Commissaries to the Emperor; went up to the walls: to take view of the skirmish; Baron Donaw (in my hearing (says my Author) thus began to the other 3, I pray let us try the cast of this piece of ordnance, 
A device of Baron Donaw's to make the Swedish fall foul with Breslaw.  and let us see how fare she will range her bullet: but the Counsel would not consent to it. He seeing none that contradicted: sent for an old Gunner, Imperially affected in the town; and bids him to traverse the piece upon the Swedish, and give fire: which being done (himself having helped the Gunner) he laughed hearty: rewarding the fellow with a Ducat and a thank; saying This is the first, in God's name; This said, he goes to his Coach, and so to the Counsel Chamber. The townsmen understanding of this shot, all in fury run to their city Colonel the Lord of Sawish: complain to him of the Baron Donaw, and all to rail at him. The Colonel shutting his doors at them, they made Alarm upon it: in great multitudes flocking to the Captains of their several Wards first, and then to the Statehouse. There called they for the Baron, the new Gunner, their 
* This Baron being a Protestant first, and then an Apostata; was sent by the Emperor to Breslaw, to be his Commissary, for the deforming (reforming I should have said) of the Protestant Churches in Silesia. Being insolent in his office, and becomne odious; he would tell the people he did that to save them.  Saviour: and do the Magistrate what he could with persuasions, they would there stay his outcomming. About one or 2 a clock, comes a Ritmaster with 3 troops of Horse from the Swedish Army, to demand the townsmen's purpose in that piece of ordnance: which had killed a Lieutenant Colonel's horse under him, and 3 soldiers. The Magistrate desiring respite for his answer, till the morning; the Ritmaster fairly retired: some townsmen first telling him, that it was Baron Donaw's doing. By this, were the townsmen stark mad, resolving to have torn the Baron in pieces; had not 2 Lords privately brought him off in their Coach; set him privately down behind the Cathedral: whence at midnight he was shifted out of the City, unto his own Castle of Warrenberg: 32 English miles to the North East of Breslaw: whence he escaped to Vienna. Hence was he sent into Poland where he raised some thousands of Cosacks, with whom he returned into Silesia.  
By this man's indiscretion, had this fairest City of Silesia like to have been undone; by his offering the first act of hostility against the Swedish: who were all this day in hot skirmish with the Imperialists. Wednesday morning, they began again; the fight continuing till 8 a clock: at which time was shooting given over on both sides. The reason was, for that the Imperialists, at that instant, retired to a place called Clarworder, not fare from the Oder: leaving some troops to maintain the Bridge; notwithstanding. 
The Imperialists retire a little.  Towards evening, the Imperialists sent diverse of their best baggage-wagons, with 4 great pieces of Ordnance, (each drawn by 20 or 24 Horses) and a goodly Mortar, to be taken into Breslaw: for fear (as the messengers said) lest the Imperial Army in their retreat, should be forced to leave them to their enemies. The guns were taken in; for that the city could answer for them: they having lent more pieces than those, unto the Emperor. As for the Baggage, they would not meddle with it: for fear the sheltering of enemies goods, should occasion a quarrel with the Swedes and Saxons: who had yet done no injury to the townsmen.  
That night was there command given thorough the City, that every Burger upon pain of losing his Freedom; should meet the next morning at the Statehouse. There and then, were these 5 demands made, from Don Balthasar and the Imperial Army.  
1. Whether the City would stand firm to the Emperor?  
2. And serve his Army with victuals and Ammunition?  
3. In case the Army should not be able to maintain it, (as they feared) against their enemies: whether they might have the favour to retreat into the City?  
4. Whether they would grant passage to the Army, thorough the town?  
5. And if their Army were put to the retreat, whether the City would favour them with their Ordnance from the walls, and so afford them their best assistance?  
The City's answer was.  
1. For the Emperor, they were resolved, as they were obliged, to live and die.  
2. Victuals and Ammunition for the Army, they could not spare them: because that little they had there was need enough of, in so populous a City. And yet if they could be assured, how their town should be maintained against the Swedes & Saxons; they would afford whatever they found their Magazines able to spare them.  
3. As for the retreat of the Army into their City; that might they by no means afford them.  
4. As for leave of marching thorough their City; that could they not imagine how it could be convenient either for the town or Army: for that seeing they must likewise afford the same favour to the Swedish; they should thereby bring their city into a most eminent danger.  
5. As for favouring them with their Ordnance from the walls, until they should have made their retreat far enough; that were fare less expedient for them. And therefore they would entreat the Army to consider, how much inconvenience must needs be drawn upon the City by it. For whereas the Swedish had hitherto offered no hostility; either unto the City or any belonging to it; they had no reason to provoke them first of all: which if they should do, they should never be able to give an account for it to posterity. This courtesy they hoped for from the Imperial Army; that if the Swedish should offer to assault their City, they would then be ready to relieve it. The town having thus handsomely declined, rather than denied these demands: the Imperial Officers all abashed at it, repaired to their leaguer.  
About noon the same Thursday, came there a letter unto the Magistrates, from the General Dubalt: full of good language and profession. Therein was the sincerity of his Majesty of Swedens' purposes expressed: 
Dubalt writes to the City.  full of desire to relieve all the oppressed; concluding all, with a desire of victuals, for thankes and money. Victuals were denied: for all which, those of the Suburbs came into the town to buy: which they plentifully went and sold unto the Swedish. Now come the soldiers to St. Nicholas gate: and close under that, they bring their wagons to be sheltered. The most part of the Imperial Army in the mean time, forsook their own leaguer, and retired into that Suburb on the other side of Breslaw called Elbing: the Swedish in the mean time continuing their assault upon those left at the Oder, & strive to force their passage over it. Friday the last of August, betimes in the morning, the rest of the Imperial Army broke up, and came before the Oder gate; and so retired into the said Suburb. Here stayed they not full 2 hours: 
The Imperialists flee.  but in great haste retired themselves, some North Eastward to Namstau; others North Westward to Auris: whence 'twas thought they would have gone out of the country. About noon the same day, came the Swedish rushing into the said Suburb of Elbing, having by boats gotten over the Oder. Here made they havoc of whatsoever the Imperialists had left behind them, but doing no wrong unto any of the Breslawers. Just then was news brought, that other Swedish had slain 200 Imperialists, taken Colonel Rotstall prisoner, with 300 horsemen more, at Olaw bridge; 16 English miles to the South East of Breslaw which were there set to maintain the Pass over the river Olaw, which falleth into the Oder at Breslaw.  
Saturday morning September the first, the Citizens of Breslaw were to meet in the Statehouse: and there to declare themselves, whether they would admit the Swedish and Saxon Armies into their town: make an accord with them: or otherwise run the hazard of hostility? And thus fare my Breslaw Author, hath been my Intelligencer.  
Those that had taken Rostall at Olaw bridge aforesaid; were of Arnheims' Army: who whilst Dubalt was thus employed about Breslaw; was with the most of his own Saxon forces, other where taken up in the Country. And he having understood that the Imperialists had another Bridge over the Oder, right against Olaw aforesaid: thitherward goes he about August the twenty sixth, to force that; and that way to come at the Imperialists. 
Arnheims' Actions.  His having done this; forced the Imperialists so soon to quit their Breslaw leaguer, as hath been before said. Hearing this Bridge to be maintained by Colonel Rotstall and 400 musketeers; hither sends he Lieutenant Colonel Dahn with 600 Horse and 500 musketeers. 
He gets the pass at Olaw:  Now whiles Rotstall stays too long to burn down the Bridge, there was he taken and his men defeated. August the 29, comes Arnheim to repair the bridge; and Colonel Eckstadt with 15 troops of Horse, 300 musketeers, and 2 pieces of Ordnance, is sent to hinder him. To stave off him, is Lieutenant Colonel Schidner sent, with some of Kalcksteins' Dragooners: by whom is Eckstadt forced to retreat into a wood, a little from the Oder. August 31 comes Sergeant-Major-Generall Schaffgotzi to help Eckstadt hiding himself in the said wood, to be ready to cut the Saxons in pieces, so soon as ever they should have passed over. That night Arnheim having finished his bridge, was ready to have put over his forces: but hearing in time of Schaffgotzi's coming, 
follows,  forbears it. All that day & night, had the Saxon Ordnance so thundered into the wood; that so soon as ever Schaffgotzi heard Arnheims' bridge finished (whom he suspected to have been strong enough to have adventured over) he with all haste took the rout at it, leaving 2 pieces behind him. August 2 at night, 
and overthrows Schaffgotzi:  Arnheim passes the bridge; sending Dhan and Enhusen with 450. Horse to fetch up and entertain the Imperialists; whilst himself should be comen up to second him. There were 1200 Imperialists said to be slain, the rest put to flight, and Eckstadt with many officers taken. This was in the way betwixt the Oder and Namstaw town, 13 miles from the Oder. Hence did Schaffgotzi retire to Kolischen: and his men to their fellows about Opelen. Arnheim had now his way open unto Brieg; the Duke whereof is a Calvinist, and elder brother unto the Duke of Lignitz. To him, does Arnheim propound the example of his brother: 
Accords with the Duke of Brieg:  which, after a while, the Duke follows. His town is upon the Southern bank of the Oder 24 English miles to the South East of Breslaw: and his conditions were, to take an oath to the King of Sweden, and to the 2 Electors of Saxe and Brandenburg. Arnheim pursuing his fortune; brings the country as he goes, under contribution: fetches in the 2 fair towns of Grotka and Monsterberg, South of Brieg: and September 18. takes Niesse 24 miles to the South of the Oder. Thence goes he over the Oder at Brieg; and comes upon that part of the Imperial Army, then assembled at Opelen upon the North of the Oder. From thence he ferrets them, to the other side of the river again; 
Drives the Imperialists over the Oder ba●k again;  even to the towns of Troppa and jegersdorff, upon the frontiers of Moravia. Hither, in October, was he to have marched; a panic fear now every where possessing the Imperialists: but at this instant did Walstein make such foul work in Misnia, 
and is recalled into Misnia.  that the Elector was fain to send for his Arnheim home again And there he stayed with his Master, till after the Battle of Lutzen.  
Dubalt is all this time in treaty with Breslaw: a town worthy to be waited upon. In the mean time, his people lose no opportunity, in taking the towns about the Country. Towards the end of September, a Ritmaster of his, with 8 Horsemen only in his Company, gets by a wile into the Baron of Donaw's very strong Castle of Wartenburg: 
Dubalts men surprise Wartenburg:  who being in, found means and opportunity to let in their fellows. October the third, did Breslaw accord with Dubalt: yielding to maintain those 600 Foot, and 1000 Horsemen which he already had about the Cathedral. This Church, is (it seems) in the Suburbs: and there had Dubalts men been enquartered, all the last month; having fortified it and themselves round about it. Dubalt would gladly have put 2 Companies into the town; but of that, the Citizens excused themselves; as having entertained no strange garrison, 
and he brings Breslaw to accord with him  these 300 years. The getting of this fair town, was a great work; and done handsomely. And now did Dubalt dispose his people into their winter-quarters, in the villages round about it: so that what was done after this, were but slighter rencounters, and by Commanded parties. And thus have the Saxons with help of the Swedes and Brandenburgers; 
Putting his Army after that, into their Winter Quarters.  made the reckoning in Silesia, to pay the last years shot in Bohemia. And so leave I the wars in those parts, in a most prosperous condition for the Saxe and Swedish. God send peace every where: which were we at home enough sensible of the blessing of; we would in thankfulness acknowledge it, to be more glorious than Victory: and the most happy subject in the world, for a noble History.  
And to this place for a conclusion, have I reserved the Character of his Majesty the King of Bohemia: and that because I have mentioned his death page 76. of this Fourth Part, which was November the 19 and for that I was ambitions to finish this Part, as I did the former, and to crown it with a King.   

THE CHARACTER of the King of BOHEMIA.  
Lest our latter ages should want examples, what God can do to great men, or how he sometimes exercises good men; was this Prince set up: even He, the greatest of the best Religion, of all Germany.  
The life of this good Prince, was a strangely counterchanged mixture of fortunes; a Tablet, of diverse countenances. His entry into the Electorate, was glorious; his beginnings, happy; his virtues, respectful; and such as deservedly attracted all the eyes & courtship of Germany, upon him. The great allyances which he had contracted, his high parentage; his mighty Supportments, both within Germany, and without it; the considerable eminency of his House, his Estate, and the body of confederates, principally depending upon his directions; together with the hopefulness, that other Princes and People's more, had of him: these were the fair eminencies that differenced him from other Princes; and these were the procurers of his election to the Crown of Bohemia. An election, indeed, baneful, (for the time) to his person and House; yea and to the whole repose of Germany: all which, ever since that time, hath felt the dire effects of the lately-preceding Comet: as having been deeply embroiled in an universal war; which hath overrun, not the better part alone, but all the 4. corners of it. A war, that hath for these 14. long years, continued with such stomach fullness on both sides; and been infamed with the ravages & overturnings of so great a part of the Estates and Provinces of the Empire; as are like to carry the marks and scars of it, yet for a many ages.  
And notwithstanding that this Prince, both by himself and the potentest of his Friends; hath left no honourable means unattempted, for the quenching of this Skarre-fire: yet hath he found such obstinate and fatal oppositions, from time to time; such rigid stiffenesses, in the contrary party; yea such a counter-bandings from day to day; and those increased too, upon the fortunateness of their good successes: that all the mediations of the greatest Kings, have been rejected; and the Prince himself bandited for these many years, yea and despoiled of his possessions. And yet again, when he saw himself just ready to take Seisin again of his own country, and to bid farewell to his afflictions: even then, just then, found he his hourglass run out, and his period concluded upon.  
The calamity of this Prince, hath been taken up for a Theme by a many licentious tongues, and unlicensed pens; to declaim against him: they grounding themselves upon the success and bad condition of his affairs, to make judgement of his managing them: taking leave most outrageously to detract from him, with an unmannerly and ful-mouthd liberty. Those that neereliest before knew him; confess him, indeed, to have been unfortunate: but could not devise, which way he came to deserve it: yea they believe withal, that there is not a spirit to be found, how well mounted and fortified soever it be; that could have borne the Cross with a better tempered moderation, than he had done his sufferings: & do admire that patience of his, which was indeed most eminently remarkable in him. Most true it is, that a many excellent virtues of this Prince, have not only been overclouded, but have also been oppressed, by the unlucky weightiness of his infelicities: and yet have so many others broke forth, and beamd out from him; as might have been sufficient to have dazzled the owle-eyes of Envy, and bungd up the mouths of that malignity and mis-speaking; with which he hath continually been tongue-smitten and persecuted. His House, his Extraction, his Kindred, his Allyances; together with his personal good qualities, even these aught of duty to command forbearance, in those Satirical and mercenary spirits; who are still provided of Common places, both for Panegyrics and Invectives: which they make serve their turns according to the times; to make show of their own quaint wits, even with disparaging of great Princes: whose highness of Birth alone, should be enough to make such people know their distances. There is an honour due to Princes, of what side soever they be: yea and an Apology for this very Gentleman: who though too too grossly undervalved he were, in these his misfortunes; yet was ever well respected by those that best knew him, even in the lowest declination of his disgraces. Highly honoured he was by a most ample testimony of that  judgemented Prince, the King of Sweden, upon the offer of variety of occasions: who was sometimes enforced to moderate that thirst and pursuit of military honour in him; and otherwhile professed himself to be so inveigled (as it were) by the sweetness of his Conversation, as to engage his promise to him (many a time) to r'impatriate and re-estate him again in his place of honour; with a request to him to manage his life so, as might be best for the improvement of the public, & the comfort of his friends, and those about him.  
The Subjects of this good Prince, may have plentiful matter of consolation, from that most heroical, and masculine spirited Princess, his Queen; and from that sweet and numerous Issue, which he hath left behind him: which promises them an entire affranchisement, one day again; and the resetling of a Family so many ways considerable, as is one of the first and ancient liest descended, of all Europe. A Queen, who for her beauty, and virtues; demerits to be made no less, than what she was borne, or Crowned: and who for the unexampled bearing of these varied afflictions, deserves to be made more, than there are yet Titles for. An Issue so fair; and for their numbers, such a blessing: as were not only prepared by God, for a present Comfort to their widowed Mother: but, (which their own excellent towardliness, gives pregnant hopes of) for the raising of their own fair Family again; and engrafting the Palatine branches, into most of the great Houses of the Empire.  
The Reader (I hope) will not take it amiss from me, that I have done that right, unto so great a Prince; which in all duty and conscience I felt myself obliged to. A Prince, who hath these many years been the Butt of misfortunes, and of the insolences and insultations, which, of course, follow upon them. And this have I done, so much the more confidently; for that this Prince hath had the honour of alliance, not only with other great Kings; but also with mine own gracious Sovereign. Truly all persons of honour, aught of right to esteem themselves interessed, in the chary conservation of the honours of their equals; and however otherwise diversely affected, yet should they all join to rescue one another from malignity; and to palliate their disgraces, with their very Crowns & Purples.   
FINIS.   

The Index to the fourth Part.  

A.  
ALsatia, what Towns the Imperialists had in it, before Horns coming. 39 

Horn comes into it. 47    
Altringer falls into Hessen. 81  
Arnheym clears Lusatia. 157  
raised from Zittaw, by Don Balthasar. 158  
— Advances against the Jmperialists. 160  
— Pursues the Imperialists from Olau bridge. 168  
Chases them to Meravia. 169  
Recalled into Saxony. ibid.   

B.  
BAnnier besieges Magdenburg. 108  
— His fear of Pappenheym. 110  
— His men cut off 300. Jmperialists. 118  
joins with Duke William. 119  
Sent for unto the King. 123  
Baudissin takes charge of Toads Army. 137  
— Left with half the Army by the Duke of Lunenburg. 145  
In vain besieges 〈◊〉. 147  
Beates the Gronffe●●ers at Brakel. 148  
raised from Hoxter by Pappenheym. 148  
Retreats into Hessenland. 149  
Falls into Cullen-land. 150  
Benfelt, the siege of it. 55  
— Taken. 64  
Made over to the Strasburgers. 66  
Claimed by Lorraine. 67  
Bernard Weymar, draws out the Army in the Palatinate, against the Spanish. 4  
— goes to relieve Spiers. 10  
— strengthens Manheym and Wormbs. 11  
— goes to the K. of Swed. 12  
Discontented, and the causes of it. 28  
Brandenburgers come with Dubalt into Silesia. 158  
Bremen Bishop rysess 106  
Bremersford taken. 133  
Breslaw the great fight before it. 163  
Refuses to succour the Jmperialists. 166  
Accords with Dubalt 170  
Bretten in the Palatinate taken by Montecuculi. 40  
Brieg Duke, accords with Arnheym. ●●  
Brunswick Duke, thrust out of his own Town by Tilly. 116  
Bulach maintains Benfelt. 57   

C.  
CAssel, Pappenheym put off from it. 140  
Coblentz, the Spaniards thrust a Garrison into it. 29 

The Rhynegrave takes it from them. 31    
Colmar taken by Horn. 74  
Commissary General of the Cavalry, what Office. 6,7  
Cordova, to come with a second Army into the Palatinate. 2 

Cannot get over the Mosel. 11.14    
Cullen Elector his fear of Horn. 32 

— obteynes a Neutrality. 34     

D.  
DAmitz taken. 104  
Diet of Hamborow, 97  
Director of the War, the K. of Swedens' Title. 87  
Donaw Baron, his trick used at Breslaw. 164  
Don Balthasar, reysc● Arnheym from Zittaw. 157 

Recovers Steinau. 160    
Defeated at Steinau. 161 

and before Breslaw 167  
Flees before Arnheym. 162    
Dubalt comes into Silesia. 157 

Routs the Jmperialists at Steinau. 161    
and again before Breslaw 167  
His demands to Breslaw 167  
Brings it to accord. 170  
Duderstat taken by Lunenburg. 144   

E.  
Emden Count, leads a Spanish Army into the Palatinate. 2 

Denies Spiers unto marquis William. 13  
Forced to quit it. 14    
Emperor sick. 54  
— his second son a Bishop. 80  
— His missing the Bishopric of Magdenburg, was the destruction of that City. 107  
English Regiment joins with Todt. 127  
English and Scottish Regiments besiege Boxtchude. 128   

F.  
FRanckendale rendered. 76  
French, come with an Army towards Triers. 15 

Enter it. 16    
Fulda Abby accords with the Landgrave. 80  
Furstenberg Count, his poor estate. 53   

G.  
GO●ttingen taken by Duke William. 122  
Goslar taken by Duke William. 122  
Glogaw taken by Arnheym.  
Gr●●●●burg taken by Horn. 33  
Gram treats about yielding of Wismar. 102 

Yields it. 105  
Taken Prisoner for breaking his conditions. 105    
Gronsfelt left by Pappenheym about the Wes●r. 143 

Relieves Wolffenbuttle. 146  
Reyses Baudissin from Paderborn. 147  
Beaten from the Pass of Brakel. 148  
Left again about the Weser. 153    
Gustavi-Stadt, the new Town built by the King of Sweden at Mentz. 11   

H.  
HAckapells, a Nickname given to the Finlanders 148  
Hagenaw yielded to the Swedish. 75  
Hamburgers refuse to join with their neighbour Princes in a league. 102  
Hamelen Town to whom it belongeth. 120 

Pappenheym thereabouts. 119    
Haubald made Governor of Manheym. 11 

He takes Stolhoven. 48  
and Obernheim. 50    
Hildesheim Town accords with Lunenburg. 138 

Taken by Pappenheym. 151    
Hirschfeld, the Emperor's Son is Abbot of it. 80 

Accords with the Landgrave 8●    
Horn, comes to command the Army in the Palatinate. 19 

Advances into Triers' Country. 30  
Takes Trarbach and Grafenburg. 33    
— and Veldentz. 34 

Returns into the Palatinate. 4●  
Reyses the siege of Wiseloch. 43  
Defeats 1000 Imperial Horse. 45  
Pursues Monte Cuculi. 45  
Obteynes passage of the Strasburgers. 46    
Helps the Wurtemburgers to take Offenburg. 51 

Besieges Benfel●. 55    
— Takes it. 64 

Takes Schletstat. 71  
And Colmar. 74  
Marches up into Bavaria 77    
Hornburg, Todt, encamps at it. 128 

Pappenheym offers to force it. 133     

I.  
Iesuites' of Schletstat, Conjurers and Poisoners. 68   

K.  
KAlckstein takes Steinau Fort. 159 

and Nowmarckt & Kant. 162    
King of Bohemia comes to Frankford. 62 

Dyes.. 76    
King of Denmark, some jealousies between him and the K. of Sweden reconciled. 136  
Kirchberg taken by the Spanish 2 

recovered. 26    
Klein Jaacob joins with Baudissin. 147 

skirmishes with Gronsfeld. 148    
Knitlingen in the Palatinate burnt by Monte Cuculi. 41   

L.  
LAndgrave of Hessen his Story. 78  
— he clears Hirschfeld. 80  
— taketh Fritzlar. 81 

Clears his Land of the Jmperialists. 82  
Advances into Paderborn. 83    
— and into Westphalia. 84 

His Letters to the Elector of Cullen. 85  
Paderborn and Westphalia accorded with him. 88, 89  
He goes to the King of Sweden. 90    
Leopold Archduke, dies. 54  
Lesly Sir Alexander, comes to take charge of Toads Army. 128  
— His Regiment out off by by Pappenheym. 132  
Letters of Tilly to the Protestants of the Lower-Saxony. 98  
Letters of Count Furstenberg. 53 

of the Landgrave to Cullen. 85    
Lignitz Duke accords with Arnheym. 159  
Lower Saxony, the actions in it. 91  
Lucas Cagro, defeated. 6  
Lunenburg Duke, made General in place of Todt. 138  
— his Army. 141 

Takes Duderstat. 144  
Divides the Army and goes to Wulfenbuttle. 145  
Beaten up. 146    
Lusatia, the actions in it. 155   

M.  
MAgdenburg the Story of it. 106 

The L. marquis Hamilton and Banier besiege it. 107  
Brought to a Treaty. 109  
Relieved by Pappenheym. 110  
Forsaken by him, and entered by the Swedish. 115    
Markelsheim taken by the Rhynegrave. 67  
marquis Hamilton lands in Germany. 107 

His way to Magdenburg. ibid.  
Unwilling to go from the siege of Magdenburg. 110  
Refuses to flee over the Pass to Banier. 110  
Goes up to the K. of Sweden. 116    
marquis William of Baden, demands Spiers from the Spaniards, and is denied. 13 

Left in Spiers. 15  
Forsakes it. 35  
joins with Ossa and Monte Cuculi. 39    
Made general in Alsatia. 52  
Metternich Governor of Heidelberg. 25 

the chief man in the Palatinate. ibid.  
besieges Wiseloch. 42  
Levies his own siege. 43    
Monte Cuculi comes into Alsatia. 39 

Seases the Strasburgers Towns. 40  
Advances into the Palatinate. 40  
His design upon Spiers. 41  
Burnes Knitlingen. 41  
Two of his Regiments defeated by Horn. 44  
He flees over the . 45  
joins with Metternichs 3.  
Regiments in Alsatia. 46  
Goes into Bavaria. 52     

N.  
NEwburg Duke, treats a Neutrality. 34   

O.  
OFfenburg taken by Horn. 51  
Olan bridge won by Arnheym. 168  
Ortenburg Castle surrendered to Horn. 52  
Ossa busy in Alsatia. 1 

the good order he had taken in Wurtenburgland. 37 & 38  
R'allees with Baden and Monte Cuculi. 39  
Summons Strasburg. 40  
avoids out of Alsatia. 52    
Oxenstiern Chancellor pursues the Spaniards of the Palatinate. 17 

Concludes a Neutrality with the Elector of Cullen. 34  
Goes with an Army to the King. 35     

P.  
PAderborn, the Landgraue● actions in it. 83, etc. 

He summons the Gentry, 88    
Palatinate, the Spaniards come into it. 2 Forsake it. 17 

The State they left it in. 22 &c    
Pappenheym, set out by the Leaguers. 111 

How he made up his Army. 111. 112  
Enters Magdenburg. 113  
Forsakes it. 114  
Goes into Lunenburgland. 117  
Passes the Weser. 118  
Recalled by his Commissary. 119  
Cuts off 1500. Swedish. 121  
His craftiness. ibid.  
Comes into the field again. 124  
Marches into Bremerland. 126  
Relieves Stoade. 134  
Cuts off Lesly's Regiment. ib.  
Offers to force Todts army. 133  
Forsakes Stoade. 134  
Thought to correspond with Denmark's. 135  
Falls into Hassia. 539  
goes back against the Swedish. 141  
Affronts them by Hildesheim. 142  
Goes to Maestricht. 143  
Puts Baudissin to the retreat. 149  
Takes Hildesheim. 151  
Marches up to Walenstein. 153  
Takes Towns in Duringen. 154     

P.  
PHilip de Sylva, General of the Spanish in the Palatinate. 152 

Returns into the Low Countries. 16    
Protestants how miserably used by the Leaguers, etc. 85  
Protestant Princes of the Lower Saxony, their Diet and Levies. 97, 101   

R  
Rhinegrave goes against the Spaniards. 4 

Defeats 1400. of them 6  
Pursues them going out of the Palatinate. 18, 19, etc. Beaten of from Kirckberg. 26  
Takes Coblentz. 31  
His Name and Family. 56  
Blocks Schletstat. 60  
Takes Marke●sheim. 67  
Left by Horn in Alta●ia. 77    
Rustic rendered to the Duke of Mecklengburg 92   

S  
SChafgotzi overthrown by Arnheim 168  
Schletstat blocked up. 60 

taken by Horn. 71  
The jesuites there, Coninrers. 68    
Scottish Regiments join with Todt. 121  
Silesia, the Actions in it. 158  
Simmern taken by the Spanish. 3 

recovered. 26    
Spaniards come with an Army into the Palatinate. 2 

Their Story. Jbid.  
Lose 5. Cornets to the Swedish. 3    
— 1400. of them defeatted 6 

They advance towards Spires. 8  
Don Philip de Sylva joins with them. 8  
They take Spiers. 9  
Forsake it 14  
Return out of the Palatinate. 16  
The Rhinegrave forces them to the Retreat. 18, 19  
Their Losses. 21  
They put a Garrison into Coblentz. 29  
Forsake Triers. 31    
Spiers taken by the Spaniards. 9 

Forsaken by them. 14  
marquis William takes charge of it. 15  
His garrison forsakes it. 35  
Entered by the Swedish. 36    
Steinau Fort taken by the Saxons. 159 

Reprised by the Impialists. 160  
Recovered by Dubalt. 161    
Stoade blocked up by Todt. 130 

relieved by Pappenheim. 132  
Entered by Todt. 136    
Stolhanshe helps to beat the Spanish. 5  
Strasburg refuses Ossa. 40 

Gives passage to Horn. 64  
Engaged in the siege of Benfelt. 57     

T.  
TIlly writes to the Protestants of the Lower-Saxony. 98  
Todt takes Wismar. 100LS  
— goes to Lunenburg. 126 

Encamps at Hornburg. 128  
Takes Boxtehude. 130  
Sent for from the Army. 128  
But stays upon another occasion. 129  
Goes from the Army.    
Trarbach taken by Horn. 33  
Tryers Elector, entertains the French. 16 

Troubles the Spanish in their retreat. 21  
Differences betwixt him and the Palatine. 23  
Well pleased with the Swedish. 33  
The Spaniards forsake his Country. 31  
Horn advances into his Country. 30     

V.  
Vjrmont yields up Rostock. 9● 

— in vain besieges Halberstat. 96  
Pistolled at Cullen. 124    
Volckmarsen taken by Pappenheym. 140   

W.  
Wartenburg Castle surprised by 9 of Dubalts horsemen. 169  
Westphalia Dukedom, the Landgraves actions in it. 84 

The Conditions offered it, by him. 88    
William Weymar, comes against Pappenheym. 119 

Takes Goslar. 122  
and Goettingen. 123  
Go●● back to the King. ibid.    
Wiseloch the siege of it. 42  
Wismar, the continuation of the siege of it. 102 

It Treats. 103  
yielded to Todt. 105    
Wurtemburg Dukedom, the Orders sent by the K. to it. 36  
What Towns the Jmperialists had in it. 37. 39 

The Administrator arms. 39    
— causes Monte Cuculi to retire. 41 

joins with Horn. 47  
His actions in clearing his own Country. 49  
He besieges Offenburg in Alsatia. 51  
Takes Towns about the Bodensee. 62     

Z.  
ZElla-Lunenburg Duke, compounds craftily with Pappenheym. 127   
FINIS.   

Place this betwixt pag. 150. & 151. Our Cutter hath made the Ordnance too long, and to lie too fare into the River. The Hole also marked with R, should have been on the right hand of the Bridge.  
 diagram